diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:14:48 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:14:48 -0700 |
| commit | 4c79f0bdb38671d5719b0cfe36330e01ee34229f (patch) | |
| tree | 78f186edcfaf553a3d1f901a5e1b1f624d25f032 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341-0.txt | 5002 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 95118 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 99979 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341-h/341-h.htm | 5853 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341.txt | 5001 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 341.zip | bin | 0 -> 94764 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/sioux10.txt | 5182 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/sioux10.zip | bin | 0 -> 100226 bytes |
11 files changed, 21054 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/341-0.txt b/341-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..172285e --- /dev/null +++ b/341-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5002 @@ +Project Gutenberg’s Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by Marie L. McLaughlin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Myths and Legends of the Sioux + +Author: Marie L. McLaughlin + +Posting Date: July 11, 2008 [EBook #341] +Release Date: October, 1995 +Last Updated: November 11, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + + + + +Produced by Judith Boss + + + + + +MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX + +By Mrs. Marie L. Mclaughlin + + + In loving memory of my mother, + MARY GRAHAM BUISSON, + at whose knee most of the stories + contained in this little volume + were told to me, this book is + affectionately dedicated + + + + + TABLE OF CONTENTS + + Dedication + Foreword + The Forgotten Ear of Corn + The Little Mice + The Pet Rabbit + The Pet Donkey + The Rabbit and the Elk + The Rabbit and the Grouse Girls + The Faithful Lovers + The Artichoke and the Muskrat + The Rabbit, and the Bear with the Flint Body + Story of the Lost Wife + The Raccoon and the Crawfish + Legend of Standing Rock + Story of the Peace Pipe + A Bashful Courtship + The Simpleton’s Wisdom + Little Brave and the Medicine Woman + The Bound Children + The Signs of Corn + Story of the Rabbits + How the Rabbit Lost His Tail + Unktomi and the Arrowheads + The Bear and the Rabbit Hunt Buffalo + The Brave Who Went on the Warpath Alone and + Won the Name of the Lone Warrior + The Sioux Who Married the Crow Chief’s + Daughter + The Boy and the Turtles + The Hermit, or the Gift of Corn + The Mysterious Butte + The Wonderful Turtle + The Man and the Oak + Story of the Two Young Friends + The Story of the Pet Crow + The “Wasna” (Pemmican Man) and the Unktomi (Spider) + The Resuscitation of the Only Daughter + The Story of the Pet Crane + White Plume + Story of Pretty Feathered Forehead + The Four Brothers or Inyanhoksila (Stone Boy) + The Unktomi (Spider), Two Widows and the Red Plums + + + + +FOREWORD + +In publishing these “Myths of the Sioux,” I deem it proper to state that +I am of one-fourth Sioux blood. My maternal grandfather, Captain Duncan +Graham, a Scotchman by birth, who had seen service in the British Army, +was one of a party of Scotch Highlanders who in 1811 arrived in the +British Northwest by way of York Factory, Hudson Bay, to found what was +known as the Selkirk Colony, near Lake Winnipeg, now within the +province of Manitoba, Canada. Soon after his arrival at Lake Winnipeg he +proceeded up the Red River of the North and the western fork thereof +to its source, and thence down the Minnesota River to Mendota, the +confluence of the Minnesota and Mississippi Rivers, where he located. My +grandmother, Ha-za-ho-ta-win, was a full-blood of the Medawakanton Band +of the Sioux Tribe of Indians. My father, Joseph Buisson, born near +Montreal, Canada, was connected with the American Fur Company, with +headquarters at Mendota, Minnesota, which point was for many years the +chief distributing depot of the American Fur Company, from which the +Indian trade conducted by that company on the upper Mississippi was +directed. + +I was born December 8, 1842, at Wabasha, Minnesota, then Indian country, +and resided thereat until fourteen years of age, when I was sent to +school at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. + +I was married to Major James McLaughlin at Mendota, Minnesota, +January 28, 1864, and resided in Minnesota until July 1, 1871, when I +accompanied my husband to Devils Lake Agency, North Dakota, then Dakota +Territory, where I remained ten years in most friendly relations with +the Indians of that agency. My husband was Indian agent at Devils Lake +Agency, and in 1881 was transferred to Standing Rock, on the Missouri +River, then a very important agency, to take charge of the Sioux who +had then but recently surrendered to the military authorities, and been +brought by steamboat from various points on the upper Missouri, to be +permanently located on the Standing Rock reservation. + +Having been born and reared in an Indian community, I at an early age +acquired a thorough knowledge of the Sioux language, and having lived on +Indian reservations for the past forty years in a position which brought +me very near to the Indians, whose confidence I possessed, I have, +therefore, had exceptional opportunities of learning the legends and +folk-lore of the Sioux. + +The stories contained in this little volume were told me by the older +men and women of the Sioux, of which I made careful notes as related, +knowing that, if not recorded, these fairy tales would be lost to +posterity by the passing of the primitive Indian. + +The notes of a song or a strain of music coming to us through the night +not only give us pleasure by the melody they bring, but also give us +knowledge of the character of the singer or of the instrument from which +they proceed. There is something in the music which unerringly tells us +of its source. I believe musicians call it the “timbre” of the sound. It +is independent of, and different from, both pitch and rhythm; it is the +texture of the music itself. + +The “timbre” of a people’s stories tells of the qualities of that +people’s heart. It is the texture of the thought, independent of its +form or fashioning, which tells the quality of the mind from which it +springs. + +In the “timbre” of these stories of the Sioux, told in the lodges and +at the camp fires of the past, and by the firesides of the Dakotas of +today, we recognize the very texture of the thought of a simple, grave, +and sincere people, living in intimate contact and friendship with the +big out-of-doors that we call Nature; a race not yet understanding all +things, not proud and boastful, but honest and childlike and fair; a +simple, sincere, and gravely thoughtful people, willing to believe that +there may be in even the everyday things of life something not yet fully +understood; a race that can, without any loss of native dignity, gravely +consider the simplest things, seeking to fathom their meaning and to +learn their lesson--equally without vain-glorious boasting and trifling +cynicism; an earnest, thoughtful, dignified, but simple and primitive +people. + +To the children of any race these stories can not fail to give pleasure +by their vivid imaging of the simple things and creatures of the great +out-of-doors and the epics of their doings. They will also give an +intimate insight into the mentality of an interesting race at a most +interesting stage of development, which is now fast receding into the +mists of the past. + + +MARIE L. McLAUGHLIN (Mrs. James McLaughlin). + +McLaughlin, S. D., May 1, 1913. + + + + +THE FORGOTTEN EAR OF CORN + +An Arikara woman was once gathering corn from the field to store away +for winter use. She passed from stalk to stalk, tearing off the ears and +dropping them into her folded robe. When all was gathered she started to +go, when she heard a faint voice, like a child’s, weeping and calling: + +“Oh, do not leave me! Do not go away without me.” + +The woman was astonished. “What child can that be?” she asked herself. +“What babe can be lost in the cornfield?” + +She set down her robe in which she had tied up her corn, and went back +to search; but she found nothing. + +As she started away she heard the voice again: + +“Oh, do not leave me. Do not go away without me.” + +She searched for a long time. At last in one corner of the field, hidden +under the leaves of the stalks, she found one little ear of corn. This +it was that had been crying, and this is why all Indian women have since +garnered their corn crop very carefully, so that the succulent food +product should not even to the last small nubbin be neglected or wasted, +and thus displease the Great Mystery. + + + + + +THE LITTLE MICE + +Once upon a time a prairie mouse busied herself all fall storing away a +cache of beans. Every morning she was out early with her empty cast-off +snake skin, which she filled with ground beans and dragged home with her +teeth. + +The little mouse had a cousin who was fond of dancing and talk, but who +did not like to work. She was not careful to get her cache of beans and +the season was already well gone before she thought to bestir herself. +When she came to realize her need, she found she had no packing bag. So +she went to her hardworking cousin and said: + +“Cousin, I have no beans stored for winter and the season is nearly +gone. But I have no snake skin to gather the beans in. Will you lend me +one?” + +“But why have you no packing bag? Where were you in the moon when the +snakes cast off their skins?” + +“I was here.” + +“What were you doing?” + +“I was busy talking and dancing.” + +“And now you are punished,” said the other. “It is always so with lazy, +careless people. But I will let you have the snake skin. And now go, and +by hard work and industry, try to recover your wasted time.” + + + + + + +THE PET RABBIT + +A little girl owned a pet rabbit which she loved dearly. She carried it +on her back like a babe, made for it a little pair of moccasins, and at +night shared with it her own robe. + +Now the little girl had a cousin who loved her very dearly and wished to +do her honor; so her cousin said to herself: + +“I love my little cousin well and will ask her to let me carry her pet +rabbit around;” (for thus do Indian women when they wish to honor a +friend; they ask permission to carry about the friend’s babe). + +She then went to the little girl and said: + +“Cousin, let me carry your pet rabbit about on my back. Thus shall I +show you how I love you.” + +Her mother, too, said to her: “Oh no, do not let our little grandchild +go away from our tepee.” + +But the cousin answered: “Oh, do let me carry it. I do so want to show +my cousin honor.” At last they let her go away with the pet rabbit on +her back. + +When the little girl’s cousin came home to her tepee, some rough boys +who were playing about began to make sport of her. To tease the little +girl they threw stones and sticks at the pet rabbit. At last a stick +struck the little rabbit upon the head and killed it. + +When her pet was brought home dead, the little rabbit’s adopted mother +wept bitterly. She cut off her hair for mourning and all her little girl +friends wailed with her. Her mother, too, mourned with them. + +“Alas!” they cried, “alas, for the little rabbit. He was always kind and +gentle. Now your child is dead and you will be lonesome.” + +The little girl’s mother called in her little friends and made a great +mourning feast for the little rabbit. As he lay in the tepee his adopted +mother’s little friends brought many precious things and covered his +body. At the feast were given away robes and kettles and blankets and +knives and great wealth in honor of the little rabbit. Him they wrapped +in a robe with his little moccasins on and buried him in a high place +upon a scaffold. + + + + + + +THE PET DONKEY + +There was a chief’s daughter once who had a great many relations so that +everybody knew she belonged to a great family. + +When she grew up she married and there were born to her twin sons. This +caused great rejoicing in her father’s camp, and all the village women +came to see the babes. She was very happy. + +As the babes grew older, their grandmother made for them two saddle bags +and brought out a donkey. + +“My two grandchildren,” said the old lady, “shall ride as is becoming +to children having so many relations. Here is this donkey. He is patient +and surefooted. He shall carry the babes in the saddle bags, one on +either side of his back.” + +It happened one day that the chief’s daughter and her husband were +making ready to go on a camping journey. The father, who was quite proud +of his children, brought out his finest pony, and put the saddle bags on +the pony’s back. + +“There,” he said, “my sons shall ride on the pony, not on a donkey; let +the donkey carry the pots and kettles.” + +So his wife loaded the donkey with the household things. She tied the +tepee poles into two great bundles, one on either side of the donkey’s +back; across them she put the travois net and threw into it the pots and +kettles and laid the skin tent across the donkey’s back. + +But no sooner done than the donkey began to rear and bray and kick. He +broke the tent poles and kicked the pots and kettles into bits and tore +the skin tent. The more he was beaten the more he kicked. + +At last they told the grandmother. She laughed. “Did I not tell you the +donkey was for the children,” she cried. “He knows the babies are +the chief’s children. Think you he will be dishonored with pots and +kettles?” and she fetched the children and slung them over the donkey’s +back, when he became at once quiet again. + +The camping party left the village and went on their journey. But the +next day as they passed by a place overgrown with bushes, a band of +enemies rushed out, lashing their ponies and sounding their war whoop. +All was excitement. The men bent their bows and seized their lances. +After a long battle the enemy fled. But when the camping party came +together again--where were the donkey and the two babes? No one knew. +For a long time they searched, but in vain. At last they turned to go +back to the village, the father mournful, the mother wailing. When they +came to the grandmother’s tepee, there stood the good donkey with the +two babes in the saddle bags. + + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE ELK + +The little rabbit lived with his old grandmother, who needed a new +dress. “I will go out and trap a deer or an elk for you,” he said. “Then +you shall have a new dress.” + +When he went out hunting he laid down his bow in the path while he +looked at his snares. An elk coming by saw the bow. + +“I will play a joke on the rabbit,” said the elk to himself. “I will +make him think I have been caught in his bow string.” He then put one +foot on the string and lay down as if dead. + +By and by the rabbit returned. When he saw the elk he was filled with +joy and ran home crying: “Grandmother, I have trapped a fine elk. You +shall have a new dress from his skin. Throw the old one in the fire!” + +This the old grandmother did. + +The elk now sprang to his feet laughing. “Ho, friend rabbit,” he called, +“You thought to trap me; now I have mocked you.” And he ran away into +the thicket. + +The rabbit who had come back to skin the elk now ran home again. +“Grandmother, don’t throw your dress in the fire,” he cried. But it was +too late. The old dress was burned. + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE GROUSE GIRLS + +The rabbit once went out on the prairie in winter time. On the side of a +hill away from the wind he found a great company of girls all with grey +and speckled blankets over their backs. They were the grouse girls and +they were coasting down hill on a board. When the rabbit saw them, he +called out: + +“Oh, maidens, that is not a good way to coast down hill. Let me get you +a fine skin with bangles on it that tinkle as you slide.” And away he +ran to the tepee and brought a skin bag. It had red stripes on it and +bangles that tinkled. “Come and get inside,” he said to the grouse +girls. “Oh, no, we are afraid,” they answered. “Don’t be afraid, I can’t +hurt you. Come, one of you,” said the rabbit. Then as each hung back he +added coaxingly: “If each is afraid alone, come all together. I can’t +hurt you _all_.” And so he coaxed the whole flock into the bag. This +done, the rabbit closed the mouth of the bag, slung it over his back and +came home. “Grandmother,” said he, as he came to the tepee, “here is a +bag full of game. Watch it while I go for willow sticks to make spits.” + +But as soon as the rabbit had gone out of the tent, the grouse girls +began to cry out: + +“Grandmother, let us out.” + +“Who are you?” asked the old woman. + +“Your dear grandchildren,” they answered. + +“But how came you in the bag?” asked the old woman. + +“Oh, our cousin was jesting with us. He coaxed us in the bag for a joke. +Please let us out.” + +“Certainly, dear grandchildren, I will let you out,” said the old +woman as she untied the bag: and lo, the grouse flock with +achuck-a-chuck-achuck flew up, knocking over the old grandmother and +flew out of the square smoke opening of the winter lodge. The old woman +caught only one grouse as it flew up and held it, grasping a leg with +each hand. + +When the rabbit came home with the spits she called out to him: + +“Grandson, come quick. They got out but I have caught two.” + +When he saw what had happened he was quite angry, yet could not keep +from laughing. + +“Grandmother, you have but one grouse,” he cried, “and it is a very +skinny one at that.” + + + + + + +THE FAITHFUL LOVERS + +There once lived a chief’s daughter who had many relations. All the +young men in the village wanted to have her for wife, and were all eager +to fill her skin bucket when she went to the brook for water. + +There was a young man in the village who was industrious and a good +hunter; but he was poor and of a mean family. He loved the maiden +and when she went for water, he threw his robe over her head while he +whispered in her ear: + +“Be my wife. I have little but I am young and strong. I will treat you +well, for I love you.” + +For a long time the maiden did not answer, but one day she whispered +back. + +“Yes, you may ask my father’s leave to marry me. But first you must do +something noble. I belong to a great family and have many relations. You +must go on a war party and bring back the scalp of an enemy.” + +The young man answered modestly, “I will try to do as you bid me. I am +only a hunter, not a warrior. Whether I shall be brave or not I do not +know. But I will try to take a scalp for your sake.” + +So he made a war party of seven, himself and six other young men. They +wandered through the enemy’s country, hoping to get a chance to strike a +blow. But none came, for they found no one of the enemy. + +“Our medicine is unfavorable,” said their leader at last. “We shall have +to return home.” + +Before they started they sat down to smoke and rest beside a beautiful +lake at the foot of a green knoll that rose from its shore. The knoll +was covered with green grass and somehow as they looked at it they had +a feeling that there was something about it that was mysterious or +uncanny. + +But there was a young man in the party named the jester, for he was +venturesome and full of fun. Gazing at the knoll he said: “Let’s run and +jump on its top.” + +“No,” said the young lover, “it looks mysterious. Sit still and finish +your smoke.” + +“Oh, come on, who’s afraid,” said the jester, laughing. “Come on +you--come on!” and springing to his feet he ran up the side of the +knoll. + +Four of the young men followed. Having reached the top of the knoll all +five began to jump and stamp about in sport, calling, “Come on, come +on,” to the others. Suddenly they stopped--the knoll had begun to move +toward the water. It was a gigantic turtle. The five men cried out in +alarm and tried to run--too late! Their feet by some power were held +fast to the monster’s back. + +“Help us--drag us away,” they cried; but the others could do nothing. In +a few moments the waves had closed over them. + +The other two men, the lover and his friend, went on, but with heavy +hearts, for they had forebodings of evil. After some days, they came to +a river. Worn with fatigue the lover threw himself down on the bank. + +“I will sleep awhile,” he said, “for I am wearied and worn out.” + +“And I will go down to the water and see if I can chance upon a dead +fish. At this time of the year the high water may have left one stranded +on the seashore,” said his friend. + +And as he had said, he found a fish which he cleaned, and then called to +the lover. + +“Come and eat the fish with me. I have cleaned it and made a fire and it +is now cooking.” + +“No, you eat it; let me rest,” said the lover. + +“Oh, come on.” + +“No, let me rest.” + +“But you are my friend. I will not eat unless you share it with me.” + +“Very well,” said the lover, “I will eat the fish with you, but you must +first make me a promise. If I eat the fish, you must promise, pledge +yourself, to fetch me all the water that I can drink.” + +“I promise,” said the other, and the two ate the fish out of their +war-kettle. For there had been but one kettle for the party. + +When they had eaten, the kettle was rinsed out and the lover’s friend +brought it back full of water. This the lover drank at a draught. + +“Bring me more,” he said. + +Again his friend filled the kettle at the river and again the lover +drank it dry. + +“More!” he cried. + +“Oh, I am tired. Cannot you go to the river and drink your fill from the +stream?” asked his friend. + +“Remember your promise.” + +“Yes, but I am weary. Go now and drink.” + +“Ek-hey, I feared it would be so. Now trouble is coming upon us,” said +the lover sadly. He walked to the river, sprang in, and lying down in +the water with his head toward land, drank greedily. By and by he called +to his friend. + +“Come hither, you who have been my sworn friend. See what comes of your +broken promise.” + +The friend came and was amazed to see that the lover was now a fish from +his feet to his middle. + +Sick at heart he ran off a little way and threw himself upon the ground +in grief. By and by he returned. The lover was now a fish to his neck. + +“Cannot I cut off the part and restore you by a sweat bath?” the friend +asked. + +“No, it is too late. But tell the chief’s daughter that I loved her to +the last and that I die for her sake. Take this belt and give it to her. +She gave it to me as a pledge of her love for me,” and he being then +turned to a great fish, swam to the middle of the river and there +remained, only his great fin remaining above the water. + +The friend went home and told his story. There was great mourning over +the death of the five young men, and for the lost lover. In the river +the great fish remained, its fin just above the surface, and was called +by the Indians “Fish that Bars,” because it bar’d navigation. Canoes had +to be portaged at great labor around the obstruction. + +The chief’s daughter mourned for her lover as for a husband, nor would +she be comforted. “He was lost for love of me, and I shall remain as his +widow,” she wailed. + +In her mother’s tepee she sat, with her head covered with her robe, +silent, working, working. “What is my daughter doing,” her mother asked. +But the maiden did not reply. + +The days lengthened into moons until a year had passed. And then the +maiden arose. In her hands were beautiful articles of clothing, enough +for three men. There were three pairs of moccasins, three pairs of +leggings, three belts, three shirts, three head dresses with beautiful +feathers, and sweet smelling tobacco. + +“Make a new canoe of bark,” she said, which was made for her. + +Into the canoe she stepped and floated slowly down the river toward the +great fish. + +“Come back my daughter,” her mother cried in agony. “Come back. The +great fish will eat you.” + +She answered nothing. Her canoe came to the place where the great fin +arose and stopped, its prow grating on the monster’s back. The maiden +stepped out boldly. One by one she laid her presents on the fish’s back, +scattering the feathers and tobacco over his broad spine. + +“Oh, fish,” she cried, “Oh, fish, you who were my lover, I shall not +forget you. Because you were lost for love of me, I shall never marry. +All my life I shall remain a widow. Take these presents. And now leave +the river, and let the waters run free, so my people may once more +descend in their canoes.” + +She stepped into her canoe and waited. Slowly the great fish sank, his +broad fin disappeared, and the waters of the St. Croix (Stillwater) were +free. + + + + + + +THE ARTICHOKE AND THE MUSKRAT + +On the shore of a lake stood an artichoke with its green leaves waving +in the sun. Very proud of itself it was, and well satisfied with the +world. In the lake below lived a muskrat in his tepee, and in the +evening as the sun set he would come out upon the shore and wander over +the bank. One evening he came near the place where the artichoke stood. + +“Ho, friend,” he said, “you seem rather proud of yourself. Who are you?” + “I am the artichoke,” answered the other, “and I have many handsome +cousins. But who are you?” + +“I am the muskrat, and I, too, belong to a large family. I live in the +water. I don’t stand all day in one place like a stone.” + +“If I stand in one place all day,” retorted the artichoke, “at least I +don’t swim around in stagnant water, and build my lodge in the mud.” + +“You are jealous of my fine fur,” sneered the muskrat. “I may build +my lodge in the mud, but I always have a clean coat. But you are half +buried in the ground, and when men dig you up, you are never clean.” + +“And your fine coat always smells of musk,” jeered the artichoke. + +“That is true,” said the muskrat. “But men think well of me, +nevertheless. They trap me for the fine sinew in my tail; and handsome +young women bite off my tail with their white teeth and make it into +thread.” + +“That’s nothing,” laughed the artichoke. “Handsome young warriors, +painted and splendid with feathers, dig me up, brush me off with their +shapely hands and eat me without even taking the trouble to wash me +off.” + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE BEAR WITH THE FLINT BODY + +The Rabbit and his grandmother were in dire straits, because the rabbit +was out of arrows. The fall hunt would soon be on and his quiver was all +but empty. Arrow sticks he could cut in plenty, but he had nothing with +which to make arrowheads. + +“You must make some flint arrowheads,” said his grandmother. “Then you +will be able to kill game.” + +“Where shall I get the flint?” asked the rabbit. + +“From the old bear chief,” said his old grandmother. For at that time +all the flint in the world was in the bear’s body. + +So the rabbit set out for the village of the Bears. It was winter time +and the lodges of the bears were set under the shelter of a hill where +the cold wind would not blow on them and where they had shelter among +the trees and bushes. + +He came at one end of the village to a hut where lived an old woman. He +pushed open the door and entered. Everybody who came for flint always +stopped there because it was the first lodge on the edge of the village. +Strangers were therefore not unusual in the old woman’s hut, and she +welcomed the rabbit. She gave him a seat and at night he lay with his +feet to the fire. + +The next morning the rabbit went to the lodge of the bear chief. They +sat together awhile and smoked. At last the bear chief spoke. + +“What do you want, my grandson?” + +“I have come for some flint to make arrows,” answered the rabbit. + +The bear chief grunted, and laid aside his pipe. Leaning back he pulled +off his robe and, sure enough, one half of his body was flesh and the +other half hard flint. + +“Bring a stone hammer and give it to our guest,” he bade his wife. Then +as the rabbit took the hammer he said: “Do not strike too hard.” + +“Grandfather, I shall be careful,” said the rabbit. With a stroke he +struck off a little flake of flint from the bear’s body. + +“Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?” he asked. + +“Harder, grandson; strike off bigger pieces,” said the bear. + +The rabbit struck a little harder. + +“Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?” he asked. + +The bear grew impatient. “No, no, strike off bigger pieces. I can’t be +here all day. Tanka kaksa wo! Break off a big piece.” + +The rabbit struck again--hard! “Ni-sko-ke-cha?” he cried, as the hammer +fell. But even as he spoke the bear’s body broke in two, the flesh part +fell away and only the flint part remained. Like a flash the rabbit +darted out of the hut. + +There was a great outcry in the village. Openmouthed, all the bears +gave chase. But as he ran the rabbit cried: “Wa-hin-han-yo (snow, snow) +Ota-po, Ota-po--lots more, lots more,” and a great storm of snow swept +down from the sky. + +The rabbit, light of foot, bounded over the top of the snow. The bears +sunk in and floundered about helpless. Seeing this, the rabbit turned +back and killed them one by one with his club. That is why we now have +so few bears. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE LOST WIFE + +A Dakota girl married a man who promised to treat her kindly, but he did +not keep his word. He was unreasonable, fault-finding, and often beat +her. Frantic with his cruelty, she ran away. The whole village turned +out to search for her, but no trace of the missing wife was to be found. + +Meanwhile, the fleeing woman had wandered about all that day and the +next night. The next day she met a man, who asked her who she was. +She did not know it, but he was not really a man, but the chief of the +wolves. + +“Come with me,” he said, and he led her to a large village. She was +amazed to see here many wolves--gray and black, timber wolves and +coyotes. It seemed as if all the wolves in the world were there. + +The wolf chief led the young woman to a great tepee and invited her in. +He asked her what she ate for food. + +“Buffalo meat,” she answered. + +He called two coyotes and bade them bring what the young woman wanted. +They bounded away and soon returned with the shoulder of a fresh-killed +buffalo calf. + +“How do you prepare it for eating?” asked the wolf chief. + +“By boiling,” answered the young woman. + +Again he called the two coyotes. Away they bounded and soon brought into +the tent a small bundle. In it were punk, flint and steel--stolen, it +may be, from some camp of men. + +“How do you make the meat ready?” asked the wolf chief. + +“I cut it into slices,” answered the young woman. + +The coyotes were called and in a short time fetched in a knife in its +sheath. The young woman cut up the calf’s shoulder into slices and ate +it. + +Thus she lived for a year, all the wolves being very kind to her. At the +end of that time the wolf chief said to her: + +“Your people are going off on a buffalo hunt. Tomorrow at noon they will +be here. You must then go out and meet them or they will fall on us and +kill us.” + +The next day at about noon the young woman went to the top of a +neighboring knoll. Coming toward her were some young men riding on their +ponies. She stood up and held her hands so that they could see her. They +wondered who she was, and when they were close by gazed at her closely. + +“A year ago we lost a young woman; if you are she, where have you been,” + they asked. + +“I have been in the wolves’ village. Do not harm them,” she answered. + +“We will ride back and tell the people,” they said. “Tomorrow again at +noon, we shall meet you.” + +The young woman went back to the wolf village, and the next day went +again to a neighboring knoll, though to a different one. Soon she +saw the camp coming in a long line over the prairie. First were the +warriors, then the women and tents. + +The young woman’s father and mother were overjoyed to see her. But when +they came near her the young woman fainted, for she could not now bear +the smell of human kind. When she came to herself she said: + +“You must go on a buffalo hunt, my father and all the hunters. Tomorrow +you must come again, bringing with you the tongues and choice pieces of +the kill.” + +This he promised to do; and all the men of the camp mounted their ponies +and they had a great hunt. The next day they returned with their ponies +laden with the buffalo meat. The young woman bade them pile the meat in +a great heap between two hills which she pointed out to them. There was +so much meat that the tops of the two hills were bridged level between +by the meat pile. In the center of the pile the young woman planted a +pole with a red flag. She then began to howl like a wolf, loudly. + +In a moment the earth seemed covered with wolves. They fell greedily on +the meat pile and in a short time had eaten the last scrap. + +The young woman then joined her own people. + +Her husband wanted her to come and live with him again. For a long time +she refused. However, at last they became reconciled. + + + + + + +THE RACCOON AND THE CRAWFISH + +Sharp and cunning is the raccoon, say the Indians, by whom he is named +Spotted Face. + +A crawfish one evening wandered along a river bank, looking for +something dead to feast upon. A raccoon was also out looking for +something to eat. He spied the crawfish and formed a plan to catch him. + +He lay down on the bank and feigned to be dead. By and by the crawfish +came near by. “Ho,” he thought, “here is a feast indeed; but is he +really dead. I will go near and pinch him with my claws and find out.” + +So he went near and pinched the raccoon on the nose and then on his soft +paws. The raccoon never moved. The crawfish then pinched him on the ribs +and tickled him so that the raccoon could hardly keep from laughing. The +crawfish at last left him. “The raccoon is surely dead,” he thought. +And he hurried back to the crawfish village and reported his find to the +chief. + +All the villagers were called to go down to the feast. The chief bade +the warriors and young men to paint their faces and dress in their +gayest for a dance. + +So they marched in a long line--first the warriors, with their weapons +in hand, then the women with their babies and children--to the place +where the raccoon lay. They formed a great circle about him and danced, +singing: + +“We shall have a great feast + +“On the spotted-faced beast, with soft smooth paws: + +“He is dead! + +“He is dead! + +“We shall dance! + +“We shall have a good time! + +“We shall feast on his flesh.” + +But as they danced, the raccoon suddenly sprang to his feet. + +“Who is that you say you are going to eat? He has a spotted face, has +he? He has soft, smooth paws, has he? I’ll break your ugly backs. I’ll +break your rough bones. I’ll crunch your ugly, rough paws.” And he +rushed among the crawfish, killing them by scores. The crawfish warriors +fought bravely and the women ran screaming, all to no purpose. They did +not feast on the raccoon; the raccoon feasted _on them!_ + + + + + + +LEGEND OF STANDING ROCK + +A Dakota had married an Arikara woman, and by her had one child. By and +by he took another wife. The first wife was jealous and pouted. When +time came for the village to break camp she refused to move from her +place on the tent floor. The tent was taken down but she sat on the +ground with her babe on her back The rest of the camp with her husband +went on. + +At noon her husband halted the line. “Go back to your sister-in-law,” + he said to his two brothers. “Tell her to come on and we will await you +here. But hasten, for I fear she may grow desperate and kill herself.” + +The two rode off and arrived at their former camping place in the +evening. The woman still sat on the ground. The elder spoke: + +“Sister-in-law, get up. We have come for you. The camp awaits you.” + +She did not answer, and he put out his hand and touched her head. She +had turned to stone! + +The two brothers lashed their ponies and came back to camp. They told +their story, but were not believed. “The woman has killed herself and my +brothers will not tell me,” said the husband. However, the whole village +broke camp and came back to the place where they had left the woman. +Sure enough, she sat there still, a block of stone. + +The Indians were greatly excited. They chose out a handsome pony, made +a new travois and placed the stone in the carrying net. Pony and travois +were both beautifully painted and decorated with streamers and colors. +The stone was thought _“wakan”_ (holy), and was given a place of honor +in the center of the camp. Whenever the camp moved the stone and travois +were taken along. Thus the stone woman was carried for years, and +finally brought to Standing Rock Agency, and now rests upon a brick +pedestal in front of the Agency office. From this stone Standing Rock +Agency derives its name. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE PEACE PIPE + +Two young men were out strolling one night talking of love affairs. They +passed around a hill and came to a little ravine or coulee. Suddenly +they saw coming up from the ravine a beautiful woman. She was painted +and her dress was of the very finest material. + +“What a beautiful girl!” said one of the young men. “Already I love her. +I will steal her and make her my wife.” + +“No,” said the other. “Don’t harm her. She may be holy.” + +The young woman approached and held out a pipe which she first offered +to the sky, then to the earth and then advanced, holding it out in her +extended hands. + +“I know what you young men have been saying; one of you is good; the +other is wicked,” she said. + +She laid down the pipe on the ground and at once became a buffalo cow. +The cow pawed the ground, stuck her tail straight out behind her and +then lifted the pipe from the ground again in her hoofs; immediately she +became a young woman again. + +“I am come to give you this gift,” she said. “It is the peace pipe. +Hereafter all treaties and ceremonies shall be performed after smoking +it. It shall bring peaceful thoughts into your minds. You shall offer it +to the Great Mystery and to mother earth.” + +The two young men ran to the village and told what they had seen and +heard. All the village came out where the young woman was. + +She repeated to them what she had already told the young men and added: + +“When you set free the ghost (the spirit of deceased persons) you must +have a white buffalo cow skin.” + +She gave the pipe to the medicine men of the village, turned again to a +buffalo cow and fled away to the land of buffaloes. + + + + + + +A BASHFUL COURTSHIP + +A young man lived with his grandmother. He was a good hunter and wished +to marry. He knew a girl who was a good moccasin maker, but she belonged +to a great family. He wondered how he could win her. + +One day she passed the tent on her way to get water at the river. His +grandmother was at work in the tepee with a pair of old worn-out sloppy +moccasins. The young man sprang to his feet. “Quick, grandmother--let me +have those old sloppy moccasins you have on your feet!” he cried. + +“My old moccasins, what do you want of them?” cried the astonished +woman. + +“Never mind! Quick! I can’t stop to talk,” answered the grandson as he +caught up the old moccasins the old lady had doffed, and put them on. He +threw a robe over his shoulders, slipped through the door, and hastened +to the watering place. The girl had just arrived with her bucket. + +“Let me fill your bucket for you,” said the young man. + +“Oh, no, I can do it.” + +“Oh, let me, I can go in the mud. You surely don’t want to soil your +moccasins,” and taking the bucket he slipped in the mud, taking care +to push his sloppy old moccasins out so the girl could see them. She +giggled outright. + +“My, what old moccasins you have,” she cried. + +“Yes, I have nobody to make me a new pair,” he answered. + +“Why don’t you get your grandmother to make you a new pair?” + +“She’s old and blind and can’t make them any longer. That’s why I want +you,” he answered. + +“Oh, you’re fooling me. You aren’t speaking the truth.” + +“Yes, I am. If you don’t believe--come with me _now!_” + +The girl looked down; so did the youth. At last he said softly: + +“Well, which is it? Shall I take up your bucket, or will you go with +me?” + +And she answered, still more softly: “I guess I’ll go with you!” + +The girl’s aunt came down to the river, wondering what kept her niece so +long. In the mud she found two pairs of moccasin tracks close together; +at the edge of the water stood an empty keg. + + + + + + +THE SIMPLETON’S WISDOM + +There was a man and his wife who had one daughter. Mother and daughter +were deeply attached to one another, and when the latter died the mother +was disconsolate. She cut off her hair, cut gashes in her cheeks and sat +before the corpse with her robe drawn over her head, mourning for her +dead. Nor would she let them touch the body to take it to a burying +scaffold. She had a knife in her hand, and if anyone offered to come +near the body the mother would wail: + +“I am weary of life. I do not care to live. I will stab myself with this +knife and join my daughter in the land of spirits.” + +Her husband and relatives tried to get the knife from her, but could +not. They feared to use force lest she kill herself. They came together +to see what they could do. + +“We must get the knife away from her,” they said. + +At last they called a boy, a kind of simpleton, yet with a good deal of +natural shrewdness. He was an orphan and very poor. His moccasins were +out at the sole and he was dressed in wei-zi (coarse buffalo skin, +smoked). + +“Go to the tepee of the mourning mother,” they told the simpleton, “and +in some way contrive to make her laugh and forget her grief. Then try to +get the knife away from her.” + +The boy went to the tent and sat down at the door as if waiting to be +given something. The corpse lay in the place of honor where the dead +girl had slept in life. The body was wrapped in a rich robe and wrapped +about with ropes. Friends had covered it with rich offerings out of +respect to the dead. + +As the mother sat on the ground with her head covered she did not at +first see the boy, who sat silent. But when his reserve had worn away +a little he began at first lightly, then more heavily, to drum on the +floor with his hands. After a while he began to sing a comic song. +Louder and louder he sang until carried away with his own singing he +sprang up and began to dance, at the same time gesturing and making all +manner of contortions with his body, still singing the comic song. As he +approached the corpse he waved his hands over it in blessing. The mother +put her head out of the blanket and when she saw the poor simpleton +with his strange grimaces trying to do honor to the corpse by his solemn +waving, and at the same time keeping up his comic song, she burst out +laughing. Then she reached over and handed her knife to the simpleton. + +“Take this knife,” she said. “You have taught me to forget my grief. If +while I mourn for the dead I can still be mirthful, there is no reason +for me to despair. I no longer care to die. I will live for my husband.” + +The simpleton left the tepee and brought the knife to the astonished +husband and relatives. + +“How did you get it? Did you force it away from her, or did you steal +it?” they said. + +“She gave it to me. How could I force it from her or steal it when she +held it in her hand, blade uppermost? I sang and danced for her and she +burst out laughing. Then she gave it to me,” he answered. + +When the old men of the village heard the orphan’s story they were very +silent. It was a strange thing for a lad to dance in a tepee where there +was mourning. It was stranger that a mother should laugh in a tepee +before the corpse of her dead daughter. The old men gathered at last in +a council. They sat a long time without saying anything, for they did +not want to decide hastily. The pipe was filled and passed many times. +At last an old man spoke. + +“We have a hard question. A mother has laughed before the corpse of her +daughter, and many think she has done foolishly, but I think the woman +did wisely. The lad was simple and of no training, and we cannot expect +him to know how to do as well as one with good home and parents to teach +him. Besides, he did the best that he knew. He danced to make the mother +forget her grief, and he tried to honor the corpse by waving over it his +hands.” + +“The mother did right to laugh, for when one does try to do us good, +even if what he does causes us discomfort, we should always remember +rather the motive than the deed. And besides, the simpleton’s dancing +saved the woman’s life, for she gave up her knife. In this, too, she did +well, for it is always better to live for the living than to die for the +dead.” + + + + + +A LITTLE BRAVE AND THE MEDICINE WOMAN + +A village of Indians moved out of winter camp and pitched their tents +in a circle on high land overlooking a lake. A little way down the +declivity was a grave. Choke cherries had grown up, hiding the grave +from view. But as the ground had sunk somewhat, the grave was marked by +a slight hollow. + +One of the villagers going out to hunt took a short cut through the +choke cherry bushes. As he pushed them aside he saw the hollow grave, +but thought it was a washout made by the rains. But as he essayed to +step over it, to his great surprise he stumbled and fell. Made curious +by his mishap, he drew back and tried again; but again he fell. When he +came back to the village he told the old men what had happened to him. +They remembered then that a long time before there had been buried there +a medicine woman or conjurer. Doubtless it was her medicine that made +him stumble. + +The story of the villager’s adventure spread thru the camp and made many +curious to see the grave. Among others were six little boys who were, +however, rather timid, for they were in great awe of the dead medicine +woman. But they had a little playmate named Brave, a mischievous little +rogue, whose hair was always unkempt and tossed about and who was never +quiet for a moment. + +“Let us ask Brave to go with us,” they said; and they went in a body to +see him. + +“All right,” said Brave; “I will go with you. But I have something to +do first. You go on around the hill _that_ way, and I will hasten around +_this_ way, and meet you a little later near the grave.” + +So the six little boys went on as bidden until they came to a place near +the grave. There they halted. + +“Where is Brave?” they asked. + +Now Brave, full of mischief, had thought to play a jest on his little +friends. As soon as they were well out of sight he had sped around the +hill to the shore of the lake and sticking his hands in the mud had +rubbed it over his face, plastered it in his hair, and soiled his hands +until he looked like a new risen corpse with the flesh rotting from his +bones. He then went and lay down in the grave and awaited the boys. + +When the six little boys came they were more timid than ever when they +did not find Brave; but they feared to go back to the village without +seeing the grave, for fear the old men would call them cowards. + +So they slowly approached the grave and one of them timidly called out: + +“Please, grandmother, we won’t disturb your grave. We only want to see +where you lie. Don’t be angry.” + +At once a thin quavering voice, like an old woman’s, called out: + +“Han, han, takoja, hechetuya, hechetuya! Yes, yes, that’s right, that’s +right.” + +The boys were frightened out of their senses, believing the old woman +had come to life. + +“Oh, grandmother,” they gasped, “don’t hurt us; please don’t, we’ll go.” + +Just then Brave raised his muddy face and hands up thru the choke cherry +bushes. With the oozy mud dripping from his features he looked like some +very witch just raised from the grave. The boys screamed outright. One +fainted. The rest ran yelling up the hill to the village, where each +broke at once for his mother’s tepee. + +As all the tents in a Dakota camping circle face the center, the boys as +they came tearing into camp were in plain view from the tepees. Hearing +the screaming, every woman in camp ran to her tepee door to see what +had happened. Just then little Brave, as badly scared as the rest, came +rushing in after them, his hair on end and covered with mud and crying +out, all forgetful of his appearance: + +“It’s me, it’s me!” + +The women yelped and bolted in terror from the village. Brave dashed +into his mother’s tepee, scaring her out of her wits. Dropping pots and +kettles, she tumbled out of the tent to run screaming with the rest. Nor +would a single villager come near poor little Brave until he had gone +down to the lake and washed himself. + + + + + + +THE BOUND CHILDREN + +There once lived a widow with two children--the elder a daughter and the +younger a son. The widow went in mourning for her husband a long time. +She cut off her hair, let her dress lie untidy on her body and kept her +face unpainted and unwashed. + +There lived in the same village a great chief. He had one son just come +old enough to marry. The chief had it known that he wished his son to +take a wife, and all of the young women in the village were eager to +marry the young man. However, he was pleased with none of them. + +Now the widow thought, “I am tired of mourning for my husband and caring +for my children. Perhaps if I lay aside my mourning and paint myself +red, the chief’s son may marry me.” + +So she slipped away from her two children, stole down to the river and +made a bathing place thru the ice. When she had washed away all signs of +mourning, she painted and decked herself and went to the chief’s tepee. +When his son saw her, he loved her, and a feast was made in honor of her +wedding. + +When the widow’s daughter found herself forsaken, she wept bitterly. +After a day or two she took her little brother in her arms and went to +the tepee of an old woman who lived at one end of the village. The old +woman’s tumble down tepee was of bark and her dress and clothing was of +old smoke-dried tent cover. But she was kind to the two waifs and took +them in willingly. + +The little girl was eager to find her mother. The old woman said to her: +“I suspect your mother has painted her face red. Do not try to find her. +If the chief’s son marries her she will not want to be burdened with +you.” + +The old woman was right. The girl went down to the river, and sure +enough found a hole cut in the ice and about it lay the filth that the +mother had washed from her body. The girl gathered up the filth and went +on. By and by she came to a second hole in the ice. Here too was filth, +but not so much as at the previous place. At the third hole the ice was +clean. + +The girl knew now that her mother had painted her face red. She went at +once to the chief’s tepee, raised the door flap and went in. There sat +her mother with the chief’s son at their wedding feast. + +The girl walked up to her mother and hurled the filth in her mother’s +face. + +“There,” she cried, “you who forsake your helpless children and forget +your husband, take that!” + +And at once her mother became a hideous old woman. + +The girl then went back to the lodge of the old woman, leaving the camp +in an uproar. The chief soon sent some young warriors to seize the girl +and her brother, and they were brought to his tent. He was furious with +anger. + +“Let the children be bound with lariats wrapped about their bodies and +let them be left to starve. Our camp will move on,” he said. The chief’s +son did not put away his wife, hoping she might be cured in some way and +grow young again. + +Everybody in camp now got ready to move; but the old woman came close to +the girl and said: + +“In my old tepee I have dug a hole and buried a pot with punk and steel +and flint and packs of dried meat. They will tie you up like a corpse. +But before we go I will come with a knife and pretend to stab you, but +I will really cut the rope that binds you so that you can unwind it from +your body as soon as the camp is out of sight and hearing.” + +And so, before the camp started, the old woman came to the place where +the two children were bound. She had in her hand a knife bound to the +end of a stick which she used as a lance. She stood over the children +and cried aloud: + +“You wicked girl, who have shamed your own mother, you deserve all the +punishment that is given you. But after all I do not want to let you lie +and starve. Far better kill you at once and have done with it!” and +with her stick she stabbed many times, as if to kill, but she was really +cutting the rope. + +The camp moved on; but the children lay on the ground until noon the +next day. Then they began to squirm about. Soon the girl was free, and +she then set loose her little brother. They went at once to the old +woman’s hut where they found the flint and steel and the packs of dried +meat. + +The girl made her brother a bow and arrows and with these he killed +birds and other small game. + +The boy grew up a great hunter. They became rich. They built three great +tepees, in one of which were stored rows upon rows of parfleche bags of +dried meat. + +One day as the brother went out to hunt, he met a handsome young +stranger who greeted him and said to him: + +“I know you are a good hunter, for I have been watching you; your +sister, too, is industrious. Let me have her for a wife. Then you and I +will be brothers and hunt together.” + +The girl’s brother went home and told her what the young stranger had +said. + +“Brother, I do not care to marry,” she answered. “I am now happy with +you.” + +“But you will be yet happier married,” he answered, “and the young +stranger is of no mean family, as one can see by his dress and manners.” + +“Very well, I will do as you wish,” she said. So the stranger came into +the tepee and was the girl’s husband. + +One day as they were in their tent, a crow flew overhead, calling out +loudly, + + “Kaw, Kaw, + +“They who forsook the children have no meat.” + +The girl and her husband and brother looked up at one another. + +“What can it mean?” they asked. “Let us send for Unktomi (the spider). +He is a good judge and he will know.” + +“And I will get ready a good dinner for him, for Unktomi is always +hungry,” added the young wife. + +When Unktomi came, his yellow mouth opened with delight at the fine +feast spread for him. After he had eaten he was told what the crow had +said. + +“The crow means,” said Unktomi, “that the villagers and chief who bound +and deserted you are in sad plight. They have hardly anything to eat and +are starving.” + +When the girl heard this she made a bundle of choicest meat and called +the crow. + +“Take this to the starving villagers,” she bade him. + +He took the bundle in his beak, flew away to the starving village and +dropped the bundle before the chief’s tepee. The chief came out and the +crow called loudly: + +“Kaw, Kaw! + +“The children who were forsaken have much meat; those who forsook them +have none.” + +“What can he mean,” cried the astonished villagers. + +“Let us send for Unktomi,” said one, “he is a great judge; he will tell +us.” + +They divided the bundle of meat among the starving people, saving the +biggest piece for Unktomi. + +When Unktomi had come and eaten, the villagers told him of the crow and +asked what the bird’s words meant. + +“He means,” said Unktomi, “that the two children whom you forsook have +tepees full of dried meat enough for all the village.” + +The villagers were filled with astonishment at this news. To find +whether or not it was true, the chief called seven young men and sent +them out to see. They came to the three tepees and there met the girl’s +brother and husband just going out to hunt (which they did now only for +sport). + +The girl’s brother invited the seven young men into the third or sacred +lodge, and after they had smoked a pipe and knocked out the ashes on a +buffalo bone the brother gave them meat to eat, which the seven devoured +greedily. The next day he loaded all seven with packs of meat, saying: + +“Take this meat to the villagers and lead them hither.” + +While they awaited the return of the young men with the villagers, the +girl made two bundles of meat, one of the best and choicest pieces, and +the other of liver, very dry and hard to eat. After a few days the camp +arrived. The young woman’s mother opened the door and ran in crying: +“Oh, my dear daughter, how glad I am to see you.” But the daughter +received her coldly and gave her the bundle of dried liver to eat. But +when the old woman who had saved the children’s lives came in, the +young girl received her gladly, called her grandmother, and gave her the +package of choice meat with marrow. + +Then the whole village camped and ate of the stores of meat all the +winter until spring came; and withal they were so many, there was such +abundance of stores that there was still much left. + + + + + + +THE SIGNS OF CORN + +When corn is to be planted by the Indians, it is the work of the women +folk to see to the sorting and cleaning of the best seed. It is also the +women’s work to see to the planting. (This was in olden times.) + +After the best seed has been selected, the planter measures the corn, +lays down a layer of hay, then a layer of corn. Over this corn they +sprinkle warm water and cover it with another layer of hay, then bind +hay about the bundle and hang it up in a spot where the warm rays of the +sun can strike it. + +While the corn is hanging in the sun, the ground is being prepared to +receive it. Having finished the task of preparing the ground, the woman +takes down her seed corn which has by this time sprouted. Then she +proceeds to plant the corn. + +Before she plants the first hill, she extends her hoe heavenwards and +asks the Great Spirit to bless her work, that she may have a good yield. +After her prayer she takes four kernels and plants one at the north, +one at the south, one at the east and one at the west sides of the first +hill. This is asking the Great Spirit to give summer rain and sunshine +to bring forth a good crop. + +For different growths of the corn, the women have an interpretation as +to the character of the one who planted it. + +1st. Where the corn grows in straight rows and the cob is full of +kernels to the end, this signifies that the planter of this corn is of +an exemplary character, and is very truthful and thoughtful. + +2nd. If the rows on the ears of corn are irregular and broken, the +planter is considered careless and unthoughtful. Also disorderly and +slovenly about her house and person. + +3rd. When an ear of corn bears a few scattering kernels with spaces +producing no corn, it is said that is a good sign that the planter will +live to a ripe old age. So old will they be that like the corn, their +teeth will be few and far between. + +4th. When a stalk bears a great many nubbins, or small ears growing +around the large one, it is a sign that the planter is from a large and +respectable family. + +After the corn is gathered, it is boiled into sweet corn and made into +hominy; parched and mixed with buffalo tallow and rolled into round +balls, and used at feasts, or carried by the warriors on the warpath as +food. + +When there has been a good crop of corn, an ear is always tied at the +top of the medicine pole, of the sun dance, in thanks to the Great +Spirit for his goodness to them in sending a bountiful crop. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE RABBITS + +The Rabbit nation were very much depressed in spirits on account of +being run over by all other nations. They, being very obedient to their +chief, obeyed all his orders to the letter. One of his orders was, +that upon the approach of any other nation that they should follow the +example of their chief and run up among the rocks and down into their +burrows, and not show themselves until the strangers had passed. + +This they always did. Even the chirp of a little cricket would send them +all scampering to their dens. + +One day they held a great council, and after talking over everything for +some time, finally left it to their medicine man to decide. The medicine +man arose and said: + +“My friends, we are of no use on this earth. There isn’t a nation +on earth that fears us, and we are so timid that we cannot defend +ourselves, so the best thing for us to do is to rid the earth of our +nation, by all going over to the big lake and drowning ourselves.” + +This they decided to do; so going to the lake they were about to jump +in, when they heard a splashing in the water. Looking, they saw a lot of +frogs jumping into the lake. + +“We will not drown ourselves,” said the medicine man, “we have found a +nation who are afraid of us. It is the frog nation.” Had it not been for +the frogs we would have had no rabbits, as the whole nation would have +drowned themselves and the rabbit race would have been extinct. + + + + + + +HOW THE RABBIT LOST HIS TAIL + +Once upon a time there were two brothers, one a great Genie and the +other a rabbit. Like all genie, the older could change himself into any +kind of an animal, bird, fish, cloud, thunder and lightning, or in fact +anything that he desired. + +The younger brother (the rabbit) was very mischievous and was +continually getting into all kinds of trouble. His older brother was +kept busy getting Rabbit out of all kinds of scrapes. + +When Rabbit had attained his full growth he wanted to travel around and +see something of the world. When he told his brother what he intended to +do, the brother said: “Now, Rabbit, you are Witkotko (mischievous), so +be very careful, and keep out of trouble as much as possible. In case +you get into any serious trouble, and can’t get out by yourself, just +call on me for assistance, and no matter where you are, I will come to +you.” + +Rabbit started out and the first day he came to a very high house, +outside of which stood a very high pine tree. So high was the tree that +Rabbit could hardly see the top. Outside the door, on an enormous stool, +sat a very large giant fast asleep. Rabbit (having his bow and arrows +with him) strung up his bow, and, taking an arrow from his quiver, said: + +“I want to see how big this man is, so I guess I will wake him up.” So +saying he moved over to one side and took good aim, and shot the giant +upon the nose. This stung like fire and awoke the giant, who jumped up, +crying: “Who had the audacity to shoot me on the nose?” “I did,” said +Rabbit. + +The giant, hearing a voice, looked all around, but saw nothing, until he +looked down at the corner of the house, and there sat a rabbit. + +“I had hiccoughs this morning and thought that I was going to have a +good big meal, and here is nothing but a toothful.” + +“I guess you won’t make a toothful of me,” said Rabbit, “I am as strong +as you, though I am little.” “We will see,” said the giant. He went into +the house and came out, bringing a hammer that weighed many tons. + +“Now, Mr. Rabbit, we will see who can throw this hammer over the top of +that tree.” “Get something harder to do,” said Rabbit. + +“Well, we will try this first,” said the giant. With that he grasped the +hammer in both hands, swung it three times around his head and sent it +spinning thru the air. Up, up, it went, skimming the top of the tree, +and came down, shaking the ground and burying itself deep into the +earth. + +“Now,” said the giant, “if you don’t accomplish this same feat, I am +going to swallow you at one mouthful.” Rabbit said, “I always sing to my +brother before I attempt things like this.” So he commenced singing and +calling his brother. “Cinye! Cinye!” (brother, brother) he sang. The +giant grew nervous, and said: “Boy, why do you call your brother?” + +Pointing to a small black cloud that was approaching very swiftly, +Rabbit said: “That is my brother; he can destroy you, your house, and +pine tree in one breath.” + +“Stop him and you can go free,” said the giant. Rabbit waved his paws +and the cloud disappeared. + +From this place Rabbit continued on his trip towards the west. The next +day, while passing thru a deep forest, he thought he heard some one +moaning, as though in pain. He stopped and listened; soon the wind blew +and the moaning grew louder. Following the direction from whence came +the sound, he soon discovered a man stripped of his clothing, and caught +between two limbs of a tall elm tree. When the wind blew the limbs would +rub together and squeeze the man, who would give forth the mournful +groans. + +“My, you have a fine place up there. Let us change. You can come down +and I will take your place.” (Now this man had been placed up there for +punishment, by Rabbit’s brother, and he could not get down unless some +one came along and proposed to take his place on the tree). “Very well,” + said the man. “Take off your clothes and come up. I will fasten you in +the limbs and you can have all the fun you want.” + +Rabbit disrobed and climbed up. The man placed him between the limbs and +slid down the tree. He hurriedly got into Rabbit’s clothes, and just as +he had completed his toilet, the wind blew very hard. Rabbit was nearly +crazy with pain, and screamed and cried. Then he began to cry “Cinye, +Cinye” (brother, brother). “Call your brother as much as you like, he +can never find me.” So saying the man disappeared in the forest. + +Scarcely had he disappeared, when the brother arrived, and seeing Rabbit +in the tree, said: “Which way did he go?” Rabbit pointed the direction +taken by the man. The brother flew over the top of the trees, soon found +the man and brought him back, making him take his old place between the +limbs, and causing a heavy wind to blow and continue all afternoon and +night, for punishment to the man for having placed his brother up there. + +After Rabbit got his clothes back on, his brother gave him a good +scolding, and wound up by saying: “I want you to be more careful in the +future. I have plenty of work to keep me as busy as I want to be, and I +can’t be stopping every little while to be making trips to get you out +of some foolish scrape. It was only yesterday that I came five hundred +miles to help you from the giant, and today I have had to come a +thousand miles, so be more careful from this on.” + +Several days after this the Rabbit was traveling along the banks of a +small river, when he came to a small clearing in the woods, and in the +center of the clearing stood a nice little log hut. Rabbit was wondering +who could be living here when the door slowly opened and an old man +appeared in the doorway, bearing a tripe water pail in his right hand. +In his left hand he held a string which was fastened to the inside of +the house. He kept hold of the string and came slowly down to the river. +When he got to the water he stooped down and dipped the pail into it and +returned to the house, still holding the string for guidance. + +Soon he reappeared holding on to another string, and, following this +one, went to a large pile of wood and returned to the house with it. +Rabbit wanted to see if the old man would come out again, but he came +out no more. Seeing smoke ascending from the mud chimney, he thought +he would go over and see what the old man was doing. He knocked at the +door, and a weak voice bade him enter. He noticed that the old man was +cooking dinner. + +“Hello Tunkasina (grandfather), you must have a nice time, living here +alone. I see that you have everything handy. You can get wood and water, +and that is all you have to do. How do you get your provisions?” + +“The wolves bring my meat, the mice my rice and ground beans, and the +birds bring me the cherry leaves for my tea. Yet it is a hard life, as I +am all alone most of the time and have no one to talk to, and besides, I +am blind.” + +“Say, grandfather,” said Rabbit, “let us change places. I think I would +like to live here.” + +“If we exchange clothes,” said the other, “you will become old and +blind, while I will assume your youth and good looks.” (Now, this old +man was placed here for punishment by Rabbit’s brother. He had killed +his wife, so the genie made him old and blind, and he would remain so +until some one came who would exchange places with him). + +“I don’t care for youth and good looks,” said Rabbit, “let us make the +change.” + +They changed clothes, and Rabbit became old and blind, whilst the old +man became young and handsome. + +“Well, I must go,” said the man. He went out and cutting the strings +close to the door, ran off laughing. “You will get enough of your living +alone, you crazy boy,” and saying this he ran into the woods. + +Rabbit thought he would like to get some fresh water and try the string +paths so that he would get accustomed to it. He bumped around the room +and finally found the tripe water bucket. He took hold of the string and +started out. When he had gotten a short distance from the door he came +to the end of the string so suddenly, that he lost the end which he +had in his hand, and he wandered about, bumping against the trees, and +tangling himself up in plum bushes and thorns, scratching his face +and hands so badly that the blood ran from them. Then it was that he +commenced again to cry, “Cinye! Cinye!” (brother, brother). Soon his +brother arrived, and asked which way the old man had gone. + +“I don’t know,” said Rabbit, “I couldn’t see which path he took, as I +was blind.” + +The genie called the birds, and they came flying from every direction. +As fast as they arrived the brother asked them if they had seen the man +whom he had placed here for punishment, but none had seen him. The owl +came last, and when asked if he had seen the man, he said “hoo-hoo.” + “The man who lived here,” said the brother. “Last night I was hunting +mice in the woods south of here and I saw a man sleeping beneath a plum +tree. I thought it was your brother, Rabbit, so I didn’t awaken him,” + said the owl. + +“Good for you, owl,” said the brother, “for this good news, you shall +hereafter roam around only at night, and I will fix your eyes, so the +darker the night the better you will be able to see. You will always +have the fine cool nights to hunt your food. You other birds can hunt +your food during the hot daylight.” (Since then the owl has been the +night bird). + +The brother flew to the woods and brought the man back and cut the +strings short, and said to him: “Now you can get a taste of what you +gave my brother.” + +To Rabbit he said: “I ought not to have helped you this time. Any one +who is so crazy as to change places with a blind man should be left +without help, so be careful, as I am getting tired of your foolishness, +and will not help you again if you do anything as foolish as you did +this time.” + +Rabbit started to return to his home. When he had nearly completed his +journey he came to a little creek, and being thirsty took a good long +drink. While he was drinking he heard a noise as though a wolf or cat +was scratching the earth. Looking up to a hill which overhung the creek, +he saw four wolves, with their tails intertwined, pulling with all their +might. As Rabbit came up to them one pulled loose, and Rabbit saw that +his tail was broken. + +“Let me pull tails with you. My tail is long and strong,” said Rabbit, +and the wolves assenting, Rabbit interlocked his long tail with those +of the three wolves and commenced pulling and the wolves pulled so +hard that they pulled Rabbit’s tail off at the second joint. The wolves +disappeared. + +“Cinye! Cinye! (Brother, brother.) I have lost my tail,” cried Rabbit. +The genie came and seeing his brother Rabbit’s tail missing, said: “You +look better without a tail anyway.” + +From that time on rabbits have had no tails. + + + + + + +UNKTOMI AND THE ARROWHEADS + +There were once upon a time two young men who were very great friends, +and were constantly together. One was a very thoughtful young man, the +other very impulsive, who never stopped to think before he committed an +act. + +One day these two friends were walking along, telling each other of +their experiences in love making. They ascended a high hill, and on +reaching the top, heard a ticking noise as if small stones or pebbles +were being struck together. + +Looking around they discovered a large spider sitting in the midst of +a great many flint arrowheads. The spider was busily engaged making the +flint rocks into arrow heads. They looked at the spider, but he never +moved, but continued hammering away on a piece of flint which he had +nearly completed into another arrowhead. + +“Let’s hit him,” said the thoughtless one. “No,” said the other, “he is +not harming any one; in fact, he is doing a great good, as he is making +the flint arrowheads which we use to point our arrows.” + +“Oh, you are afraid,” said the first young man. “He can’t harm you, just +watch me hit him.” So saying, he picked up an arrowhead and throwing it +at “Unktomi,” hit him on the side. As Unktomi rolled over on his side, +got up and stood looking at them, the young man laughed and said: “Well, +let us be going, as your grandfather, “Unktomi,” doesn’t seem to like +our company.” They started down the hill, when suddenly the one who had +hit Unktomi took a severe fit of coughing. He coughed and coughed, and +finally small particles of blood came from his mouth. The blood kept +coming thicker and in great gushes. Finally it came so thick and fast +that the man could not get his breath and fell upon the ground dead. + +The thoughtful young man, seeing that his friend was no more, hurried +to the village and reported what had happened. The relatives and friends +hurried to the hill, and sure enough, there lay the thoughtless young +man still and cold in death. They held a council and sent for the chief +of the Unktomi tribe. When he heard what had happened, he told the +council that he could do nothing to his Unktomi, as it had only defended +itself. + +Said he: “My friends, seeing that your tribe was running short of +arrowheads, I set a great many of my tribe to work making flint +arrowheads for you. When my men are thus engaged they do not wish to +be disturbed, and your young man not only disturbed my man, but grossly +insulted him by striking him with one of the arrowheads which he had +worked so hard to make. My man could not sit and take this insult, so +as the young man walked away the Unktomi shot him with a very tiny +arrowhead. This produced a hemorrhage, which caused his death. So now, +my friends, if you will fill and pass the peace pipe, we will part +good friends and my tribe shall always furnish you with plenty of flint +arrowheads.” So saying, Unktomi Tanka finished his peace smoke and +returned to his tribe. + +Ever after that, when the Indians heard a ticking in the grass, they +would go out of their way to get around the sound, saying, Unktomi is +making arrowheads; we must not disturb him. + +Thus it was that Unktomi Tanka (Big Spider) had the respect of this +tribe, and was never after disturbed in his work of making arrowheads. + + + + + +THE BEAR AND THE RABBIT HUNT BUFFALO + +Once upon a time there lived as neighbors, a bear and a rabbit. The +rabbit was a good shot, and the bear being very clumsy could not use the +arrow to good advantage. The bear was very unkind to the rabbit. Every +morning, the bear would call over to the rabbit and say: “Take your bow +and arrows and come with me to the other side of the hill. A large herd +of buffalo are grazing there, and I want you to shoot some of them for +me, as my children are crying for meat.” + +The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear’s anger by refusing, consented, +and went with the bear, and shot enough buffalo to satisfy the hungry +family. Indeed, he shot and killed so many that there was lots of meat +left after the bear and his family had loaded themselves, and packed all +they could carry home. The bear being very gluttonous, and not wanting +the rabbit to get any of the meat, said: “Rabbit, you come along home +with us and we will return and get the remainder of the meat.” + +The poor rabbit could not even taste the blood from the butchering, as +the bear would throw earth on the blood and dry it up. Poor Rabbit would +have to go home hungry after his hard day’s work. + +The bear was the father of five children. The youngest boy was very kind +to the rabbit. The mother bear, knowing that her youngest was a very +hearty eater, always gave him an extra large piece of meat. What the +baby bear did not eat, he would take outside with him and pretend to +play ball with it, kicking it toward the rabbit’s house, and when he +got close to the door he would give the meat such a great kick, that it +would fly into the rabbit’s house, and in this way poor Rabbit would get +his meal unknown to the papa bear. + +Baby bear never forgot his friend Rabbit. Papa bear often wondered why +his baby would go outside after each meal. He grew suspicious and asked +the baby where he had been. “Oh, I always play ball outside, around the +house, and when I get tired playing I eat up my meat ball and then come +in.” + +The baby bear was too cunning to let papa bear know that he was keeping +his friend rabbit from starving to death. Nevertheless, papa bear +suspected baby and said: “Baby, I think you go over to the rabbit’s +after every meal.” + +The four older brothers were very handsome, but baby bear was a little +puny fellow, whose coat couldn’t keep out much cold, as it was short and +shaggy, and of a dirty brown color. The three older brothers were very +unkind to baby bear, but the fourth one always took baby’s part, and was +always kind to his baby brother. + +Rabbit was getting tired of being ordered and bullied around by papa +bear. He puzzled his brain to scheme some way of getting even with Mr. +Bear for abusing him so much. He studied all night long, but no scheme +worth trying presented itself. Early one morning Mr. Bear presented +himself at Rabbit’s door. + +“Say, Rabbit, my meat is all used up, and there is a fine herd of +buffalo grazing on the hillside. Get your bow and arrows and come with +me. I want you to shoot some of them for me.” + +“Very well,” said Rabbit, and he went and killed six buffalo for Bear. +Bear got busy butchering and poor Rabbit, thinking he would get a chance +to lick up one mouthful of blood, stayed very close to the bear while he +was cutting up the meat. The bear was very watchful lest the rabbit get +something to eat. Despite bear’s watchfulness, a small clot of blood +rolled past and behind the bear’s feet. At once Rabbit seized the clot +and hid it in his bosom. By the time Rabbit got home, the blood clot +was hardened from the warmth of his body, so, being hungry, it put Mr. +Rabbit out of sorts to think that after all his trouble he could not eat +the blood. + +Very badly disappointed, he lay down on his floor and gazed up into the +chimney hole. Disgusted with the way things had turned out, he grabbed +up the blood clot and threw it up through the hole. Scarcely had it +hit the ground when he heard the voice of a baby crying, “Ate! Ate!” + (father, father). He went outside and there he found a big baby boy. He +took the baby into his house and threw him out through the hole again. +This time the boy was large enough to say “Ate, Ate, he-cun-sin-lo.” + (Father, father, don’t do that). But nevertheless, he threw him up and +out again. On going out the third time, there stood a handsome youth +smiling at him. Rabbit at once adopted the youth and took him into his +house, seating him in the seat of honor (which is directly opposite +the entrance), and saying: “My son, I want you to be a good, honest, +straightforward man. Now, I have in my possession a fine outfit, and +you, my son, shall wear it.” + +Suiting his action to his words, he drew out a bag from a hollow tree +and on opening it, drew out a fine buckskin shirt (tanned white as +snow), worked with porcupine quills. Also a pair of red leggings worked +with beads. Moccasins worked with colored hair. A fine otter skin robe. +White weasel skins to intertwine with his beautiful long black locks. A +magnificent center eagle feather. A rawhide covered bow, accompanied by +a quiver full of flint arrowheads. + +The rabbit, having dressed his son in all the latest finery, sat back +and gazed long and lovingly at his handsome son. Instinctively +Rabbit felt that his son had been sent him for the purpose of being +instrumental in the downfall of Mr. Bear. Events will show. + +The morning following the arrival of Rabbit’s son, Mr. Bear again +presents himself at the door, crying out: “You lazy, ugly rabbit, get up +and come out here. I want you to shoot some more buffalo for me.” + +“Who is this, who speaks so insultingly to you, father?” asked the son. + +“It is a bear who lives near here, and makes me kill buffalo for his +family, and he won’t let me take even one little drop of blood from the +killing, and consequently, my son, I have nothing in my house for you to +eat.” + +The young man was anxious to meet Mr. Bear but Rabbit advised him to +wait a little until he and Bear had gone to the hunt. So the son obeyed, +and when he thought it time that the killing was done, he started out +and arrived on the scene just as Mr. Bear was about to proceed with his +butchering. + +Seeing a strange shadow on the ground beside him, Mr. Bear looked up and +gazed into the fearless eyes of rabbit’s handsome son. + +“Who is this?” asked Mr. Bear of poor little Rabbit. + +“I don’t know,” answered Rabbit. + +“Who are you?” asked the bear of Rabbit’s son. “Where did you come +from?” + +The rabbit’s son not replying, the bear spoke thus to him: “Get out of +here, and get out quick, too.” + +At this speech the rabbit’s son became angered, and fastened an arrow to +his bow and drove the arrow through the bear’s heart. Then he turned on +Mrs. Bear and served her likewise. During the melee, Rabbit shouted: +“My son, my son, don’t kill the two youngest. The baby has kept me from +starving and the other one is good and kind to his baby brother.” + +So the three older brothers who were unkind to their baby brother met a +similar fate to that of their selfish parents. + +This (the story goes) is the reason that bears travel only in pairs. + + + + + + +THE BRAVE WHO WENT ON THE WARPATH ALONE AND WON THE NAME OF THE LONE +WARRIOR + +There was once a young man whose parents were not overburdened with the +riches of this world, and consequently could not dress their only son in +as rich a costume as the other young men of the tribe, and on account of +not being so richly clad as they, he was looked down upon and shunned by +them. He was never invited to take part in any of their sports; nor was +he ever asked to join any of the war parties. + +In the village lived an old man with an only daughter. Like the other +family, they were poor, but the daughter was the belle of the tribe. She +was the most sought after by the young men of the village, and warriors +from tribes far distant came to press their suit at winning her for +their bride. All to no purpose; she had the same answer for them as she +had for the young men of the village. + +The poor young man was also very handsome despite his poor clothes, but +having never killed an enemy nor brought home any enemies’ horses he was +not (according to Indian rules) allowed to make love to any young or old +woman. He tried in vain to join some of the war parties, that he might +get the chance to win his spurs as a warrior. To all his pleadings, +came the same answer: “You are not fit to join a war party. You have no +horses, and if you should get killed our tribe would be laughed at and +be made fun of as you have such poor clothes, and we don’t want the +enemy to know that we have any one of our tribe who dresses so poorly as +you do.” + +Again, and again, he tried different parties, only to be made fun of and +insulted. + +One night he sat in the poor tepee of his parents. He was in deep study +and had nothing to say. His father, noticing his melancholy mood, asked +him what had happened to cause him to be so quiet, as he was always of a +jolly disposition. The son answered and said: + +“Father, I am going on the warpath alone. In vain I have tried to be +a member of one of the war parties. To all of my pleadings I have got +nothing but insults in return.” + +“But my son, you have no gun nor ammunition. Where can you get any and +how can you get it? We have nothing to buy one for you with,” said the +father. + +“I don’t need any weapons. I am going to bring back some of the enemies’ +horses, and I don’t need a gun for that.” + +Early the next morning (regardless of the old couple’s pleadings not +to go unarmed) the young man left the village and headed northwest, the +direction always taken by the war parties. + +For ten days he traveled without seeing any signs of a camp. The evening +of the tenth day, he reached a very high butte, thickly wooded at the +summit. He ascended this butte, and as he sat there between two large +boulders, watching the beautiful rays of the setting sun, he was +suddenly startled to hear the neigh of a horse. Looking down into the +beautiful valley which was threaded by a beautiful creek fringed with +timber, he noticed close to the base of the butte upon which he sat, a +large drove of horses grazing peacefully and quietly. Looking closer, he +noticed at a little distance from the main drove, a horse with a saddle +on his back. This was the one that had neighed, as the drove drifted +further away from him. He was tied by a long lariat to a large sage +bush. + +Where could the rider be, he said to himself. As if in answer to his +question, there appeared not more than twenty paces from him a middle +aged man coming up through a deep ravine. The man was evidently in +search of some kind of game, as he held his gun in readiness for instant +use, and kept his eyes directed at every crevice and clump of bush. +So intent was he on locating the game he was trailing, that he never +noticed the young man who sat like a statue not twenty paces away. +Slowly and cautiously the man approached, and when he had advanced to +within a few paces of the young man he stopped and turning around, stood +looking down into the valley. This was the only chance that our brave +young friend had. Being unarmed, he would stand no show if the enemy +ever got a glimpse of him. Slowly and noiselessly he drew his hunting +knife (which his father had given him on his departure from home) and +holding it securely in his right hand, gathered himself and gave a leap +which landed him upon the unsuspecting enemy’s shoulders. The force with +which he landed on the enemy caused him (the enemy) to lose his hold on +his gun, and it went rattling down into the chasm, forty feet below. + +Down they came together, the young man on top. No sooner had they struck +the ground than the enemy had out his knife, and then commenced a hand +to hand duel. The enemy, having more experience, was getting the best of +our young friend. Already our young friend had two ugly cuts, one across +his chest and the other through his forearm. + +He was becoming weak from the loss of blood, and could not stand the +killing pace much longer. Summoning all his strength for one more trial +to overcome his antagonist, he rushed him toward the chasm, and in his +hurry to get away from this fierce attack, the enemy stepped back one +step too far, and down they both went into the chasm. Interlocked in +each other’s arms, the young man drove his knife into the enemy’s +side and when they struck the bottom the enemy relaxed his hold and +straightened out stiff and dead. + +Securing his scalp and gun, the young man proceeded down to where the +horse was tied to the sage bush, and then gathering the drove of horses +proceeded on his return to his own village. Being wounded severely he +had to ride very slowly. All the long hours of the night he drove the +horses towards his home village. + +In the meantime, those at the enemies’ camp wondered at the long absence +of the herder who was watching their drove of horses, and finally seven +young men went to search for the missing herder. All night long they +searched the hillsides for the horses and herder, and when it had grown +light enough in the morning they saw by the ground where there had been +a fierce struggle. + +Following the tracks in the sand and leaves, they came to the chasm +where the combatants had fallen over, and there, lying on his back +staring up at them in death, was their herder. They hastened to the camp +and told what they had found. Immediately the warriors mounted their war +ponies (these ponies are never turned loose, but kept tied close to the +tepee of the owner), and striking the trail of the herd driven off by +our young friend, they urged forth their ponies and were soon far from +their camp on the trail of our young friend. All day long they traveled +on his trail, and just as the sun was sinking they caught sight of him +driving the drove ahead over a high hill. Again they urged forth their +tired ponies. The young man, looking back along the trail, saw some dark +objects coming along, and, catching a fresh horse, drove the rest ahead +at a great rate. Again all night he drove them, and when daylight came +he looked back (from a high butte) over his trail and saw coming over a +distant raise, two horsemen. These two undoubtedly rode the best ponies, +as he saw nothing of the others. Driving the horses into a thick belt +of timber, he concealed himself close to the trail made by the drove of +horses, and lay in ambush for the two daring horsemen who had followed +him so far. Finally they appeared on the butte from where he had looked +back and saw them following him. For a long time they sat there scouring +the country before them in hopes that they might see some signs of their +stolen horses. Nothing could they see. Had they but known, their horses +were but a few hundred yards from them, but the thick timber securely +hid them from view. Finally one of them arose and pointed to the timber. +Then leaving his horse in charge of his friend, he descended the butte +and followed the trail of the drove to where they had entered the +timber. Little did he think that he was standing on the brink of +eternity. The young man hiding not more than a hundred yards from him +could have shot him there where he stood, but wanting to play fair, he +stepped into sight. When he did, the enemy took quick aim and fired. He +was too hasty. Had he taken more careful aim he might have killed our +young friend, but his bullet whizzed harmlessly over the young man’s +head and buried itself in a tree. The young man took good aim and fired. +The enemy threw up both hands and fell forward on his face. The other +one on the hill, seeing his friend killed, hastily mounted his horse +and leading his friend’s horse, made rapidly off down the butte in the +direction from whence he had come. Waiting for some time to be sure the +one who was alive did not come up and take a shot at him, he finally +advanced upon the fallen enemy and securing his gun, ammunition and +scalp, went to his horse and drove the herd on through the woods and +crossing a long flat prairie, ascended a long chain of hills and sat +looking back along his trail in search of any of the enemy who might +continue to follow him. + +Thus he sat until the long shadows of the hills reminded him that it +would soon be sunset, and as he must get some sleep, he wanted to find +some creek bend where he could drive the bunch of ponies and feel safe +as to their not straying off during the night. He found a good place for +the herd, and catching a fresh horse, he picketed him close to where he +was going to sleep, and wrapping himself in his blanket, was soon fast +asleep. So tired and sleepy was he that a heavy rain which had come up, +during the night, soaked him through and through, but he never awakened +until the sun was high in the east. + +He awoke and going to the place where he had left the herd, he was +glad to find them all there. He mounted his horse and started his herd +homeward again. For two days he drove them, and on the evening of the +second day he came in sight of the village. + +The older warriors, hearing of the young man going on this trip alone +and unarmed, told the parents to go in mourning for their son, as he +would never come back alive. When the people of the village saw this +large drove of horses advancing towards them, they at first thought +it was a war party of the enemy, and so the head men called the young +warriors together and fully prepared for a great battle. They advanced +upon the supposed enemy. When they got close enough to discern a lone +horseman driving this large herd, they surrounded the horses and lone +warrior, and brought him triumphantly into camp. On arriving in the camp +(or village) the horses were counted and the number counted up to one +hundred and ten head. + +The chief and his criers (or heralds) announced through the whole +village that there would be a great war dance given in honor of the Lone +Warrior. + +The whole village turned out and had a great war dance that was kept +up three days and three nights. The two scalps which the young man had +taken were tied to a pole which was placed in the center of the dance +circle. At this dance, the Lone Warrior gave to each poor family five +head of horses. + +Being considered eligible now to pay his respects to any girl who took +his fancy, he at once went to the camp of the beautiful girl of the +tribe, and as he was always her choice, she at once consented to marry +him. + +The news spread through the village that Lone Warrior had won the belle +of the nation for his bride, and this with the great feat which he had +accomplished alone in killing two enemies and bringing home a great herd +of horses, raised him to the rank of chief, which he faithfully filled +to the end of his days. And many times he had to tell his grandchildren +the story of how he got the name of the Lone Warrior. + + + + + + +THE SIOUX WHO MARRIED THE CROW CHIEF’S DAUGHTER + +A war party of seven young men, seeing a lone tepee standing on the edge +of a heavy belt of timber, stopped and waited for darkness, in order to +send one of their scouts ahead to ascertain whether the camp which they +had seen was the camp of friend or enemy. + +When darkness had settled down on them, and they felt secure in not +being detected, they chose one of their scouts to go on alone and find +out what would be the best direction for them to advance upon the camp, +should it prove to be an enemy. + +Among the scouts was one who was noted for his bravery, and many were +the brave acts he had performed. His name was Big Eagle. This man they +selected to go to the lone camp and obtain the information for which +they were waiting. + +Big Eagle was told to look carefully over the ground and select the best +direction from which they should make the attack. The other six would +await his return. He started on his mission, being careful not to make +any noise. He stealthily approached the camp. As he drew near to the +tent he was surprised to note the absence of any dogs, as these animals +are always kept by the Sioux to notify the owners by their barking of +the approach of anyone. He crawled up to the tepee door, and peeping +through a small aperture, he saw three persons sitting inside. An +elderly man and woman were sitting at the right of the fireplace, and a +young woman at the seat of honor, opposite the door. + +Big Eagle had been married and his wife had died five winters previous +to the time of this episode. He had never thought of marrying again, but +when he looked upon this young woman he thought he was looking upon the +face of his dead wife. He removed his cartridge belts and knife, and +placing them, along with his rifle, at the side of the tent, he at once +boldly stepped inside the tepee, and going over to the man, extended his +hand and shook first the man’s hand, then the old woman’s, and lastly +the young woman’s. Then he seated himself by the side of the girl, and +thus they sat, no one speaking. + +Finally, Big Eagle made signs to the man, explaining as well as possible +by signs, that his wife had died long ago, and when he saw the girl she +so strongly resembled his dead wife that he wished to marry her, and +he would go back to the enemy’s camp and live with them, if they would +consent to the marriage of their daughter. + +The old man seemed to understand, and Big Eagle again made signs to him +that a party were lying in wait just a short distance from his camp. +Noiselessly they brought in the horses, and taking down the tent, they +at once moved off in the direction from whence they had come. The war +party waited all night, and when the first rays of dawn disclosed to +them the absence of the tepee, they at once concluded that Big Eagle had +been discovered and killed, so they hurriedly started on their trail for +home. + +In the meantime, the hunting party, for this it was that Big Eagle +had joined, made very good time in putting a good distance between +themselves and the war party. All day they traveled, and when evening +came they ascended a high hill, looking down into the valley on the +other side. There stretched for two miles, along the banks of a small +stream, an immense camp. The old man made signs for Big Eagle to remain +with the two women where he was, until he could go to the camp and +prepare them to receive an enemy into their village. + +The old man rode through the camp and drew up at the largest tepee in +the village. Soon Big Eagle could see men gathering around the tepee. +The crowd grew larger and larger, until the whole village had assembled +at the large tepee. Finally they dispersed, and catching their horses, +mounted and advanced to the hill on which Big Eagle and the two women +were waiting. They formed a circle around them and slowly they returned +to the village, singing and riding in a circle around them. + +When they arrived at the village they advanced to the large tepee, and +motioned Big Eagle to the seat of honor in the tepee. In the village was +a man who understood and spoke the Sioux language. He was sent for, and +through him the oath of allegiance to the Crow tribe was taken by Big +Eagle. This done he was presented with the girl to wife, and also with +many spotted ponies. + +Big Eagle lived with his wife among her people for two years, and during +this time he joined in four different battles between his own people +(the Sioux) and the Crow people, to whom his wife belonged. + +In no battle with his own people would he carry any weapons, only a long +willow coup-stick, with which he struck the fallen Sioux. + +At the expiration of two years he concluded to pay a visit to his own +tribe, and his father-in-law, being a chief of high standing, at once +had it heralded through the village that his son-in-law would visit his +own people, and for them to show their good will and respect for him by +bringing ponies for his son-in-law to take back to his people. + +Hearing this, the herds were all driven in and all day long horses were +brought to the tent of Big Eagle, and when he was ready to start on his +homeward trip, twenty young men were elected to accompany him to within +a safe distance of his village. The twenty young men drove the gift +horses, amounting to two hundred and twenty head, to within one day’s +journey of the village of Big Eagle, and fearing for their safety from +his people, Big Eagle sent them back to their own village. + +On his arrival at his home village, they received him as one returned +from the dead, as they were sure he had been killed the night he had +been sent to reconnoiter the lone camp. There was great feasting and +dancing in honor of his return, and the horses were distributed among +the needy ones of the village. + +Remaining at his home village for a year, he one day made up his mind +to return to his wife’s people. A great many fancy robes, dresses, war +bonnets, moccasins, and a great drove of horses were given him, and his +wife, and he bade farewell to his people for good, saying, “I will never +return to you again, as I have decided to live the remainder of my days +with my wife’s people.” + +On his arrival at the village of the Crows, he found his father-in-law +at the point of death. A few days later the old man died, and Big Eagle +was appointed to fill the vacancy of chief made by the death of his +father-in-law. + +Subsequently he took part in battles against his own people, and in the +third battle was killed on the field. Tenderly the Crow warriors bore +him back to their camp, and great was the mourning in the Crow village +for the brave man who always went into battle unarmed, save only the +willow wand which he carried. + +Thus ended the career of one of the bravest of Sioux warriors who ever +took the scalp of an enemy, and who for the love of his dead wife, gave +up home, parents, and friends, to be killed on the field of battle by +his own tribe. + + + + + + +THE BOY AND THE TURTLES + +A boy went on a turtle hunt, and after following the different streams +for hours, finally came to the conclusion that the only place he would +find any turtles would be at the little lake, where the tribe always +hunted them. + +So, leaving the stream he had been following, he cut across country to +the lake. On drawing near the lake he crawled on his hands and knees in +order not to be seen by the turtles, who were very watchful, as they had +been hunted so much. Peeping over the rock he saw a great many out on +the shore sunning themselves, so he very cautiously undressed, so +he could leap into the water and catch them before they secreted +themselves. But on pulling off his shirt one of his hands was held up +so high that the turtles saw it and jumped into the lake with a great +splash. + +The boy ran to the shore, but saw only bubbles coming up from the +bottom. Directly the boy saw something coming to the surface, and soon +it came up into sight. It was a little man, and soon others, by the +hundreds, came up and swam about, splashing the water up into the air to +a great height. So scared was the boy that he never stopped to gather +up his clothes but ran home naked and fell into his grandmother’s tent +door. + +“What is the trouble, grandchild,” cried the old woman. But the boy +could not answer. “Did you see anything unnatural?” He shook his head, +“no.” He made signs to the grandmother that his lungs were pressing so +hard against his sides that he could not talk. He kept beating his side +with his clenched hands. The grandmother got out her medicine bag, +made a prayer to the Great Spirit to drive out the evil spirit that had +entered her grandson’s body, and after she had applied the medicine, the +prayer must have been heard and answered, as the boy commenced telling +her what he had heard and seen. + +The grandmother went to the chief’s tent and told what her grandson had +seen. The chief sent two brave warriors to the lake to ascertain whether +it was true or not. The two warriors crept to the little hill close to +the lake, and there, sure enough, the lake was swarming with little men +swimming about, splashing the water high up into the air. The warriors, +too, were scared and hurried home, and in the council called on their +return told what they had seen. The boy was brought to the council +and given the seat of honor (opposite the door), and was named “Wankan +Wanyanka” (sees holy). + +The lake had formerly borne the name of Truth Lake, but from this time +on was called “Wicasa-bde”--Man Lake. + + + + + + + +THE HERMIT, OR THE GIFT OF CORN + +In a deep forest, far from the villages of his people, lived a hermit. +His tent was made of buffalo skins, and his dress was made of deer skin. +Far from the haunts of any human being this old hermit was content to +spend his days. + +All day long he would wander through the forest studying the different +plants of nature and collecting precious roots, which he used as +medicine. At long intervals some warrior would arrive at the tent of +the old hermit and get medicine roots from him for the tribe, the old +hermit’s medicine being considered far superior to all others. + +After a long day’s ramble in the woods, the hermit came home late, and +being very tired, at once lay down on his bed and was just dozing off +to sleep, when he felt something rub against his foot. Awakening with a +start, he noticed a dark object and an arm was extended to him, holding +in its hand a flint pointed arrow. + +The hermit thought, “This must be a spirit, as there is no human being +around here but myself!” A voice then said: “Hermit, I have come to +invite you to my home.” “How (yes), I will come,” said the old hermit. +Wherewith he arose, wrapped his robe about him and followed. + +Outside the door he stopped and looked around, but could see no signs of +the dark object. + +“Whoever you are, or whatever you be, wait for me, as I don’t know +where to go to find your house,” said the hermit. Not an answer did +he receive, nor could he hear any noises as though anyone was walking +through the brush. Re-entering his tent he retired and was soon fast +asleep. The next night the same thing occurred again, and the hermit +followed the object out, only to be left as before. + +He was very angry to think that anyone should be trying to make sport of +him, and he determined to find out who this could be who was disturbing +his night’s rest. + +The next evening he cut a hole in the tent large enough to stick an +arrow through, and stood by the door watching. Soon the dark object came +and stopped outside of the door, and said: “Grandfather, I came to--,” + but he never finished the sentence, for the old man let go his arrow, +and he heard the arrow strike something which produced a sound as though +he had shot into a sack of pebbles. He did not go out that night to see +what his arrow had struck, but early next morning he went out and looked +at the spot about where he thought the object had stood. There on the +ground lay a little heap of corn, and from this little heap a small line +of corn lay scattered along a path. This he followed far into the woods. +When he came to a very small knoll the trail ended. At the end of the +trail was a large circle, from which the grass had been scraped off +clean. + +“The corn trail stops at the edge of this circle,” said the old man, “so +this must be the home of whoever it was that invited me.” He took his +bone knife and hatchet and proceeded to dig down into the center of the +circle. When he had got down to the length of his arm, he came to a sack +of dried meat. Next he found a sack of Indian turnips, then a sack of +dried cherries; then a sack of corn, and last of all another sack, empty +except that there was about a cupful of corn in one corner of it, and +that the sack had a hole in the other corner where his arrow had pierced +it. From this hole in the sack the corn was scattered along the trail, +which guided the old man to the cache.* + +From this the hermit taught the tribes how to keep their provisions when +traveling and were overloaded. He explained to them how they should dig +a pit and put their provisions into it and cover them with earth. By +this method the Indians used to keep provisions all summer, and when +fall came they would return to their cache, and on opening it would find +everything as fresh as the day they were placed there. + +The old hermit was also thanked as the discoverer of corn, which had +never been known to the Indians until discovered by the old hermit. + +*Hiding place. + + + + + + +THE MYSTERIOUS BUTTE + +A young man was once hunting and came to a steep hill. The east side +of the hill suddenly dropped off to a very steep bank. He stood on +this bank, and at the base he noticed a small opening. On going down to +examine it more closely, he found it was large enough to admit a horse +or buffalo. On either side of the door were figures of different animals +engraved into the wall. + +He entered the opening and there, scattered about on the floor, lay many +bracelets, pipes and many other things of ornament, as though they had +been offerings to some great spirit. He passed through this first room +and on entering the second it was so dark that he could not see his +hands before his face, so becoming scared, he hurriedly left the place, +and returning home told what he had seen. + +Upon hearing this the chief selected four of his most daring warriors to +go with this young man and investigate and ascertain whether the young +man was telling the truth or not. The five proceeded to the butte, and +at the entrance the young man refused to go inside, as the figures on +either side of the entrance had been changed. + +The four entered and seeing that all in the first chamber was as the +young man had told, they went on to the next chamber and found it so +dark that they could not see anything. They continued on, however, +feeling their way along the walls. They finally found an entrance that +was so narrow that they had to squeeze into it sideways. They felt their +way around the walls and found another entrance, so low down that +they had to crawl on their hands and knees to go through into the next +chamber. + +On entering the last chamber they found a very sweet odor coming from +the opposite direction. Feeling around and crawling on their hands and +knees, they discovered a hole in the floor leading downward. From this +hole came up the sweet odor. They hurriedly held a council, and decided +to go no further, but return to the camp and report what they had found. +On getting to the first chamber one of the young men said: “I am going +to take these bracelets to show that we are telling the truth.” “No,” + said the other three, “this being the abode of some Great Spirit, you +may have some accident befall you for taking what is not yours.” “Ah! +You fellows are like old women,” said he, taking a fine bracelet and +encircling his left wrist with it. + +When they reached the village they reported what they had seen. The +young man exhibited the bracelet to prove that it was the truth they had +told. + +Shortly after this, these four young men were out fixing up traps for +wolves. They would raise one end of a heavy log and place a stick under, +bracing up the log. A large piece of meat was placed about five feet +away from the log and this space covered with poles and willows. At +the place where the upright stick was put, a hole was left open, large +enough to admit the body of a wolf. The wolf, scenting the meat and +unable to get at it through the poles and willows, would crowd into the +hole and working his body forward, in order to get the meat, would push +down the brace and the log thus released would hold the wolf fast under +its weight. + +The young man with the bracelet was placing his bait under the log when +he released the log by knocking down the brace, and the log caught his +wrist on which he wore the bracelet. He could not release himself and +called loud and long for assistance. His friends, hearing his call, came +to his assistance, and on lifting the log found the young man’s wrist +broken. “Now,” said they, “you have been punished for taking the +wristlet out of the chamber of the mysterious butte.” + +Some time after this a young man went to the butte and saw engraved on +the wall a woman holding in her hand a pole, with which she was holding +up a large amount of beef which had been laid across another pole, which +had broken in two from the weight of so much meat. + +He returned to the camp and reported what he had seen. All around the +figure he saw marks of buffalo hoofs, also marked upon the wall. + +The next day an enormous herd of buffalo came near to the village, and +a great many were killed. The women were busy cutting up and drying the +meat. At one camp was more meat than at any other. The woman was hanging +meat upon a long tent pole, when the pole broke in two and she was +obliged to hold the meat up with another pole, just as the young man saw +on the mysterious butte. + +Ever after that the Indians paid weekly visits to this butte, and +thereon would read the signs that were to govern their plans. + +This butte was always considered the prophet of the tribe. + + + + + + +THE WONDERFUL TURTLE + +Near to a Chippewa village lay a large lake, and in this lake there +lived an enormous turtle. This was no ordinary turtle, as he would often +come out of his home in the lake and visit with his Indian neighbors. +He paid the most of his visits to the head chief, and on these occasions +would stay for hours, smoking and talking with him. + +The chief, seeing that the turtle was very smart and showed great +wisdom in his talk, took a great fancy to him, and whenever any puzzling +subject came up before the chief, he generally sent for Mr. Turtle to +help him decide. + +One day there came a great misunderstanding between different parties of +the tribe, and so excited became both sides that it threatened to cause +bloodshed. The chief was unable to decide for either faction, so he +said, “I will call Mr. Turtle. He will judge for you.” + +Sending for the turtle, the chief vacated his seat for the time being, +until the turtle should hear both sides, and decide which was in the +right. The turtle came, and taking the chief’s seat, listened very +attentively to both sides, and thought long before he gave his decision. +After thinking long and studying each side carefully, he came to the +conclusion to decide in favor of both. This would not cause any hard +feelings. So he gave them a lengthy speech and showed them where they +were both in the right, and wound up by saying: + +“You are both in the right in some ways and wrong in others. Therefore, +I will say that you both are equally in the right.” + +When they heard this decision, they saw that the turtle was right, and +gave him a long cheer for the wisdom displayed by him. The whole tribe +saw that had it not been for this wise decision there would have been a +great shedding of blood in the tribe. So they voted him as their judge, +and the chief, being so well pleased with him, gave to him his only +daughter in marriage. + +The daughter of the chief was the most beautiful maiden of the Chippewa +nation, and young men from other tribes traveled hundreds of miles for +an opportunity to make love to her, and try to win her for a wife. It +was all to no purpose. She would accept no one, only him whom her father +would select for her. The turtle was very homely, but as he was prudent +and wise, the father chose him, and she accepted him. + +The young men of the tribe were very jealous, but their jealousy was all +to no purpose. She married the turtle. The young men would make sport of +the chief’s son-in-law. They would say to him: “How did you come to have +so flat a stomach?” The turtle answered them, saying: + +“My friends, had you been in my place, you too would have flat stomachs. +I came by my flat stomach in this way: The Chippewas and Sioux had +a great battle, and the Sioux, too numerous for the Chippewas, were +killing them off so fast that they had to run for their lives. I was on +the Chippewa side and some of the Sioux were pressing five of us, and +were gaining on us very fast. Coming to some high grass, I threw myself +down flat on my face, and pressed my stomach close to the ground, so +the pursuers could not see me. They passed me and killed the four I was +with. After they had gone back, I arose and lo! my stomach was as you +see it now. So hard had I pressed to the ground that it would not assume +its original shape again.” + +After he had explained the cause of his deformity to them, they said: +“The Turtle is brave. We will bother him no more.” Shortly after this +the Sioux made an attack upon the Chippewas, and every one deserted the +village. The Turtle could not travel as fast as the rest and was left +behind. It being an unusually hot day in the fall, the Turtle grew very +thirsty and sleepy. Finally scenting water, he crawled towards the point +from whence the scent came, and coming to a large lake jumped in and +had a bath, after which he swam towards the center and dived down, and +finding some fine large rocks at the bottom, he crawled in among them +and fell asleep. He had his sleep out and arose to the top. + +Swimming to shore he found it was summer. He had slept all winter. The +birds were singing, and the green grass and leaves gave forth a sweet +odor. + +He crawled out and started out looking for the Chippewa camp. He came +upon the camp several days after he had left his winter quarters, and +going around in search of his wife, found her at the extreme edge of the +village. She was nursing her baby, and as he asked to see it, she showed +it to him. When he saw that it was a lovely baby and did not resemble +him in any respect, he got angry and went off to a large lake, where he +contented himself with catching flies and insects and living on seaweed +the remainder of his life. + + + + + +THE MAN AND THE OAK + +There once lived a Sioux couple who had two children, a boy and a girl. +Every fall this family would move away from the main camp and take +up their winter quarters in a grove of timber some distance from the +principal village. The reason they did this was that he was a great +hunter and where a village was located for the winter the game was +usually very scarce. Therefore, he always camped by himself in order to +have an abundance of game adjacent to his camp. + +All summer he had roamed around following the tribe to wherever their +fancy might take them. During their travels this particular year there +came to the village a strange girl who had no relatives there. No one +seemed very anxious to take her into their family, so the great hunter’s +daughter, taking a fancy to the poor girl, took her to their home and +kept her. She addressed her as sister, and the parents, on account of +their daughter, addressed her as daughter. + +This strange girl became desperately in love with the young man of the +family, but being addressed as daughter by the parents, she could not +openly show her feelings as the young man was considered her brother. + +In the fall when the main village moved into a large belt of timber for +their winter quarters, the hunter moved on to another place two days’ +travel from the main winter camp, where he would not be disturbed by any +other hunters. + +The young man had a tent by himself, and it was always kept nice and +clean by his sister, who was very much attached to him. After a long +day’s hunt in the woods, he would go into his tent and lie down to rest, +and when his supper was ready his sister would say, “My brother is so +tired. I will carry his supper to him.” + +Her friend, whom she addressed as sister, would never go into the young +man’s tent. Along towards spring there came one night into the young +man’s tent a woman. She sat down by the door and kept her face covered +so that it was hidden from view. She sat there a long time and finally +arose and went away. The young man could not imagine who this could be. +He knew that it was a long distance from the village and could not make +out where the woman could have come from. The next night the woman came +again and this time she came a little nearer to where the young man lay. +She sat down and kept her face covered as before. Neither spoke a word. +She sat there for a long time and then arose and departed. He was very +much puzzled over the actions of this woman and decided to ascertain on +her next visit who she was. + +He kindled a small fire in his tent and had some ash wood laid on it so +as to keep fire a long time, as ash burns very slowly and holds fire a +long time. + +The third night the woman came again and sat down still nearer his bed. +She held her blanket open just a trifle, and he, catching up one of the +embers, flashed it in her face; jumping up she ran hurriedly out of the +tent. The next morning he noticed that his adopted sister kept her face +hidden with her blanket. She chanced to drop her blanket while in the +act of pouring out some soup, and when she did so he noticed a large +burned spot on her cheek. + +He felt so sorry for what he had done that he could eat no breakfast, +but went outside and lay down under an oak tree. All day long he lay +there gazing up into the tree, and when he was called for supper he +refused, saying that he was not hungry, and for them not to bother him, +as he would soon get up and go to bed. Far into the night he lay thus, +and when he tried to arise he could not, as a small oak tree grew +through the center of his body and held him fast to the ground. + +In the morning when the family awoke they found the girl had +disappeared, and on going outside the sister discovered her brother held +fast to the earth by an oak tree which grew very rapidly. In vain were +the best medicine men of the tribe sent for. Their medicine was of no +avail. They said: “If the tree is cut down the young man will die.” + +The sister was wild with grief, and extending her hands to the sun, she +cried: “Great Spirit, relieve my suffering brother. Any one who releases +him I will marry, be he young, old, homely or deformed.” + +Several days after the young man had met with the mishap, there came to +the tent a very tall man, who had a bright light encircling his body. +“Where is the girl who promised to marry any one who would release +her brother?” “I am the one,” said the young man’s sister. “I am the +all-powerful lightning and thunder. I see all things and can kill at one +stroke a whole tribe. When I make my voice heard the rocks shake loose +and go rattling down the hillsides. The brave warriors cower shivering +under some shelter at the sound of my voice. The girl whom you had +adopted as your sister was a sorceress. She bewitched your brother +because he would not let her make love to him. On my way here I met her +traveling towards the west, and knowing what she had done, I struck her +with one of my blazing swords, and she lies there now a heap of ashes. I +will now release your brother.” + +So saying he placed his hand on the tree and instantly it crumbled to +ashes. The young man arose, and thanked his deliverer. + +Then they saw a great black cloud approaching, and the man said: “Make +ready, we shall go home on that cloud.” As the cloud approached near to +the man who stood with his bride, it suddenly lowered and enveloped them +and with a great roar and amidst flashes of lightning and loud peals of +thunder the girl ascended and disappeared into the west with her Thunder +and Lightning husband. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE TWO YOUNG FRIENDS + +There were once in a very large Indian camp two little boys who were +fast friends. One of the boys, “Chaske” (meaning first born), was the +son of a very rich family, and was always dressed in the finest of +clothes of Indian costume. The other boy, “Hake” (meaning last +born), was an orphan and lived with his old grandmother, who was very +destitute, and consequently could not dress the boy in fine raiment. +So poorly was the boy dressed that the boys who had good clothes always +tormented him and would not play in his company. + +Chaske did not look at the clothes of any boy whom he chose as a friend, +but mingled with all boys regardless of how they were clad, and would +study their dispositions. The well dressed he found were vain and +conceited. The fairly well dressed he found selfish and spiteful. The +poorly clad he found to be generous and truthful, and from all of them +he chose “Hake” for his “Koda” (friend). As Chaske was the son of the +leading war chief he was very much sought after by the rest of the boys, +each one trying to gain the honor of being chosen for the friend and +companion of the great chief’s son; but, as I have before said, Chaske +carefully studied them all and finally chose the orphan Hake. + +It was a lucky day for Hake when he was chosen for the friend and +companion of Chaske. The orphan boy was taken to the lodge of his +friend’s parents and dressed up in fine clothes and moccasins. (When the +Indians’ sons claim any one as their friend, the friend thus chosen is +adopted into the family as their own son). + +Chaske and Hake were inseparable. Where one was seen the other was not +far distant. They played, hunted, trapped, ate and slept together. They +would spend most of the long summer days hunting in the forests. + +Time went on and these two fast friends grew up to be fine specimens of +their tribe. When they became the age to select a sweetheart they would +go together and make love to a girl. Each helping the other to win the +affection of the one of his choice. Chaske loved a girl who was the +daughter of an old medicine man. She was very much courted by the other +young men of the tribe, and many a horse loaded with robes and fine +porcupine work was tied at the medicine man’s tepee in offering for the +hand of his daughter, but the horses, laden as when tied there, were +turned loose, signifying that the offer was not accepted. + +The girl’s choice was Chaske’s friend Hake. Although he had never made +love to her for himself, he had always used honeyed words to her and +was always loud in his praises for his friend Chaske. One night the two +friends had been to see the girl, and on their return Chaske was very +quiet, having nothing to say and seemingly in deep study. Always of +a bright, jolly and amiable disposition, his silence and moody spell +grieved his friend very much, and he finally spoke to Chaske, saying: +“Koda, what has come over you? You who were always so jolly and full of +fun? Your silence makes me grieve for you and I do not know what you are +feeling so downhearted about. Has the girl said anything to you to make +you feel thus?” + +“Wait, friend,” said Chaske, “until morning, and then I will know how to +answer your inquiry. Don’t ask me anything more tonight, as my heart is +having a great battle with my brain.” + +Hake bothered his friend no more that night, but he could not sleep. He +kept wondering what “Pretty Feather” (the girl whom his friend loved) +could have said to Chaske to bring such a change over him. Hake never +suspected that he himself was the cause of his friend’s sorrow, for +never did he have a thought that it was himself that Pretty Feather +loved. + +The next morning after they had eaten breakfast, Chaske proposed that +they should go out on the prairies, and see if they would have the good +luck to kill an antelope. Hake went out and got the band of horses, of +which there were over a hundred. They selected the fleetest two in the +herd, and taking their bows and arrows, mounted and rode away towards +the south. + +Hake was overjoyed to note the change in his friend. His oldtime jollity +had returned. They rode out about five miles, and scaring up a drove +of antelope they started in hot pursuit, and as their horses were very +fleet of foot soon caught up to the drove, and each singling out his +choice quickly dispatched him with an arrow. They could easily have +killed more of the antelope, but did not want to kill them just for +sport, but for food, and knowing that they had now all that their horses +could pack home, they dismounted and proceeded to dress their kill. + +After each had finished packing the kill on his horse, Chaske said: +“Let us sit down and have a smoke before we start back. Besides, I have +something to tell you which I can tell better sitting still than I can +riding along.” Hake came and sat down opposite his friend, and while +they smoked Chaske said: + +“My friend, we have been together for the last twenty years and I +have yet the first time to deceive you in any way, and I know I can +truthfully say the same of you. Never have I known you to deceive me nor +tell me an untruth. I have no brothers or sisters. The only brother’s +love I know is yours. The only sister’s love I will know will be Pretty +Feather’s, for brother, last night she told me she loved none but you +and would marry you and you only. So, brother, I am going to take my +antelope to my sister-in-law’s tent and deposit it at her door. Then she +will know that her wish will be fulfilled. I thought at first that +you had been playing traitor to me and had been making love to her for +yourself, but when she explained it all to me and begged me to intercede +for her to you, I then knew that I had judged you wrongfully, and that, +together with my lost love, made me so quiet and sorrowful last night. +So now, brother, take the flower of the nation for your wife, and I will +be content to continue through life a lonely bachelor, as never again +can I give any woman the place which Pretty Feather had in my heart.” + +Their pipes being smoked out they mounted their ponies and Chaske +started up in a clear, deep voice the beautiful love song of Pretty +Feather and his friend Hake. + +Such is the love between two friends, who claim to be as brothers among +the Indians. Chaske gave up his love of a beautiful woman for a man who +was in fact no relation to him. + +Hake said, “I will do as you say, my friend, but before I can marry the +medicine man’s daughter, I will have to go on the warpath and do +some brave deed, and will start in ten days.” They rode towards home, +planning which direction they would travel, and as it was to be their +first experience on the warpath, they would seek advice from the old +warriors of the tribe. + +On their arrival at the village Hake took his kill to their own tent, +while Chaske took his to the tent of the Medicine Man, and deposited it +at the door and rode off towards home. + +The mother of Pretty Feather did not know whether to take the offering +or not, but Pretty Feather, seeing by this offering that her most +cherished wish was to be granted, told her mother to take the meat and +cook it and invite the old women of the camp to a feast in honor of the +son-in-law who was soon to keep them furnished with plenty of meat. Hake +and his friend sought out all of the old warriors and gained all the +information they desired. Every evening Hake visited his intended wife +and many happy evenings they spent together. + +The morning of the tenth day the two friends left the village and +turned their faces toward the west where the camps of the enemy are +more numerous than in any other direction. They were not mounted and +therefore traveled slowly, so it took about ten days of walking before +they saw any signs of the enemy. The old warriors had told them of a +thickly wooded creek within the enemies’ bounds. The old men said, “That +creek looks the ideal place to camp, but don’t camp there by any means, +because there is a ghost who haunts that creek, and any one who camps +there is disturbed all through the night, and besides they never return, +because the ghost is Wakan (holy), and the enemies conquer the travelers +every time.” The friends had extra moccasins with them and one extra +blanket, as it was late in the fall and the nights were very cold. + +They broke camp early one morning and walked all day. Along towards +evening, the clouds which had been threatening all day, hurriedly opened +their doors and down came the snowflakes thick and fast. Just before it +started snowing the friends had noticed a dark line about two miles in +advance of them. Chaske spoke to his friend and said: “If this storm +continues we will be obliged to stay overnight at Ghost Creek, as +I noticed it not far ahead of us, just before the storm set in.” “I +noticed it also,” said Hake. “We might as well entertain a ghost all +night as to lie out on these open prairies and freeze to death.” So they +decided to run the risk and stay in the sheltering woods of Ghost Creek. +When they got to the creek it seemed as if they had stepped inside a big +tepee, so thick was the brush and timber that the wind could not be felt +at all. They hunted and found a place where the brush was very thick and +the grass very tall. They quickly pulled the tops of the nearest willows +together and by intertwining the ends made them fast, and throwing +their tent robe over this, soon had a cosy tepee in which to sleep. +They started their fire and cooked some dried buffalo meat and buffalo +tallow, and were just about to eat their supper when a figure of a man +came slowly in through the door and sat down near where he had entered. +Hake, being the one who was doing the cooking, poured out some tea into +his own cup, and putting a piece of pounded meat and marrow into a small +plate, placed it before the stranger, saying: “Eat, my friend, we are +on the warpath and do not carry much of a variety of food with us, but I +give you the best we have.” + +The stranger drew the plate towards him, and commenced eating +ravenously. He soon finished his meal and handed the dish and cup back. +He had not uttered a word so far. Chaske filled the pipe and handed it +to him. He smoked for a few minutes, took one last draw from the pipe +and handed it back to Chaske, and then he said: “Now, my friends, I am +not a living man, but the wandering spirit of a once great warrior, who +was killed in these woods by the enemy whom you two brave young men are +now seeking to make war upon. For years I have been roaming these woods +in hopes that I might find some one brave enough to stop and listen +to me, but all who have camped here in the past have run away at my +approach or fired guns or shot arrows at me. For such cowards as these +I have always found a grave. They never returned to their homes. Now I +have found two brave men whom I can tell what I want done, and if you +accomplish what I tell you to do, you will return home with many horses +and some scalps dangling from your belts. Just over this range of hills +north of us, a large village is encamped for the winter. In that camp is +the man who laid in ambush and shot me, killing me before I could get +a chance to defend myself. I want that man’s scalp, because he has been +the cause of my wanderings for a great many years. Had he killed me on +the battlefield my spirit would have at once joined my brothers in the +happy hunting grounds, but being killed by a coward, my spirit is doomed +to roam until I can find some brave man who will kill this coward and +bring me his scalp. This is why I have tried every party who have camped +here to listen to me, but as I have said before, they were all cowards. +Now, I ask you two brave young men, will you do this for me?” + +“We will,” said the friends in one voice. “Thank you, my boys. Now, I +know why you came here, and that one of you came to earn his feathers by +killing an enemy, before he would marry; the girl he is to marry is +my granddaughter, as I am the father of the great Medicine Man. In the +morning there will pass by in plain sight of here a large party. They +will chase the buffalo over on that flat. After they have passed an old +man leading a black horse and riding a white one will come by on the +trail left by the hunting party. He will be driving about a hundred +horses, which he will leave over in the next ravine. He will then +proceed to the hunting grounds and get meat from the different hunters. +After the hunters have all gone home he will come last, singing the +praises of the ones who gave him the meat. This man you must kill and +scalp, as he is the one I want killed. Then take the white and black +horse and each mount and go to the hunting grounds. There you will see +two of the enemy riding about picking up empty shells. Kill and scalp +these two and each take a scalp and come over to the high knoll and I +will show you where the horses are, and as soon as you hand me the old +man’s scalp I will disappear and you will see me no more. As soon as I +disappear, it will start in snowing. Don’t be afraid as the snow will +cover your trail, but nevertheless, don’t stop traveling for three days +and nights, as these people will suspect that some of your tribe have +done this, and they will follow you until you cross your own boundary +lines.” + +When morning came, the two friends sat in the thick brush and watched +a large party pass by their hiding place. So near were they that the +friends could hear them laughing and talking. After the hunting party +had passed, as the spirit had told them, along came the old man, driving +a large band of horses and leading a fine looking coal black horse. The +horse the old man was riding was as white as snow. The friends crawled +to a little brush covered hill and watched the chase after the shooting +had ceased. The friends knew it would not be long before the return of +the party, so they crawled back to their camp and hurriedly ate some +pounded meat and drank some cherry tea. Then they took down their robe +and rolled it up and got everything in readiness for a hurried flight +with the horses. Scarcely had they got everything in readiness when the +party came by, singing their song of the chase. When they had all gone +the friends crawled down to the trail and lay waiting for the old man. +Soon they heard him singing. Nearer and nearer came the sounds of the +song until at last at a bend in the road, the old man came into view. +The two friends arose and advanced to meet him. On he came still +singing. No doubt he mistook them for some of his own people. When +he was very close to them they each stepped to either side of him and +before he could make an outcry they pierced his cowardly old heart with +two arrows. He had hardly touched the ground when they both struck him +with their bows, winning first and second honors by striking an enemy +after he has fallen. Chaske having won first honors, asked his friend to +perform the scalping deed, which he did. And wanting to be sure that the +spirit would get full revenge, took the whole scalp, ears and all, and +tied it to his belt. The buffalo beef which the old man had packed upon +the black horse, they threw on the top of the old man. Quickly mounting +the two horses, they hastened out across the long flat towards the +hunting grounds. When they came in sight of the grounds there they saw +two men riding about from place to place. Chaske took after the one +on the right, Hake the one on the left. When the two men saw these two +strange men riding like the wind towards them, they turned their horses +to retreat towards the hills, but the white and the black were the +swiftest of the tribe’s horses, and quickly overtook the two fleeing +men. When they came close to the enemy they strung their arrows onto the +bowstring and drove them through the two fleeing hunters. As they were +falling they tried to shoot, but being greatly exhausted, their bullets +whistled harmlessly over the heads of the two friends. They scalped the +two enemies and took their guns and ammunition, also secured the two +horses and started for the high knoll. When they arrived at the place, +there stood the spirit. Hake presented him with the old man’s scalp and +then the spirit showed them the large band of horses, and saying, “Ride +hard and long,” disappeared and was seen no more by any war parties, +as he was thus enabled to join his forefathers in the happy hunting +grounds. + +The friends did as the spirit had told them. For three days and three +nights they rode steadily. On the fourth morning they came into their +own boundary. From there on they rode more slowly, and let the band +of horses rest and crop the tops of long grass. They would stop +occasionally, and while one slept the other kept watch. Thus they got +fairly well rested before they came in sight of where their camp had +stood when they had left. All that they could see of the once large +village was the lone tent of the great Medicine Man. They rode up on to +a high hill and farther on towards the east they saw smoke from a great +many tepees. They then knew that something had happened and that the +village had moved away. + +“My friend,” said Chaske, “I am afraid something has happened to the +Medicine Man’s lodge, and rather than have you go there, I will go alone +and you follow the trail of our party and go on ahead with the horses. +I will take the black and the white horses with me and I will follow on +later, after I have seen what the trouble is.” + +“Very well, my friend, I will do as you say, but I am afraid something +has happened to Pretty Feather.” Hake started on with the horses, +driving them along the broad trail left by the hundreds of travois. +Chaske made slowly towards the tepee, and stopping outside, stood and +listened. Not a sound could he hear. The only living thing he saw was +Pretty Feather’s spotted horse tied to the side of the tent. Then he +knew that she must be dead. He rode off into the thick brush and tied +his two horses securely. Then he came back and entered the tepee. There +on a bed of robes lay some one apparently dead. The body was wrapped +in blankets and robes and bound around and around with parfleche ropes. +These he carefully untied and unwound. Then he unwrapped the robes and +blankets and when he uncovered the face, he saw, as he had expected +to, the face of his lost love, Pretty Feather. As he sat gazing on her +beautiful young face, his heart ached for his poor friend. He himself +had loved and lost this beautiful maiden, and now his friend who had won +her would have to suffer the untold grief which he had suffered. + +What was that? Could it have been a slight quivering of the nostrils +that he had seen, or was it mad fancy playing a trick on him? Closer +he drew to her face, watching intently for another sign. There it was +again, only this time it was a long, deep drawn breath. He arose, got +some water and taking a small stick slowly forced open her mouth and +poured some into it. Then he took some sage, dipped it into the water +and sprinkled a little on her head and face. There were many parfleche +bags piled around the tepee, and thinking he might find some kind of +medicine roots which he could use to revive her he started opening +them one after the other. He had opened three and was just opening +the fourth, when a voice behind him asked: “What are you looking for?” + Turning quickly, he saw Pretty Feather looking at him. Overjoyed, he +cried, “What can I do so that you can get up and ride to the village +with me? My friend and I just returned with a large band of horses and +two scalps. We saw this tent and recognized it. My friend wanted to +come, but I would not let him, as I feared if he found anything had +happened to you he would do harm to himself, but now he will be anxious +for my return, so if you will tell me what you need in order to revive +you, I will get it, and we can then go to my friend in the village.” “At +the foot of my bed you will find a piece of eagle fat. Build a fire and +melt it for me. I will drink it and then we can go.” + +Chaske quickly started a fire, got out the piece of fat and melted it. +She drank it at one draught, and was about to arise when she suddenly +said: “Roll me up quick and take the buffalo hair rope and tie it about +my spotted horse’s neck; tie his tail in a knot and tie him to the door. +Then run and hide behind the trees. There are two of the enemy coming +this way.” + +Chaske hurriedly obeyed her orders, and had barely concealed himself +behind the trees, when there came into view two of the enemy. They saw +the horse tied to the door of the deserted tent, and knew that some dead +person occupied the tepee, so through respect for the dead, they turned +out and started to go through the brush and trees, so as not to pass the +door. (The Indians consider it a bad omen to pass by the door of a tepee +occupied by a dead body, that is, while in the enemy’s country). So +by making this detour they traveled directly towards where Chaske was +concealed behind the tree. Knowing that he would be discovered, and +there being two of them, he knew the only chance he had was for him +to kill one of them before they discovered him, then he stood a better +chance at an even combat. On they came, little thinking that one of them +would in a few minutes be with his forefathers. + +Chaske noiselessly slipped a cartridge into the chamber of his gun, +threw it into action and took deliberate aim at the smaller one’s +breast. A loud report rang out and the one he had aimed at threw up his +arms and fell heavily forward, shot through the heart. + +Reloading quickly Chaske stepped out from behind the tree. He could +easily have killed the other from his concealed position, but, being a +brave young man, he wanted to give his opponent a fair chance. The other +had unslung his gun and a duel was then fought between the two lone +combatants. They would spring from side to side like two great cats. +Then advance one or two steps and fire. Retreat a few steps, spring to +one side and fire again. The bullets whistled past their heads, tore up +the earth beneath their feet, and occasionally one would hit its mark, +only to cause a flesh wound. + +Suddenly the enemy aimed his gun and threw it upon the ground. His +ammunition was exhausted, and slowly folding his arms he stood facing +his opponent, with a fearless smile upon his face, expecting the next +moment to fall dead from a bullet from the rifle of Chaske. Not +so. Chaske was too honorable and noble to kill an unarmed man, and +especially one who had put up such a brave fight as had this man. Chaske +advanced and picked up the empty gun. The Toka (enemy) drew from a +scabbard at his belt a long bowie knife, and taking it by the point +handed it, handle first, to Chaske. This signified surrender. Chaske +scalped the dead Toka and motioned for his prisoner to follow him. In +the meantime Pretty Feather had gotten up and stood looking at the duel. +When she heard the first shot she jumped up and cut a small slit in the +tent from which she saw the whole proceedings. Knowing that one or both +of them must be wounded, she hurriedly got water and medicine roots, and +when they came to the tent she was prepared to dress their wounds. + +Chaske had a bullet through his shoulder and one through his hand. They +were very painful but not dangerous. The prisoner had a bullet through +his leg, also one through the muscle of his left arm. Pretty Feather +washed and dressed their wounds, and Chaske went and brought the black +and white horses and mounting Pretty Feather upon the white horse, and +the prisoner on her spotted one, the three soon rode into the village, +and there was a great cry of joy when it was known that Pretty Feather +had come back to them again. + +Hake, who was in his tent grieving, was told that his friend had +returned and with him Pretty Feather. Hearing this good news he at +once went to the Medicine Man’s tent and found the Medicine Man busily +dressing the wounds of his friend and a stranger. The old Medicine Man +turned to Hake and said: + +“Son-in-law, take your wife home with you. It was from grief at your +absence that she went into a trance, and we, thinking she was dead, left +her for such. Hadn’t it been for your friend here, she would surely have +been a corpse now. So take her and keep her with you always, and take as +a present from me fifty of my best horses.” + +Hake and his beautiful bride went home, where his adopted mother had a +fine large tent put up for them. Presents of cooking utensils, horses, +robes and finely worked shawls and moccasins came from every direction, +and last of all Chaske gave as a present to his friend the Toka man whom +he had taken as prisoner. On presenting him with this gift, Chaske spoke +thus: + +“My friend, I present to you, that you may have him as a servant to +look after your large band of horses, this man with whom I fought a +two hours’ duel, and had his ammunition lasted he would probably have +conquered me, and who gave me the second hardest fight of my life. +The hardest fight of my life was when I gave up Pretty Feather. You +have them both. To the Toka (enemy) be kind, and he will do all your +biddings. To Pretty Feather be a good husband.” + +So saying, Chaske left them, and true to his word, lived the remainder +of his days a confirmed bachelor. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CROW + +Once upon a time there came to a large village a plague of crows. So +thick were they that the poor women were sorely tried keeping them out +of their tepees and driving them away from their lines of jerked buffalo +meat. Indeed they got so numerous and were such a great nuisance that +the Chief finally gave orders to his camp criers or heralds to go out +among the different camps and announce the orders of their Chief, that +war should be made upon the crows to extermination; that their nests +were to be destroyed and all eggs broken. The war of extermination was +to continue until not a crow remained, except the youngest found was to +be brought to him alive. + +For a week the war on the crows continued. Thousands of dead crows were +brought in daily, and at the end of the week not a bird of that species +could be seen in the neighborhood. Those that escaped the deadly arrow +of the warriors, flew away, never to return to those parts again. + +At the end of the war made upon the crows, there was brought to the +Chief’s tepee the youngest found. Indeed, so young was the bird that it +was only the great medicine of the Chief that kept him alive until he +could hop about and find his own food. The Chief spent most of his time +in his lodge teaching the young crow to understand and talk the language +of the tribe. After the crow had mastered this, the Chief then taught +him the languages of the neighboring tribes. When the crow had mastered +these different languages the chief would send him on long journeys to +ascertain the location of the camps of the different enemies. + +When the crow would find a large Indian camp he would alight and hop +about, pretending to be picking up scraps, but really keeping his ears +open for anything he might hear. He would hang around all day, and at +night when they would all gather in the large council tent (which always +stood in the center of the village) to determine upon their next raid, +and plan for a horse stealing trip, Mr. Crow was always nearby to hear +all their plans discussed. He would then fly away to his master (the +Chief) and tell him all that he had learned. + +The Chief would then send a band of his warriors to lie in ambush for +the raiding party, and, as the enemy would not suspect anything they +would go blindly into the pitfall of death thus set for them. Thus the +crow was the scout of this chief, whose reputation as a Wakan (Holy man) +soon reached all of the different tribes. The Chief’s warriors would +intercept, ambush and annihilate every war party headed for his camp. + +So, finally learning that they could not make war on this chief’s people +unbeknown to them, they gave up making war on this particular band. When +meat was running low in the camp this chief would send the crow out to +look for buffalo. When he discovered a herd he would return and report +to his master; then the chief would order out the hunters and they +would return laden with meat. Thus the crow kept the camp all the time +informed of everything that would be of benefit to them. + +One day the crow disappeared, over which there was great grief among the +tribe. A week had passed away, when Mr. Crow reappeared. There was +great rejoicing upon his return, but the crow was downcast and would not +speak, but sat with a drooping head perched at the top of the chief’s +tepee, and refused all food that was offered to him. + +In vain did the chief try to get the crow to tell him the cause of his +silence and seeming grief. The crow would not speak until the chief +said: “Well, I will take a few of my warriors and go out and try to +ascertain what has happened to cause you to act as you do.” + +Upon hearing this, the crow said: “Don’t go. I dreaded to tell you what +I know to be a fact, as I have heard it from some great medicine men. +I was traveling over the mountains west of here, when I spied three old +men sitting at the top of the highest peak. I very cautiously dropped +down behind a rock and listened to their talk. I heard your name +mentioned by one of them, then your brother’s name was mentioned. Then +the third, who was the oldest, said: ‘in three days from today the +lightning will kill those two brothers whom all the nations fear.’” + +Upon hearing what the crow stated the tribe became grief stricken. On +the morning of the third day the chief ordered a nice tepee placed upon +the highest point, far enough away from the village, so that the peals +of thunder would not alarm the babies of the camp. + +A great feast was given, and after the feasting was over there came in +six young maidens leading the war horses of the two brothers. The horses +were painted and decorated as if for a charge on the enemy. One maiden +walked ahead of the chief’s horse bearing in her hands the bow and +arrows of the great warrior. Next came two maidens, one on either side +of the prancing war steed, each holding a rein. Behind the chief’s horse +came the fourth maiden. Like the first, she bore in her hands the bow +and arrows of the chief’s brother. Then the fifth and sixth maidens +each holding a rein, walked on either side of the prancing horse of +the chief’s brother. They advanced and circled the large gathering and +finally stopped directly in front of the two brothers, who immediately +arose and taking their bows and arrows vaulted lightly upon their war +steeds, and singing their death song, galloped off amid a great cry of +grief from the people who loved them most dearly. + +Heading straight for the tepee that had been placed upon the highest +point, adjacent to the village, they soon arrived at their destination +and, dismounting from their horses, turned, waved their hands to their +band, and disappeared within the tepee. Scarcely had they entered the +lodge when the rumblings of distant thunder could be heard. Nearer, and +nearer, came the sound, until at last the storm overspread the locality +in all its fury. Flash upon flash of lightning burst forth from the +heavens. Deafening peals of thunder followed each flash. Finally, one +flash brighter than any of the others, one peal more deafening than +those preceding it, and the storm had passed. + +Sadly the warriors gathered together, mounted their horses and slowly +rode to the tepee on the high point. Arriving there they looked inside +the lodge and saw the two brothers lying cold and still in death, each +holding the lariat of his favorite war horse. The horses also lay dead +side by side in front of the tent. (From this came the custom of killing +the favorite horse of a dead warrior at the burial of the owner). + +As the Indians sadly left the hill to return home, they heard a noise at +the top of the tepee, and looking up they saw the crow sitting on one +of the splintered tepee poles. He was crying most pitifully, and as they +rode off he flew up high in the air and his pitiful “caw” became fainter +and fainter till at last they heard it no more. And from that day, the +story goes, no crow ever goes near the village of that band of Indians. + + + + + + +THE “WASNA” (PEMMICAN) MAN AND THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER) + +Once upon a time there appeared from out of a large belt of timber a +man attired in the fat of the buffalo. On his head he wore the honeycomb +part of the stomach. To this was attached small pieces of fat. The fat +which covered the stomach he wore as a cloak. The large intestines he +wore as leggings, and the kidney fat as his moccasins. + +As he appeared he had the misfortune to meet “Unktomi” (spider) with +his hundreds of starving children. Upon seeing the fat, Unktomi and his +large family at once attacked the man, who, in order to save his life, +started to run away, but so closely did Unktomi and his family pursue +him that in order to make better time and also get a little better +start, he threw off his head covering, which the Unktomi family hastily +devoured, and were again closing in upon him. He then threw off his +cloak and they devoured that, and were close upon him again, when he +threw off his leggings. These were hastily eaten up, and, as they drew +near to a lake, the man threw off the kidney fat, and, running to +the edge of the lake, dived down into the water and kept beneath the +surface, swimming to the opposite shore. After the Unktomi family had +eaten the kidney fat they came to the water’s edge, and the grease was +floating on the surface of the water which they lapped up, until there +was not a grease spot left floating on the surface. + +The small morsels had only sharpened their appetites, and as they saw +the man sitting on the opposite shore, Unktomi and his family proceeded +around the lake and came upon two men sitting on the shore. Unktomi saw +that the other man was “Wakapapi” (pounded beef). The family surrounded +the two and Unktomi ordered them to fight. Fearing Unktomi and his +large family, they at once commenced to fight and Pounded Meat was soon +killed. The hungry family at once fell to eating him. So busy were they +that none noticed the fat man sneak off and disappear. + +When they had finished the pounded beef man they looked around to fall +upon the fat man, but nowhere could he be seen. Unktomi said, “I will +track him and when I find him, I will return for you, so stay here and +await my return.” + +He followed the fat man’s tracks until farther east on the shore of the +lake he found the fat man in the act of skinning a deer, which he had +killed. (He had held on to his bow and arrows when he jumped into the +lake). “My,” said Unktomi, “this will make a fine meal for my hungry +children. I will go after them, so hurry and cut the meat up into small +pieces so they each can have a piece.” + +“All right, go ahead and get your family,” said Fat Man. During +Unktomi’s absence, the fat man hurriedly cut the meat up into small +pieces and carried them up into a tree that stood near to the shore. +When he had carried it all up he threw sand and dirt upon the blood, and +so left no trace of the deer. + +On the arrival of Unktomi and his family, no signs of the fat man or +the deer could be found. They wandered about the spot looking for tracks +which might lead them to where the fat man had cached the meat, as +Unktomi said he could not have carried it very far. Now the fat man was +up in the tree and sat watching them. The reflection of the tree was in +the water, and some of the children going close to the shore, discovered +it as they looked at the reflection. The fat man cut a piece of meat and +extending it towards them, drew back his hand and put the meat into his +mouth. + +“Come quick, father, here he is eating the meat,” said the children. +Unktomi came and seeing the reflection, thought the fat man was down in +the lake. “Wait, I will bring him up for you.” So saying, he dived down, +but soon arose without anything. Again and again he tried, but could not +reach the bottom. He told the children to gather rock for him. These +he tied around his neck and body, and dived down for the last time. The +last the children saw of their father was the bubbles which arose to the +surface of the lake. The rocks being too heavy for him, held him fast +to the bottom, and some hungry fish soon made a feast out of the body of +poor “Unktomi.” + + + + + + +THE RESUSCITATION OF THE ONLY DAUGHTER + +There once lived an old couple who had an only daughter. She was a +beautiful girl, and was very much courted by the young men of the +tribe, but she said that she preferred single life, and to all their +heart-touching tales of deep affection for her she always had one +answer. That was “No.” + +One day this maiden fell ill and day after day grew worse. All the best +medicine men were called in, but their medicines were of no avail, and +in two weeks from the day that she was taken ill she lay a corpse. Of +course there was great mourning in the camp. They took her body several +miles from camp and rolled it in fine robes and blankets, then they laid +her on a scaffold which they had erected. (This was the custom of burial +among the Indians). They placed four forked posts into the ground and +then lashed strong poles lengthwise and across the ends and made a bed +of willows and stout ash brush. This scaffold was from five to seven +feet from the ground. After the funeral the parents gave away all of +their horses, fine robes and blankets and all of the belongings of +the dead girl. Then they cut their hair off close to their heads, and +attired themselves in the poorest apparel they could secure. + +When a year had passed the friends and relatives of the old couple tried +in vain to have them set aside their mourning. “You have mourned long +enough,” they would say. “Put aside your mourning and try and enjoy a +few more pleasures of this life while you live. You are both growing old +and can’t live very many more years, so make the best of your time.” The +old couple would listen to their advice and then shake their heads and +answer: “We have nothing to live for. Nothing we could join in would be +any amusement to us, since we have lost the light of our lives.” + +So the old couple continued their mourning for their lost idol. Two +years had passed since the death of the beautiful girl, when one evening +a hunter and his wife passed by the scaffold which held the dead girl. +They were on their return trip and were heavily loaded down with game, +and therefore could not travel very fast. About half a mile from the +scaffold a clear spring burst forth from the side of a bank, and from +this trickled a small stream of water, moistening the roots of the +vegetation bordering its banks, and causing a growth of sweet green +grass. At this spring the hunter camped and tethering his horses, at +once set about helping his wife to erect the small tepee which they +carried for convenience in traveling. + +When it became quite dark, the hunter’s dogs set up a great barking +and growling. “Look out and see what the dogs are barking at,” said the +hunter to his wife. She looked out through the door and then drew back +saying: “There is the figure of a woman advancing from the direction of +the girl’s scaffold.” “I expect it is the dead girl; let her come, +and don’t act as if you were afraid,” said the hunter. Soon they heard +footsteps advancing and the steps ceased at the door. Looking down at +the lower part of the door the hunter noticed a pair of small moccasins, +and knowing that it was the visitor, said: “Whoever you are, come in and +have something to eat.” + +At this invitation the figure came slowly in and sat down by the door +with head covered and with a fine robe drawn tightly over the face. The +woman dished up a fine supper and placing it before the visitor, said: +“Eat, my friend, you must be hungry.” The figure never moved, nor +would it uncover to eat. “Let us turn our back towards the door and our +visitor may eat the food,” said the hunter. So his wife turned her back +towards the visitor and made herself very busy cleaning the small pieces +of meat that were hanging to the back sinews of the deer which had been +killed. (This the Indians use as thread.) The hunter, filling his pipe, +turned away and smoked in silence. Finally the dish was pushed back to +the woman, who took it and after washing it, put it away. The figure +still sat at the door, not a sound coming from it, neither was it +breathing. The hunter at last said: “Are you the girl that was placed +upon that scaffold two years ago?” It bowed its head two or three times +in assent. “Are you going to sleep here tonight; if you are, my wife +will make down a bed for you.” The figure shook its head. “Are you going +to come again tomorrow night to us?” It nodded assent. + +For three nights in succession the figure visited the hunter’s camp. The +third night the hunter noticed that the figure was breathing. He saw one +of the hands protruding from the robe. The skin was perfectly black and +was stuck fast to the bones of the hand. On seeing this the hunter arose +and going over to his medicine sack which hung on a pole, took down the +sack and, opening it, took out some roots and mixing them with skunk oil +and vermillion, said to the figure: + +“If you will let us rub your face and hands with this medicine it will +put new life into the skin and you will assume your complexion again and +it will put flesh on you.” The figure assented and the hunter rubbed the +medicine on her hands and face. Then she arose and walked back to the +scaffold. The next day the hunter moved camp towards the home village. +That night he camped within a few miles of the village. When night came, +the dogs, as usual, set up a great barking, and looking out, the wife +saw the girl approaching. + +When the girl had entered and sat down, the hunter noticed that the girl +did not keep her robe so closely together over her face. When the wife +gave her something to eat, the girl reached out and took the dish, thus +exposing her hands, which they at once noticed were again natural. After +she had finished her meal, the hunter said: “Did my medicine help you?” + She nodded assent. “Do you want my medicine rubbed all over your body?” + Again she nodded. “I will mix enough to rub your entire body, and I will +go outside and let my wife rub it on for you.” He mixed a good supply +and going out left his wife to rub the girl. When his wife had completed +the task she called to her husband to come in, and when he came in he +sat down and said to the girl: “Tomorrow we will reach the village. Do +you want to go with us?” She shook her head. “Will you come again to our +camp tomorrow night after we have camped in the village?” She nodded +her head in assent. “Then do you want to see your parents?” She nodded +again, and arose and disappeared into the darkness. + +Early the next morning the hunter broke camp and traveled far into the +afternoon, when he arrived at the village. He instructed his wife to go +at once and inform the old couple of what had happened. The wife did +so and at sunset the old couple came to the hunter’s tepee. They were +invited to enter and a fine supper was served them. Soon after they had +finished their supper the dogs of the camp set up a great barking. “Now +she is coming, so be brave and you will soon see your lost daughter,” + said the hunter. Hardly had he finished speaking when she entered the +tent as natural as ever she was in life. Her parents clung to her and +smothered her with kisses. + +They wanted her to return home with them, but she would stay with the +hunter who had brought her back to life, and she married him, becoming +his second wife. A short time after taking the girl for his wife, the +hunter joined a war party and never returned, as he was killed on the +battlefield. + +A year after her husband’s death she married again. This husband was +also killed by a band of enemies whom the warriors were pursuing for +stealing some of their horses. The third husband also met a similar fate +to the first. He was killed on the field of battle. + +She was still a handsome woman at the time of the third husband’s death, +but never again married, as the men feared her, saying she was holy, and +that any one who married her would be sure to be killed by the enemy. + +So she took to doctoring the sick and gained the reputation of being the +most skilled doctor in the nation. She lived to a ripe old age and when +she felt death approaching she had them take her to where she had rested +once before, and crawling to the top of the newly erected scaffold, +wrapped her blankets and robes about her, covered her face carefully, +and fell into that sleep from which there is no more awakening. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CRANE + +There was once upon a time a man who did not care to live with his tribe +in a crowded village, but preferred a secluded spot in the deep forest, +there to live with his wife and family of five children. The oldest of +the children (a boy) was twelve years of age, and being the son of a +distinguished hunter, soon took to roaming through the forest in search +of small game. + +One day during his ramblings, he discovered a crane’s nest, with only +one young crane occupying it. No doubt some fox or traveling weasel +had eaten the rest of the crane’s brothers and sisters. The boy said to +himself, “I will take this poor little crane home and will raise him as +a pet for our baby. If I leave him here some hungry fox will be sure to +eat the poor little fellow.” He carried the young crane home and it grew +to be nearly as tall as the boy’s five-year-old sister. + +Being brought up in a human circle, it soon grew to understand all the +family said. Although it could not speak it took part in all the games +played by the children. The father of the family was, as I have before +mentioned, a great hunter. He always had a plentiful supply of deer, +antelope, buffalo and beaver meats on hand, but there came a change. +The game migrated to some other locality, where no deadly shot like +“Kutesan” (Never Miss) would be around to annihilate their fast +decreasing droves. The hunter started out early one morning in hopes of +discovering some of the game which had disappeared as suddenly as though +the earth had swallowed them. The hunter traveled the whole day, all to +no purpose. It was late in the evening when he staggered into camp. He +was nearly dead with fatigue. Hastily swallowing a cup of cherry bark +tea (the only article of food they had in store), he at once retired +and was soon in the sweet land of dreams. The children soon joined their +father and the poor woman sat thinking how they could save their dear +children from starvation. Suddenly out upon the night air rang the cry +of a crane. Instantly the pet crane awoke, stepped outside and answered +the call. The crane which had given the cry was the father of the pet +crane, and learning from Mr. Fox of the starving condition of his son +and his friends, he flew to the hunting grounds of the tribe, and as +there had been a good kill that day, the crane found no trouble in +securing a great quantity of fat. This he carried to the tent of the +hunter and, hovering over the tent he suddenly let the fat drop to +the earth and at once the pet crane picked it up and carried it to the +woman. + +Wishing to surprise the family on their awakening in the morning she +got a good stick for a light, heaped up sticks on the dying embers, and +started up a rousing fire and proceeded to melt or try out the fat, as +melted fat is considered a favorite dish. Although busily occupied she +kept her ears open for any strange noises coming out of the forest, +there being usually some enemies lurking around. She held her pan in +such a position that after the fat started to melt and quite a lot of +the hot grease accumulated in the pan, she could plainly see the tent +door reflected in the hot grease, as though she used a mirror. + +When she had nearly completed her task, she heard a noise as though some +footsteps were approaching. Instantly her heart began to beat a tattoo +on her ribs, but she sat perfectly quiet, calling all her self-control +into play to keep from making an outcry. This smart woman had already +studied out a way in which to best this enemy, in case an enemy it +should be. The footsteps, or noise, continued to advance, until at last +the woman saw reflected in the pan of grease a hand slowly protruding +through the tent door, and the finger pointed, as if counting, to the +sleeping father, then to each one of the sleeping children, then to her +who sat at the fire. Little did Mr. Enemy suppose that the brave woman +who sat so composed at her fire, was watching every motion he was +making. The hand slowly withdrew, and as the footsteps slowly died +away, there rang out on the still night air the deep fierce howl of the +prairie wolf. (This imitation of a prairie wolf is the signal to the war +party that an enemy has been discovered by the scout whom they have sent +out in advance). At once she aroused her husband and children. Annoyed +at being so unceremoniously disturbed from his deep sleep, the husband +crossly asked why she had awakened him so roughly. The wife explained +what she had seen and heard. She at once pinned an old blanket around +the crane’s shoulders and an old piece of buffalo hide on his head for a +hat or head covering. Heaping piles of wood onto the fire she instructed +him to run around outside of the hut until the family returned, as they +were going to see if they could find some roots to mix up with the fat. +Hurriedly she tied her blanket around her middle, put her baby inside of +it, and then grabbed her three year old son and packed him on her back. +The father also hurriedly packed the next two and the older boy took +care of himself. + +Immediately upon leaving the tent they took three different directions, +to meet again on the high hill west of their home. The reflection from +the fire in the tent disclosed to them the poor pet crane running around +the tent. It looked exactly like a child with its blanket and hat on. + +Suddenly there rang out a score of shots and war whoops of the dreaded +Crow Indians. Finding the tent deserted they disgustedly filed off and +were swallowed up in the darkness of the deep forest. + +The next morning the family returned to see what had become of their pet +crane. There, riddled to pieces, lay the poor bird who had given up his +life to save his dear friends. + + + + + + +WHITE PLUME + +There once lived a young couple who were very happy. The young man was +noted throughout the whole nation for his accuracy with the bow and +arrow, and was given the title of “Dead Shot,” or “He who never +misses his mark,” and the young woman, noted for her beauty, was named +Beautiful Dove. + +One day a stork paid this happy couple a visit and left them a fine big +boy. The boy cried “Ina, ina” (mother, mother). “Listen to our son,” + said the mother, “he can speak, and hasn’t he a sweet voice?” “Yes,” + said the father, “it will not be long before he will be able to walk.” + He set to work making some arrows, and a fine hickory bow for his son. +One of the arrows he painted red, one blue, and another yellow. The rest +he left the natural color of the wood. When he had completed them, the +mother placed them in a fine quiver, all worked in porcupine quills, +and hung them up over where the boy slept in his fine hammock of painted +moose hide. + +At times when the mother would be nursing her son, she would look up at +the bow and arrows and talk to her baby, saying: “My son, hurry up and +grow fast so you can use your bow and arrows. You will grow up to be +as fine a marksman as your father.” The baby would coo and stretch his +little arms up towards the bright colored quiver as though he understood +every word his mother had uttered. Time passed and the boy grew up to a +good size, when one day his father said: “Wife, give our son the bow and +arrows so that he may learn how to use them.” The father taught his son +how to string and unstring the bow, and also how to attach the arrow to +the string. The red, blue and yellow arrows, he told the boy, were to be +used only whenever there was any extra good shooting to be done, so the +boy never used these three until he became a master of the art. Then he +would practice on eagles and hawks, and never an eagle or hawk continued +his flight when the boy shot one of the arrows after him. + +One day the boy came running into the tent, exclaiming: “Mother, mother, +I have shot and killed the most beautiful bird I ever saw.” “Bring +it in, my son, and let me look at it.” He brought the bird and upon +examining it she pronounced it a different type of bird from any she had +ever seen. Its feathers were of variegated colors and on its head was +a topknot of pure white feathers. The father, returning, asked the boy +with which arrow he had killed the bird. “With the red one,” answered +the boy. “I was so anxious to secure the pretty bird that, although I +know I could have killed it with one of my common arrows, I wanted to +be certain, so I used the red one.” “That is right, my son,” said the +father. “When you have the least doubt of your aim, always use one of +the painted arrows, and you will never miss your mark.” + +The parents decided to give a big feast in honor of their son killing +the strange, beautiful bird. So a great many elderly women were called +to the tent of Pretty Dove to assist her in making ready for the big +feast. For ten days these women cooked and pounded beef and cherries, +and got ready the choicest dishes known to the Indians. Of buffalo, +beaver, deer, antelope, moose, bear, quail, grouse, duck of all kinds, +geese and plover meats there was an abundance. Fish of all kinds, and +every kind of wild fruit were cooked, and when all was in readiness, the +heralds went through the different villages, crying out: “Ho-po, ho-po” + (now all, now all), “Dead Shot and his wife, Beautiful Dove, invite all +of you, young and old, to their tepee to partake of a great feast, given +by them in honor of a great bird which their son has killed, and also to +select for their son some good name which he will bear through life. So +all bring your cups and wooden dishes along with your horn spoons, as +there will be plenty to eat. Come, all you council men and chiefs, +as they have also a great tent erected for you in which you hold your +council.” + +Thus crying, the heralds made the circle of the village. The guests soon +arrived. In front of the tent was a pole stuck in the ground and painted +red, and at the top of the pole was fastened the bird of variegated +colors; its wings stretched out to their full length and the beautiful +white waving so beautifully from its topknot, it was the center of +attraction. Half way up the pole was tied the bow and arrow of the young +marksman. Long streamers of fine bead and porcupine work waved from +the pole and presented a very striking appearance. The bird was faced +towards the setting sun. The great chief and medicine men pronounced the +bird “Wakan” (something holy). + +When the people had finished eating they all fell in line and marched in +single file beneath the bird, in order to get a close view of it. By the +time this vast crowd had fully viewed the wonderful bird, the sun was +just setting clear in the west, when directly over the rays of the +sun appeared a cloud in the shape of a bird of variegated colors. The +councilmen were called out to look at the cloud, and the head medicine +man said that it was a sign that the boy would grow up to be a great +chief and hunter, and would have a great many friends and followers. + +This ended the feast, but before dispersing, the chief and councilmen +bestowed upon the boy the title of White Plume. + +One day a stranger came to the village, who was very thin and nearly +starved. So weak was he that he could not speak, but made signs for +something to eat. Luckily the stranger came to Dead Shot’s tent, and as +there was always a plentiful supply in his lodge, the stranger soon had +a good meal served him. After he had eaten and rested he told his story. + +“I came from a very great distance,” said he. “The nations where I came +from are in a starving condition. No place can they find any buffalo, +deer nor antelope. A witch or evil spirit in the shape of a white +buffalo has driven all the large game out of the country. Every day this +white buffalo comes circling the village, and any one caught outside of +their tent is carried away on its horns. In vain have the best marksmen +of the tribe tried to shoot it. Their arrows fly wide off the mark, and +they have given up trying to kill it as it bears a charmed life. Another +evil spirit in the form of a red eagle has driven all the birds of the +air out of our country. Every day this eagle circles above the village, +and so powerful is it that anyone being caught outside of his tent +is descended upon and his skull split open to the brain by the sharp +breastbone of the Eagle. Many a marksman has tried his skill on this +bird, all to no purpose. + +“Another evil spirit in the form of a white rabbit has driven out all +the animals which inhabit the ground, and destroyed the fields of corn +and turnips, so the nation is starving, as the arrows of the marksmen +have also failed to touch the white rabbit. Any one who can kill these +three witches will receive as his reward, the choice of two of the most +beautiful maidens of our nation. The younger one is the handsomer of the +two and has also the sweetest disposition. Many young, and even old men, +hearing of this (our chief’s) offer, have traveled many miles to try +their arrows on the witches, but all to no purpose. Our chief, hearing +of your great marksmanship, sent me to try and secure your services to +have you come and rid us of these three witches.” + +Thus spoke the stranger to the hunter. The hunter gazed long and +thoughtfully into the dying embers of the camp fire. Then slowly his +eyes raised and looked lovingly on his wife who sat opposite to him. +Gazing on her beautiful features for a full minute he slowly dropped his +gaze back to the dying embers and thus answered his visitor: + +“My friend, I feel very much honored by your chief having sent such +a great distance for me, and also for the kind offer of his lovely +daughter in marriage, if I should succeed, but I must reject the great +offer, as I can spare none of my affections to any other woman than to +my queen whom you see sitting there.” + +White Plume had been listening to the conversation and when his father +had finished speaking, said: “Father, I am a child no more. I have +arrived at manhood. I am not so good a marksman as you, but I will go to +this suffering tribe and try to rid them of their three enemies. If this +man will rest for a few days and return to his village and inform them +of my coming, I will travel along slowly on his trail and arrive at the +village a day or two after he reaches there.” + +“Very well, my son,” said the father, “I am sure you will succeed, as +you fear nothing, and as to your marksmanship, it is far superior to +mine, as your sight is much clearer and aim quicker than mine.” + +The man rested a few days and one morning started off, after having +instructed White Plume as to the trail. White Plume got together what +he would need on the trip and was ready for an early start the next +morning. That night Dead Shot and his wife sat up away into the night +instructing their son how to travel and warning him as to the different +kinds of people he must avoid in order to keep out of trouble. “Above +all,” said the father, “keep a good look out for Unktomi (spider); he is +the most tricky of all, and will get you into trouble if you associate +with him.” + +White Plume left early, his father accompanying him for several miles. +On parting, the father’s last words were: “Look out for Unktomi, my son, +he is deceitful and treacherous.” “I’ll look out for him, father;” so +saying he disappeared over a hill. On the way he tried his skill on +several hawks and eagles and he did not need to use his painted arrows +to kill them, but so skillful was he with the bow and arrows that he +could bring down anything that flew with his common arrows. He was +drawing near to the end of his destination when he had a large tract of +timber to pass through. When he had nearly gotten through the timber he +saw an old man sitting on a log, looking wistfully up into a big tree, +where sat a number of prairie chickens. + +“Hello, grandfather, why are you sitting there looking so downhearted?” + asked White Plume. “I am nearly starved, and was just wishing some one +would shoot one of those chickens for me, so I could make a good meal on +it,” said the old man. “I will shoot one for you,” said the young man. +He strung his bow, placed an arrow on the string, simply seemed to raise +the arrow in the direction of the chicken (taking no aim). Twang went +out the bow, zip went the arrow and a chicken fell off the limb, only +to get caught on another in its descent. “There is your chicken, +grandfather.” “Oh, my grandson, I am too weak to climb up and get it. +Can’t you climb up and get it for me?” The young man, pitying the old +fellow, proceeded to climb the tree, when the old man stopped him, +saying: “Grandson, you have on such fine clothes, it is a pity to spoil +them; you had better take them off so as not to spoil the fine porcupine +work on them.” The young man took off his fine clothes and climbed up +into the tree, and securing the chicken, threw it down to the old +man. As the young man was scaling down the tree, the old man said: +“Iyashkapa, iyashkapa,” (stick fast, stick fast). Hearing him say +something, he asked, “What did you say, old man?” He answered, “I was +only talking to myself.” The young man proceeded to descend, but he +could not move. His body was stuck fast to the bark of the tree. In vain +did he beg the old man to release him. The old Unktomi, for he it was, +only laughed and said: “I will go now and kill the evil spirits, I have +your wonderful bow and arrows and I cannot miss them. I will marry the +chief’s daughter, and you can stay up in that tree and die there.” + +So saying, he put on White Plume’s fine clothes, took his bow and arrows +and went to the village. As White Plume was expected at any minute, the +whole village was watching for him, and when Unktomi came into sight the +young men ran to him with a painted robe, sat him down on it and slowly +raising him up they carried him to the tent of the chief. So certain +were they that he would kill the evil spirits that the chief told him to +choose one of the daughters at once for his wife. (Before the arrival +of White Plume, hearing of him being so handsome, the two girls had +quarreled over which should marry him, but upon seeing him the younger +was not anxious to become his wife.) So Unktomi chose the older one of +the sisters, and was given a large tent in which to live. The younger +sister went to her mother’s tent to live, and the older was very proud, +as she was married to the man who would save the nation from starvation. +The next morning there was a great commotion in camp, and there came the +cry that the white buffalo was coming. “Get ready, son-in-law, and kill +the buffalo,” said the chief. + +Unktomi took the bow and arrows and shot as the buffalo passed, but the +arrow went wide off its mark. Next came the eagle, and again he shot and +missed. Then came the rabbit, and again he missed. + +“Wait until tomorrow, I will kill them all. My blanket caught in my bow +and spoiled my aim.” The people were very much disappointed, and the +chief, suspecting that all was not right, sent for the young man who had +visited Dead Shot’s tepee. When the young man arrived, the chief asked: +“Did you see White Plume when you went to Dead Shot’s camp?” “Yes, I +did, and ate with him many times. I stayed at his father’s tepee all the +time I was there,” said the young man. “Would you recognize him if you +saw him again?” asked the chief. “Any one who had but one glimpse of +White Plume would surely recognize him when he saw him again, as he is +the most handsome man I ever saw,” said the young man. + +“Come with me to the tent of my son-in-law and take a good look at him, +but don’t say what you think until we come away.” The two went to the +tent of Unktomi, and when the young man saw him he knew it was not White +Plume, although it was White Plume’s bow and arrows that hung at the +head of the bed, and he also recognized the clothes as belonging to +White Plume. When they had returned to the chief’s tent, the young man +told what he knew and what he thought. “I think this is some Unktomi who +has played some trick on White Plume and has taken his bow and arrows +and also his clothes, and hearing of your offer, is here impersonating +White Plume. Had White Plume drawn the bow on the buffalo, eagle and +rabbit today, we would have been rid of them, so I think we had better +scare this Unktomi into telling us where White Plume is,” said the young +man. + +“Wait until he tries to kill the witches again tomorrow,” said the +chief. + +In the meantime the younger daughter had taken an axe and gone into the +woods in search of dry wood. She went quite a little distance into the +wood and was chopping a dry log. Stopping to rest a little she heard +some one saying: “Whoever you are, come over here and chop this tree +down so that I may get loose.” Going to where the big tree stood, she +saw a man stuck onto the side of the tree. “If I chop it down the fall +will kill you,” said the girl. “No, chop it on the opposite side from +me, and the tree will fall that way. If the fall kills me, it will be +better than hanging up here and starving to death,” said White Plume, +for it was he. + +The girl chopped the tree down and when she saw that it had not killed +the man, she said: “What shall I do now?” “Loosen the bark from the tree +and then get some stones and heat them. Get some water and sage and put +your blanket over me.” She did as told and when the steam arose from +the water being poured upon the heated rocks, the bark loosened from his +body and he arose. When he stood up, she saw how handsome he was. “You +have saved my life,” said he. “Will you be my wife?” “I will,” said she. +He then told her how the old man had fooled him into this trap and took +his bow and arrows, also his fine porcupine worked clothes, and had gone +off, leaving him to die. She, in turn, told him all that had happened +in camp since a man, calling himself White Plume, came there and married +her sister before he shot at the witches, and when he came to shoot at +them, missed every shot. “Let us make haste, as the bad Unktomi may +ruin my arrows.” They approached the camp and whilst White Plume waited +outside, his promised wife entered Unktomi’s tent and said: “Unktomi, +White Plume is standing outside and he wants his clothes and bow and +arrows.” “Oh, yes, I borrowed them and forgot to return them; make haste +and give them to him.” + +Upon receiving his clothes, he was very much provoked to find his fine +clothes wrinkled and his bow twisted, while the arrows were twisted +out of shape. He laid the clothes down, also the bows and arrows, and +passing his hand over them, they assumed their right shapes again. The +daughter took White Plume to her father’s tent and upon hearing the +story he at once sent for his warriors and had them form a circle around +Unktomi’s tent, and if he attempted to escape to catch him and tie him +to a tree, as he (the chief) had determined to settle accounts with him +for his treatment of White Plume, and the deception employed in winning +the chief’s eldest daughter. About midnight the guard noticed something +crawling along close to the ground, and seizing him found it was Unktomi +trying to make his escape before daylight, whereupon they tied him to a +tree. “Why do you treat me thus,” cried Unktomi, “I was just going out +in search of medicine to rub on my arrows, so I can kill the witches.” + “You will need medicine to rub on yourself when the chief gets through +with you,” said the young man who had discovered that Unktomi was +impersonating White Plume. + +In the morning the herald announced that the real White Plume had +arrived, and the chief desired the whole nation to witness his +marksmanship. Then came the cry: “The White Buffalo comes.” Taking his +red arrow, White Plume stood ready. When the buffalo got about opposite +him, he let his arrow fly. The buffalo bounded high in the air and came +down with all four feet drawn together under its body, the red arrow +having passed clear through the animal, piercing the buffalo’s heart. A +loud cheer went up from the village. + +“You shall use the hide for your bed,” said the chief to White Plume. +Next came a cry, “the eagle, the eagle.” From the north came an enormous +red eagle. So strong was he, that as he soared through the air his wings +made a humming sound as the rumble of distant thunder. On he came, and +just as he circled the tent of the chief, White Plume bent his bow, with +all his strength drew the arrow back to the flint point, and sent the +blue arrow on its mission of death. So swiftly had the arrow passed +through the eagle’s body that, thinking White Plume had missed, a great +wail went up from the crowd, but when they saw the eagle stop in his +flight, give a few flaps of his wings, and then fall with a heavy thud +into the center of the village, there was a greater cheer than before. +“The red eagle shall be used to decorate the seat of honor in your +tepee,” said the chief to White Plume. Last came the white rabbit. “Aim +good, aim good, son-in-law,” said the chief. “If you kill him you will +have his skin for a rug.” Along came the white rabbit, and White Plume +sent his arrow in search of rabbit’s heart, which it found, and stopped +Mr. Rabbit’s tricks forever. + +The chief then called all of the people together and before them all +took a hundred willows and broke them one at a time over Unktomi’s back. +Then he turned him loose. Unktomi, being so ashamed, ran off into the +woods and hid in the deepest and darkest corner he could find. This is +why Unktomis (spiders) are always found in dark corners, and anyone who +is deceitful or untruthful is called a descendant of the Unktomi tribe. + + + + + + +STORY OF PRETTY FEATHERED FOREHEAD + +There was once a baby boy who came into the world with a small cluster +of different colored feathers grown fast to his forehead. From this he +derived his name, “Pretty Feathered Forehead.” He was a very pleasant +boy as well as handsome, and he had the respect of the whole tribe. When +he had grown up to be a young man, he never, like other young men, made +love to any of the tribe’s beauties. Although they were madly in love +with him, he never noticed any of them. There were many handsome girls +in the different camps, but he passed them by. + +One day he said: “Father, I am going on a visit to the Buffalo nation.” + The father gave his consent, and away went the son. The father and +mother suspected the object of their son’s visit to the Buffalo nation, +and forthwith commenced preparing a fine reception for their intended +daughter-in-law. The mother sewed together ten buffalo hides and painted +the brave deeds of her husband on them. This she made into a commodious +tent, and had work bags and fine robes and blankets put inside. This was +to be the tent of their son and daughter-in-law. In a few weeks the son +returned, bringing with him a beautiful Buffalo girl. The parents of the +boy gave a big feast in honor of the occasion, and the son and his wife +lived very happily together. + +In the course of time a son came to the young couple, and the father was +very proud of his boy. When the boy became a year old, the father said +to his wife: “I am going for a visit to the Elk nation.” The mother +was very sad, as she knew her husband was going after another wife. He +returned, bringing with him a very beautiful elk girl. When the Buffalo +woman saw the elk girl she was very downcast and sad, but the husband +said: “Don’t be sad; she will do all the heavy work for you.” + +They lived quite happily together for a long time. The Elk girl also +became the mother of a fine boy. The two boys had grown up large enough +to play around. One day the Elk woman was tanning hides outside and the +two boys were playing around near their mothers, when all at once the +buffalo boy ran across the robe, leaving his tracks on the white robe +which his step-mother had nearly completed. This provoked the elk woman +and she gave vent to her feelings by scolding the boy: “You clumsy flat +mouth, why couldn’t you run around my work, instead of across it?” The +buffalo cow standing in the door, heard every word that the elk woman +had said, and when she heard her son called flat mouth it made her +very angry, although she did not say a word to any one. She hurriedly +gathered some of her belongings and, calling her son, she started off in +a westerly direction. + +The husband being absent on a hunting expedition did not return until +late in the afternoon. Upon his return his oldest boy always ran out +to meet him, but this time as the boy did not put in an appearance, the +father feared that something had happened to the boy. So hurriedly going +to his tent he looked around, but failing to see the boy or his mother, +he asked his elk wife, where the boy and his mother were. The elk +wife answered: “She took her boy on her back and started off in that +direction,” (pointing towards the west). “How long has she been gone?” + “Since early morning.” The husband hurriedly caught a fresh horse and, +without eating anything, rode off in the direction taken by his buffalo +wife and boy. Near dark he ascended a high hill and noticed a small tent +down in the valley. It was a long distance down to the tent, so it was +very late when he arrived there. He tethered his horse and went into +the tent and found the boy and his mother fast asleep. Upon lying down +beside them the boy awoke, and upon seeing his father, motioned to him +to go outside with him. + +On going outside the boy told his father that it would be useless for +him to try and coax his mother to return, as she was too highly insulted +by the elk wife to ever return. Then the boy told about what the elk +wife had said and that she had called him flat mouth. “My mother is +determined to return to her people, but if you want to follow us you +may, and perhaps, after she has visited with her relatives a little +while, you may induce her to return with you. In the morning we are +going to start very early, and as the country we will travel through +is very hard soil, I will stamp my feet hard so as to leave my tracks +imprinted in the softest places, then you will be able to follow the +direction we will take.” + +The two went into the tent and were soon fast asleep. The father, being +very much fatigued, slept very soundly, and when he awoke the sun was +beating down upon him. The mother and boy were nowhere to be seen. The +tent had been taken down from over him so carefully that he had not been +awakened. Getting his horse, he mounted and rode after the two who had +left him sleeping. He had no trouble in following the trail, as the boy +had stamped his feet hard and left his little tracks in the soft places. + +That evening he spied the little tent again and on getting to it found +them both asleep. The boy awoke and motioned for his father to go +outside. He again told his father that the next day’s travel would be +the hardest of all. “We will cross a great plain, but before we get +there we will cross a sandy hollow. When you get to the hollow, look at +my tracks; they will be deep into the sand, and in each track you will +see little pools of water. Drink as much as you can, as this is the only +chance you will get to have a drink, there being no water from there to +the big ridge, and it will be dark by the time you get to the ridge. The +relations of my mother live at that ridge and I will come and talk to +you once more, before I leave you to join my mother’s people.” + +Next morning, as before, he awoke to find himself alone. They had left +him and proceeded on their journey. He mounted again and when he arrived +at the sandy hollow, sure enough, there, deep in the sand, were the +tracks of his son filled to the top with water. He drank and drank until +he had drained the last one. Then he arose and continued on the trail, +and near sundown he came in sight of their little tent away up on the +side of the ridge. His horse suddenly staggered and fell forward dead, +having died of thirst. + +From there he proceeded on foot. When he got to where the tent stood he +entered, only to find it empty. “I guess my son intends to come here and +have his last talk with me,” thought the father. He had eaten nothing +for three days, and was nearly famished. He lay down, but the pangs of +hunger kept sleep away. He heard footsteps outside and lay in readiness, +thinking it might be an enemy. Slowly opening the covering of the door, +his son looked in and seeing his father lying awake, drew back and ran +off up the ridge, but soon returned bringing a small parcel with him. +When he entered he gave the parcel to his father and said: “Eat, father; +I stole this food for you, so I could not get very much.” The father +soon ate what his son had brought. When he had finished, the son said: +“Tomorrow morning the relatives of my mother will come over here and +take you down to the village. My mother has three sisters who have their +work bags made identically the same as mother’s. Were they to mix them +up they could not each pick out her own without looking inside so as to +identify them by what they have in them. You will be asked to pick out +mother’s work bag, and if you fail they will trample you to death. Next +they will tell you to pick out my mother from among her sisters, and you +will be unable to distinguish her from the other three, and if you fail +they will bury you alive. The last they will try you on, in case you +meet the first and second tests successfully, will be to require you +to pick me out from my three cousins, who are as much like me as my +reflection in the water. The bags you can tell by a little pebble I will +place on my mother’s. You can pick my mother out by a small piece of +grass which I will put in her hair, and you can pick me out from my +cousins, for when we commence to dance, I will shake my head, flop my +ears and switch my tail. You must choose quickly, as they will be very +angry at your success, and if you lose any time they will make the +excuse that you did not know, that they may have an excuse to trample +you to death.” + +The boy then left, after admonishing his father to remember all that +he had told him. Early next morning the father heard a great rumbling +noise, and going outside, he saw the whole hillside covered with +buffalo. When he appeared they set up a loud bellowing and circled +around him. One old bull came up and giving a loud snort, passed on by, +looking back every few steps. The man, thinking he was to follow this +one, did so, and the whole herd, forming a half circle around him, +escorted him down the west side of the range out on to a large plain, +where there stood a lone tree. To this tree the old bull led him and +stopped when he reached the tree. A large rock at the foot of the tree +served as a seat for the man. As soon as he was seated there came four +female buffaloes, each bearing a large work box. They set the boxes +down in a row in front of the man, and the herd crowded around closer in +order to get a good view. The old bull came to the front and stood close +to the bags, which had been taken out of the four boxes. + +The man stood up, and looking at the bags, noticed a small pebble +resting on the one next to the left end. Stepping over he pulled the bag +towards him and secretly pushed the little pebble off the bag, so that +no one would notice it. When they saw that he had selected the right +one, they set up a terrific bellow. + +Then came the four sisters and stood in a line before the man. Glancing +along from the one on the right to the last one on the left, he stepped +forward and placed his hand on the one next to the right. Thanks to his +boy, if he hadn’t put that little stem of grass on his mother’s hair, +the father could never have picked out his wife, as the four looked +as much alike as four peas. Next came the four boy calves, and as they +advanced they commenced dancing, and his son was shaking his head and +flopping his ears and switching his tail. The father was going to pick +out his boy, when a fainting spell took him, and as he sank to the +ground the old bull sprang forward on top of him, and instantly they +rushed upon him and he was soon trampled to a jelly. The herd then moved +to other parts. + +The elk wife concluded that something had happened to her husband and +determined upon going in search of him. As she was very fleet of foot it +did not take her long to arrive at the lone tree. She noticed the blood +splashed on the base of the tree, and small pieces of flesh stamped +into the earth. Looking closer, she noticed something white in the dust. +Stooping and picking it out of the dust, she drew forth the cluster +of different colored feathers which had been fastened to her husband’s +forehead. She at once took the cluster of feathers, and going to the +east side of the ridge, heated stones and erected a wickieup, placed the +feathers inside, and getting water, she sprinkled the stones, and this +caused a thick vapor in the wickieup. She continued this for a long +time, when she heard something moving inside the wickieup. Then a voice +spoke up, saying: “Whoever you are, pour some more water on and I will +be all right.” So the woman got more water and poured it on the rocks. +“That will do now, I want to dry off.” She plucked a pile of sage and in +handing it in to him, he recognized his elk wife’s hand. + +They went back home and shortly after the buffalo, hearing about him +coming back to life, decided to make war on him and kill him and his +wife, she being the one who brought him back to life. The woman, hearing +of this, had posts set in the ground and a strong platform placed on +top. When the buffalo came, her husband, her son and herself, were +seated upon the bough platform, and the buffalo could not reach them. +She flouted her red blanket in their faces, which made the buffalo wild +with rage. The hunter’s friends came to his rescue, and so fast were +they killing the buffalo that they took flight and rushed away, never +more to bother Pretty Feather Forehead. + + + + + + +THE FOUR BROTHERS OR INYANHOKSILA (STONE BOY) + +Alone and apart from their tribe dwelt four orphan brothers. They had +erected a very comfortable hut, although the materials used were only +willows, hay, birch bark, and adobe mud. After the completion of their +hut, the oldest brother laid out the different kinds of work to be done +by the four of them. He and the second and third brothers were to do all +the hunting, and the youngest brother was to do the house work, cook the +meals, and keep plenty of wood on hand at all times. + +As his older brothers would leave for their hunting very early every +morning, and would not return till late at night, the little fellow +always found plenty of spare time to gather into little piles fine dry +wood for their winter use. + +Thus the four brothers lived happily for a long time. One day while out +gathering and piling up wood, the boy heard a rustling in the leaves +and looking around he saw a young woman standing in the cherry bushes, +smiling at him. + +“Who are you, and where did you come from?” asked the boy, in surprise. +“I am an orphan girl and have no relatives living. I came from the +village west of here. I learned from rabbit that there were four orphan +brothers living here all alone, and that the youngest was keeping house +for his older brothers, so I thought I would come over and see if I +couldn’t have them adopt me as their sister, so that I might keep house +for them, as I am very poor and have no relations, neither have I a +home.” + +She looked so pitiful and sad that the boy thought to himself, “I will +take her home with me, poor girl, no matter what my brothers think or +say.” Then he said to her: “Come on, tanke (sister). You may go home +with me; I am sure my older brothers will be glad to have you for our +sister.” + +When they arrived at the hut, the girl hustled about and cooked up a +fine hot supper, and when the brothers returned they were surprised to +see a girl sitting by the fire in their hut. After they had entered the +youngest brother got up and walked outside, and a short time after the +oldest brother followed him out. “Who is that girl, and where did she +come from?” he asked his brother. Whereupon the brother told him the +whole story. Upon hearing this the oldest brother felt very sorry for +the poor orphan girl and going back into the hut he spoke to the +girl, saying: “Sister, you are an orphan, the same as we; you have no +relatives, no home. We will be your brothers, and our poor hut shall be +your home. Henceforth call us brothers, and you will be our sister.” + +“Oh, how happy I am now that you take me as your sister. I will be to +you all as though we were of the same father and mother,” said the girl. +And true to her word, she looked after everything of her brothers and +kept the house in such fine shape that the brothers blessed the day that +she came to their poor little hut. She always had an extra buckskin +suit and two pairs of moccasins hanging at the head of each one’s bed. +Buffalo, deer, antelope, bear, wolf, wildcat, mountain lion and beaver +skins she tanned by the dozen, and piled nicely in one corner of the +hut. + +When the Indians have walked a great distance and are very tired, they +have great faith in painting their feet, claiming that paint eases the +pain and rests their feet. + +After their return from a long day’s journey, when they would be lying +down resting, the sister would get her paint and mix it with the deer +tallow and rub the paint on her brother’s feet, painting them up to +their ankles. The gentle touch of her hands, and the soothing qualities +of the tallow and paint soon put them into a deep, dreamless steep. + +Many such kind actions on her part won the hearts of the brothers, and +never was a full blood sister loved more than was this poor orphan girl, +who had been taken as their adopted sister. In the morning when they +arose, the sister always combed their long black silken scalp locks and +painted the circle around the scalp lock a bright vermillion. + +When the hunters would return with a goodly supply of beef, the sister +would hurry and relieve them of their packs, hanging each one high +enough from the ground so the prowling dogs and coyotes could not reach +them. The hunters each had a post on which to hang his bow and flint +head arrows. (Good hunters never laid their arrows on the ground, as it +was considered unlucky to the hunter who let his arrows touch the earth +after they had been out of the quiver). They were all perfectly happy, +until one day the older brother surprised them all by saying: “We have a +plentiful supply of meat on hand at present to last us for a week or so. +I am going for a visit to the village west of us, so you boys all stay +at home and help sister. Also gather as much wood as you can and I will +be back again in four days. On my return we will resume our hunting and +commence getting our year’s supply of meat.” + +He left the next morning, and the last they saw of him was while he +stood at the top of the long range of hills west of their home. Four +days had come and gone and no sign of the oldest brother. + +“I am afraid that our brother has met with some accident,” said the +sister. “I am afraid so, too,” said the next oldest. “I must go and +search for him; he may be in some trouble where a little help would +get him out.” The second brother followed the direction his brother had +taken, and when he came to the top of the long range of hills he sat +down and gazed long and steadily down into the long valley with a +beautiful creek winding through it. Across the valley was a long plain +stretching for miles beyond and finally ending at the foot of another +range of hills, the counterpart of the one upon which he sat. + +After noting the different landmarks carefully, he arose and slowly +started down the slope and soon came to the creek he had seen from the +top of the range. Great was his surprise on arriving at the creek to +find what a difference there was in the appearance of it from the range +and where he stood. From the range it appeared to be a quiet, harmless, +laughing stream. Now he saw it to be a muddy, boiling, bubbling torrent, +with high perpendicular banks. For a long time he stood, thinking which +way to go, up or down stream. He had just decided to go down stream, +when, on chancing to look up, he noticed a thin column of smoke slowly +ascending from a little knoll. He approached the place cautiously and +noticed a door placed into the creek bank on the opposite side of the +stream. As he stood looking at the door, wondering who could be living +in a place like that, it suddenly opened and a very old appearing woman +came out and stood looking around her. Soon she spied the young man, and +said to him: “My grandchild, where did you come from and whither are you +bound?” The young man answered: “I came from east of this ridge and am +in search of my oldest brother, who came over in this direction five +days ago and who has not yet returned.” + +“Your brother stopped here and ate his dinner with me, and then left, +traveling towards the west,” said the old witch, for such she was. “Now, +grandson, come across on that little log bridge up the stream there +and have your dinner with me. I have it all cooked now and just stepped +outside to see if there might not be some hungry traveler about, whom I +could invite in to eat dinner with me.” The young man went up the stream +a little distance and found a couple of small logs which had been placed +across the stream to serve as a bridge. He crossed over and went down to +the old woman’s dugout hut. “Come in grandson, and eat. I know you must +be hungry.” + +The young man sat down and ate a real hearty meal. On finishing he arose +and said: “Grandmother, I thank you for your meal and kindness to me. I +would stay and visit with you awhile, as I know it must be very lonely +here for you, but I am very anxious to find my brother, so I must be +going. On my return I will stop with my brother and we will pay you a +little visit.” + +“Very well, grandson, but before you go, I wish you would do me a little +favor. Your brother did it for me before he left, and cured me, but it +has come back on me again. I am subject to very severe pains along the +left side of my backbone, all the way from my shoulder blade down to +where my ribs attach to my backbone, and the only way I get any relief +from the pain is to have some one kick me along the side.” (She was a +witch, and concealed in her robe a long sharp steel spike. It was placed +so that the last kick they would give her, their foot would hit the +spike and they would instantly drop off into a swoon, as if dead.) + +“If I won’t hurt you too much, grandmother, I certainly will be glad to +do it for you,” said the young man, little thinking he would be the one +to get hurt. + +“No, grandson, don’t be afraid of hurting me; the harder you kick the +longer the pain stays away.” She laid down on the floor and rolled over +on to her right side, so he could get a good chance to kick the left +side where she said the pain was located. + +As he moved back to give the first kick, he glanced along the floor +and he noticed a long object wrapped in a blanket, lying against the +opposite wall. He thought it looked strange and was going to stop and +investigate, but just then the witch cried out as if in pain. “Hurry up, +grandson, I am going to die if you don’t hurry and start in kicking.” “I +can investigate after I get through with her,” thought he, so he started +in kicking and every kick he would give her she would cry: “Harder, kick +harder.” He had to kick seven times before he would get to the end of +the pain, so he let out as hard as he could drive, and when he came to +the last kick he hit the spike, and driving it through his foot, fell +down in a dead swoon, and was rolled up in a blanket by the witch and +placed beside his brother at the opposite side of the room. + +When the second brother failed to return, the third went in search of +the two missing ones. He fared no better than the second one, as he +met the old witch who served him in a similar manner as she had his two +brothers. + +“Ha! Ha!” she laughed, when she caught the third, “I have only one more +of them to catch, and when I get them I will keep them all here a +year, and then I will turn them into horses and sell them back to their +sister. I hate her, for I was going to try and keep house for them and +marry the oldest one, but she got ahead of me and became their sister, +so now I will get my revenge on her. Next year she will be riding and +driving her brothers and she won’t know it.” + +When the third brother failed to return, the sister cried and begged the +last one not to venture out in search of them. But go he must, and go he +did, only to do as his three brothers had done. + +Now the poor sister was nearly distracted. Day and night she wandered +over hills and through woods in hopes she might find or hear of some +trace of them. Her wanderings were in vain. The hawks had not seen them +after they had crossed the little stream. The wolves and coyotes told +her that they had seen nothing of her brothers out on the broad plains, +and she had given them up for dead. + +One day, as she was sitting by the little stream that flowed past their +hut, throwing pebbles into the water and wondering what she should do, +she picked up a pure white pebble, smooth and round, and after looking +at it for a long time, threw it into the water. No sooner had it hit the +water than she saw it grow larger. She took it out and looked at it and +threw it in again. This time it had assumed the form of a baby. She took +it out and threw it in the third time and the form took life and began +to cry: “Ina, ina” (mother, mother). She took the baby home and fed it +soup, and it being an unnatural baby, quickly grew up to a good sized +boy. At the end of three months he was a good big, stout youth. One day +he said: “Mother, why are you living here alone? To whom do all these +fine clothes and moccasins belong?” She then told him the story of +her lost brothers. “Oh, I know now where they are. You make me lots of +arrows. I am going to find my uncles.” She tried to dissuade him from +going, but he was determined and said: “My father sent me to you so that +I could find my uncles for you, and nothing can harm me, because I am +stone and my name is ‘Stone Boy’.” + +The mother, seeing that he was determined to go, made a whole quiver +full of arrows for him, and off he started. When he came to the old +witch’s hut, she was nowhere to be seen, so he pushed the door in and +entered. The witch was busily engaged cooking dinner. + +“Why, my dear grandchild, you are just in time for dinner. Sit down and +we will eat before you continue your journey.” Stone boy sat down and +ate dinner with the old witch. She watched him very closely, but when +she would be drinking her soup he would glance hastily around the room. +Finally he saw the four bundles on the opposite side of the room, and +he guessed at once that there lay his four uncles. When he had finished +eating he took out his little pipe and filled it with “kini-kinic,” and +commenced to smoke, wondering how the old woman had managed to fool +his smart uncles. He couldn’t study it out, so when he had finished his +smoke he arose to pretend to go. When the old woman saw him preparing +to leave, she said: “Grandson, will you kick me on the left side of my +backbone. I am nearly dead with pain and if you kick me good and hard +it will cure me.” “All right, grandma,” said the boy. The old witch lay +down on the floor and the boy started in to kick. At the first kick he +barely touched her. “Kick as hard as you can, grandson; don’t be afraid +you will hurt me, because you can’t.” With that Stone Boy let drive and +broke two ribs. She commenced to yell and beg him to stop, but he kept +on kicking until he had kicked both sides of her ribs loose from the +backbone. Then he jumped on her backbone and broke it and killed the old +witch. + +He built a big fire outside and dragged her body to it, and threw her +into the fire. Thus ended the old woman who was going to turn his uncles +into horses. + +Next he cut willows and stuck them into the ground in a circle. The +tops he pulled together, making a wickieup. He then took the old woman’s +robes and blankets and covered the wickieup so that no air could get +inside. He then gathered sage brush and covered the floor with a good +thick bed of sage; got nice round stones and got them red hot in the +fire, and placed them in the wickieup and proceeded to carry his +uncles out of the hut and lay them down on the soft bed of sage. Having +completed carrying and depositing them around the pile of rocks, he got +a bucket of water and poured it on the hot rocks, which caused a great +vapor in the little wickieup. He waited a little while and then listened +and heard some breathing inside, so he got another bucket and poured +that on also. After awhile he could hear noises inside as though some +one were moving about. He went again and got the third bucket and after +he had poured that on the rocks, one of the men inside said: “Whoever +you are, good friend, don’t bring us to life only to scald us to death +again.” Stone boy then said: “Are all of you alive?” “Yes,” said the +voice. “Well, come out,” said the boy. And with that he threw off the +robes and blankets, and a great cloud of vapor arose and settled around +the top of the highest peak on the long range, and from that did Smoky +Range derive its name. + +The uncles, when they heard who the boy was, were very happy, and they +all returned together to the anxiously waiting sister. As soon as they +got home, the brothers worked hard to gather enough wood to last them +all winter. Game they could get at all times of the year, but the +heavy fall of snow covered most of the dry wood and also made it very +difficult to drag wood through the deep snow. So they took advantage of +the nice fall weather and by the time the snow commenced falling they +had enough wood gathered to last them throughout the winter. After the +snow fell a party of boys swiftly coasted down the big hill west of the +brothers’ hut. The Stone boy used to stand and watch them for hours at +a time. His youngest uncle said: “Why don’t you go up and coast with +them?” The boy said: “They may be afraid of me, but I guess I will try +once, anyway.” So the next morning when the crowd came coasting, Stone +boy started for the hill. When he had nearly reached the bottom of the +coasting hill all of the boys ran off excepting two little fellows who +had a large coaster painted in different colors and had little bells +tied around the edges, so when the coaster was in motion the bells made +a cheerful tinkling sound. As Stone boy started up the hill the two +little fellows started down and went past him as though shot from a +hickory bow. + +When they got to the end of their slide, they got off and started back +up the hill. It being pretty steep, Stone boy waited for them, so as +to lend a hand to pull the big coaster up the hill. As the two little +fellows came up with him he knew at once that they were twins, as they +looked so much alike that the only way one could be distinguished from +the other was by the scarfs they wore. One wore red, the other black. He +at once offered to help them drag their coaster to the top of the hill. +When they got to the top the twins offered their coaster to him to try +a ride. At first he refused, but they insisted on his taking it, as they +said they would sooner rest until he came back. So he got on the coaster +and flew down the hill, only he was such an expert he made a zigzag +course going down and also jumped the coaster off a bank about four +feet high, which none of the other coasters dared to tackle. Being +very heavy, however, he nearly smashed the coaster. Upon seeing this +wonderful jump, and the zigzag course he had taken going down, the twins +went wild with excitement and decided that they would have him take them +down when he got back. So upon his arrival at the starting point, they +both asked him at once to give them the pleasure of the same kind of a +ride he had taken. He refused, saying: “We will break your coaster. I +alone nearly smashed it, and if we all get on and make the same kind of +a jump, I am afraid you will have to go home without your coaster.” + +“Well, take us down anyway, and if we break it our father will make us +another one.” So he finally consented. When they were all seated ready +to start, he told them that when the coaster made the jump they must +look straight ahead. “By no means look down, because if you do we will +go over the cut bank and land in a heap at the bottom of the gulch.” + +They said they would obey what he said, so off they started swifter +than ever, on account of the extra weight, and so swiftly did the sleigh +glide over the packed, frozen snow, that it nearly took the twins’ +breath away. Like an arrow they approached the jump. The twins began to +get a little nervous. “Sit steady and look straight ahead,” yelled Stone +boy. The twin next to Stone boy, who was steering behind, sat upright +and looked far ahead, but the one in front crouched down and looked +into the coulee. Of course, Stone boy, being behind, fell on top of the +twins, and being so heavy, killed both of them instantly, crushing them +to a jelly. + +The rest of the boys, seeing what had happened, hastened to the edge +of the bank, and looking down, saw the twins laying dead, and Stone boy +himself knocked senseless, lying quite a little distance from the twins. +The boys, thinking that all three were killed, and that Stone boy had +purposely steered the sleigh over the bank in such a way that it would +tip and kill the twins, returned to the village with this report. Now, +these twins were the sons of the head chief of the Buffalo Nation. So at +once the chief and his scouts went over to the hill to see if the boys +had told the truth. + +When they arrived at the bank they saw the twins lying dead, but where +was Stone boy? They looked high and low through the gulch, but not a +sign of him could they find. Tenderly they picked up the dead twins and +carried them home, then held a big council and put away the bodies of +the dead in Buffalo custom. + +A few days after this the uncles were returning from a long journey. +When they drew near their home they noticed large droves of buffalo +gathered on their side of the range. Hardly any buffalo ever ranged on +this east side of the range before, and the brothers thought it strange +that so many should so suddenly appear there now. + +When they arrived at home their sister told them what had happened to +the chief’s twins, as her son had told her the whole story upon his +arrival at home after the accident. + +“Well, probably all the buffalo we saw were here for the council and +funeral,” said the older brother. “But where is my nephew?” (Stone boy) +he asked his sister. “He said he had noticed a great many buffalo around +lately and he was going to learn, if possible, what their object was,” + said the sister. “Well, we will wait until his return.” + +When Stone boy left on his trip that morning, before the return of his +uncles, he was determined to ascertain what might be the meaning of +so many buffalo so near the home of himself and uncles. He approached +several bunches of young buffalo, but upon seeing him approaching they +would scamper over the hills. Thus he wandered from bunch to bunch, +scattering them all. Finally he grew tired of their cowardice and +started for home. When he had come to within a half mile or so of home +he saw an old shaggy buffalo standing by a large boulder, rubbing on it +first one horn and then the other. On coming up close to him, the boy +saw that the bull was so old he could hardly see, and his horns so +blunt that he could have rubbed them for a year on that boulder and not +sharpened them so as to hurt anyone. + +“What are you doing here, grandfather?” asked the boy. + +“I am sharpening my horns for the war,” said the bull. + +“What war?” asked the boy. + +“Haven’t you heard,” said the old bull, who was so near sighted he did +not recognize Stone boy. “The chief’s twins were killed by Stone boy, +who ran them over a cut bank purposely, and the chief has ordered all +of his buffalo to gather here, and when they arrive we are going to kill +Stone boy and his mother and his uncles.” + +“Is that so? When is the war to commence?” + +“In five days from now we will march upon the uncles and trample and +gore them all to death.” + +“Well, grandfather, I thank you for your information, and in return +will do you a favor that will save you so much hard work on your blunt +horns.” So saying he drew a long arrow from his quiver and strung his +bow, attached the arrow to the string and drew the arrow half way back. +The old bull, not seeing what was going on, and half expecting some kind +of assistance in his horn sharpening process, stood perfectly still. +Thus spoke Stone boy: + +“Grandfather, you are too old to join in a war now, and besides if you +got mixed up in that big war party you might step in a hole or stumble +and fall and be trampled to death. That would be a horrible death, so I +will save you all that suffering by just giving you this.” At this word +he pulled the arrow back to the flint head and let it fly. True to his +aim, the arrow went in behind the old bull’s foreleg, and with such +force was it sent that it went clear through the bull and stuck into a +tree two hundred feet away. + +Walking over to the tree, he pulled out his arrow. Coolly straightening +his arrow between his teeth and sighting it for accuracy, he shoved it +back into the quiver with its brothers, exclaiming: “I guess, grandpa, +you won’t need to sharpen your horns for Stone boy and his uncles.” + +Upon his arrival home he told his uncles to get to work building three +stockades with ditches between and make the ditches wide and deep +so they will hold plenty of buffalo. “The fourth fence I will build +myself,” he said. + +The brothers got to work early and worked until very late at night. They +built three corrals and dug three ditches around the hut, and it took +them three days to complete the work. Stone boy hadn’t done a thing +towards building his fence yet, and there were only two days more left +before the charge of the buffalo would commence. Still the boy didn’t +seem to bother himself about the fence. Instead he had his mother +continually cutting arrow sticks, and as fast as she could bring them he +would shape them, feather and head them. So by the time his uncles had +their fences and corrals finished he had a thousand arrows finished +for each of his uncles. The last two days they had to wait, the uncles +joined him and they finished several thousand more arrows. The evening +before the fifth day he told his uncles to put up four posts, so they +could use them as seats from which to shoot. + +While they were doing this, Stone boy went out to scout and see how +things looked. At daylight he came hurriedly in saying, “You had better +get to the first corral; they are coming.” “You haven’t built your +fence, nephew.” Whereupon Stone boy said: “I will build it in time; +don’t worry, uncle.” The dust on the hillsides rose as great clouds of +smoke from a forest fire. Soon the leaders of the charge came in sight, +and upon seeing the timber stockade they gave forth a great snort +or roar that fairly shook the earth. Thousands upon thousands of mad +buffalo charged upon the little fort. The leaders hit the first stockade +and it soon gave way. The maddened buffalo pushed forward by the +thousands behind them; plunged forward, only to fall into the first +ditch and be trampled to death by those behind them. The brothers were +not slow in using their arrows, and many a noble beast went down before +their deadly aim with a little flint pointed arrow buried deep in his +heart. + +The second stockade stood their charge a little longer than did the +first, but finally this gave way, and the leaders pushed on through, +only to fall into the second ditch and meet a similar fate to those +in the first. The brothers commenced to look anxiously towards their +nephew, as there was only one more stockade left, and the second ditch +was nearly bridged over with dead buffalo, with the now thrice maddened +buffalo attacking the last stockade more furiously than before, as they +could see the little hut through the openings in the corral. + +“Come in, uncles,” shouted Stone boy. They obeyed him, and stepping to +the center he said: “Watch me build my fence.” Suiting the words, he +took from his belt an arrow with a white stone fastened to the point and +fastening it to his bow, he shot it high in the air. Straight up into +the air it went, for two or three thousand feet, then seemed to stop +suddenly and turned with point down and descended as swiftly as it had +ascended. Upon striking the ground a high stone wall arose, enclosing +the hut and all who were inside. Just then the buffalo broke the last +stockade only to fill the last ditch up again. In vain did the leaders +butt the stone wall. They hurt themselves, broke their horns and mashed +their snouts, but could not even scar the wall. + +The uncles and Stone boy in the meantime rained arrows of death into +their ranks. + +When the buffalo chief saw what they had to contend with, he ordered the +fight off. The crier or herald sang out: “Come away, come away, Stone +boy and his uncles will kill all of us.” + +So the buffalo withdrew, leaving over two thousand of their dead and +wounded on the field, only to be skinned and put away for the feasts +of Stone boy and his uncles, who lived to be great chiefs of their own +tribe, and whose many relations soon joined them on the banks of Stone +Boy Creek. + + + + + + +THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER), TWO WIDOWS, AND THE RED PLUMS + +There once lived, in a remote part of a great forest, two widowed +sisters, with their little babies. One day there came to their tent +a visitor who was called Unktomi (spider). He had found some nice red +plums during his wanderings in the forest, and he said to himself, “I +will keep these plums and fool the two widows with them.” After the +widows had bidden him be seated, he presented them with the plums. + +On seeing them they exclaimed “hi nu, hi nu (an exclamation of +surprise), where did you get those fine plums?” Unktomi arose and +pointing to a crimson tipped cloud, said: “You see that red cloud? +Directly underneath it is a patch of plums. So large is the patch and so +red and beautiful are the plums that it is the reflection of them on the +cloud that you see.” + +“Oh, how we wish some one would take care of our babies, while we go +over there and pick some,” said the sisters. “Why, I am not in any +particular hurry, so if you want to go I will take care of my little +nephews until you return.” (Unktomi always claimed relationship with +everyone he met). “Well brother,” said the older widow, “take good care +of them and we will be back as soon as possible.” + +The two then took a sack in which to gather the plums, and started off +towards the cloud with the crimson lining. Scarcely had they gone from +Unktomi’s sight when he took the babies out of their swinging hammocks +and cut off first one head and then the other. He then took some old +blankets and rolled them in the shape of a baby body and laid one in +each hammock. Then he took the heads and put them in place in their +different hammocks. The bodies he cut up and threw into a large kettle. +This he placed over a rousing fire. Then he mixed Indian turnips and +arikara squash with the baby meat and soon had a kettle of soup. Just +about the time the soup was ready to serve the widows returned. They +were tired and hungry and not a plum had they. Unktomi, hearing the +approach of the two, hurriedly dished out the baby soup in two wooden +dishes and then seated himself near the door so that he could get out +easily. Upon the entrance of the widows, Unktomi exclaimed: “Sisters, I +had brought some meat with me and I cooked some turnips and squash with +it and made a pot of fine soup. The babies have just fallen asleep, so +don’t waken them until you have finished eating, for I know that you +are nearly starved.” The two fell to at once and after they had somewhat +appeased their appetites, one of them arose and went over to see how +her baby was resting. Noting an unnatural color on her baby’s face, +she raised him up only to have his head roll off from the bundle of +blankets. “‘My son! my son!” she cried out. At once the other hastened +to her baby and grabbed it up, only to have the same thing happen. At +once they surmised who had done this, and caught up sticks from the fire +with which to beat Unktomi to death. He, expecting something like this +to happen, lost very little time in getting outside and down into a hole +at the roots of a large tree. The two widows not being able to follow +Unktomi down into the hole, had to give up trying to get him out, and +passed the rest of the day and night crying for their beloved babies. +In the meantime Unktomi had gotten out by another opening, and fixing +himself up in an entirely different style, and painting his face in a +manner that they would not recognize him, he cautiously approached the +weeping women and inquired the cause of their tears. + +Thus they answered him: “Unktomi came here and fooled us about some +plums, and while we were absent killed our babies and made soup out of +their bodies. Then he gave us the soup to eat, which we did, and when +we found out what he had done we tried to kill him, but he crawled down +into that hole and we could not get him out.” + +“I will get him out,” said the mock stranger, and with that he crawled +down into the hole and scratched his own face all over to make the +widows believe he had been fighting with Unktomi. “I have killed him, +and that you may see him I have enlarged the hole so you can crawl in +and see for yourselves, also to take some revenge on his dead body.” + The two foolish widows, believing him, crawled into the hole, only to +be blocked up by Unktomi, who at once gathered great piles of wood and +stuffing it into the hole, set it on fire, and thus ended the last of +the family who were foolish enough to let Unktomi tempt them with a few +red plums. + + + Note: I have made the following changes to the text: + PAGE PARA. LINE ORIGINALLY CHANGED TO + 12 3 3 one? one?” + 23 2 1 men man + 26 11 4 me, me,” + 42 7 5 earth. earth.” + 117 1 12 scorceress. sorceress. + 130 2 8 horse tide horse tied + 130 2 14 parflesh parfleche + 131 1 10 parflesh parfleche + 154 12 party than an party that an + 177 1 13 wickie-up wickieup + 177 1 15 wickee-up wickieup + 178 2 wickee-up wickieup + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by +Marie L. McLaughlin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + +***** This file should be named 341-0.txt or 341-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/341/ + +Produced by Judith Boss + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/341-0.zip b/341-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6627d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/341-0.zip diff --git a/341-h.zip b/341-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7383695 --- /dev/null +++ b/341-h.zip diff --git a/341-h/341-h.htm b/341-h/341-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..540909a --- /dev/null +++ b/341-h/341-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5853 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by Mrs. Marie L. Mclaughlin + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +Project Gutenberg's Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by Marie L. McLaughlin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Myths and Legends of the Sioux + +Author: Marie L. McLaughlin + +Release Date: July 11, 2008 [EBook #341] +Last Updated: November 11, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + + + + +Produced by Judith Boss, and David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <h1> + MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX + </h1> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Mrs. Marie L. Mclaughlin + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h5> + In loving memory of my mother,<br /> MARY GRAHAM BUISSON,<br /> at whose + knee most of the stories<br /> contained in this little volume<br /> were + told to me, this book is<br /> affectionately dedicated<br /> + </h5> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_FORE"> FOREWORD </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> THE FORGOTTEN EAR OF CORN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> THE LITTLE MICE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> THE PET RABBIT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> THE PET DONKEY </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> THE RABBIT AND THE ELK </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> THE RABBIT AND THE GROUSE GIRLS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> THE FAITHFUL LOVERS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> THE ARTICHOKE AND THE MUSKRAT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> THE RABBIT AND THE BEAR WITH THE FLINT BODY + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> STORY OF THE LOST WIFE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> THE RACCOON AND THE CRAWFISH </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> LEGEND OF STANDING ROCK </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> STORY OF THE PEACE PIPE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> A BASHFUL COURTSHIP </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> THE SIMPLETON’S WISDOM </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> A LITTLE BRAVE AND THE MEDICINE WOMAN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> THE BOUND CHILDREN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0019"> THE SIGNS OF CORN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0020"> STORY OF THE RABBITS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0021"> HOW THE RABBIT LOST HIS TAIL </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0022"> UNKTOMI AND THE ARROWHEADS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0023"> THE BEAR AND THE RABBIT HUNT BUFFALO </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0024"> THE BRAVE WHO WENT ON THE WARPATH ALONE AND + WON THE NAME OF THE LONE WARRIOR </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0025"> THE SIOUX WHO MARRIED THE CROW CHIEF’S + DAUGHTER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0026"> THE BOY AND THE TURTLES </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0027"> THE HERMIT, OR THE GIFT OF CORN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0028"> THE MYSTERIOUS BUTTE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0029"> THE WONDERFUL TURTLE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0030"> THE MAN AND THE OAK </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0031"> STORY OF THE TWO YOUNG FRIENDS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0032"> THE STORY OF THE PET CROW </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0033"> THE “WASNA” (PEMMICAN) MAN AND THE UNKTOMI + (SPIDER) </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0034"> THE RESUSCITATION OF THE ONLY DAUGHTER </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0035"> THE STORY OF THE PET CRANE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0036"> WHITE PLUME </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0037"> STORY OF PRETTY FEATHERED FOREHEAD </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0038"> THE FOUR BROTHERS OR INYANHOKSILA (STONE BOY) + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0039"> THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER), TWO WIDOWS, AND THE RED + PLUMS </a> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> <a name="link2H_FORE" id="link2H_FORE"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <h2> + FOREWORD + </h2> + <p> + In publishing these “Myths of the Sioux,” I deem it proper to state that I + am of one-fourth Sioux blood. My maternal grandfather, Captain Duncan + Graham, a Scotchman by birth, who had seen service in the British Army, + was one of a party of Scotch Highlanders who in 1811 arrived in the + British Northwest by way of York Factory, Hudson Bay, to found what was + known as the Selkirk Colony, near Lake Winnipeg, now within the province + of Manitoba, Canada. Soon after his arrival at Lake Winnipeg he proceeded + up the Red River of the North and the western fork thereof to its source, + and thence down the Minnesota River to Mendota, the confluence of the + Minnesota and Mississippi Rivers, where he located. My grandmother, + Ha-za-ho-ta-win, was a full-blood of the Medawakanton Band of the Sioux + Tribe of Indians. My father, Joseph Buisson, born near Montreal, Canada, + was connected with the American Fur Company, with headquarters at Mendota, + Minnesota, which point was for many years the chief distributing depot of + the American Fur Company, from which the Indian trade conducted by that + company on the upper Mississippi was directed. + </p> + <p> + I was born December 8, 1842, at Wabasha, Minnesota, then Indian country, + and resided thereat until fourteen years of age, when I was sent to school + at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. + </p> + <p> + I was married to Major James McLaughlin at Mendota, Minnesota, January 28, + 1864, and resided in Minnesota until July 1, 1871, when I accompanied my + husband to Devils Lake Agency, North Dakota, then Dakota Territory, where + I remained ten years in most friendly relations with the Indians of that + agency. My husband was Indian agent at Devils Lake Agency, and in 1881 was + transferred to Standing Rock, on the Missouri River, then a very important + agency, to take charge of the Sioux who had then but recently surrendered + to the military authorities, and been brought by steamboat from various + points on the upper Missouri, to be permanently located on the Standing + Rock reservation. + </p> + <p> + Having been born and reared in an Indian community, I at an early age + acquired a thorough knowledge of the Sioux language, and having lived on + Indian reservations for the past forty years in a position which brought + me very near to the Indians, whose confidence I possessed, I have, + therefore, had exceptional opportunities of learning the legends and + folk-lore of the Sioux. + </p> + <p> + The stories contained in this little volume were told me by the older men + and women of the Sioux, of which I made careful notes as related, knowing + that, if not recorded, these fairy tales would be lost to posterity by the + passing of the primitive Indian. + </p> + <p> + The notes of a song or a strain of music coming to us through the night + not only give us pleasure by the melody they bring, but also give us + knowledge of the character of the singer or of the instrument from which + they proceed. There is something in the music which unerringly tells us of + its source. I believe musicians call it the “timbre” of the sound. It is + independent of, and different from, both pitch and rhythm; it is the + texture of the music itself. + </p> + <p> + The “timbre” of a people’s stories tells of the qualities of that people’s + heart. It is the texture of the thought, independent of its form or + fashioning, which tells the quality of the mind from which it springs. + </p> + <p> + In the “timbre” of these stories of the Sioux, told in the lodges and at + the camp fires of the past, and by the firesides of the Dakotas of today, + we recognize the very texture of the thought of a simple, grave, and + sincere people, living in intimate contact and friendship with the big + out-of-doors that we call Nature; a race not yet understanding all things, + not proud and boastful, but honest and childlike and fair; a simple, + sincere, and gravely thoughtful people, willing to believe that there may + be in even the everyday things of life something not yet fully understood; + a race that can, without any loss of native dignity, gravely consider the + simplest things, seeking to fathom their meaning and to learn their lesson—equally + without vain-glorious boasting and trifling cynicism; an earnest, + thoughtful, dignified, but simple and primitive people. + </p> + <p> + To the children of any race these stories can not fail to give pleasure by + their vivid imaging of the simple things and creatures of the great + out-of-doors and the epics of their doings. They will also give an + intimate insight into the mentality of an interesting race at a most + interesting stage of development, which is now fast receding into the + mists of the past. + </p> + <p> + MARIE L. McLAUGHLIN (Mrs. James McLaughlin). + </p> + <p> + McLaughlin, S. D., May 1, 1913. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE FORGOTTEN EAR OF CORN + </h2> + <p> + An Arikara woman was once gathering corn from the field to store away for + winter use. She passed from stalk to stalk, tearing off the ears and + dropping them into her folded robe. When all was gathered she started to + go, when she heard a faint voice, like a child’s, weeping and calling: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, do not leave me! Do not go away without me.” + </p> + <p> + The woman was astonished. “What child can that be?” she asked herself. + “What babe can be lost in the cornfield?” + </p> + <p> + She set down her robe in which she had tied up her corn, and went back to + search; but she found nothing. + </p> + <p> + As she started away she heard the voice again: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, do not leave me. Do not go away without me.” + </p> + <p> + She searched for a long time. At last in one corner of the field, hidden + under the leaves of the stalks, she found one little ear of corn. This it + was that had been crying, and this is why all Indian women have since + garnered their corn crop very carefully, so that the succulent food + product should not even to the last small nubbin be neglected or wasted, + and thus displease the Great Mystery. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE LITTLE MICE + </h2> + <p> + Once upon a time a prairie mouse busied herself all fall storing away a + cache of beans. Every morning she was out early with her empty cast-off + snake skin, which she filled with ground beans and dragged home with her + teeth. + </p> + <p> + The little mouse had a cousin who was fond of dancing and talk, but who + did not like to work. She was not careful to get her cache of beans and + the season was already well gone before she thought to bestir herself. + When she came to realize her need, she found she had no packing bag. So + she went to her hardworking cousin and said: + </p> + <p> + “Cousin, I have no beans stored for winter and the season is nearly gone. + But I have no snake skin to gather the beans in. Will you lend me one?” + </p> + <p> + “But why have you no packing bag? Where were you in the moon when the + snakes cast off their skins?” + </p> + <p> + “I was here.” + </p> + <p> + “What were you doing?” + </p> + <p> + “I was busy talking and dancing.” + </p> + <p> + “And now you are punished,” said the other. “It is always so with lazy, + careless people. But I will let you have the snake skin. And now go, and + by hard work and industry, try to recover your wasted time.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE PET RABBIT + </h2> + <p> + A little girl owned a pet rabbit which she loved dearly. She carried it on + her back like a babe, made for it a little pair of moccasins, and at night + shared with it her own robe. + </p> + <p> + Now the little girl had a cousin who loved her very dearly and wished to + do her honor; so her cousin said to herself: + </p> + <p> + “I love my little cousin well and will ask her to let me carry her pet + rabbit around;” (for thus do Indian women when they wish to honor a + friend; they ask permission to carry about the friend’s babe). + </p> + <p> + She then went to the little girl and said: + </p> + <p> + “Cousin, let me carry your pet rabbit about on my back. Thus shall I show + you how I love you.” + </p> + <p> + Her mother, too, said to her: “Oh no, do not let our little grandchild go + away from our tepee.” + </p> + <p> + But the cousin answered: “Oh, do let me carry it. I do so want to show my + cousin honor.” At last they let her go away with the pet rabbit on her + back. + </p> + <p> + When the little girl’s cousin came home to her tepee, some rough boys who + were playing about began to make sport of her. To tease the little girl + they threw stones and sticks at the pet rabbit. At last a stick struck the + little rabbit upon the head and killed it. + </p> + <p> + When her pet was brought home dead, the little rabbit’s adopted mother + wept bitterly. She cut off her hair for mourning and all her little girl + friends wailed with her. Her mother, too, mourned with them. + </p> + <p> + “Alas!” they cried, “alas, for the little rabbit. He was always kind and + gentle. Now your child is dead and you will be lonesome.” + </p> + <p> + The little girl’s mother called in her little friends and made a great + mourning feast for the little rabbit. As he lay in the tepee his adopted + mother’s little friends brought many precious things and covered his body. + At the feast were given away robes and kettles and blankets and knives and + great wealth in honor of the little rabbit. Him they wrapped in a robe + with his little moccasins on and buried him in a high place upon a + scaffold. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE PET DONKEY + </h2> + <p> + There was a chief’s daughter once who had a great many relations so that + everybody knew she belonged to a great family. + </p> + <p> + When she grew up she married and there were born to her twin sons. This + caused great rejoicing in her father’s camp, and all the village women + came to see the babes. She was very happy. + </p> + <p> + As the babes grew older, their grandmother made for them two saddle bags + and brought out a donkey. + </p> + <p> + “My two grandchildren,” said the old lady, “shall ride as is becoming to + children having so many relations. Here is this donkey. He is patient and + surefooted. He shall carry the babes in the saddle bags, one on either + side of his back.” + </p> + <p> + It happened one day that the chief’s daughter and her husband were making + ready to go on a camping journey. The father, who was quite proud of his + children, brought out his finest pony, and put the saddle bags on the + pony’s back. + </p> + <p> + “There,” he said, “my sons shall ride on the pony, not on a donkey; let + the donkey carry the pots and kettles.” + </p> + <p> + So his wife loaded the donkey with the household things. She tied the + tepee poles into two great bundles, one on either side of the donkey’s + back; across them she put the travois net and threw into it the pots and + kettles and laid the skin tent across the donkey’s back. + </p> + <p> + But no sooner done than the donkey began to rear and bray and kick. He + broke the tent poles and kicked the pots and kettles into bits and tore + the skin tent. The more he was beaten the more he kicked. + </p> + <p> + At last they told the grandmother. She laughed. “Did I not tell you the + donkey was for the children,” she cried. “He knows the babies are the + chief’s children. Think you he will be dishonored with pots and kettles?” + and she fetched the children and slung them over the donkey’s back, when + he became at once quiet again. + </p> + <p> + The camping party left the village and went on their journey. But the next + day as they passed by a place overgrown with bushes, a band of enemies + rushed out, lashing their ponies and sounding their war whoop. All was + excitement. The men bent their bows and seized their lances. After a long + battle the enemy fled. But when the camping party came together again—where + were the donkey and the two babes? No one knew. For a long time they + searched, but in vain. At last they turned to go back to the village, the + father mournful, the mother wailing. When they came to the grandmother’s + tepee, there stood the good donkey with the two babes in the saddle bags. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE RABBIT AND THE ELK + </h2> + <p> + The little rabbit lived with his old grandmother, who needed a new dress. + “I will go out and trap a deer or an elk for you,” he said. “Then you + shall have a new dress.” + </p> + <p> + When he went out hunting he laid down his bow in the path while he looked + at his snares. An elk coming by saw the bow. + </p> + <p> + “I will play a joke on the rabbit,” said the elk to himself. “I will make + him think I have been caught in his bow string.” He then put one foot on + the string and lay down as if dead. + </p> + <p> + By and by the rabbit returned. When he saw the elk he was filled with joy + and ran home crying: “Grandmother, I have trapped a fine elk. You shall + have a new dress from his skin. Throw the old one in the fire!” + </p> + <p> + This the old grandmother did. + </p> + <p> + The elk now sprang to his feet laughing. “Ho, friend rabbit,” he called, + “You thought to trap me; now I have mocked you.” And he ran away into the + thicket. + </p> + <p> + The rabbit who had come back to skin the elk now ran home again. + “Grandmother, don’t throw your dress in the fire,” he cried. But it was + too late. The old dress was burned. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE RABBIT AND THE GROUSE GIRLS + </h2> + <p> + The rabbit once went out on the prairie in winter time. On the side of a + hill away from the wind he found a great company of girls all with grey + and speckled blankets over their backs. They were the grouse girls and + they were coasting down hill on a board. When the rabbit saw them, he + called out: + </p> + <p> + “Oh, maidens, that is not a good way to coast down hill. Let me get you a + fine skin with bangles on it that tinkle as you slide.” And away he ran to + the tepee and brought a skin bag. It had red stripes on it and bangles + that tinkled. “Come and get inside,” he said to the grouse girls. “Oh, no, + we are afraid,” they answered. “Don’t be afraid, I can’t hurt you. Come, + one of you,” said the rabbit. Then as each hung back he added coaxingly: + “If each is afraid alone, come all together. I can’t hurt you <i>all</i>.” + And so he coaxed the whole flock into the bag. This done, the rabbit + closed the mouth of the bag, slung it over his back and came home. + “Grandmother,” said he, as he came to the tepee, “here is a bag full of + game. Watch it while I go for willow sticks to make spits.” + </p> + <p> + But as soon as the rabbit had gone out of the tent, the grouse girls began + to cry out: + </p> + <p> + “Grandmother, let us out.” + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” asked the old woman. + </p> + <p> + “Your dear grandchildren,” they answered. + </p> + <p> + “But how came you in the bag?” asked the old woman. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, our cousin was jesting with us. He coaxed us in the bag for a joke. + Please let us out.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, dear grandchildren, I will let you out,” said the old woman as + she untied the bag: and lo, the grouse flock with achuck-a-chuck-achuck + flew up, knocking over the old grandmother and flew out of the square + smoke opening of the winter lodge. The old woman caught only one grouse as + it flew up and held it, grasping a leg with each hand. + </p> + <p> + When the rabbit came home with the spits she called out to him: + </p> + <p> + “Grandson, come quick. They got out but I have caught two.” + </p> + <p> + When he saw what had happened he was quite angry, yet could not keep from + laughing. + </p> + <p> + “Grandmother, you have but one grouse,” he cried, “and it is a very skinny + one at that.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE FAITHFUL LOVERS + </h2> + <p> + There once lived a chief’s daughter who had many relations. All the young + men in the village wanted to have her for wife, and were all eager to fill + her skin bucket when she went to the brook for water. + </p> + <p> + There was a young man in the village who was industrious and a good + hunter; but he was poor and of a mean family. He loved the maiden and when + she went for water, he threw his robe over her head while he whispered in + her ear: + </p> + <p> + “Be my wife. I have little but I am young and strong. I will treat you + well, for I love you.” + </p> + <p> + For a long time the maiden did not answer, but one day she whispered back. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you may ask my father’s leave to marry me. But first you must do + something noble. I belong to a great family and have many relations. You + must go on a war party and bring back the scalp of an enemy.” + </p> + <p> + The young man answered modestly, “I will try to do as you bid me. I am + only a hunter, not a warrior. Whether I shall be brave or not I do not + know. But I will try to take a scalp for your sake.” + </p> + <p> + So he made a war party of seven, himself and six other young men. They + wandered through the enemy’s country, hoping to get a chance to strike a + blow. But none came, for they found no one of the enemy. + </p> + <p> + “Our medicine is unfavorable,” said their leader at last. “We shall have + to return home.” + </p> + <p> + Before they started they sat down to smoke and rest beside a beautiful + lake at the foot of a green knoll that rose from its shore. The knoll was + covered with green grass and somehow as they looked at it they had a + feeling that there was something about it that was mysterious or uncanny. + </p> + <p> + But there was a young man in the party named the jester, for he was + venturesome and full of fun. Gazing at the knoll he said: “Let’s run and + jump on its top.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said the young lover, “it looks mysterious. Sit still and finish + your smoke.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, come on, who’s afraid,” said the jester, laughing. “Come on you—come + on!” and springing to his feet he ran up the side of the knoll. + </p> + <p> + Four of the young men followed. Having reached the top of the knoll all + five began to jump and stamp about in sport, calling, “Come on, come on,” + to the others. Suddenly they stopped—the knoll had begun to move + toward the water. It was a gigantic turtle. The five men cried out in + alarm and tried to run—too late! Their feet by some power were held + fast to the monster’s back. + </p> + <p> + “Help us—drag us away,” they cried; but the others could do nothing. + In a few moments the waves had closed over them. + </p> + <p> + The other two men, the lover and his friend, went on, but with heavy + hearts, for they had forebodings of evil. After some days, they came to a + river. Worn with fatigue the lover threw himself down on the bank. + </p> + <p> + “I will sleep awhile,” he said, “for I am wearied and worn out.” + </p> + <p> + “And I will go down to the water and see if I can chance upon a dead fish. + At this time of the year the high water may have left one stranded on the + seashore,” said his friend. + </p> + <p> + And as he had said, he found a fish which he cleaned, and then called to + the lover. + </p> + <p> + “Come and eat the fish with me. I have cleaned it and made a fire and it + is now cooking.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you eat it; let me rest,” said the lover. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, come on.” + </p> + <p> + “No, let me rest.” + </p> + <p> + “But you are my friend. I will not eat unless you share it with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” said the lover, “I will eat the fish with you, but you must + first make me a promise. If I eat the fish, you must promise, pledge + yourself, to fetch me all the water that I can drink.” + </p> + <p> + “I promise,” said the other, and the two ate the fish out of their + war-kettle. For there had been but one kettle for the party. + </p> + <p> + When they had eaten, the kettle was rinsed out and the lover’s friend + brought it back full of water. This the lover drank at a draught. + </p> + <p> + “Bring me more,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Again his friend filled the kettle at the river and again the lover drank + it dry. + </p> + <p> + “More!” he cried. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I am tired. Cannot you go to the river and drink your fill from the + stream?” asked his friend. + </p> + <p> + “Remember your promise.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but I am weary. Go now and drink.” + </p> + <p> + “Ek-hey, I feared it would be so. Now trouble is coming upon us,” said the + lover sadly. He walked to the river, sprang in, and lying down in the + water with his head toward land, drank greedily. By and by he called to + his friend. + </p> + <p> + “Come hither, you who have been my sworn friend. See what comes of your + broken promise.” + </p> + <p> + The friend came and was amazed to see that the lover was now a fish from + his feet to his middle. + </p> + <p> + Sick at heart he ran off a little way and threw himself upon the ground in + grief. By and by he returned. The lover was now a fish to his neck. + </p> + <p> + “Cannot I cut off the part and restore you by a sweat bath?” the friend + asked. + </p> + <p> + “No, it is too late. But tell the chief’s daughter that I loved her to the + last and that I die for her sake. Take this belt and give it to her. She + gave it to me as a pledge of her love for me,” and he being then turned to + a great fish, swam to the middle of the river and there remained, only his + great fin remaining above the water. + </p> + <p> + The friend went home and told his story. There was great mourning over the + death of the five young men, and for the lost lover. In the river the + great fish remained, its fin just above the surface, and was called by the + Indians “Fish that Bars,” because it bar’d navigation. Canoes had to be + portaged at great labor around the obstruction. + </p> + <p> + The chief’s daughter mourned for her lover as for a husband, nor would she + be comforted. “He was lost for love of me, and I shall remain as his + widow,” she wailed. + </p> + <p> + In her mother’s tepee she sat, with her head covered with her robe, + silent, working, working. “What is my daughter doing,” her mother asked. + But the maiden did not reply. + </p> + <p> + The days lengthened into moons until a year had passed. And then the + maiden arose. In her hands were beautiful articles of clothing, enough for + three men. There were three pairs of moccasins, three pairs of leggings, + three belts, three shirts, three head dresses with beautiful feathers, and + sweet smelling tobacco. + </p> + <p> + “Make a new canoe of bark,” she said, which was made for her. + </p> + <p> + Into the canoe she stepped and floated slowly down the river toward the + great fish. + </p> + <p> + “Come back my daughter,” her mother cried in agony. “Come back. The great + fish will eat you.” + </p> + <p> + She answered nothing. Her canoe came to the place where the great fin + arose and stopped, its prow grating on the monster’s back. The maiden + stepped out boldly. One by one she laid her presents on the fish’s back, + scattering the feathers and tobacco over his broad spine. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, fish,” she cried, “Oh, fish, you who were my lover, I shall not + forget you. Because you were lost for love of me, I shall never marry. All + my life I shall remain a widow. Take these presents. And now leave the + river, and let the waters run free, so my people may once more descend in + their canoes.” + </p> + <p> + She stepped into her canoe and waited. Slowly the great fish sank, his + broad fin disappeared, and the waters of the St. Croix (Stillwater) were + free. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE ARTICHOKE AND THE MUSKRAT + </h2> + <p> + On the shore of a lake stood an artichoke with its green leaves waving in + the sun. Very proud of itself it was, and well satisfied with the world. + In the lake below lived a muskrat in his tepee, and in the evening as the + sun set he would come out upon the shore and wander over the bank. One + evening he came near the place where the artichoke stood. + </p> + <p> + “Ho, friend,” he said, “you seem rather proud of yourself. Who are you?” + “I am the artichoke,” answered the other, “and I have many handsome + cousins. But who are you?” + </p> + <p> + “I am the muskrat, and I, too, belong to a large family. I live in the + water. I don’t stand all day in one place like a stone.” + </p> + <p> + “If I stand in one place all day,” retorted the artichoke, “at least I + don’t swim around in stagnant water, and build my lodge in the mud.” + </p> + <p> + “You are jealous of my fine fur,” sneered the muskrat. “I may build my + lodge in the mud, but I always have a clean coat. But you are half buried + in the ground, and when men dig you up, you are never clean.” + </p> + <p> + “And your fine coat always smells of musk,” jeered the artichoke. + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” said the muskrat. “But men think well of me, nevertheless. + They trap me for the fine sinew in my tail; and handsome young women bite + off my tail with their white teeth and make it into thread.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s nothing,” laughed the artichoke. “Handsome young warriors, painted + and splendid with feathers, dig me up, brush me off with their shapely + hands and eat me without even taking the trouble to wash me off.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE RABBIT AND THE BEAR WITH THE FLINT BODY + </h2> + <p> + The Rabbit and his grandmother were in dire straits, because the rabbit + was out of arrows. The fall hunt would soon be on and his quiver was all + but empty. Arrow sticks he could cut in plenty, but he had nothing with + which to make arrowheads. + </p> + <p> + “You must make some flint arrowheads,” said his grandmother. “Then you + will be able to kill game.” + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I get the flint?” asked the rabbit. + </p> + <p> + “From the old bear chief,” said his old grandmother. For at that time all + the flint in the world was in the bear’s body. + </p> + <p> + So the rabbit set out for the village of the Bears. It was winter time and + the lodges of the bears were set under the shelter of a hill where the + cold wind would not blow on them and where they had shelter among the + trees and bushes. + </p> + <p> + He came at one end of the village to a hut where lived an old woman. He + pushed open the door and entered. Everybody who came for flint always + stopped there because it was the first lodge on the edge of the village. + Strangers were therefore not unusual in the old woman’s hut, and she + welcomed the rabbit. She gave him a seat and at night he lay with his feet + to the fire. + </p> + <p> + The next morning the rabbit went to the lodge of the bear chief. They sat + together awhile and smoked. At last the bear chief spoke. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want, my grandson?” + </p> + <p> + “I have come for some flint to make arrows,” answered the rabbit. + </p> + <p> + The bear chief grunted, and laid aside his pipe. Leaning back he pulled + off his robe and, sure enough, one half of his body was flesh and the + other half hard flint. + </p> + <p> + “Bring a stone hammer and give it to our guest,” he bade his wife. Then as + the rabbit took the hammer he said: “Do not strike too hard.” + </p> + <p> + “Grandfather, I shall be careful,” said the rabbit. With a stroke he + struck off a little flake of flint from the bear’s body. + </p> + <p> + “Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Harder, grandson; strike off bigger pieces,” said the bear. + </p> + <p> + The rabbit struck a little harder. + </p> + <p> + “Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + The bear grew impatient. “No, no, strike off bigger pieces. I can’t be + here all day. Tanka kaksa wo! Break off a big piece.” + </p> + <p> + The rabbit struck again—hard! “Ni-sko-ke-cha?” he cried, as the + hammer fell. But even as he spoke the bear’s body broke in two, the flesh + part fell away and only the flint part remained. Like a flash the rabbit + darted out of the hut. + </p> + <p> + There was a great outcry in the village. Openmouthed, all the bears gave + chase. But as he ran the rabbit cried: “Wa-hin-han-yo (snow, snow) Ota-po, + Ota-po—lots more, lots more,” and a great storm of snow swept down + from the sky. + </p> + <p> + The rabbit, light of foot, bounded over the top of the snow. The bears + sunk in and floundered about helpless. Seeing this, the rabbit turned back + and killed them one by one with his club. That is why we now have so few + bears. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STORY OF THE LOST WIFE + </h2> + <p> + A Dakota girl married a man who promised to treat her kindly, but he did + not keep his word. He was unreasonable, fault-finding, and often beat her. + Frantic with his cruelty, she ran away. The whole village turned out to + search for her, but no trace of the missing wife was to be found. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the fleeing woman had wandered about all that day and the next + night. The next day she met a man, who asked her who she was. She did not + know it, but he was not really a man, but the chief of the wolves. + </p> + <p> + “Come with me,” he said, and he led her to a large village. She was amazed + to see here many wolves—gray and black, timber wolves and coyotes. + It seemed as if all the wolves in the world were there. + </p> + <p> + The wolf chief led the young woman to a great tepee and invited her in. He + asked her what she ate for food. + </p> + <p> + “Buffalo meat,” she answered. + </p> + <p> + He called two coyotes and bade them bring what the young woman wanted. + They bounded away and soon returned with the shoulder of a fresh-killed + buffalo calf. + </p> + <p> + “How do you prepare it for eating?” asked the wolf chief. + </p> + <p> + “By boiling,” answered the young woman. + </p> + <p> + Again he called the two coyotes. Away they bounded and soon brought into + the tent a small bundle. In it were punk, flint and steel—stolen, it + may be, from some camp of men. + </p> + <p> + “How do you make the meat ready?” asked the wolf chief. + </p> + <p> + “I cut it into slices,” answered the young woman. + </p> + <p> + The coyotes were called and in a short time fetched in a knife in its + sheath. The young woman cut up the calf’s shoulder into slices and ate it. + </p> + <p> + Thus she lived for a year, all the wolves being very kind to her. At the + end of that time the wolf chief said to her: + </p> + <p> + “Your people are going off on a buffalo hunt. Tomorrow at noon they will + be here. You must then go out and meet them or they will fall on us and + kill us.” + </p> + <p> + The next day at about noon the young woman went to the top of a + neighboring knoll. Coming toward her were some young men riding on their + ponies. She stood up and held her hands so that they could see her. They + wondered who she was, and when they were close by gazed at her closely. + </p> + <p> + “A year ago we lost a young woman; if you are she, where have you been,” + they asked. + </p> + <p> + “I have been in the wolves’ village. Do not harm them,” she answered. + </p> + <p> + “We will ride back and tell the people,” they said. “Tomorrow again at + noon, we shall meet you.” + </p> + <p> + The young woman went back to the wolf village, and the next day went again + to a neighboring knoll, though to a different one. Soon she saw the camp + coming in a long line over the prairie. First were the warriors, then the + women and tents. + </p> + <p> + The young woman’s father and mother were overjoyed to see her. But when + they came near her the young woman fainted, for she could not now bear the + smell of human kind. When she came to herself she said: + </p> + <p> + “You must go on a buffalo hunt, my father and all the hunters. Tomorrow + you must come again, bringing with you the tongues and choice pieces of + the kill.” + </p> + <p> + This he promised to do; and all the men of the camp mounted their ponies + and they had a great hunt. The next day they returned with their ponies + laden with the buffalo meat. The young woman bade them pile the meat in a + great heap between two hills which she pointed out to them. There was so + much meat that the tops of the two hills were bridged level between by the + meat pile. In the center of the pile the young woman planted a pole with a + red flag. She then began to howl like a wolf, loudly. + </p> + <p> + In a moment the earth seemed covered with wolves. They fell greedily on + the meat pile and in a short time had eaten the last scrap. + </p> + <p> + The young woman then joined her own people. + </p> + <p> + Her husband wanted her to come and live with him again. For a long time + she refused. However, at last they became reconciled. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE RACCOON AND THE CRAWFISH + </h2> + <p> + Sharp and cunning is the raccoon, say the Indians, by whom he is named + Spotted Face. + </p> + <p> + A crawfish one evening wandered along a river bank, looking for something + dead to feast upon. A raccoon was also out looking for something to eat. + He spied the crawfish and formed a plan to catch him. + </p> + <p> + He lay down on the bank and feigned to be dead. By and by the crawfish + came near by. “Ho,” he thought, “here is a feast indeed; but is he really + dead. I will go near and pinch him with my claws and find out.” + </p> + <p> + So he went near and pinched the raccoon on the nose and then on his soft + paws. The raccoon never moved. The crawfish then pinched him on the ribs + and tickled him so that the raccoon could hardly keep from laughing. The + crawfish at last left him. “The raccoon is surely dead,” he thought. And + he hurried back to the crawfish village and reported his find to the + chief. + </p> + <p> + All the villagers were called to go down to the feast. The chief bade the + warriors and young men to paint their faces and dress in their gayest for + a dance. + </p> + <p> + So they marched in a long line—first the warriors, with their + weapons in hand, then the women with their babies and children—to + the place where the raccoon lay. They formed a great circle about him and + danced, singing: + </p> + <p> + “We shall have a great feast + </p> + <p> + “On the spotted-faced beast, with soft smooth paws: + </p> + <p> + “He is dead! + </p> + <p> + “He is dead! + </p> + <p> + “We shall dance! + </p> + <p> + “We shall have a good time! + </p> + <p> + “We shall feast on his flesh.” + </p> + <p> + But as they danced, the raccoon suddenly sprang to his feet. + </p> + <p> + “Who is that you say you are going to eat? He has a spotted face, has he? + He has soft, smooth paws, has he? I’ll break your ugly backs. I’ll break + your rough bones. I’ll crunch your ugly, rough paws.” And he rushed among + the crawfish, killing them by scores. The crawfish warriors fought bravely + and the women ran screaming, all to no purpose. They did not feast on the + raccoon; the raccoon feasted <i>on them!</i> + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LEGEND OF STANDING ROCK + </h2> + <p> + A Dakota had married an Arikara woman, and by her had one child. By and by + he took another wife. The first wife was jealous and pouted. When time + came for the village to break camp she refused to move from her place on + the tent floor. The tent was taken down but she sat on the ground with her + babe on her back The rest of the camp with her husband went on. + </p> + <p> + At noon her husband halted the line. “Go back to your sister-in-law,” he + said to his two brothers. “Tell her to come on and we will await you here. + But hasten, for I fear she may grow desperate and kill herself.” + </p> + <p> + The two rode off and arrived at their former camping place in the evening. + The woman still sat on the ground. The elder spoke: + </p> + <p> + “Sister-in-law, get up. We have come for you. The camp awaits you.” + </p> + <p> + She did not answer, and he put out his hand and touched her head. She had + turned to stone! + </p> + <p> + The two brothers lashed their ponies and came back to camp. They told + their story, but were not believed. “The woman has killed herself and my + brothers will not tell me,” said the husband. However, the whole village + broke camp and came back to the place where they had left the woman. Sure + enough, she sat there still, a block of stone. + </p> + <p> + The Indians were greatly excited. They chose out a handsome pony, made a + new travois and placed the stone in the carrying net. Pony and travois + were both beautifully painted and decorated with streamers and colors. The + stone was thought <i>“wakan”</i> (holy), and was given a place of honor in + the center of the camp. Whenever the camp moved the stone and travois were + taken along. Thus the stone woman was carried for years, and finally + brought to Standing Rock Agency, and now rests upon a brick pedestal in + front of the Agency office. From this stone Standing Rock Agency derives + its name. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STORY OF THE PEACE PIPE + </h2> + <p> + Two young men were out strolling one night talking of love affairs. They + passed around a hill and came to a little ravine or coulee. Suddenly they + saw coming up from the ravine a beautiful woman. She was painted and her + dress was of the very finest material. + </p> + <p> + “What a beautiful girl!” said one of the young men. “Already I love her. I + will steal her and make her my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said the other. “Don’t harm her. She may be holy.” + </p> + <p> + The young woman approached and held out a pipe which she first offered to + the sky, then to the earth and then advanced, holding it out in her + extended hands. + </p> + <p> + “I know what you young men have been saying; one of you is good; the other + is wicked,” she said. + </p> + <p> + She laid down the pipe on the ground and at once became a buffalo cow. The + cow pawed the ground, stuck her tail straight out behind her and then + lifted the pipe from the ground again in her hoofs; immediately she became + a young woman again. + </p> + <p> + “I am come to give you this gift,” she said. “It is the peace pipe. + Hereafter all treaties and ceremonies shall be performed after smoking it. + It shall bring peaceful thoughts into your minds. You shall offer it to + the Great Mystery and to mother earth.” + </p> + <p> + The two young men ran to the village and told what they had seen and + heard. All the village came out where the young woman was. + </p> + <p> + She repeated to them what she had already told the young men and added: + </p> + <p> + “When you set free the ghost (the spirit of deceased persons) you must + have a white buffalo cow skin.” + </p> + <p> + She gave the pipe to the medicine men of the village, turned again to a + buffalo cow and fled away to the land of buffaloes. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + A BASHFUL COURTSHIP + </h2> + <p> + A young man lived with his grandmother. He was a good hunter and wished to + marry. He knew a girl who was a good moccasin maker, but she belonged to a + great family. He wondered how he could win her. + </p> + <p> + One day she passed the tent on her way to get water at the river. His + grandmother was at work in the tepee with a pair of old worn-out sloppy + moccasins. The young man sprang to his feet. “Quick, grandmother—let + me have those old sloppy moccasins you have on your feet!” he cried. + </p> + <p> + “My old moccasins, what do you want of them?” cried the astonished woman. + </p> + <p> + “Never mind! Quick! I can’t stop to talk,” answered the grandson as he + caught up the old moccasins the old lady had doffed, and put them on. He + threw a robe over his shoulders, slipped through the door, and hastened to + the watering place. The girl had just arrived with her bucket. + </p> + <p> + “Let me fill your bucket for you,” said the young man. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, no, I can do it.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, let me, I can go in the mud. You surely don’t want to soil your + moccasins,” and taking the bucket he slipped in the mud, taking care to + push his sloppy old moccasins out so the girl could see them. She giggled + outright. + </p> + <p> + “My, what old moccasins you have,” she cried. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have nobody to make me a new pair,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Why don’t you get your grandmother to make you a new pair?” + </p> + <p> + “She’s old and blind and can’t make them any longer. That’s why I want + you,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you’re fooling me. You aren’t speaking the truth.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am. If you don’t believe—come with me <i>now!</i>” + </p> + <p> + The girl looked down; so did the youth. At last he said softly: + </p> + <p> + “Well, which is it? Shall I take up your bucket, or will you go with me?” + </p> + <p> + And she answered, still more softly: “I guess I’ll go with you!” + </p> + <p> + The girl’s aunt came down to the river, wondering what kept her niece so + long. In the mud she found two pairs of moccasin tracks close together; at + the edge of the water stood an empty keg. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SIMPLETON’S WISDOM + </h2> + <p> + There was a man and his wife who had one daughter. Mother and daughter + were deeply attached to one another, and when the latter died the mother + was disconsolate. She cut off her hair, cut gashes in her cheeks and sat + before the corpse with her robe drawn over her head, mourning for her + dead. Nor would she let them touch the body to take it to a burying + scaffold. She had a knife in her hand, and if anyone offered to come near + the body the mother would wail: + </p> + <p> + “I am weary of life. I do not care to live. I will stab myself with this + knife and join my daughter in the land of spirits.” + </p> + <p> + Her husband and relatives tried to get the knife from her, but could not. + They feared to use force lest she kill herself. They came together to see + what they could do. + </p> + <p> + “We must get the knife away from her,” they said. + </p> + <p> + At last they called a boy, a kind of simpleton, yet with a good deal of + natural shrewdness. He was an orphan and very poor. His moccasins were out + at the sole and he was dressed in wei-zi (coarse buffalo skin, smoked). + </p> + <p> + “Go to the tepee of the mourning mother,” they told the simpleton, “and in + some way contrive to make her laugh and forget her grief. Then try to get + the knife away from her.” + </p> + <p> + The boy went to the tent and sat down at the door as if waiting to be + given something. The corpse lay in the place of honor where the dead girl + had slept in life. The body was wrapped in a rich robe and wrapped about + with ropes. Friends had covered it with rich offerings out of respect to + the dead. + </p> + <p> + As the mother sat on the ground with her head covered she did not at first + see the boy, who sat silent. But when his reserve had worn away a little + he began at first lightly, then more heavily, to drum on the floor with + his hands. After a while he began to sing a comic song. Louder and louder + he sang until carried away with his own singing he sprang up and began to + dance, at the same time gesturing and making all manner of contortions + with his body, still singing the comic song. As he approached the corpse + he waved his hands over it in blessing. The mother put her head out of the + blanket and when she saw the poor simpleton with his strange grimaces + trying to do honor to the corpse by his solemn waving, and at the same + time keeping up his comic song, she burst out laughing. Then she reached + over and handed her knife to the simpleton. + </p> + <p> + “Take this knife,” she said. “You have taught me to forget my grief. If + while I mourn for the dead I can still be mirthful, there is no reason for + me to despair. I no longer care to die. I will live for my husband.” + </p> + <p> + The simpleton left the tepee and brought the knife to the astonished + husband and relatives. + </p> + <p> + “How did you get it? Did you force it away from her, or did you steal it?” + they said. + </p> + <p> + “She gave it to me. How could I force it from her or steal it when she + held it in her hand, blade uppermost? I sang and danced for her and she + burst out laughing. Then she gave it to me,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + When the old men of the village heard the orphan’s story they were very + silent. It was a strange thing for a lad to dance in a tepee where there + was mourning. It was stranger that a mother should laugh in a tepee before + the corpse of her dead daughter. The old men gathered at last in a + council. They sat a long time without saying anything, for they did not + want to decide hastily. The pipe was filled and passed many times. At last + an old man spoke. + </p> + <p> + “We have a hard question. A mother has laughed before the corpse of her + daughter, and many think she has done foolishly, but I think the woman did + wisely. The lad was simple and of no training, and we cannot expect him to + know how to do as well as one with good home and parents to teach him. + Besides, he did the best that he knew. He danced to make the mother forget + her grief, and he tried to honor the corpse by waving over it his hands.” + </p> + <p> + “The mother did right to laugh, for when one does try to do us good, even + if what he does causes us discomfort, we should always remember rather the + motive than the deed. And besides, the simpleton’s dancing saved the + woman’s life, for she gave up her knife. In this, too, she did well, for + it is always better to live for the living than to die for the dead.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + A LITTLE BRAVE AND THE MEDICINE WOMAN + </h2> + <p> + A village of Indians moved out of winter camp and pitched their tents in a + circle on high land overlooking a lake. A little way down the declivity + was a grave. Choke cherries had grown up, hiding the grave from view. But + as the ground had sunk somewhat, the grave was marked by a slight hollow. + </p> + <p> + One of the villagers going out to hunt took a short cut through the choke + cherry bushes. As he pushed them aside he saw the hollow grave, but + thought it was a washout made by the rains. But as he essayed to step over + it, to his great surprise he stumbled and fell. Made curious by his + mishap, he drew back and tried again; but again he fell. When he came back + to the village he told the old men what had happened to him. They + remembered then that a long time before there had been buried there a + medicine woman or conjurer. Doubtless it was her medicine that made him + stumble. + </p> + <p> + The story of the villager’s adventure spread thru the camp and made many + curious to see the grave. Among others were six little boys who were, + however, rather timid, for they were in great awe of the dead medicine + woman. But they had a little playmate named Brave, a mischievous little + rogue, whose hair was always unkempt and tossed about and who was never + quiet for a moment. + </p> + <p> + “Let us ask Brave to go with us,” they said; and they went in a body to + see him. + </p> + <p> + “All right,” said Brave; “I will go with you. But I have something to do + first. You go on around the hill <i>that</i> way, and I will hasten around + <i>this</i> way, and meet you a little later near the grave.” + </p> + <p> + So the six little boys went on as bidden until they came to a place near + the grave. There they halted. + </p> + <p> + “Where is Brave?” they asked. + </p> + <p> + Now Brave, full of mischief, had thought to play a jest on his little + friends. As soon as they were well out of sight he had sped around the + hill to the shore of the lake and sticking his hands in the mud had rubbed + it over his face, plastered it in his hair, and soiled his hands until he + looked like a new risen corpse with the flesh rotting from his bones. He + then went and lay down in the grave and awaited the boys. + </p> + <p> + When the six little boys came they were more timid than ever when they did + not find Brave; but they feared to go back to the village without seeing + the grave, for fear the old men would call them cowards. + </p> + <p> + So they slowly approached the grave and one of them timidly called out: + </p> + <p> + “Please, grandmother, we won’t disturb your grave. We only want to see + where you lie. Don’t be angry.” + </p> + <p> + At once a thin quavering voice, like an old woman’s, called out: + </p> + <p> + “Han, han, takoja, hechetuya, hechetuya! Yes, yes, that’s right, that’s + right.” + </p> + <p> + The boys were frightened out of their senses, believing the old woman had + come to life. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, grandmother,” they gasped, “don’t hurt us; please don’t, we’ll go.” + </p> + <p> + Just then Brave raised his muddy face and hands up thru the choke cherry + bushes. With the oozy mud dripping from his features he looked like some + very witch just raised from the grave. The boys screamed outright. One + fainted. The rest ran yelling up the hill to the village, where each broke + at once for his mother’s tepee. + </p> + <p> + As all the tents in a Dakota camping circle face the center, the boys as + they came tearing into camp were in plain view from the tepees. Hearing + the screaming, every woman in camp ran to her tepee door to see what had + happened. Just then little Brave, as badly scared as the rest, came + rushing in after them, his hair on end and covered with mud and crying + out, all forgetful of his appearance: + </p> + <p> + “It’s me, it’s me!” + </p> + <p> + The women yelped and bolted in terror from the village. Brave dashed into + his mother’s tepee, scaring her out of her wits. Dropping pots and + kettles, she tumbled out of the tent to run screaming with the rest. Nor + would a single villager come near poor little Brave until he had gone down + to the lake and washed himself. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE BOUND CHILDREN + </h2> + <p> + There once lived a widow with two children—the elder a daughter and + the younger a son. The widow went in mourning for her husband a long time. + She cut off her hair, let her dress lie untidy on her body and kept her + face unpainted and unwashed. + </p> + <p> + There lived in the same village a great chief. He had one son just come + old enough to marry. The chief had it known that he wished his son to take + a wife, and all of the young women in the village were eager to marry the + young man. However, he was pleased with none of them. + </p> + <p> + Now the widow thought, “I am tired of mourning for my husband and caring + for my children. Perhaps if I lay aside my mourning and paint myself red, + the chief’s son may marry me.” + </p> + <p> + So she slipped away from her two children, stole down to the river and + made a bathing place thru the ice. When she had washed away all signs of + mourning, she painted and decked herself and went to the chief’s tepee. + When his son saw her, he loved her, and a feast was made in honor of her + wedding. + </p> + <p> + When the widow’s daughter found herself forsaken, she wept bitterly. After + a day or two she took her little brother in her arms and went to the tepee + of an old woman who lived at one end of the village. The old woman’s + tumble down tepee was of bark and her dress and clothing was of old + smoke-dried tent cover. But she was kind to the two waifs and took them in + willingly. + </p> + <p> + The little girl was eager to find her mother. The old woman said to her: + “I suspect your mother has painted her face red. Do not try to find her. + If the chief’s son marries her she will not want to be burdened with you.” + </p> + <p> + The old woman was right. The girl went down to the river, and sure enough + found a hole cut in the ice and about it lay the filth that the mother had + washed from her body. The girl gathered up the filth and went on. By and + by she came to a second hole in the ice. Here too was filth, but not so + much as at the previous place. At the third hole the ice was clean. + </p> + <p> + The girl knew now that her mother had painted her face red. She went at + once to the chief’s tepee, raised the door flap and went in. There sat her + mother with the chief’s son at their wedding feast. + </p> + <p> + The girl walked up to her mother and hurled the filth in her mother’s + face. + </p> + <p> + “There,” she cried, “you who forsake your helpless children and forget + your husband, take that!” + </p> + <p> + And at once her mother became a hideous old woman. + </p> + <p> + The girl then went back to the lodge of the old woman, leaving the camp in + an uproar. The chief soon sent some young warriors to seize the girl and + her brother, and they were brought to his tent. He was furious with anger. + </p> + <p> + “Let the children be bound with lariats wrapped about their bodies and let + them be left to starve. Our camp will move on,” he said. The chief’s son + did not put away his wife, hoping she might be cured in some way and grow + young again. + </p> + <p> + Everybody in camp now got ready to move; but the old woman came close to + the girl and said: + </p> + <p> + “In my old tepee I have dug a hole and buried a pot with punk and steel + and flint and packs of dried meat. They will tie you up like a corpse. But + before we go I will come with a knife and pretend to stab you, but I will + really cut the rope that binds you so that you can unwind it from your + body as soon as the camp is out of sight and hearing.” + </p> + <p> + And so, before the camp started, the old woman came to the place where the + two children were bound. She had in her hand a knife bound to the end of a + stick which she used as a lance. She stood over the children and cried + aloud: + </p> + <p> + “You wicked girl, who have shamed your own mother, you deserve all the + punishment that is given you. But after all I do not want to let you lie + and starve. Far better kill you at once and have done with it!” and with + her stick she stabbed many times, as if to kill, but she was really + cutting the rope. + </p> + <p> + The camp moved on; but the children lay on the ground until noon the next + day. Then they began to squirm about. Soon the girl was free, and she then + set loose her little brother. They went at once to the old woman’s hut + where they found the flint and steel and the packs of dried meat. + </p> + <p> + The girl made her brother a bow and arrows and with these he killed birds + and other small game. + </p> + <p> + The boy grew up a great hunter. They became rich. They built three great + tepees, in one of which were stored rows upon rows of parfleche bags of + dried meat. + </p> + <p> + One day as the brother went out to hunt, he met a handsome young stranger + who greeted him and said to him: + </p> + <p> + “I know you are a good hunter, for I have been watching you; your sister, + too, is industrious. Let me have her for a wife. Then you and I will be + brothers and hunt together.” + </p> + <p> + The girl’s brother went home and told her what the young stranger had + said. + </p> + <p> + “Brother, I do not care to marry,” she answered. “I am now happy with + you.” + </p> + <p> + “But you will be yet happier married,” he answered, “and the young + stranger is of no mean family, as one can see by his dress and manners.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, I will do as you wish,” she said. So the stranger came into + the tepee and was the girl’s husband. + </p> + <p> + One day as they were in their tent, a crow flew overhead, calling out + loudly, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Kaw, Kaw, +</pre> + <p> + “They who forsook the children have no meat.” + </p> + <p> + The girl and her husband and brother looked up at one another. + </p> + <p> + “What can it mean?” they asked. “Let us send for Unktomi (the spider). He + is a good judge and he will know.” + </p> + <p> + “And I will get ready a good dinner for him, for Unktomi is always + hungry,” added the young wife. + </p> + <p> + When Unktomi came, his yellow mouth opened with delight at the fine feast + spread for him. After he had eaten he was told what the crow had said. + </p> + <p> + “The crow means,” said Unktomi, “that the villagers and chief who bound + and deserted you are in sad plight. They have hardly anything to eat and + are starving.” + </p> + <p> + When the girl heard this she made a bundle of choicest meat and called the + crow. + </p> + <p> + “Take this to the starving villagers,” she bade him. + </p> + <p> + He took the bundle in his beak, flew away to the starving village and + dropped the bundle before the chief’s tepee. The chief came out and the + crow called loudly: + </p> + <p> + “Kaw, Kaw! + </p> + <p> + “The children who were forsaken have much meat; those who forsook them + have none.” + </p> + <p> + “What can he mean,” cried the astonished villagers. + </p> + <p> + “Let us send for Unktomi,” said one, “he is a great judge; he will tell + us.” + </p> + <p> + They divided the bundle of meat among the starving people, saving the + biggest piece for Unktomi. + </p> + <p> + When Unktomi had come and eaten, the villagers told him of the crow and + asked what the bird’s words meant. + </p> + <p> + “He means,” said Unktomi, “that the two children whom you forsook have + tepees full of dried meat enough for all the village.” + </p> + <p> + The villagers were filled with astonishment at this news. To find whether + or not it was true, the chief called seven young men and sent them out to + see. They came to the three tepees and there met the girl’s brother and + husband just going out to hunt (which they did now only for sport). + </p> + <p> + The girl’s brother invited the seven young men into the third or sacred + lodge, and after they had smoked a pipe and knocked out the ashes on a + buffalo bone the brother gave them meat to eat, which the seven devoured + greedily. The next day he loaded all seven with packs of meat, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Take this meat to the villagers and lead them hither.” + </p> + <p> + While they awaited the return of the young men with the villagers, the + girl made two bundles of meat, one of the best and choicest pieces, and + the other of liver, very dry and hard to eat. After a few days the camp + arrived. The young woman’s mother opened the door and ran in crying: “Oh, + my dear daughter, how glad I am to see you.” But the daughter received her + coldly and gave her the bundle of dried liver to eat. But when the old + woman who had saved the children’s lives came in, the young girl received + her gladly, called her grandmother, and gave her the package of choice + meat with marrow. + </p> + <p> + Then the whole village camped and ate of the stores of meat all the winter + until spring came; and withal they were so many, there was such abundance + of stores that there was still much left. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SIGNS OF CORN + </h2> + <p> + When corn is to be planted by the Indians, it is the work of the women + folk to see to the sorting and cleaning of the best seed. It is also the + women’s work to see to the planting. (This was in olden times.) + </p> + <p> + After the best seed has been selected, the planter measures the corn, lays + down a layer of hay, then a layer of corn. Over this corn they sprinkle + warm water and cover it with another layer of hay, then bind hay about the + bundle and hang it up in a spot where the warm rays of the sun can strike + it. + </p> + <p> + While the corn is hanging in the sun, the ground is being prepared to + receive it. Having finished the task of preparing the ground, the woman + takes down her seed corn which has by this time sprouted. Then she + proceeds to plant the corn. + </p> + <p> + Before she plants the first hill, she extends her hoe heavenwards and asks + the Great Spirit to bless her work, that she may have a good yield. After + her prayer she takes four kernels and plants one at the north, one at the + south, one at the east and one at the west sides of the first hill. This + is asking the Great Spirit to give summer rain and sunshine to bring forth + a good crop. + </p> + <p> + For different growths of the corn, the women have an interpretation as to + the character of the one who planted it. + </p> + <p> + 1st. Where the corn grows in straight rows and the cob is full of kernels + to the end, this signifies that the planter of this corn is of an + exemplary character, and is very truthful and thoughtful. + </p> + <p> + 2nd. If the rows on the ears of corn are irregular and broken, the planter + is considered careless and unthoughtful. Also disorderly and slovenly + about her house and person. + </p> + <p> + 3rd. When an ear of corn bears a few scattering kernels with spaces + producing no corn, it is said that is a good sign that the planter will + live to a ripe old age. So old will they be that like the corn, their + teeth will be few and far between. + </p> + <p> + 4th. When a stalk bears a great many nubbins, or small ears growing around + the large one, it is a sign that the planter is from a large and + respectable family. + </p> + <p> + After the corn is gathered, it is boiled into sweet corn and made into + hominy; parched and mixed with buffalo tallow and rolled into round balls, + and used at feasts, or carried by the warriors on the warpath as food. + </p> + <p> + When there has been a good crop of corn, an ear is always tied at the top + of the medicine pole, of the sun dance, in thanks to the Great Spirit for + his goodness to them in sending a bountiful crop. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STORY OF THE RABBITS + </h2> + <p> + The Rabbit nation were very much depressed in spirits on account of being + run over by all other nations. They, being very obedient to their chief, + obeyed all his orders to the letter. One of his orders was, that upon the + approach of any other nation that they should follow the example of their + chief and run up among the rocks and down into their burrows, and not show + themselves until the strangers had passed. + </p> + <p> + This they always did. Even the chirp of a little cricket would send them + all scampering to their dens. + </p> + <p> + One day they held a great council, and after talking over everything for + some time, finally left it to their medicine man to decide. The medicine + man arose and said: + </p> + <p> + “My friends, we are of no use on this earth. There isn’t a nation on earth + that fears us, and we are so timid that we cannot defend ourselves, so the + best thing for us to do is to rid the earth of our nation, by all going + over to the big lake and drowning ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + This they decided to do; so going to the lake they were about to jump in, + when they heard a splashing in the water. Looking, they saw a lot of frogs + jumping into the lake. + </p> + <p> + “We will not drown ourselves,” said the medicine man, “we have found a + nation who are afraid of us. It is the frog nation.” Had it not been for + the frogs we would have had no rabbits, as the whole nation would have + drowned themselves and the rabbit race would have been extinct. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + HOW THE RABBIT LOST HIS TAIL + </h2> + <p> + Once upon a time there were two brothers, one a great Genie and the other + a rabbit. Like all genie, the older could change himself into any kind of + an animal, bird, fish, cloud, thunder and lightning, or in fact anything + that he desired. + </p> + <p> + The younger brother (the rabbit) was very mischievous and was continually + getting into all kinds of trouble. His older brother was kept busy getting + Rabbit out of all kinds of scrapes. + </p> + <p> + When Rabbit had attained his full growth he wanted to travel around and + see something of the world. When he told his brother what he intended to + do, the brother said: “Now, Rabbit, you are Witkotko (mischievous), so be + very careful, and keep out of trouble as much as possible. In case you get + into any serious trouble, and can’t get out by yourself, just call on me + for assistance, and no matter where you are, I will come to you.” + </p> + <p> + Rabbit started out and the first day he came to a very high house, outside + of which stood a very high pine tree. So high was the tree that Rabbit + could hardly see the top. Outside the door, on an enormous stool, sat a + very large giant fast asleep. Rabbit (having his bow and arrows with him) + strung up his bow, and, taking an arrow from his quiver, said: + </p> + <p> + “I want to see how big this man is, so I guess I will wake him up.” So + saying he moved over to one side and took good aim, and shot the giant + upon the nose. This stung like fire and awoke the giant, who jumped up, + crying: “Who had the audacity to shoot me on the nose?” “I did,” said + Rabbit. + </p> + <p> + The giant, hearing a voice, looked all around, but saw nothing, until he + looked down at the corner of the house, and there sat a rabbit. + </p> + <p> + “I had hiccoughs this morning and thought that I was going to have a good + big meal, and here is nothing but a toothful.” + </p> + <p> + “I guess you won’t make a toothful of me,” said Rabbit, “I am as strong as + you, though I am little.” “We will see,” said the giant. He went into the + house and came out, bringing a hammer that weighed many tons. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Mr. Rabbit, we will see who can throw this hammer over the top of + that tree.” “Get something harder to do,” said Rabbit. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we will try this first,” said the giant. With that he grasped the + hammer in both hands, swung it three times around his head and sent it + spinning thru the air. Up, up, it went, skimming the top of the tree, and + came down, shaking the ground and burying itself deep into the earth. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said the giant, “if you don’t accomplish this same feat, I am going + to swallow you at one mouthful.” Rabbit said, “I always sing to my brother + before I attempt things like this.” So he commenced singing and calling + his brother. “Cinye! Cinye!” (brother, brother) he sang. The giant grew + nervous, and said: “Boy, why do you call your brother?” + </p> + <p> + Pointing to a small black cloud that was approaching very swiftly, Rabbit + said: “That is my brother; he can destroy you, your house, and pine tree + in one breath.” + </p> + <p> + “Stop him and you can go free,” said the giant. Rabbit waved his paws and + the cloud disappeared. + </p> + <p> + From this place Rabbit continued on his trip towards the west. The next + day, while passing thru a deep forest, he thought he heard some one + moaning, as though in pain. He stopped and listened; soon the wind blew + and the moaning grew louder. Following the direction from whence came the + sound, he soon discovered a man stripped of his clothing, and caught + between two limbs of a tall elm tree. When the wind blew the limbs would + rub together and squeeze the man, who would give forth the mournful + groans. + </p> + <p> + “My, you have a fine place up there. Let us change. You can come down and + I will take your place.” (Now this man had been placed up there for + punishment, by Rabbit’s brother, and he could not get down unless some one + came along and proposed to take his place on the tree). “Very well,” said + the man. “Take off your clothes and come up. I will fasten you in the + limbs and you can have all the fun you want.” + </p> + <p> + Rabbit disrobed and climbed up. The man placed him between the limbs and + slid down the tree. He hurriedly got into Rabbit’s clothes, and just as he + had completed his toilet, the wind blew very hard. Rabbit was nearly crazy + with pain, and screamed and cried. Then he began to cry “Cinye, Cinye” + (brother, brother). “Call your brother as much as you like, he can never + find me.” So saying the man disappeared in the forest. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had he disappeared, when the brother arrived, and seeing Rabbit + in the tree, said: “Which way did he go?” Rabbit pointed the direction + taken by the man. The brother flew over the top of the trees, soon found + the man and brought him back, making him take his old place between the + limbs, and causing a heavy wind to blow and continue all afternoon and + night, for punishment to the man for having placed his brother up there. + </p> + <p> + After Rabbit got his clothes back on, his brother gave him a good + scolding, and wound up by saying: “I want you to be more careful in the + future. I have plenty of work to keep me as busy as I want to be, and I + can’t be stopping every little while to be making trips to get you out of + some foolish scrape. It was only yesterday that I came five hundred miles + to help you from the giant, and today I have had to come a thousand miles, + so be more careful from this on.” + </p> + <p> + Several days after this the Rabbit was traveling along the banks of a + small river, when he came to a small clearing in the woods, and in the + center of the clearing stood a nice little log hut. Rabbit was wondering + who could be living here when the door slowly opened and an old man + appeared in the doorway, bearing a tripe water pail in his right hand. In + his left hand he held a string which was fastened to the inside of the + house. He kept hold of the string and came slowly down to the river. When + he got to the water he stooped down and dipped the pail into it and + returned to the house, still holding the string for guidance. + </p> + <p> + Soon he reappeared holding on to another string, and, following this one, + went to a large pile of wood and returned to the house with it. Rabbit + wanted to see if the old man would come out again, but he came out no + more. Seeing smoke ascending from the mud chimney, he thought he would go + over and see what the old man was doing. He knocked at the door, and a + weak voice bade him enter. He noticed that the old man was cooking dinner. + </p> + <p> + “Hello Tunkasina (grandfather), you must have a nice time, living here + alone. I see that you have everything handy. You can get wood and water, + and that is all you have to do. How do you get your provisions?” + </p> + <p> + “The wolves bring my meat, the mice my rice and ground beans, and the + birds bring me the cherry leaves for my tea. Yet it is a hard life, as I + am all alone most of the time and have no one to talk to, and besides, I + am blind.” + </p> + <p> + “Say, grandfather,” said Rabbit, “let us change places. I think I would + like to live here.” + </p> + <p> + “If we exchange clothes,” said the other, “you will become old and blind, + while I will assume your youth and good looks.” (Now, this old man was + placed here for punishment by Rabbit’s brother. He had killed his wife, so + the genie made him old and blind, and he would remain so until some one + came who would exchange places with him). + </p> + <p> + “I don’t care for youth and good looks,” said Rabbit, “let us make the + change.” + </p> + <p> + They changed clothes, and Rabbit became old and blind, whilst the old man + became young and handsome. + </p> + <p> + “Well, I must go,” said the man. He went out and cutting the strings close + to the door, ran off laughing. “You will get enough of your living alone, + you crazy boy,” and saying this he ran into the woods. + </p> + <p> + Rabbit thought he would like to get some fresh water and try the string + paths so that he would get accustomed to it. He bumped around the room and + finally found the tripe water bucket. He took hold of the string and + started out. When he had gotten a short distance from the door he came to + the end of the string so suddenly, that he lost the end which he had in + his hand, and he wandered about, bumping against the trees, and tangling + himself up in plum bushes and thorns, scratching his face and hands so + badly that the blood ran from them. Then it was that he commenced again to + cry, “Cinye! Cinye!” (brother, brother). Soon his brother arrived, and + asked which way the old man had gone. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” said Rabbit, “I couldn’t see which path he took, as I was + blind.” + </p> + <p> + The genie called the birds, and they came flying from every direction. As + fast as they arrived the brother asked them if they had seen the man whom + he had placed here for punishment, but none had seen him. The owl came + last, and when asked if he had seen the man, he said “hoo-hoo.” “The man + who lived here,” said the brother. “Last night I was hunting mice in the + woods south of here and I saw a man sleeping beneath a plum tree. I + thought it was your brother, Rabbit, so I didn’t awaken him,” said the + owl. + </p> + <p> + “Good for you, owl,” said the brother, “for this good news, you shall + hereafter roam around only at night, and I will fix your eyes, so the + darker the night the better you will be able to see. You will always have + the fine cool nights to hunt your food. You other birds can hunt your food + during the hot daylight.” (Since then the owl has been the night bird). + </p> + <p> + The brother flew to the woods and brought the man back and cut the strings + short, and said to him: “Now you can get a taste of what you gave my + brother.” + </p> + <p> + To Rabbit he said: “I ought not to have helped you this time. Any one who + is so crazy as to change places with a blind man should be left without + help, so be careful, as I am getting tired of your foolishness, and will + not help you again if you do anything as foolish as you did this time.” + </p> + <p> + Rabbit started to return to his home. When he had nearly completed his + journey he came to a little creek, and being thirsty took a good long + drink. While he was drinking he heard a noise as though a wolf or cat was + scratching the earth. Looking up to a hill which overhung the creek, he + saw four wolves, with their tails intertwined, pulling with all their + might. As Rabbit came up to them one pulled loose, and Rabbit saw that his + tail was broken. + </p> + <p> + “Let me pull tails with you. My tail is long and strong,” said Rabbit, and + the wolves assenting, Rabbit interlocked his long tail with those of the + three wolves and commenced pulling and the wolves pulled so hard that they + pulled Rabbit’s tail off at the second joint. The wolves disappeared. + </p> + <p> + “Cinye! Cinye! (Brother, brother.) I have lost my tail,” cried Rabbit. The + genie came and seeing his brother Rabbit’s tail missing, said: “You look + better without a tail anyway.” + </p> + <p> + From that time on rabbits have had no tails. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + UNKTOMI AND THE ARROWHEADS + </h2> + <p> + There were once upon a time two young men who were very great friends, and + were constantly together. One was a very thoughtful young man, the other + very impulsive, who never stopped to think before he committed an act. + </p> + <p> + One day these two friends were walking along, telling each other of their + experiences in love making. They ascended a high hill, and on reaching the + top, heard a ticking noise as if small stones or pebbles were being struck + together. + </p> + <p> + Looking around they discovered a large spider sitting in the midst of a + great many flint arrowheads. The spider was busily engaged making the + flint rocks into arrow heads. They looked at the spider, but he never + moved, but continued hammering away on a piece of flint which he had + nearly completed into another arrowhead. + </p> + <p> + “Let’s hit him,” said the thoughtless one. “No,” said the other, “he is + not harming any one; in fact, he is doing a great good, as he is making + the flint arrowheads which we use to point our arrows.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you are afraid,” said the first young man. “He can’t harm you, just + watch me hit him.” So saying, he picked up an arrowhead and throwing it at + “Unktomi,” hit him on the side. As Unktomi rolled over on his side, got up + and stood looking at them, the young man laughed and said: “Well, let us + be going, as your grandfather, “Unktomi,” doesn’t seem to like our + company.” They started down the hill, when suddenly the one who had hit + Unktomi took a severe fit of coughing. He coughed and coughed, and finally + small particles of blood came from his mouth. The blood kept coming + thicker and in great gushes. Finally it came so thick and fast that the + man could not get his breath and fell upon the ground dead. + </p> + <p> + The thoughtful young man, seeing that his friend was no more, hurried to + the village and reported what had happened. The relatives and friends + hurried to the hill, and sure enough, there lay the thoughtless young man + still and cold in death. They held a council and sent for the chief of the + Unktomi tribe. When he heard what had happened, he told the council that + he could do nothing to his Unktomi, as it had only defended itself. + </p> + <p> + Said he: “My friends, seeing that your tribe was running short of + arrowheads, I set a great many of my tribe to work making flint arrowheads + for you. When my men are thus engaged they do not wish to be disturbed, + and your young man not only disturbed my man, but grossly insulted him by + striking him with one of the arrowheads which he had worked so hard to + make. My man could not sit and take this insult, so as the young man + walked away the Unktomi shot him with a very tiny arrowhead. This produced + a hemorrhage, which caused his death. So now, my friends, if you will fill + and pass the peace pipe, we will part good friends and my tribe shall + always furnish you with plenty of flint arrowheads.” So saying, Unktomi + Tanka finished his peace smoke and returned to his tribe. + </p> + <p> + Ever after that, when the Indians heard a ticking in the grass, they would + go out of their way to get around the sound, saying, Unktomi is making + arrowheads; we must not disturb him. + </p> + <p> + Thus it was that Unktomi Tanka (Big Spider) had the respect of this tribe, + and was never after disturbed in his work of making arrowheads. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE BEAR AND THE RABBIT HUNT BUFFALO + </h2> + <p> + Once upon a time there lived as neighbors, a bear and a rabbit. The rabbit + was a good shot, and the bear being very clumsy could not use the arrow to + good advantage. The bear was very unkind to the rabbit. Every morning, the + bear would call over to the rabbit and say: “Take your bow and arrows and + come with me to the other side of the hill. A large herd of buffalo are + grazing there, and I want you to shoot some of them for me, as my children + are crying for meat.” + </p> + <p> + The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear’s anger by refusing, consented, and + went with the bear, and shot enough buffalo to satisfy the hungry family. + Indeed, he shot and killed so many that there was lots of meat left after + the bear and his family had loaded themselves, and packed all they could + carry home. The bear being very gluttonous, and not wanting the rabbit to + get any of the meat, said: “Rabbit, you come along home with us and we + will return and get the remainder of the meat.” + </p> + <p> + The poor rabbit could not even taste the blood from the butchering, as the + bear would throw earth on the blood and dry it up. Poor Rabbit would have + to go home hungry after his hard day’s work. + </p> + <p> + The bear was the father of five children. The youngest boy was very kind + to the rabbit. The mother bear, knowing that her youngest was a very + hearty eater, always gave him an extra large piece of meat. What the baby + bear did not eat, he would take outside with him and pretend to play ball + with it, kicking it toward the rabbit’s house, and when he got close to + the door he would give the meat such a great kick, that it would fly into + the rabbit’s house, and in this way poor Rabbit would get his meal unknown + to the papa bear. + </p> + <p> + Baby bear never forgot his friend Rabbit. Papa bear often wondered why his + baby would go outside after each meal. He grew suspicious and asked the + baby where he had been. “Oh, I always play ball outside, around the house, + and when I get tired playing I eat up my meat ball and then come in.” + </p> + <p> + The baby bear was too cunning to let papa bear know that he was keeping + his friend rabbit from starving to death. Nevertheless, papa bear + suspected baby and said: “Baby, I think you go over to the rabbit’s after + every meal.” + </p> + <p> + The four older brothers were very handsome, but baby bear was a little + puny fellow, whose coat couldn’t keep out much cold, as it was short and + shaggy, and of a dirty brown color. The three older brothers were very + unkind to baby bear, but the fourth one always took baby’s part, and was + always kind to his baby brother. + </p> + <p> + Rabbit was getting tired of being ordered and bullied around by papa bear. + He puzzled his brain to scheme some way of getting even with Mr. Bear for + abusing him so much. He studied all night long, but no scheme worth trying + presented itself. Early one morning Mr. Bear presented himself at Rabbit’s + door. + </p> + <p> + “Say, Rabbit, my meat is all used up, and there is a fine herd of buffalo + grazing on the hillside. Get your bow and arrows and come with me. I want + you to shoot some of them for me.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” said Rabbit, and he went and killed six buffalo for Bear. + Bear got busy butchering and poor Rabbit, thinking he would get a chance + to lick up one mouthful of blood, stayed very close to the bear while he + was cutting up the meat. The bear was very watchful lest the rabbit get + something to eat. Despite bear’s watchfulness, a small clot of blood + rolled past and behind the bear’s feet. At once Rabbit seized the clot and + hid it in his bosom. By the time Rabbit got home, the blood clot was + hardened from the warmth of his body, so, being hungry, it put Mr. Rabbit + out of sorts to think that after all his trouble he could not eat the + blood. + </p> + <p> + Very badly disappointed, he lay down on his floor and gazed up into the + chimney hole. Disgusted with the way things had turned out, he grabbed up + the blood clot and threw it up through the hole. Scarcely had it hit the + ground when he heard the voice of a baby crying, “Ate! Ate!” (father, + father). He went outside and there he found a big baby boy. He took the + baby into his house and threw him out through the hole again. This time + the boy was large enough to say “Ate, Ate, he-cun-sin-lo.” (Father, + father, don’t do that). But nevertheless, he threw him up and out again. + On going out the third time, there stood a handsome youth smiling at him. + Rabbit at once adopted the youth and took him into his house, seating him + in the seat of honor (which is directly opposite the entrance), and + saying: “My son, I want you to be a good, honest, straightforward man. + Now, I have in my possession a fine outfit, and you, my son, shall wear + it.” + </p> + <p> + Suiting his action to his words, he drew out a bag from a hollow tree and + on opening it, drew out a fine buckskin shirt (tanned white as snow), + worked with porcupine quills. Also a pair of red leggings worked with + beads. Moccasins worked with colored hair. A fine otter skin robe. White + weasel skins to intertwine with his beautiful long black locks. A + magnificent center eagle feather. A rawhide covered bow, accompanied by a + quiver full of flint arrowheads. + </p> + <p> + The rabbit, having dressed his son in all the latest finery, sat back and + gazed long and lovingly at his handsome son. Instinctively Rabbit felt + that his son had been sent him for the purpose of being instrumental in + the downfall of Mr. Bear. Events will show. + </p> + <p> + The morning following the arrival of Rabbit’s son, Mr. Bear again presents + himself at the door, crying out: “You lazy, ugly rabbit, get up and come + out here. I want you to shoot some more buffalo for me.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is this, who speaks so insultingly to you, father?” asked the son. + </p> + <p> + “It is a bear who lives near here, and makes me kill buffalo for his + family, and he won’t let me take even one little drop of blood from the + killing, and consequently, my son, I have nothing in my house for you to + eat.” + </p> + <p> + The young man was anxious to meet Mr. Bear but Rabbit advised him to wait + a little until he and Bear had gone to the hunt. So the son obeyed, and + when he thought it time that the killing was done, he started out and + arrived on the scene just as Mr. Bear was about to proceed with his + butchering. + </p> + <p> + Seeing a strange shadow on the ground beside him, Mr. Bear looked up and + gazed into the fearless eyes of rabbit’s handsome son. + </p> + <p> + “Who is this?” asked Mr. Bear of poor little Rabbit. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” answered Rabbit. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” asked the bear of Rabbit’s son. “Where did you come from?” + </p> + <p> + The rabbit’s son not replying, the bear spoke thus to him: “Get out of + here, and get out quick, too.” + </p> + <p> + At this speech the rabbit’s son became angered, and fastened an arrow to + his bow and drove the arrow through the bear’s heart. Then he turned on + Mrs. Bear and served her likewise. During the melee, Rabbit shouted: “My + son, my son, don’t kill the two youngest. The baby has kept me from + starving and the other one is good and kind to his baby brother.” + </p> + <p> + So the three older brothers who were unkind to their baby brother met a + similar fate to that of their selfish parents. + </p> + <p> + This (the story goes) is the reason that bears travel only in pairs. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0024" id="link2H_4_0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE BRAVE WHO WENT ON THE WARPATH ALONE AND WON THE NAME OF THE LONE + WARRIOR + </h2> + <p> + There was once a young man whose parents were not overburdened with the + riches of this world, and consequently could not dress their only son in + as rich a costume as the other young men of the tribe, and on account of + not being so richly clad as they, he was looked down upon and shunned by + them. He was never invited to take part in any of their sports; nor was he + ever asked to join any of the war parties. + </p> + <p> + In the village lived an old man with an only daughter. Like the other + family, they were poor, but the daughter was the belle of the tribe. She + was the most sought after by the young men of the village, and warriors + from tribes far distant came to press their suit at winning her for their + bride. All to no purpose; she had the same answer for them as she had for + the young men of the village. + </p> + <p> + The poor young man was also very handsome despite his poor clothes, but + having never killed an enemy nor brought home any enemies’ horses he was + not (according to Indian rules) allowed to make love to any young or old + woman. He tried in vain to join some of the war parties, that he might get + the chance to win his spurs as a warrior. To all his pleadings, came the + same answer: “You are not fit to join a war party. You have no horses, and + if you should get killed our tribe would be laughed at and be made fun of + as you have such poor clothes, and we don’t want the enemy to know that we + have any one of our tribe who dresses so poorly as you do.” + </p> + <p> + Again, and again, he tried different parties, only to be made fun of and + insulted. + </p> + <p> + One night he sat in the poor tepee of his parents. He was in deep study + and had nothing to say. His father, noticing his melancholy mood, asked + him what had happened to cause him to be so quiet, as he was always of a + jolly disposition. The son answered and said: + </p> + <p> + “Father, I am going on the warpath alone. In vain I have tried to be a + member of one of the war parties. To all of my pleadings I have got + nothing but insults in return.” + </p> + <p> + “But my son, you have no gun nor ammunition. Where can you get any and how + can you get it? We have nothing to buy one for you with,” said the father. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t need any weapons. I am going to bring back some of the enemies’ + horses, and I don’t need a gun for that.” + </p> + <p> + Early the next morning (regardless of the old couple’s pleadings not to go + unarmed) the young man left the village and headed northwest, the + direction always taken by the war parties. + </p> + <p> + For ten days he traveled without seeing any signs of a camp. The evening + of the tenth day, he reached a very high butte, thickly wooded at the + summit. He ascended this butte, and as he sat there between two large + boulders, watching the beautiful rays of the setting sun, he was suddenly + startled to hear the neigh of a horse. Looking down into the beautiful + valley which was threaded by a beautiful creek fringed with timber, he + noticed close to the base of the butte upon which he sat, a large drove of + horses grazing peacefully and quietly. Looking closer, he noticed at a + little distance from the main drove, a horse with a saddle on his back. + This was the one that had neighed, as the drove drifted further away from + him. He was tied by a long lariat to a large sage bush. + </p> + <p> + Where could the rider be, he said to himself. As if in answer to his + question, there appeared not more than twenty paces from him a middle aged + man coming up through a deep ravine. The man was evidently in search of + some kind of game, as he held his gun in readiness for instant use, and + kept his eyes directed at every crevice and clump of bush. So intent was + he on locating the game he was trailing, that he never noticed the young + man who sat like a statue not twenty paces away. Slowly and cautiously the + man approached, and when he had advanced to within a few paces of the + young man he stopped and turning around, stood looking down into the + valley. This was the only chance that our brave young friend had. Being + unarmed, he would stand no show if the enemy ever got a glimpse of him. + Slowly and noiselessly he drew his hunting knife (which his father had + given him on his departure from home) and holding it securely in his right + hand, gathered himself and gave a leap which landed him upon the + unsuspecting enemy’s shoulders. The force with which he landed on the + enemy caused him (the enemy) to lose his hold on his gun, and it went + rattling down into the chasm, forty feet below. + </p> + <p> + Down they came together, the young man on top. No sooner had they struck + the ground than the enemy had out his knife, and then commenced a hand to + hand duel. The enemy, having more experience, was getting the best of our + young friend. Already our young friend had two ugly cuts, one across his + chest and the other through his forearm. + </p> + <p> + He was becoming weak from the loss of blood, and could not stand the + killing pace much longer. Summoning all his strength for one more trial to + overcome his antagonist, he rushed him toward the chasm, and in his hurry + to get away from this fierce attack, the enemy stepped back one step too + far, and down they both went into the chasm. Interlocked in each other’s + arms, the young man drove his knife into the enemy’s side and when they + struck the bottom the enemy relaxed his hold and straightened out stiff + and dead. + </p> + <p> + Securing his scalp and gun, the young man proceeded down to where the + horse was tied to the sage bush, and then gathering the drove of horses + proceeded on his return to his own village. Being wounded severely he had + to ride very slowly. All the long hours of the night he drove the horses + towards his home village. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, those at the enemies’ camp wondered at the long absence + of the herder who was watching their drove of horses, and finally seven + young men went to search for the missing herder. All night long they + searched the hillsides for the horses and herder, and when it had grown + light enough in the morning they saw by the ground where there had been a + fierce struggle. + </p> + <p> + Following the tracks in the sand and leaves, they came to the chasm where + the combatants had fallen over, and there, lying on his back staring up at + them in death, was their herder. They hastened to the camp and told what + they had found. Immediately the warriors mounted their war ponies (these + ponies are never turned loose, but kept tied close to the tepee of the + owner), and striking the trail of the herd driven off by our young friend, + they urged forth their ponies and were soon far from their camp on the + trail of our young friend. All day long they traveled on his trail, and + just as the sun was sinking they caught sight of him driving the drove + ahead over a high hill. Again they urged forth their tired ponies. The + young man, looking back along the trail, saw some dark objects coming + along, and, catching a fresh horse, drove the rest ahead at a great rate. + Again all night he drove them, and when daylight came he looked back (from + a high butte) over his trail and saw coming over a distant raise, two + horsemen. These two undoubtedly rode the best ponies, as he saw nothing of + the others. Driving the horses into a thick belt of timber, he concealed + himself close to the trail made by the drove of horses, and lay in ambush + for the two daring horsemen who had followed him so far. Finally they + appeared on the butte from where he had looked back and saw them following + him. For a long time they sat there scouring the country before them in + hopes that they might see some signs of their stolen horses. Nothing could + they see. Had they but known, their horses were but a few hundred yards + from them, but the thick timber securely hid them from view. Finally one + of them arose and pointed to the timber. Then leaving his horse in charge + of his friend, he descended the butte and followed the trail of the drove + to where they had entered the timber. Little did he think that he was + standing on the brink of eternity. The young man hiding not more than a + hundred yards from him could have shot him there where he stood, but + wanting to play fair, he stepped into sight. When he did, the enemy took + quick aim and fired. He was too hasty. Had he taken more careful aim he + might have killed our young friend, but his bullet whizzed harmlessly over + the young man’s head and buried itself in a tree. The young man took good + aim and fired. The enemy threw up both hands and fell forward on his face. + The other one on the hill, seeing his friend killed, hastily mounted his + horse and leading his friend’s horse, made rapidly off down the butte in + the direction from whence he had come. Waiting for some time to be sure + the one who was alive did not come up and take a shot at him, he finally + advanced upon the fallen enemy and securing his gun, ammunition and scalp, + went to his horse and drove the herd on through the woods and crossing a + long flat prairie, ascended a long chain of hills and sat looking back + along his trail in search of any of the enemy who might continue to follow + him. + </p> + <p> + Thus he sat until the long shadows of the hills reminded him that it would + soon be sunset, and as he must get some sleep, he wanted to find some + creek bend where he could drive the bunch of ponies and feel safe as to + their not straying off during the night. He found a good place for the + herd, and catching a fresh horse, he picketed him close to where he was + going to sleep, and wrapping himself in his blanket, was soon fast asleep. + So tired and sleepy was he that a heavy rain which had come up, during the + night, soaked him through and through, but he never awakened until the sun + was high in the east. + </p> + <p> + He awoke and going to the place where he had left the herd, he was glad to + find them all there. He mounted his horse and started his herd homeward + again. For two days he drove them, and on the evening of the second day he + came in sight of the village. + </p> + <p> + The older warriors, hearing of the young man going on this trip alone and + unarmed, told the parents to go in mourning for their son, as he would + never come back alive. When the people of the village saw this large drove + of horses advancing towards them, they at first thought it was a war party + of the enemy, and so the head men called the young warriors together and + fully prepared for a great battle. They advanced upon the supposed enemy. + When they got close enough to discern a lone horseman driving this large + herd, they surrounded the horses and lone warrior, and brought him + triumphantly into camp. On arriving in the camp (or village) the horses + were counted and the number counted up to one hundred and ten head. + </p> + <p> + The chief and his criers (or heralds) announced through the whole village + that there would be a great war dance given in honor of the Lone Warrior. + </p> + <p> + The whole village turned out and had a great war dance that was kept up + three days and three nights. The two scalps which the young man had taken + were tied to a pole which was placed in the center of the dance circle. At + this dance, the Lone Warrior gave to each poor family five head of horses. + </p> + <p> + Being considered eligible now to pay his respects to any girl who took his + fancy, he at once went to the camp of the beautiful girl of the tribe, and + as he was always her choice, she at once consented to marry him. + </p> + <p> + The news spread through the village that Lone Warrior had won the belle of + the nation for his bride, and this with the great feat which he had + accomplished alone in killing two enemies and bringing home a great herd + of horses, raised him to the rank of chief, which he faithfully filled to + the end of his days. And many times he had to tell his grandchildren the + story of how he got the name of the Lone Warrior. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0025" id="link2H_4_0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SIOUX WHO MARRIED THE CROW CHIEF’S DAUGHTER + </h2> + <p> + A war party of seven young men, seeing a lone tepee standing on the edge + of a heavy belt of timber, stopped and waited for darkness, in order to + send one of their scouts ahead to ascertain whether the camp which they + had seen was the camp of friend or enemy. + </p> + <p> + When darkness had settled down on them, and they felt secure in not being + detected, they chose one of their scouts to go on alone and find out what + would be the best direction for them to advance upon the camp, should it + prove to be an enemy. + </p> + <p> + Among the scouts was one who was noted for his bravery, and many were the + brave acts he had performed. His name was Big Eagle. This man they + selected to go to the lone camp and obtain the information for which they + were waiting. + </p> + <p> + Big Eagle was told to look carefully over the ground and select the best + direction from which they should make the attack. The other six would + await his return. He started on his mission, being careful not to make any + noise. He stealthily approached the camp. As he drew near to the tent he + was surprised to note the absence of any dogs, as these animals are always + kept by the Sioux to notify the owners by their barking of the approach of + anyone. He crawled up to the tepee door, and peeping through a small + aperture, he saw three persons sitting inside. An elderly man and woman + were sitting at the right of the fireplace, and a young woman at the seat + of honor, opposite the door. + </p> + <p> + Big Eagle had been married and his wife had died five winters previous to + the time of this episode. He had never thought of marrying again, but when + he looked upon this young woman he thought he was looking upon the face of + his dead wife. He removed his cartridge belts and knife, and placing them, + along with his rifle, at the side of the tent, he at once boldly stepped + inside the tepee, and going over to the man, extended his hand and shook + first the man’s hand, then the old woman’s, and lastly the young woman’s. + Then he seated himself by the side of the girl, and thus they sat, no one + speaking. + </p> + <p> + Finally, Big Eagle made signs to the man, explaining as well as possible + by signs, that his wife had died long ago, and when he saw the girl she so + strongly resembled his dead wife that he wished to marry her, and he would + go back to the enemy’s camp and live with them, if they would consent to + the marriage of their daughter. + </p> + <p> + The old man seemed to understand, and Big Eagle again made signs to him + that a party were lying in wait just a short distance from his camp. + Noiselessly they brought in the horses, and taking down the tent, they at + once moved off in the direction from whence they had come. The war party + waited all night, and when the first rays of dawn disclosed to them the + absence of the tepee, they at once concluded that Big Eagle had been + discovered and killed, so they hurriedly started on their trail for home. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, the hunting party, for this it was that Big Eagle had + joined, made very good time in putting a good distance between themselves + and the war party. All day they traveled, and when evening came they + ascended a high hill, looking down into the valley on the other side. + There stretched for two miles, along the banks of a small stream, an + immense camp. The old man made signs for Big Eagle to remain with the two + women where he was, until he could go to the camp and prepare them to + receive an enemy into their village. + </p> + <p> + The old man rode through the camp and drew up at the largest tepee in the + village. Soon Big Eagle could see men gathering around the tepee. The + crowd grew larger and larger, until the whole village had assembled at the + large tepee. Finally they dispersed, and catching their horses, mounted + and advanced to the hill on which Big Eagle and the two women were + waiting. They formed a circle around them and slowly they returned to the + village, singing and riding in a circle around them. + </p> + <p> + When they arrived at the village they advanced to the large tepee, and + motioned Big Eagle to the seat of honor in the tepee. In the village was a + man who understood and spoke the Sioux language. He was sent for, and + through him the oath of allegiance to the Crow tribe was taken by Big + Eagle. This done he was presented with the girl to wife, and also with + many spotted ponies. + </p> + <p> + Big Eagle lived with his wife among her people for two years, and during + this time he joined in four different battles between his own people (the + Sioux) and the Crow people, to whom his wife belonged. + </p> + <p> + In no battle with his own people would he carry any weapons, only a long + willow coup-stick, with which he struck the fallen Sioux. + </p> + <p> + At the expiration of two years he concluded to pay a visit to his own + tribe, and his father-in-law, being a chief of high standing, at once had + it heralded through the village that his son-in-law would visit his own + people, and for them to show their good will and respect for him by + bringing ponies for his son-in-law to take back to his people. + </p> + <p> + Hearing this, the herds were all driven in and all day long horses were + brought to the tent of Big Eagle, and when he was ready to start on his + homeward trip, twenty young men were elected to accompany him to within a + safe distance of his village. The twenty young men drove the gift horses, + amounting to two hundred and twenty head, to within one day’s journey of + the village of Big Eagle, and fearing for their safety from his people, + Big Eagle sent them back to their own village. + </p> + <p> + On his arrival at his home village, they received him as one returned from + the dead, as they were sure he had been killed the night he had been sent + to reconnoiter the lone camp. There was great feasting and dancing in + honor of his return, and the horses were distributed among the needy ones + of the village. + </p> + <p> + Remaining at his home village for a year, he one day made up his mind to + return to his wife’s people. A great many fancy robes, dresses, war + bonnets, moccasins, and a great drove of horses were given him, and his + wife, and he bade farewell to his people for good, saying, “I will never + return to you again, as I have decided to live the remainder of my days + with my wife’s people.” + </p> + <p> + On his arrival at the village of the Crows, he found his father-in-law at + the point of death. A few days later the old man died, and Big Eagle was + appointed to fill the vacancy of chief made by the death of his + father-in-law. + </p> + <p> + Subsequently he took part in battles against his own people, and in the + third battle was killed on the field. Tenderly the Crow warriors bore him + back to their camp, and great was the mourning in the Crow village for the + brave man who always went into battle unarmed, save only the willow wand + which he carried. + </p> + <p> + Thus ended the career of one of the bravest of Sioux warriors who ever + took the scalp of an enemy, and who for the love of his dead wife, gave up + home, parents, and friends, to be killed on the field of battle by his own + tribe. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0026" id="link2H_4_0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE BOY AND THE TURTLES + </h2> + <p> + A boy went on a turtle hunt, and after following the different streams for + hours, finally came to the conclusion that the only place he would find + any turtles would be at the little lake, where the tribe always hunted + them. + </p> + <p> + So, leaving the stream he had been following, he cut across country to the + lake. On drawing near the lake he crawled on his hands and knees in order + not to be seen by the turtles, who were very watchful, as they had been + hunted so much. Peeping over the rock he saw a great many out on the shore + sunning themselves, so he very cautiously undressed, so he could leap into + the water and catch them before they secreted themselves. But on pulling + off his shirt one of his hands was held up so high that the turtles saw it + and jumped into the lake with a great splash. + </p> + <p> + The boy ran to the shore, but saw only bubbles coming up from the bottom. + Directly the boy saw something coming to the surface, and soon it came up + into sight. It was a little man, and soon others, by the hundreds, came up + and swam about, splashing the water up into the air to a great height. So + scared was the boy that he never stopped to gather up his clothes but ran + home naked and fell into his grandmother’s tent door. + </p> + <p> + “What is the trouble, grandchild,” cried the old woman. But the boy could + not answer. “Did you see anything unnatural?” He shook his head, “no.” He + made signs to the grandmother that his lungs were pressing so hard against + his sides that he could not talk. He kept beating his side with his + clenched hands. The grandmother got out her medicine bag, made a prayer to + the Great Spirit to drive out the evil spirit that had entered her + grandson’s body, and after she had applied the medicine, the prayer must + have been heard and answered, as the boy commenced telling her what he had + heard and seen. + </p> + <p> + The grandmother went to the chief’s tent and told what her grandson had + seen. The chief sent two brave warriors to the lake to ascertain whether + it was true or not. The two warriors crept to the little hill close to the + lake, and there, sure enough, the lake was swarming with little men + swimming about, splashing the water high up into the air. The warriors, + too, were scared and hurried home, and in the council called on their + return told what they had seen. The boy was brought to the council and + given the seat of honor (opposite the door), and was named “Wankan + Wanyanka” (sees holy). + </p> + <p> + The lake had formerly borne the name of Truth Lake, but from this time on + was called “Wicasa-bde”—Man Lake. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE HERMIT, OR THE GIFT OF CORN + </h2> + <p> + In a deep forest, far from the villages of his people, lived a hermit. His + tent was made of buffalo skins, and his dress was made of deer skin. Far + from the haunts of any human being this old hermit was content to spend + his days. + </p> + <p> + All day long he would wander through the forest studying the different + plants of nature and collecting precious roots, which he used as medicine. + At long intervals some warrior would arrive at the tent of the old hermit + and get medicine roots from him for the tribe, the old hermit’s medicine + being considered far superior to all others. + </p> + <p> + After a long day’s ramble in the woods, the hermit came home late, and + being very tired, at once lay down on his bed and was just dozing off to + sleep, when he felt something rub against his foot. Awakening with a + start, he noticed a dark object and an arm was extended to him, holding in + its hand a flint pointed arrow. + </p> + <p> + The hermit thought, “This must be a spirit, as there is no human being + around here but myself!” A voice then said: “Hermit, I have come to invite + you to my home.” “How (yes), I will come,” said the old hermit. Wherewith + he arose, wrapped his robe about him and followed. + </p> + <p> + Outside the door he stopped and looked around, but could see no signs of + the dark object. + </p> + <p> + “Whoever you are, or whatever you be, wait for me, as I don’t know where + to go to find your house,” said the hermit. Not an answer did he receive, + nor could he hear any noises as though anyone was walking through the + brush. Re-entering his tent he retired and was soon fast asleep. The next + night the same thing occurred again, and the hermit followed the object + out, only to be left as before. + </p> + <p> + He was very angry to think that anyone should be trying to make sport of + him, and he determined to find out who this could be who was disturbing + his night’s rest. + </p> + <p> + The next evening he cut a hole in the tent large enough to stick an arrow + through, and stood by the door watching. Soon the dark object came and + stopped outside of the door, and said: “Grandfather, I came to—,” + but he never finished the sentence, for the old man let go his arrow, and + he heard the arrow strike something which produced a sound as though he + had shot into a sack of pebbles. He did not go out that night to see what + his arrow had struck, but early next morning he went out and looked at the + spot about where he thought the object had stood. There on the ground lay + a little heap of corn, and from this little heap a small line of corn lay + scattered along a path. This he followed far into the woods. When he came + to a very small knoll the trail ended. At the end of the trail was a large + circle, from which the grass had been scraped off clean. + </p> + <p> + “The corn trail stops at the edge of this circle,” said the old man, “so + this must be the home of whoever it was that invited me.” He took his bone + knife and hatchet and proceeded to dig down into the center of the circle. + When he had got down to the length of his arm, he came to a sack of dried + meat. Next he found a sack of Indian turnips, then a sack of dried + cherries; then a sack of corn, and last of all another sack, empty except + that there was about a cupful of corn in one corner of it, and that the + sack had a hole in the other corner where his arrow had pierced it. From + this hole in the sack the corn was scattered along the trail, which guided + the old man to the cache.* + </p> + <p> + From this the hermit taught the tribes how to keep their provisions when + traveling and were overloaded. He explained to them how they should dig a + pit and put their provisions into it and cover them with earth. By this + method the Indians used to keep provisions all summer, and when fall came + they would return to their cache, and on opening it would find everything + as fresh as the day they were placed there. + </p> + <p> + The old hermit was also thanked as the discoverer of corn, which had never + been known to the Indians until discovered by the old hermit. + </p> + <p> + *Hiding place. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0028" id="link2H_4_0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE MYSTERIOUS BUTTE + </h2> + <p> + A young man was once hunting and came to a steep hill. The east side of + the hill suddenly dropped off to a very steep bank. He stood on this bank, + and at the base he noticed a small opening. On going down to examine it + more closely, he found it was large enough to admit a horse or buffalo. On + either side of the door were figures of different animals engraved into + the wall. + </p> + <p> + He entered the opening and there, scattered about on the floor, lay many + bracelets, pipes and many other things of ornament, as though they had + been offerings to some great spirit. He passed through this first room and + on entering the second it was so dark that he could not see his hands + before his face, so becoming scared, he hurriedly left the place, and + returning home told what he had seen. + </p> + <p> + Upon hearing this the chief selected four of his most daring warriors to + go with this young man and investigate and ascertain whether the young man + was telling the truth or not. The five proceeded to the butte, and at the + entrance the young man refused to go inside, as the figures on either side + of the entrance had been changed. + </p> + <p> + The four entered and seeing that all in the first chamber was as the young + man had told, they went on to the next chamber and found it so dark that + they could not see anything. They continued on, however, feeling their way + along the walls. They finally found an entrance that was so narrow that + they had to squeeze into it sideways. They felt their way around the walls + and found another entrance, so low down that they had to crawl on their + hands and knees to go through into the next chamber. + </p> + <p> + On entering the last chamber they found a very sweet odor coming from the + opposite direction. Feeling around and crawling on their hands and knees, + they discovered a hole in the floor leading downward. From this hole came + up the sweet odor. They hurriedly held a council, and decided to go no + further, but return to the camp and report what they had found. On getting + to the first chamber one of the young men said: “I am going to take these + bracelets to show that we are telling the truth.” “No,” said the other + three, “this being the abode of some Great Spirit, you may have some + accident befall you for taking what is not yours.” “Ah! You fellows are + like old women,” said he, taking a fine bracelet and encircling his left + wrist with it. + </p> + <p> + When they reached the village they reported what they had seen. The young + man exhibited the bracelet to prove that it was the truth they had told. + </p> + <p> + Shortly after this, these four young men were out fixing up traps for + wolves. They would raise one end of a heavy log and place a stick under, + bracing up the log. A large piece of meat was placed about five feet away + from the log and this space covered with poles and willows. At the place + where the upright stick was put, a hole was left open, large enough to + admit the body of a wolf. The wolf, scenting the meat and unable to get at + it through the poles and willows, would crowd into the hole and working + his body forward, in order to get the meat, would push down the brace and + the log thus released would hold the wolf fast under its weight. + </p> + <p> + The young man with the bracelet was placing his bait under the log when he + released the log by knocking down the brace, and the log caught his wrist + on which he wore the bracelet. He could not release himself and called + loud and long for assistance. His friends, hearing his call, came to his + assistance, and on lifting the log found the young man’s wrist broken. + “Now,” said they, “you have been punished for taking the wristlet out of + the chamber of the mysterious butte.” + </p> + <p> + Some time after this a young man went to the butte and saw engraved on the + wall a woman holding in her hand a pole, with which she was holding up a + large amount of beef which had been laid across another pole, which had + broken in two from the weight of so much meat. + </p> + <p> + He returned to the camp and reported what he had seen. All around the + figure he saw marks of buffalo hoofs, also marked upon the wall. + </p> + <p> + The next day an enormous herd of buffalo came near to the village, and a + great many were killed. The women were busy cutting up and drying the + meat. At one camp was more meat than at any other. The woman was hanging + meat upon a long tent pole, when the pole broke in two and she was obliged + to hold the meat up with another pole, just as the young man saw on the + mysterious butte. + </p> + <p> + Ever after that the Indians paid weekly visits to this butte, and thereon + would read the signs that were to govern their plans. + </p> + <p> + This butte was always considered the prophet of the tribe. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0029" id="link2H_4_0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE WONDERFUL TURTLE + </h2> + <p> + Near to a Chippewa village lay a large lake, and in this lake there lived + an enormous turtle. This was no ordinary turtle, as he would often come + out of his home in the lake and visit with his Indian neighbors. He paid + the most of his visits to the head chief, and on these occasions would + stay for hours, smoking and talking with him. + </p> + <p> + The chief, seeing that the turtle was very smart and showed great wisdom + in his talk, took a great fancy to him, and whenever any puzzling subject + came up before the chief, he generally sent for Mr. Turtle to help him + decide. + </p> + <p> + One day there came a great misunderstanding between different parties of + the tribe, and so excited became both sides that it threatened to cause + bloodshed. The chief was unable to decide for either faction, so he said, + “I will call Mr. Turtle. He will judge for you.” + </p> + <p> + Sending for the turtle, the chief vacated his seat for the time being, + until the turtle should hear both sides, and decide which was in the + right. The turtle came, and taking the chief’s seat, listened very + attentively to both sides, and thought long before he gave his decision. + After thinking long and studying each side carefully, he came to the + conclusion to decide in favor of both. This would not cause any hard + feelings. So he gave them a lengthy speech and showed them where they were + both in the right, and wound up by saying: + </p> + <p> + “You are both in the right in some ways and wrong in others. Therefore, I + will say that you both are equally in the right.” + </p> + <p> + When they heard this decision, they saw that the turtle was right, and + gave him a long cheer for the wisdom displayed by him. The whole tribe saw + that had it not been for this wise decision there would have been a great + shedding of blood in the tribe. So they voted him as their judge, and the + chief, being so well pleased with him, gave to him his only daughter in + marriage. + </p> + <p> + The daughter of the chief was the most beautiful maiden of the Chippewa + nation, and young men from other tribes traveled hundreds of miles for an + opportunity to make love to her, and try to win her for a wife. It was all + to no purpose. She would accept no one, only him whom her father would + select for her. The turtle was very homely, but as he was prudent and + wise, the father chose him, and she accepted him. + </p> + <p> + The young men of the tribe were very jealous, but their jealousy was all + to no purpose. She married the turtle. The young men would make sport of + the chief’s son-in-law. They would say to him: “How did you come to have + so flat a stomach?” The turtle answered them, saying: + </p> + <p> + “My friends, had you been in my place, you too would have flat stomachs. I + came by my flat stomach in this way: The Chippewas and Sioux had a great + battle, and the Sioux, too numerous for the Chippewas, were killing them + off so fast that they had to run for their lives. I was on the Chippewa + side and some of the Sioux were pressing five of us, and were gaining on + us very fast. Coming to some high grass, I threw myself down flat on my + face, and pressed my stomach close to the ground, so the pursuers could + not see me. They passed me and killed the four I was with. After they had + gone back, I arose and lo! my stomach was as you see it now. So hard had I + pressed to the ground that it would not assume its original shape again.” + </p> + <p> + After he had explained the cause of his deformity to them, they said: “The + Turtle is brave. We will bother him no more.” Shortly after this the Sioux + made an attack upon the Chippewas, and every one deserted the village. The + Turtle could not travel as fast as the rest and was left behind. It being + an unusually hot day in the fall, the Turtle grew very thirsty and sleepy. + Finally scenting water, he crawled towards the point from whence the scent + came, and coming to a large lake jumped in and had a bath, after which he + swam towards the center and dived down, and finding some fine large rocks + at the bottom, he crawled in among them and fell asleep. He had his sleep + out and arose to the top. + </p> + <p> + Swimming to shore he found it was summer. He had slept all winter. The + birds were singing, and the green grass and leaves gave forth a sweet + odor. + </p> + <p> + He crawled out and started out looking for the Chippewa camp. He came upon + the camp several days after he had left his winter quarters, and going + around in search of his wife, found her at the extreme edge of the + village. She was nursing her baby, and as he asked to see it, she showed + it to him. When he saw that it was a lovely baby and did not resemble him + in any respect, he got angry and went off to a large lake, where he + contented himself with catching flies and insects and living on seaweed + the remainder of his life. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0030" id="link2H_4_0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE MAN AND THE OAK + </h2> + <p> + There once lived a Sioux couple who had two children, a boy and a girl. + Every fall this family would move away from the main camp and take up + their winter quarters in a grove of timber some distance from the + principal village. The reason they did this was that he was a great hunter + and where a village was located for the winter the game was usually very + scarce. Therefore, he always camped by himself in order to have an + abundance of game adjacent to his camp. + </p> + <p> + All summer he had roamed around following the tribe to wherever their + fancy might take them. During their travels this particular year there + came to the village a strange girl who had no relatives there. No one + seemed very anxious to take her into their family, so the great hunter’s + daughter, taking a fancy to the poor girl, took her to their home and kept + her. She addressed her as sister, and the parents, on account of their + daughter, addressed her as daughter. + </p> + <p> + This strange girl became desperately in love with the young man of the + family, but being addressed as daughter by the parents, she could not + openly show her feelings as the young man was considered her brother. + </p> + <p> + In the fall when the main village moved into a large belt of timber for + their winter quarters, the hunter moved on to another place two days’ + travel from the main winter camp, where he would not be disturbed by any + other hunters. + </p> + <p> + The young man had a tent by himself, and it was always kept nice and clean + by his sister, who was very much attached to him. After a long day’s hunt + in the woods, he would go into his tent and lie down to rest, and when his + supper was ready his sister would say, “My brother is so tired. I will + carry his supper to him.” + </p> + <p> + Her friend, whom she addressed as sister, would never go into the young + man’s tent. Along towards spring there came one night into the young man’s + tent a woman. She sat down by the door and kept her face covered so that + it was hidden from view. She sat there a long time and finally arose and + went away. The young man could not imagine who this could be. He knew that + it was a long distance from the village and could not make out where the + woman could have come from. The next night the woman came again and this + time she came a little nearer to where the young man lay. She sat down and + kept her face covered as before. Neither spoke a word. She sat there for a + long time and then arose and departed. He was very much puzzled over the + actions of this woman and decided to ascertain on her next visit who she + was. + </p> + <p> + He kindled a small fire in his tent and had some ash wood laid on it so as + to keep fire a long time, as ash burns very slowly and holds fire a long + time. + </p> + <p> + The third night the woman came again and sat down still nearer his bed. + She held her blanket open just a trifle, and he, catching up one of the + embers, flashed it in her face; jumping up she ran hurriedly out of the + tent. The next morning he noticed that his adopted sister kept her face + hidden with her blanket. She chanced to drop her blanket while in the act + of pouring out some soup, and when she did so he noticed a large burned + spot on her cheek. + </p> + <p> + He felt so sorry for what he had done that he could eat no breakfast, but + went outside and lay down under an oak tree. All day long he lay there + gazing up into the tree, and when he was called for supper he refused, + saying that he was not hungry, and for them not to bother him, as he would + soon get up and go to bed. Far into the night he lay thus, and when he + tried to arise he could not, as a small oak tree grew through the center + of his body and held him fast to the ground. + </p> + <p> + In the morning when the family awoke they found the girl had disappeared, + and on going outside the sister discovered her brother held fast to the + earth by an oak tree which grew very rapidly. In vain were the best + medicine men of the tribe sent for. Their medicine was of no avail. They + said: “If the tree is cut down the young man will die.” + </p> + <p> + The sister was wild with grief, and extending her hands to the sun, she + cried: “Great Spirit, relieve my suffering brother. Any one who releases + him I will marry, be he young, old, homely or deformed.” + </p> + <p> + Several days after the young man had met with the mishap, there came to + the tent a very tall man, who had a bright light encircling his body. + “Where is the girl who promised to marry any one who would release her + brother?” “I am the one,” said the young man’s sister. “I am the + all-powerful lightning and thunder. I see all things and can kill at one + stroke a whole tribe. When I make my voice heard the rocks shake loose and + go rattling down the hillsides. The brave warriors cower shivering under + some shelter at the sound of my voice. The girl whom you had adopted as + your sister was a sorceress. She bewitched your brother because he would + not let her make love to him. On my way here I met her traveling towards + the west, and knowing what she had done, I struck her with one of my + blazing swords, and she lies there now a heap of ashes. I will now release + your brother.” + </p> + <p> + So saying he placed his hand on the tree and instantly it crumbled to + ashes. The young man arose, and thanked his deliverer. + </p> + <p> + Then they saw a great black cloud approaching, and the man said: “Make + ready, we shall go home on that cloud.” As the cloud approached near to + the man who stood with his bride, it suddenly lowered and enveloped them + and with a great roar and amidst flashes of lightning and loud peals of + thunder the girl ascended and disappeared into the west with her Thunder + and Lightning husband. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0031" id="link2H_4_0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STORY OF THE TWO YOUNG FRIENDS + </h2> + <p> + There were once in a very large Indian camp two little boys who were fast + friends. One of the boys, “Chaske” (meaning first born), was the son of a + very rich family, and was always dressed in the finest of clothes of + Indian costume. The other boy, “Hake” (meaning last born), was an orphan + and lived with his old grandmother, who was very destitute, and + consequently could not dress the boy in fine raiment. So poorly was the + boy dressed that the boys who had good clothes always tormented him and + would not play in his company. + </p> + <p> + Chaske did not look at the clothes of any boy whom he chose as a friend, + but mingled with all boys regardless of how they were clad, and would + study their dispositions. The well dressed he found were vain and + conceited. The fairly well dressed he found selfish and spiteful. The + poorly clad he found to be generous and truthful, and from all of them he + chose “Hake” for his “Koda” (friend). As Chaske was the son of the leading + war chief he was very much sought after by the rest of the boys, each one + trying to gain the honor of being chosen for the friend and companion of + the great chief’s son; but, as I have before said, Chaske carefully + studied them all and finally chose the orphan Hake. + </p> + <p> + It was a lucky day for Hake when he was chosen for the friend and + companion of Chaske. The orphan boy was taken to the lodge of his friend’s + parents and dressed up in fine clothes and moccasins. (When the Indians’ + sons claim any one as their friend, the friend thus chosen is adopted into + the family as their own son). + </p> + <p> + Chaske and Hake were inseparable. Where one was seen the other was not far + distant. They played, hunted, trapped, ate and slept together. They would + spend most of the long summer days hunting in the forests. + </p> + <p> + Time went on and these two fast friends grew up to be fine specimens of + their tribe. When they became the age to select a sweetheart they would go + together and make love to a girl. Each helping the other to win the + affection of the one of his choice. Chaske loved a girl who was the + daughter of an old medicine man. She was very much courted by the other + young men of the tribe, and many a horse loaded with robes and fine + porcupine work was tied at the medicine man’s tepee in offering for the + hand of his daughter, but the horses, laden as when tied there, were + turned loose, signifying that the offer was not accepted. + </p> + <p> + The girl’s choice was Chaske’s friend Hake. Although he had never made + love to her for himself, he had always used honeyed words to her and was + always loud in his praises for his friend Chaske. One night the two + friends had been to see the girl, and on their return Chaske was very + quiet, having nothing to say and seemingly in deep study. Always of a + bright, jolly and amiable disposition, his silence and moody spell grieved + his friend very much, and he finally spoke to Chaske, saying: “Koda, what + has come over you? You who were always so jolly and full of fun? Your + silence makes me grieve for you and I do not know what you are feeling so + downhearted about. Has the girl said anything to you to make you feel + thus?” + </p> + <p> + “Wait, friend,” said Chaske, “until morning, and then I will know how to + answer your inquiry. Don’t ask me anything more tonight, as my heart is + having a great battle with my brain.” + </p> + <p> + Hake bothered his friend no more that night, but he could not sleep. He + kept wondering what “Pretty Feather” (the girl whom his friend loved) + could have said to Chaske to bring such a change over him. Hake never + suspected that he himself was the cause of his friend’s sorrow, for never + did he have a thought that it was himself that Pretty Feather loved. + </p> + <p> + The next morning after they had eaten breakfast, Chaske proposed that they + should go out on the prairies, and see if they would have the good luck to + kill an antelope. Hake went out and got the band of horses, of which there + were over a hundred. They selected the fleetest two in the herd, and + taking their bows and arrows, mounted and rode away towards the south. + </p> + <p> + Hake was overjoyed to note the change in his friend. His oldtime jollity + had returned. They rode out about five miles, and scaring up a drove of + antelope they started in hot pursuit, and as their horses were very fleet + of foot soon caught up to the drove, and each singling out his choice + quickly dispatched him with an arrow. They could easily have killed more + of the antelope, but did not want to kill them just for sport, but for + food, and knowing that they had now all that their horses could pack home, + they dismounted and proceeded to dress their kill. + </p> + <p> + After each had finished packing the kill on his horse, Chaske said: “Let + us sit down and have a smoke before we start back. Besides, I have + something to tell you which I can tell better sitting still than I can + riding along.” Hake came and sat down opposite his friend, and while they + smoked Chaske said: + </p> + <p> + “My friend, we have been together for the last twenty years and I have yet + the first time to deceive you in any way, and I know I can truthfully say + the same of you. Never have I known you to deceive me nor tell me an + untruth. I have no brothers or sisters. The only brother’s love I know is + yours. The only sister’s love I will know will be Pretty Feather’s, for + brother, last night she told me she loved none but you and would marry you + and you only. So, brother, I am going to take my antelope to my + sister-in-law’s tent and deposit it at her door. Then she will know that + her wish will be fulfilled. I thought at first that you had been playing + traitor to me and had been making love to her for yourself, but when she + explained it all to me and begged me to intercede for her to you, I then + knew that I had judged you wrongfully, and that, together with my lost + love, made me so quiet and sorrowful last night. So now, brother, take the + flower of the nation for your wife, and I will be content to continue + through life a lonely bachelor, as never again can I give any woman the + place which Pretty Feather had in my heart.” + </p> + <p> + Their pipes being smoked out they mounted their ponies and Chaske started + up in a clear, deep voice the beautiful love song of Pretty Feather and + his friend Hake. + </p> + <p> + Such is the love between two friends, who claim to be as brothers among + the Indians. Chaske gave up his love of a beautiful woman for a man who + was in fact no relation to him. + </p> + <p> + Hake said, “I will do as you say, my friend, but before I can marry the + medicine man’s daughter, I will have to go on the warpath and do some + brave deed, and will start in ten days.” They rode towards home, planning + which direction they would travel, and as it was to be their first + experience on the warpath, they would seek advice from the old warriors of + the tribe. + </p> + <p> + On their arrival at the village Hake took his kill to their own tent, + while Chaske took his to the tent of the Medicine Man, and deposited it at + the door and rode off towards home. + </p> + <p> + The mother of Pretty Feather did not know whether to take the offering or + not, but Pretty Feather, seeing by this offering that her most cherished + wish was to be granted, told her mother to take the meat and cook it and + invite the old women of the camp to a feast in honor of the son-in-law who + was soon to keep them furnished with plenty of meat. Hake and his friend + sought out all of the old warriors and gained all the information they + desired. Every evening Hake visited his intended wife and many happy + evenings they spent together. + </p> + <p> + The morning of the tenth day the two friends left the village and turned + their faces toward the west where the camps of the enemy are more numerous + than in any other direction. They were not mounted and therefore traveled + slowly, so it took about ten days of walking before they saw any signs of + the enemy. The old warriors had told them of a thickly wooded creek within + the enemies’ bounds. The old men said, “That creek looks the ideal place + to camp, but don’t camp there by any means, because there is a ghost who + haunts that creek, and any one who camps there is disturbed all through + the night, and besides they never return, because the ghost is Wakan + (holy), and the enemies conquer the travelers every time.” The friends had + extra moccasins with them and one extra blanket, as it was late in the + fall and the nights were very cold. + </p> + <p> + They broke camp early one morning and walked all day. Along towards + evening, the clouds which had been threatening all day, hurriedly opened + their doors and down came the snowflakes thick and fast. Just before it + started snowing the friends had noticed a dark line about two miles in + advance of them. Chaske spoke to his friend and said: “If this storm + continues we will be obliged to stay overnight at Ghost Creek, as I + noticed it not far ahead of us, just before the storm set in.” “I noticed + it also,” said Hake. “We might as well entertain a ghost all night as to + lie out on these open prairies and freeze to death.” So they decided to + run the risk and stay in the sheltering woods of Ghost Creek. When they + got to the creek it seemed as if they had stepped inside a big tepee, so + thick was the brush and timber that the wind could not be felt at all. + They hunted and found a place where the brush was very thick and the grass + very tall. They quickly pulled the tops of the nearest willows together + and by intertwining the ends made them fast, and throwing their tent robe + over this, soon had a cosy tepee in which to sleep. They started their + fire and cooked some dried buffalo meat and buffalo tallow, and were just + about to eat their supper when a figure of a man came slowly in through + the door and sat down near where he had entered. Hake, being the one who + was doing the cooking, poured out some tea into his own cup, and putting a + piece of pounded meat and marrow into a small plate, placed it before the + stranger, saying: “Eat, my friend, we are on the warpath and do not carry + much of a variety of food with us, but I give you the best we have.” + </p> + <p> + The stranger drew the plate towards him, and commenced eating ravenously. + He soon finished his meal and handed the dish and cup back. He had not + uttered a word so far. Chaske filled the pipe and handed it to him. He + smoked for a few minutes, took one last draw from the pipe and handed it + back to Chaske, and then he said: “Now, my friends, I am not a living man, + but the wandering spirit of a once great warrior, who was killed in these + woods by the enemy whom you two brave young men are now seeking to make + war upon. For years I have been roaming these woods in hopes that I might + find some one brave enough to stop and listen to me, but all who have + camped here in the past have run away at my approach or fired guns or shot + arrows at me. For such cowards as these I have always found a grave. They + never returned to their homes. Now I have found two brave men whom I can + tell what I want done, and if you accomplish what I tell you to do, you + will return home with many horses and some scalps dangling from your + belts. Just over this range of hills north of us, a large village is + encamped for the winter. In that camp is the man who laid in ambush and + shot me, killing me before I could get a chance to defend myself. I want + that man’s scalp, because he has been the cause of my wanderings for a + great many years. Had he killed me on the battlefield my spirit would have + at once joined my brothers in the happy hunting grounds, but being killed + by a coward, my spirit is doomed to roam until I can find some brave man + who will kill this coward and bring me his scalp. This is why I have tried + every party who have camped here to listen to me, but as I have said + before, they were all cowards. Now, I ask you two brave young men, will + you do this for me?” + </p> + <p> + “We will,” said the friends in one voice. “Thank you, my boys. Now, I know + why you came here, and that one of you came to earn his feathers by + killing an enemy, before he would marry; the girl he is to marry is my + granddaughter, as I am the father of the great Medicine Man. In the + morning there will pass by in plain sight of here a large party. They will + chase the buffalo over on that flat. After they have passed an old man + leading a black horse and riding a white one will come by on the trail + left by the hunting party. He will be driving about a hundred horses, + which he will leave over in the next ravine. He will then proceed to the + hunting grounds and get meat from the different hunters. After the hunters + have all gone home he will come last, singing the praises of the ones who + gave him the meat. This man you must kill and scalp, as he is the one I + want killed. Then take the white and black horse and each mount and go to + the hunting grounds. There you will see two of the enemy riding about + picking up empty shells. Kill and scalp these two and each take a scalp + and come over to the high knoll and I will show you where the horses are, + and as soon as you hand me the old man’s scalp I will disappear and you + will see me no more. As soon as I disappear, it will start in snowing. + Don’t be afraid as the snow will cover your trail, but nevertheless, don’t + stop traveling for three days and nights, as these people will suspect + that some of your tribe have done this, and they will follow you until you + cross your own boundary lines.” + </p> + <p> + When morning came, the two friends sat in the thick brush and watched a + large party pass by their hiding place. So near were they that the friends + could hear them laughing and talking. After the hunting party had passed, + as the spirit had told them, along came the old man, driving a large band + of horses and leading a fine looking coal black horse. The horse the old + man was riding was as white as snow. The friends crawled to a little brush + covered hill and watched the chase after the shooting had ceased. The + friends knew it would not be long before the return of the party, so they + crawled back to their camp and hurriedly ate some pounded meat and drank + some cherry tea. Then they took down their robe and rolled it up and got + everything in readiness for a hurried flight with the horses. Scarcely had + they got everything in readiness when the party came by, singing their + song of the chase. When they had all gone the friends crawled down to the + trail and lay waiting for the old man. Soon they heard him singing. Nearer + and nearer came the sounds of the song until at last at a bend in the + road, the old man came into view. The two friends arose and advanced to + meet him. On he came still singing. No doubt he mistook them for some of + his own people. When he was very close to them they each stepped to either + side of him and before he could make an outcry they pierced his cowardly + old heart with two arrows. He had hardly touched the ground when they both + struck him with their bows, winning first and second honors by striking an + enemy after he has fallen. Chaske having won first honors, asked his + friend to perform the scalping deed, which he did. And wanting to be sure + that the spirit would get full revenge, took the whole scalp, ears and + all, and tied it to his belt. The buffalo beef which the old man had + packed upon the black horse, they threw on the top of the old man. Quickly + mounting the two horses, they hastened out across the long flat towards + the hunting grounds. When they came in sight of the grounds there they saw + two men riding about from place to place. Chaske took after the one on the + right, Hake the one on the left. When the two men saw these two strange + men riding like the wind towards them, they turned their horses to retreat + towards the hills, but the white and the black were the swiftest of the + tribe’s horses, and quickly overtook the two fleeing men. When they came + close to the enemy they strung their arrows onto the bowstring and drove + them through the two fleeing hunters. As they were falling they tried to + shoot, but being greatly exhausted, their bullets whistled harmlessly over + the heads of the two friends. They scalped the two enemies and took their + guns and ammunition, also secured the two horses and started for the high + knoll. When they arrived at the place, there stood the spirit. Hake + presented him with the old man’s scalp and then the spirit showed them the + large band of horses, and saying, “Ride hard and long,” disappeared and + was seen no more by any war parties, as he was thus enabled to join his + forefathers in the happy hunting grounds. + </p> + <p> + The friends did as the spirit had told them. For three days and three + nights they rode steadily. On the fourth morning they came into their own + boundary. From there on they rode more slowly, and let the band of horses + rest and crop the tops of long grass. They would stop occasionally, and + while one slept the other kept watch. Thus they got fairly well rested + before they came in sight of where their camp had stood when they had + left. All that they could see of the once large village was the lone tent + of the great Medicine Man. They rode up on to a high hill and farther on + towards the east they saw smoke from a great many tepees. They then knew + that something had happened and that the village had moved away. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said Chaske, “I am afraid something has happened to the + Medicine Man’s lodge, and rather than have you go there, I will go alone + and you follow the trail of our party and go on ahead with the horses. I + will take the black and the white horses with me and I will follow on + later, after I have seen what the trouble is.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, my friend, I will do as you say, but I am afraid something has + happened to Pretty Feather.” Hake started on with the horses, driving them + along the broad trail left by the hundreds of travois. Chaske made slowly + towards the tepee, and stopping outside, stood and listened. Not a sound + could he hear. The only living thing he saw was Pretty Feather’s spotted + horse tied to the side of the tent. Then he knew that she must be dead. He + rode off into the thick brush and tied his two horses securely. Then he + came back and entered the tepee. There on a bed of robes lay some one + apparently dead. The body was wrapped in blankets and robes and bound + around and around with parfleche ropes. These he carefully untied and + unwound. Then he unwrapped the robes and blankets and when he uncovered + the face, he saw, as he had expected to, the face of his lost love, Pretty + Feather. As he sat gazing on her beautiful young face, his heart ached for + his poor friend. He himself had loved and lost this beautiful maiden, and + now his friend who had won her would have to suffer the untold grief which + he had suffered. + </p> + <p> + What was that? Could it have been a slight quivering of the nostrils that + he had seen, or was it mad fancy playing a trick on him? Closer he drew to + her face, watching intently for another sign. There it was again, only + this time it was a long, deep drawn breath. He arose, got some water and + taking a small stick slowly forced open her mouth and poured some into it. + Then he took some sage, dipped it into the water and sprinkled a little on + her head and face. There were many parfleche bags piled around the tepee, + and thinking he might find some kind of medicine roots which he could use + to revive her he started opening them one after the other. He had opened + three and was just opening the fourth, when a voice behind him asked: + “What are you looking for?” Turning quickly, he saw Pretty Feather looking + at him. Overjoyed, he cried, “What can I do so that you can get up and + ride to the village with me? My friend and I just returned with a large + band of horses and two scalps. We saw this tent and recognized it. My + friend wanted to come, but I would not let him, as I feared if he found + anything had happened to you he would do harm to himself, but now he will + be anxious for my return, so if you will tell me what you need in order to + revive you, I will get it, and we can then go to my friend in the + village.” “At the foot of my bed you will find a piece of eagle fat. Build + a fire and melt it for me. I will drink it and then we can go.” + </p> + <p> + Chaske quickly started a fire, got out the piece of fat and melted it. She + drank it at one draught, and was about to arise when she suddenly said: + “Roll me up quick and take the buffalo hair rope and tie it about my + spotted horse’s neck; tie his tail in a knot and tie him to the door. Then + run and hide behind the trees. There are two of the enemy coming this + way.” + </p> + <p> + Chaske hurriedly obeyed her orders, and had barely concealed himself + behind the trees, when there came into view two of the enemy. They saw the + horse tied to the door of the deserted tent, and knew that some dead + person occupied the tepee, so through respect for the dead, they turned + out and started to go through the brush and trees, so as not to pass the + door. (The Indians consider it a bad omen to pass by the door of a tepee + occupied by a dead body, that is, while in the enemy’s country). So by + making this detour they traveled directly towards where Chaske was + concealed behind the tree. Knowing that he would be discovered, and there + being two of them, he knew the only chance he had was for him to kill one + of them before they discovered him, then he stood a better chance at an + even combat. On they came, little thinking that one of them would in a few + minutes be with his forefathers. + </p> + <p> + Chaske noiselessly slipped a cartridge into the chamber of his gun, threw + it into action and took deliberate aim at the smaller one’s breast. A loud + report rang out and the one he had aimed at threw up his arms and fell + heavily forward, shot through the heart. + </p> + <p> + Reloading quickly Chaske stepped out from behind the tree. He could easily + have killed the other from his concealed position, but, being a brave + young man, he wanted to give his opponent a fair chance. The other had + unslung his gun and a duel was then fought between the two lone + combatants. They would spring from side to side like two great cats. Then + advance one or two steps and fire. Retreat a few steps, spring to one side + and fire again. The bullets whistled past their heads, tore up the earth + beneath their feet, and occasionally one would hit its mark, only to cause + a flesh wound. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the enemy aimed his gun and threw it upon the ground. His + ammunition was exhausted, and slowly folding his arms he stood facing his + opponent, with a fearless smile upon his face, expecting the next moment + to fall dead from a bullet from the rifle of Chaske. Not so. Chaske was + too honorable and noble to kill an unarmed man, and especially one who had + put up such a brave fight as had this man. Chaske advanced and picked up + the empty gun. The Toka (enemy) drew from a scabbard at his belt a long + bowie knife, and taking it by the point handed it, handle first, to + Chaske. This signified surrender. Chaske scalped the dead Toka and + motioned for his prisoner to follow him. In the meantime Pretty Feather + had gotten up and stood looking at the duel. When she heard the first shot + she jumped up and cut a small slit in the tent from which she saw the + whole proceedings. Knowing that one or both of them must be wounded, she + hurriedly got water and medicine roots, and when they came to the tent she + was prepared to dress their wounds. + </p> + <p> + Chaske had a bullet through his shoulder and one through his hand. They + were very painful but not dangerous. The prisoner had a bullet through his + leg, also one through the muscle of his left arm. Pretty Feather washed + and dressed their wounds, and Chaske went and brought the black and white + horses and mounting Pretty Feather upon the white horse, and the prisoner + on her spotted one, the three soon rode into the village, and there was a + great cry of joy when it was known that Pretty Feather had come back to + them again. + </p> + <p> + Hake, who was in his tent grieving, was told that his friend had returned + and with him Pretty Feather. Hearing this good news he at once went to the + Medicine Man’s tent and found the Medicine Man busily dressing the wounds + of his friend and a stranger. The old Medicine Man turned to Hake and + said: + </p> + <p> + “Son-in-law, take your wife home with you. It was from grief at your + absence that she went into a trance, and we, thinking she was dead, left + her for such. Hadn’t it been for your friend here, she would surely have + been a corpse now. So take her and keep her with you always, and take as a + present from me fifty of my best horses.” + </p> + <p> + Hake and his beautiful bride went home, where his adopted mother had a + fine large tent put up for them. Presents of cooking utensils, horses, + robes and finely worked shawls and moccasins came from every direction, + and last of all Chaske gave as a present to his friend the Toka man whom + he had taken as prisoner. On presenting him with this gift, Chaske spoke + thus: + </p> + <p> + “My friend, I present to you, that you may have him as a servant to look + after your large band of horses, this man with whom I fought a two hours’ + duel, and had his ammunition lasted he would probably have conquered me, + and who gave me the second hardest fight of my life. The hardest fight of + my life was when I gave up Pretty Feather. You have them both. To the Toka + (enemy) be kind, and he will do all your biddings. To Pretty Feather be a + good husband.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, Chaske left them, and true to his word, lived the remainder of + his days a confirmed bachelor. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0032" id="link2H_4_0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE STORY OF THE PET CROW + </h2> + <p> + Once upon a time there came to a large village a plague of crows. So thick + were they that the poor women were sorely tried keeping them out of their + tepees and driving them away from their lines of jerked buffalo meat. + Indeed they got so numerous and were such a great nuisance that the Chief + finally gave orders to his camp criers or heralds to go out among the + different camps and announce the orders of their Chief, that war should be + made upon the crows to extermination; that their nests were to be + destroyed and all eggs broken. The war of extermination was to continue + until not a crow remained, except the youngest found was to be brought to + him alive. + </p> + <p> + For a week the war on the crows continued. Thousands of dead crows were + brought in daily, and at the end of the week not a bird of that species + could be seen in the neighborhood. Those that escaped the deadly arrow of + the warriors, flew away, never to return to those parts again. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the war made upon the crows, there was brought to the + Chief’s tepee the youngest found. Indeed, so young was the bird that it + was only the great medicine of the Chief that kept him alive until he + could hop about and find his own food. The Chief spent most of his time in + his lodge teaching the young crow to understand and talk the language of + the tribe. After the crow had mastered this, the Chief then taught him the + languages of the neighboring tribes. When the crow had mastered these + different languages the chief would send him on long journeys to ascertain + the location of the camps of the different enemies. + </p> + <p> + When the crow would find a large Indian camp he would alight and hop + about, pretending to be picking up scraps, but really keeping his ears + open for anything he might hear. He would hang around all day, and at + night when they would all gather in the large council tent (which always + stood in the center of the village) to determine upon their next raid, and + plan for a horse stealing trip, Mr. Crow was always nearby to hear all + their plans discussed. He would then fly away to his master (the Chief) + and tell him all that he had learned. + </p> + <p> + The Chief would then send a band of his warriors to lie in ambush for the + raiding party, and, as the enemy would not suspect anything they would go + blindly into the pitfall of death thus set for them. Thus the crow was the + scout of this chief, whose reputation as a Wakan (Holy man) soon reached + all of the different tribes. The Chief’s warriors would intercept, ambush + and annihilate every war party headed for his camp. + </p> + <p> + So, finally learning that they could not make war on this chief’s people + unbeknown to them, they gave up making war on this particular band. When + meat was running low in the camp this chief would send the crow out to + look for buffalo. When he discovered a herd he would return and report to + his master; then the chief would order out the hunters and they would + return laden with meat. Thus the crow kept the camp all the time informed + of everything that would be of benefit to them. + </p> + <p> + One day the crow disappeared, over which there was great grief among the + tribe. A week had passed away, when Mr. Crow reappeared. There was great + rejoicing upon his return, but the crow was downcast and would not speak, + but sat with a drooping head perched at the top of the chief’s tepee, and + refused all food that was offered to him. + </p> + <p> + In vain did the chief try to get the crow to tell him the cause of his + silence and seeming grief. The crow would not speak until the chief said: + “Well, I will take a few of my warriors and go out and try to ascertain + what has happened to cause you to act as you do.” + </p> + <p> + Upon hearing this, the crow said: “Don’t go. I dreaded to tell you what I + know to be a fact, as I have heard it from some great medicine men. I was + traveling over the mountains west of here, when I spied three old men + sitting at the top of the highest peak. I very cautiously dropped down + behind a rock and listened to their talk. I heard your name mentioned by + one of them, then your brother’s name was mentioned. Then the third, who + was the oldest, said: ‘in three days from today the lightning will kill + those two brothers whom all the nations fear.’” + </p> + <p> + Upon hearing what the crow stated the tribe became grief stricken. On the + morning of the third day the chief ordered a nice tepee placed upon the + highest point, far enough away from the village, so that the peals of + thunder would not alarm the babies of the camp. + </p> + <p> + A great feast was given, and after the feasting was over there came in six + young maidens leading the war horses of the two brothers. The horses were + painted and decorated as if for a charge on the enemy. One maiden walked + ahead of the chief’s horse bearing in her hands the bow and arrows of the + great warrior. Next came two maidens, one on either side of the prancing + war steed, each holding a rein. Behind the chief’s horse came the fourth + maiden. Like the first, she bore in her hands the bow and arrows of the + chief’s brother. Then the fifth and sixth maidens each holding a rein, + walked on either side of the prancing horse of the chief’s brother. They + advanced and circled the large gathering and finally stopped directly in + front of the two brothers, who immediately arose and taking their bows and + arrows vaulted lightly upon their war steeds, and singing their death + song, galloped off amid a great cry of grief from the people who loved + them most dearly. + </p> + <p> + Heading straight for the tepee that had been placed upon the highest + point, adjacent to the village, they soon arrived at their destination + and, dismounting from their horses, turned, waved their hands to their + band, and disappeared within the tepee. Scarcely had they entered the + lodge when the rumblings of distant thunder could be heard. Nearer, and + nearer, came the sound, until at last the storm overspread the locality in + all its fury. Flash upon flash of lightning burst forth from the heavens. + Deafening peals of thunder followed each flash. Finally, one flash + brighter than any of the others, one peal more deafening than those + preceding it, and the storm had passed. + </p> + <p> + Sadly the warriors gathered together, mounted their horses and slowly rode + to the tepee on the high point. Arriving there they looked inside the + lodge and saw the two brothers lying cold and still in death, each holding + the lariat of his favorite war horse. The horses also lay dead side by + side in front of the tent. (From this came the custom of killing the + favorite horse of a dead warrior at the burial of the owner). + </p> + <p> + As the Indians sadly left the hill to return home, they heard a noise at + the top of the tepee, and looking up they saw the crow sitting on one of + the splintered tepee poles. He was crying most pitifully, and as they rode + off he flew up high in the air and his pitiful “caw” became fainter and + fainter till at last they heard it no more. And from that day, the story + goes, no crow ever goes near the village of that band of Indians. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0033" id="link2H_4_0033"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE “WASNA” (PEMMICAN) MAN AND THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER) + </h2> + <p> + Once upon a time there appeared from out of a large belt of timber a man + attired in the fat of the buffalo. On his head he wore the honeycomb part + of the stomach. To this was attached small pieces of fat. The fat which + covered the stomach he wore as a cloak. The large intestines he wore as + leggings, and the kidney fat as his moccasins. + </p> + <p> + As he appeared he had the misfortune to meet “Unktomi” (spider) with his + hundreds of starving children. Upon seeing the fat, Unktomi and his large + family at once attacked the man, who, in order to save his life, started + to run away, but so closely did Unktomi and his family pursue him that in + order to make better time and also get a little better start, he threw off + his head covering, which the Unktomi family hastily devoured, and were + again closing in upon him. He then threw off his cloak and they devoured + that, and were close upon him again, when he threw off his leggings. These + were hastily eaten up, and, as they drew near to a lake, the man threw off + the kidney fat, and, running to the edge of the lake, dived down into the + water and kept beneath the surface, swimming to the opposite shore. After + the Unktomi family had eaten the kidney fat they came to the water’s edge, + and the grease was floating on the surface of the water which they lapped + up, until there was not a grease spot left floating on the surface. + </p> + <p> + The small morsels had only sharpened their appetites, and as they saw the + man sitting on the opposite shore, Unktomi and his family proceeded around + the lake and came upon two men sitting on the shore. Unktomi saw that the + other man was “Wakapapi” (pounded beef). The family surrounded the two and + Unktomi ordered them to fight. Fearing Unktomi and his large family, they + at once commenced to fight and Pounded Meat was soon killed. The hungry + family at once fell to eating him. So busy were they that none noticed the + fat man sneak off and disappear. + </p> + <p> + When they had finished the pounded beef man they looked around to fall + upon the fat man, but nowhere could he be seen. Unktomi said, “I will + track him and when I find him, I will return for you, so stay here and + await my return.” + </p> + <p> + He followed the fat man’s tracks until farther east on the shore of the + lake he found the fat man in the act of skinning a deer, which he had + killed. (He had held on to his bow and arrows when he jumped into the + lake). “My,” said Unktomi, “this will make a fine meal for my hungry + children. I will go after them, so hurry and cut the meat up into small + pieces so they each can have a piece.” + </p> + <p> + “All right, go ahead and get your family,” said Fat Man. During Unktomi’s + absence, the fat man hurriedly cut the meat up into small pieces and + carried them up into a tree that stood near to the shore. When he had + carried it all up he threw sand and dirt upon the blood, and so left no + trace of the deer. + </p> + <p> + On the arrival of Unktomi and his family, no signs of the fat man or the + deer could be found. They wandered about the spot looking for tracks which + might lead them to where the fat man had cached the meat, as Unktomi said + he could not have carried it very far. Now the fat man was up in the tree + and sat watching them. The reflection of the tree was in the water, and + some of the children going close to the shore, discovered it as they + looked at the reflection. The fat man cut a piece of meat and extending it + towards them, drew back his hand and put the meat into his mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Come quick, father, here he is eating the meat,” said the children. + Unktomi came and seeing the reflection, thought the fat man was down in + the lake. “Wait, I will bring him up for you.” So saying, he dived down, + but soon arose without anything. Again and again he tried, but could not + reach the bottom. He told the children to gather rock for him. These he + tied around his neck and body, and dived down for the last time. The last + the children saw of their father was the bubbles which arose to the + surface of the lake. The rocks being too heavy for him, held him fast to + the bottom, and some hungry fish soon made a feast out of the body of poor + “Unktomi.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0034" id="link2H_4_0034"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE RESUSCITATION OF THE ONLY DAUGHTER + </h2> + <p> + There once lived an old couple who had an only daughter. She was a + beautiful girl, and was very much courted by the young men of the tribe, + but she said that she preferred single life, and to all their + heart-touching tales of deep affection for her she always had one answer. + That was “No.” + </p> + <p> + One day this maiden fell ill and day after day grew worse. All the best + medicine men were called in, but their medicines were of no avail, and in + two weeks from the day that she was taken ill she lay a corpse. Of course + there was great mourning in the camp. They took her body several miles + from camp and rolled it in fine robes and blankets, then they laid her on + a scaffold which they had erected. (This was the custom of burial among + the Indians). They placed four forked posts into the ground and then + lashed strong poles lengthwise and across the ends and made a bed of + willows and stout ash brush. This scaffold was from five to seven feet + from the ground. After the funeral the parents gave away all of their + horses, fine robes and blankets and all of the belongings of the dead + girl. Then they cut their hair off close to their heads, and attired + themselves in the poorest apparel they could secure. + </p> + <p> + When a year had passed the friends and relatives of the old couple tried + in vain to have them set aside their mourning. “You have mourned long + enough,” they would say. “Put aside your mourning and try and enjoy a few + more pleasures of this life while you live. You are both growing old and + can’t live very many more years, so make the best of your time.” The old + couple would listen to their advice and then shake their heads and answer: + “We have nothing to live for. Nothing we could join in would be any + amusement to us, since we have lost the light of our lives.” + </p> + <p> + So the old couple continued their mourning for their lost idol. Two years + had passed since the death of the beautiful girl, when one evening a + hunter and his wife passed by the scaffold which held the dead girl. They + were on their return trip and were heavily loaded down with game, and + therefore could not travel very fast. About half a mile from the scaffold + a clear spring burst forth from the side of a bank, and from this trickled + a small stream of water, moistening the roots of the vegetation bordering + its banks, and causing a growth of sweet green grass. At this spring the + hunter camped and tethering his horses, at once set about helping his wife + to erect the small tepee which they carried for convenience in traveling. + </p> + <p> + When it became quite dark, the hunter’s dogs set up a great barking and + growling. “Look out and see what the dogs are barking at,” said the hunter + to his wife. She looked out through the door and then drew back saying: + “There is the figure of a woman advancing from the direction of the girl’s + scaffold.” “I expect it is the dead girl; let her come, and don’t act as + if you were afraid,” said the hunter. Soon they heard footsteps advancing + and the steps ceased at the door. Looking down at the lower part of the + door the hunter noticed a pair of small moccasins, and knowing that it was + the visitor, said: “Whoever you are, come in and have something to eat.” + </p> + <p> + At this invitation the figure came slowly in and sat down by the door with + head covered and with a fine robe drawn tightly over the face. The woman + dished up a fine supper and placing it before the visitor, said: “Eat, my + friend, you must be hungry.” The figure never moved, nor would it uncover + to eat. “Let us turn our back towards the door and our visitor may eat the + food,” said the hunter. So his wife turned her back towards the visitor + and made herself very busy cleaning the small pieces of meat that were + hanging to the back sinews of the deer which had been killed. (This the + Indians use as thread.) The hunter, filling his pipe, turned away and + smoked in silence. Finally the dish was pushed back to the woman, who took + it and after washing it, put it away. The figure still sat at the door, + not a sound coming from it, neither was it breathing. The hunter at last + said: “Are you the girl that was placed upon that scaffold two years ago?” + It bowed its head two or three times in assent. “Are you going to sleep + here tonight; if you are, my wife will make down a bed for you.” The + figure shook its head. “Are you going to come again tomorrow night to us?” + It nodded assent. + </p> + <p> + For three nights in succession the figure visited the hunter’s camp. The + third night the hunter noticed that the figure was breathing. He saw one + of the hands protruding from the robe. The skin was perfectly black and + was stuck fast to the bones of the hand. On seeing this the hunter arose + and going over to his medicine sack which hung on a pole, took down the + sack and, opening it, took out some roots and mixing them with skunk oil + and vermillion, said to the figure: + </p> + <p> + “If you will let us rub your face and hands with this medicine it will put + new life into the skin and you will assume your complexion again and it + will put flesh on you.” The figure assented and the hunter rubbed the + medicine on her hands and face. Then she arose and walked back to the + scaffold. The next day the hunter moved camp towards the home village. + That night he camped within a few miles of the village. When night came, + the dogs, as usual, set up a great barking, and looking out, the wife saw + the girl approaching. + </p> + <p> + When the girl had entered and sat down, the hunter noticed that the girl + did not keep her robe so closely together over her face. When the wife + gave her something to eat, the girl reached out and took the dish, thus + exposing her hands, which they at once noticed were again natural. After + she had finished her meal, the hunter said: “Did my medicine help you?” + She nodded assent. “Do you want my medicine rubbed all over your body?” + Again she nodded. “I will mix enough to rub your entire body, and I will + go outside and let my wife rub it on for you.” He mixed a good supply and + going out left his wife to rub the girl. When his wife had completed the + task she called to her husband to come in, and when he came in he sat down + and said to the girl: “Tomorrow we will reach the village. Do you want to + go with us?” She shook her head. “Will you come again to our camp tomorrow + night after we have camped in the village?” She nodded her head in assent. + “Then do you want to see your parents?” She nodded again, and arose and + disappeared into the darkness. + </p> + <p> + Early the next morning the hunter broke camp and traveled far into the + afternoon, when he arrived at the village. He instructed his wife to go at + once and inform the old couple of what had happened. The wife did so and + at sunset the old couple came to the hunter’s tepee. They were invited to + enter and a fine supper was served them. Soon after they had finished + their supper the dogs of the camp set up a great barking. “Now she is + coming, so be brave and you will soon see your lost daughter,” said the + hunter. Hardly had he finished speaking when she entered the tent as + natural as ever she was in life. Her parents clung to her and smothered + her with kisses. + </p> + <p> + They wanted her to return home with them, but she would stay with the + hunter who had brought her back to life, and she married him, becoming his + second wife. A short time after taking the girl for his wife, the hunter + joined a war party and never returned, as he was killed on the + battlefield. + </p> + <p> + A year after her husband’s death she married again. This husband was also + killed by a band of enemies whom the warriors were pursuing for stealing + some of their horses. The third husband also met a similar fate to the + first. He was killed on the field of battle. + </p> + <p> + She was still a handsome woman at the time of the third husband’s death, + but never again married, as the men feared her, saying she was holy, and + that any one who married her would be sure to be killed by the enemy. + </p> + <p> + So she took to doctoring the sick and gained the reputation of being the + most skilled doctor in the nation. She lived to a ripe old age and when + she felt death approaching she had them take her to where she had rested + once before, and crawling to the top of the newly erected scaffold, + wrapped her blankets and robes about her, covered her face carefully, and + fell into that sleep from which there is no more awakening. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0035" id="link2H_4_0035"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE STORY OF THE PET CRANE + </h2> + <p> + There was once upon a time a man who did not care to live with his tribe + in a crowded village, but preferred a secluded spot in the deep forest, + there to live with his wife and family of five children. The oldest of the + children (a boy) was twelve years of age, and being the son of a + distinguished hunter, soon took to roaming through the forest in search of + small game. + </p> + <p> + One day during his ramblings, he discovered a crane’s nest, with only one + young crane occupying it. No doubt some fox or traveling weasel had eaten + the rest of the crane’s brothers and sisters. The boy said to himself, “I + will take this poor little crane home and will raise him as a pet for our + baby. If I leave him here some hungry fox will be sure to eat the poor + little fellow.” He carried the young crane home and it grew to be nearly + as tall as the boy’s five-year-old sister. + </p> + <p> + Being brought up in a human circle, it soon grew to understand all the + family said. Although it could not speak it took part in all the games + played by the children. The father of the family was, as I have before + mentioned, a great hunter. He always had a plentiful supply of deer, + antelope, buffalo and beaver meats on hand, but there came a change. The + game migrated to some other locality, where no deadly shot like “Kutesan” + (Never Miss) would be around to annihilate their fast decreasing droves. + The hunter started out early one morning in hopes of discovering some of + the game which had disappeared as suddenly as though the earth had + swallowed them. The hunter traveled the whole day, all to no purpose. It + was late in the evening when he staggered into camp. He was nearly dead + with fatigue. Hastily swallowing a cup of cherry bark tea (the only + article of food they had in store), he at once retired and was soon in the + sweet land of dreams. The children soon joined their father and the poor + woman sat thinking how they could save their dear children from + starvation. Suddenly out upon the night air rang the cry of a crane. + Instantly the pet crane awoke, stepped outside and answered the call. The + crane which had given the cry was the father of the pet crane, and + learning from Mr. Fox of the starving condition of his son and his + friends, he flew to the hunting grounds of the tribe, and as there had + been a good kill that day, the crane found no trouble in securing a great + quantity of fat. This he carried to the tent of the hunter and, hovering + over the tent he suddenly let the fat drop to the earth and at once the + pet crane picked it up and carried it to the woman. + </p> + <p> + Wishing to surprise the family on their awakening in the morning she got a + good stick for a light, heaped up sticks on the dying embers, and started + up a rousing fire and proceeded to melt or try out the fat, as melted fat + is considered a favorite dish. Although busily occupied she kept her ears + open for any strange noises coming out of the forest, there being usually + some enemies lurking around. She held her pan in such a position that + after the fat started to melt and quite a lot of the hot grease + accumulated in the pan, she could plainly see the tent door reflected in + the hot grease, as though she used a mirror. + </p> + <p> + When she had nearly completed her task, she heard a noise as though some + footsteps were approaching. Instantly her heart began to beat a tattoo on + her ribs, but she sat perfectly quiet, calling all her self-control into + play to keep from making an outcry. This smart woman had already studied + out a way in which to best this enemy, in case an enemy it should be. The + footsteps, or noise, continued to advance, until at last the woman saw + reflected in the pan of grease a hand slowly protruding through the tent + door, and the finger pointed, as if counting, to the sleeping father, then + to each one of the sleeping children, then to her who sat at the fire. + Little did Mr. Enemy suppose that the brave woman who sat so composed at + her fire, was watching every motion he was making. The hand slowly + withdrew, and as the footsteps slowly died away, there rang out on the + still night air the deep fierce howl of the prairie wolf. (This imitation + of a prairie wolf is the signal to the war party that an enemy has been + discovered by the scout whom they have sent out in advance). At once she + aroused her husband and children. Annoyed at being so unceremoniously + disturbed from his deep sleep, the husband crossly asked why she had + awakened him so roughly. The wife explained what she had seen and heard. + She at once pinned an old blanket around the crane’s shoulders and an old + piece of buffalo hide on his head for a hat or head covering. Heaping + piles of wood onto the fire she instructed him to run around outside of + the hut until the family returned, as they were going to see if they could + find some roots to mix up with the fat. Hurriedly she tied her blanket + around her middle, put her baby inside of it, and then grabbed her three + year old son and packed him on her back. The father also hurriedly packed + the next two and the older boy took care of himself. + </p> + <p> + Immediately upon leaving the tent they took three different directions, to + meet again on the high hill west of their home. The reflection from the + fire in the tent disclosed to them the poor pet crane running around the + tent. It looked exactly like a child with its blanket and hat on. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly there rang out a score of shots and war whoops of the dreaded + Crow Indians. Finding the tent deserted they disgustedly filed off and + were swallowed up in the darkness of the deep forest. + </p> + <p> + The next morning the family returned to see what had become of their pet + crane. There, riddled to pieces, lay the poor bird who had given up his + life to save his dear friends. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0036" id="link2H_4_0036"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + WHITE PLUME + </h2> + <p> + There once lived a young couple who were very happy. The young man was + noted throughout the whole nation for his accuracy with the bow and arrow, + and was given the title of “Dead Shot,” or “He who never misses his mark,” + and the young woman, noted for her beauty, was named Beautiful Dove. + </p> + <p> + One day a stork paid this happy couple a visit and left them a fine big + boy. The boy cried “Ina, ina” (mother, mother). “Listen to our son,” said + the mother, “he can speak, and hasn’t he a sweet voice?” “Yes,” said the + father, “it will not be long before he will be able to walk.” He set to + work making some arrows, and a fine hickory bow for his son. One of the + arrows he painted red, one blue, and another yellow. The rest he left the + natural color of the wood. When he had completed them, the mother placed + them in a fine quiver, all worked in porcupine quills, and hung them up + over where the boy slept in his fine hammock of painted moose hide. + </p> + <p> + At times when the mother would be nursing her son, she would look up at + the bow and arrows and talk to her baby, saying: “My son, hurry up and + grow fast so you can use your bow and arrows. You will grow up to be as + fine a marksman as your father.” The baby would coo and stretch his little + arms up towards the bright colored quiver as though he understood every + word his mother had uttered. Time passed and the boy grew up to a good + size, when one day his father said: “Wife, give our son the bow and arrows + so that he may learn how to use them.” The father taught his son how to + string and unstring the bow, and also how to attach the arrow to the + string. The red, blue and yellow arrows, he told the boy, were to be used + only whenever there was any extra good shooting to be done, so the boy + never used these three until he became a master of the art. Then he would + practice on eagles and hawks, and never an eagle or hawk continued his + flight when the boy shot one of the arrows after him. + </p> + <p> + One day the boy came running into the tent, exclaiming: “Mother, mother, I + have shot and killed the most beautiful bird I ever saw.” “Bring it in, my + son, and let me look at it.” He brought the bird and upon examining it she + pronounced it a different type of bird from any she had ever seen. Its + feathers were of variegated colors and on its head was a topknot of pure + white feathers. The father, returning, asked the boy with which arrow he + had killed the bird. “With the red one,” answered the boy. “I was so + anxious to secure the pretty bird that, although I know I could have + killed it with one of my common arrows, I wanted to be certain, so I used + the red one.” “That is right, my son,” said the father. “When you have the + least doubt of your aim, always use one of the painted arrows, and you + will never miss your mark.” + </p> + <p> + The parents decided to give a big feast in honor of their son killing the + strange, beautiful bird. So a great many elderly women were called to the + tent of Pretty Dove to assist her in making ready for the big feast. For + ten days these women cooked and pounded beef and cherries, and got ready + the choicest dishes known to the Indians. Of buffalo, beaver, deer, + antelope, moose, bear, quail, grouse, duck of all kinds, geese and plover + meats there was an abundance. Fish of all kinds, and every kind of wild + fruit were cooked, and when all was in readiness, the heralds went through + the different villages, crying out: “Ho-po, ho-po” (now all, now all), + “Dead Shot and his wife, Beautiful Dove, invite all of you, young and old, + to their tepee to partake of a great feast, given by them in honor of a + great bird which their son has killed, and also to select for their son + some good name which he will bear through life. So all bring your cups and + wooden dishes along with your horn spoons, as there will be plenty to eat. + Come, all you council men and chiefs, as they have also a great tent + erected for you in which you hold your council.” + </p> + <p> + Thus crying, the heralds made the circle of the village. The guests soon + arrived. In front of the tent was a pole stuck in the ground and painted + red, and at the top of the pole was fastened the bird of variegated + colors; its wings stretched out to their full length and the beautiful + white waving so beautifully from its topknot, it was the center of + attraction. Half way up the pole was tied the bow and arrow of the young + marksman. Long streamers of fine bead and porcupine work waved from the + pole and presented a very striking appearance. The bird was faced towards + the setting sun. The great chief and medicine men pronounced the bird + “Wakan” (something holy). + </p> + <p> + When the people had finished eating they all fell in line and marched in + single file beneath the bird, in order to get a close view of it. By the + time this vast crowd had fully viewed the wonderful bird, the sun was just + setting clear in the west, when directly over the rays of the sun appeared + a cloud in the shape of a bird of variegated colors. The councilmen were + called out to look at the cloud, and the head medicine man said that it + was a sign that the boy would grow up to be a great chief and hunter, and + would have a great many friends and followers. + </p> + <p> + This ended the feast, but before dispersing, the chief and councilmen + bestowed upon the boy the title of White Plume. + </p> + <p> + One day a stranger came to the village, who was very thin and nearly + starved. So weak was he that he could not speak, but made signs for + something to eat. Luckily the stranger came to Dead Shot’s tent, and as + there was always a plentiful supply in his lodge, the stranger soon had a + good meal served him. After he had eaten and rested he told his story. + </p> + <p> + “I came from a very great distance,” said he. “The nations where I came + from are in a starving condition. No place can they find any buffalo, deer + nor antelope. A witch or evil spirit in the shape of a white buffalo has + driven all the large game out of the country. Every day this white buffalo + comes circling the village, and any one caught outside of their tent is + carried away on its horns. In vain have the best marksmen of the tribe + tried to shoot it. Their arrows fly wide off the mark, and they have given + up trying to kill it as it bears a charmed life. Another evil spirit in + the form of a red eagle has driven all the birds of the air out of our + country. Every day this eagle circles above the village, and so powerful + is it that anyone being caught outside of his tent is descended upon and + his skull split open to the brain by the sharp breastbone of the Eagle. + Many a marksman has tried his skill on this bird, all to no purpose. + </p> + <p> + “Another evil spirit in the form of a white rabbit has driven out all the + animals which inhabit the ground, and destroyed the fields of corn and + turnips, so the nation is starving, as the arrows of the marksmen have + also failed to touch the white rabbit. Any one who can kill these three + witches will receive as his reward, the choice of two of the most + beautiful maidens of our nation. The younger one is the handsomer of the + two and has also the sweetest disposition. Many young, and even old men, + hearing of this (our chief’s) offer, have traveled many miles to try their + arrows on the witches, but all to no purpose. Our chief, hearing of your + great marksmanship, sent me to try and secure your services to have you + come and rid us of these three witches.” + </p> + <p> + Thus spoke the stranger to the hunter. The hunter gazed long and + thoughtfully into the dying embers of the camp fire. Then slowly his eyes + raised and looked lovingly on his wife who sat opposite to him. Gazing on + her beautiful features for a full minute he slowly dropped his gaze back + to the dying embers and thus answered his visitor: + </p> + <p> + “My friend, I feel very much honored by your chief having sent such a + great distance for me, and also for the kind offer of his lovely daughter + in marriage, if I should succeed, but I must reject the great offer, as I + can spare none of my affections to any other woman than to my queen whom + you see sitting there.” + </p> + <p> + White Plume had been listening to the conversation and when his father had + finished speaking, said: “Father, I am a child no more. I have arrived at + manhood. I am not so good a marksman as you, but I will go to this + suffering tribe and try to rid them of their three enemies. If this man + will rest for a few days and return to his village and inform them of my + coming, I will travel along slowly on his trail and arrive at the village + a day or two after he reaches there.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, my son,” said the father, “I am sure you will succeed, as you + fear nothing, and as to your marksmanship, it is far superior to mine, as + your sight is much clearer and aim quicker than mine.” + </p> + <p> + The man rested a few days and one morning started off, after having + instructed White Plume as to the trail. White Plume got together what he + would need on the trip and was ready for an early start the next morning. + That night Dead Shot and his wife sat up away into the night instructing + their son how to travel and warning him as to the different kinds of + people he must avoid in order to keep out of trouble. “Above all,” said + the father, “keep a good look out for Unktomi (spider); he is the most + tricky of all, and will get you into trouble if you associate with him.” + </p> + <p> + White Plume left early, his father accompanying him for several miles. On + parting, the father’s last words were: “Look out for Unktomi, my son, he + is deceitful and treacherous.” “I’ll look out for him, father;” so saying + he disappeared over a hill. On the way he tried his skill on several hawks + and eagles and he did not need to use his painted arrows to kill them, but + so skillful was he with the bow and arrows that he could bring down + anything that flew with his common arrows. He was drawing near to the end + of his destination when he had a large tract of timber to pass through. + When he had nearly gotten through the timber he saw an old man sitting on + a log, looking wistfully up into a big tree, where sat a number of prairie + chickens. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, grandfather, why are you sitting there looking so downhearted?” + asked White Plume. “I am nearly starved, and was just wishing some one + would shoot one of those chickens for me, so I could make a good meal on + it,” said the old man. “I will shoot one for you,” said the young man. He + strung his bow, placed an arrow on the string, simply seemed to raise the + arrow in the direction of the chicken (taking no aim). Twang went out the + bow, zip went the arrow and a chicken fell off the limb, only to get + caught on another in its descent. “There is your chicken, grandfather.” + “Oh, my grandson, I am too weak to climb up and get it. Can’t you climb up + and get it for me?” The young man, pitying the old fellow, proceeded to + climb the tree, when the old man stopped him, saying: “Grandson, you have + on such fine clothes, it is a pity to spoil them; you had better take them + off so as not to spoil the fine porcupine work on them.” The young man + took off his fine clothes and climbed up into the tree, and securing the + chicken, threw it down to the old man. As the young man was scaling down + the tree, the old man said: “Iyashkapa, iyashkapa,” (stick fast, stick + fast). Hearing him say something, he asked, “What did you say, old man?” + He answered, “I was only talking to myself.” The young man proceeded to + descend, but he could not move. His body was stuck fast to the bark of the + tree. In vain did he beg the old man to release him. The old Unktomi, for + he it was, only laughed and said: “I will go now and kill the evil + spirits, I have your wonderful bow and arrows and I cannot miss them. I + will marry the chief’s daughter, and you can stay up in that tree and die + there.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, he put on White Plume’s fine clothes, took his bow and arrows + and went to the village. As White Plume was expected at any minute, the + whole village was watching for him, and when Unktomi came into sight the + young men ran to him with a painted robe, sat him down on it and slowly + raising him up they carried him to the tent of the chief. So certain were + they that he would kill the evil spirits that the chief told him to choose + one of the daughters at once for his wife. (Before the arrival of White + Plume, hearing of him being so handsome, the two girls had quarreled over + which should marry him, but upon seeing him the younger was not anxious to + become his wife.) So Unktomi chose the older one of the sisters, and was + given a large tent in which to live. The younger sister went to her + mother’s tent to live, and the older was very proud, as she was married to + the man who would save the nation from starvation. The next morning there + was a great commotion in camp, and there came the cry that the white + buffalo was coming. “Get ready, son-in-law, and kill the buffalo,” said + the chief. + </p> + <p> + Unktomi took the bow and arrows and shot as the buffalo passed, but the + arrow went wide off its mark. Next came the eagle, and again he shot and + missed. Then came the rabbit, and again he missed. + </p> + <p> + “Wait until tomorrow, I will kill them all. My blanket caught in my bow + and spoiled my aim.” The people were very much disappointed, and the + chief, suspecting that all was not right, sent for the young man who had + visited Dead Shot’s tepee. When the young man arrived, the chief asked: + “Did you see White Plume when you went to Dead Shot’s camp?” “Yes, I did, + and ate with him many times. I stayed at his father’s tepee all the time I + was there,” said the young man. “Would you recognize him if you saw him + again?” asked the chief. “Any one who had but one glimpse of White Plume + would surely recognize him when he saw him again, as he is the most + handsome man I ever saw,” said the young man. + </p> + <p> + “Come with me to the tent of my son-in-law and take a good look at him, + but don’t say what you think until we come away.” The two went to the tent + of Unktomi, and when the young man saw him he knew it was not White Plume, + although it was White Plume’s bow and arrows that hung at the head of the + bed, and he also recognized the clothes as belonging to White Plume. When + they had returned to the chief’s tent, the young man told what he knew and + what he thought. “I think this is some Unktomi who has played some trick + on White Plume and has taken his bow and arrows and also his clothes, and + hearing of your offer, is here impersonating White Plume. Had White Plume + drawn the bow on the buffalo, eagle and rabbit today, we would have been + rid of them, so I think we had better scare this Unktomi into telling us + where White Plume is,” said the young man. + </p> + <p> + “Wait until he tries to kill the witches again tomorrow,” said the chief. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime the younger daughter had taken an axe and gone into the + woods in search of dry wood. She went quite a little distance into the + wood and was chopping a dry log. Stopping to rest a little she heard some + one saying: “Whoever you are, come over here and chop this tree down so + that I may get loose.” Going to where the big tree stood, she saw a man + stuck onto the side of the tree. “If I chop it down the fall will kill + you,” said the girl. “No, chop it on the opposite side from me, and the + tree will fall that way. If the fall kills me, it will be better than + hanging up here and starving to death,” said White Plume, for it was he. + </p> + <p> + The girl chopped the tree down and when she saw that it had not killed the + man, she said: “What shall I do now?” “Loosen the bark from the tree and + then get some stones and heat them. Get some water and sage and put your + blanket over me.” She did as told and when the steam arose from the water + being poured upon the heated rocks, the bark loosened from his body and he + arose. When he stood up, she saw how handsome he was. “You have saved my + life,” said he. “Will you be my wife?” “I will,” said she. He then told + her how the old man had fooled him into this trap and took his bow and + arrows, also his fine porcupine worked clothes, and had gone off, leaving + him to die. She, in turn, told him all that had happened in camp since a + man, calling himself White Plume, came there and married her sister before + he shot at the witches, and when he came to shoot at them, missed every + shot. “Let us make haste, as the bad Unktomi may ruin my arrows.” They + approached the camp and whilst White Plume waited outside, his promised + wife entered Unktomi’s tent and said: “Unktomi, White Plume is standing + outside and he wants his clothes and bow and arrows.” “Oh, yes, I borrowed + them and forgot to return them; make haste and give them to him.” + </p> + <p> + Upon receiving his clothes, he was very much provoked to find his fine + clothes wrinkled and his bow twisted, while the arrows were twisted out of + shape. He laid the clothes down, also the bows and arrows, and passing his + hand over them, they assumed their right shapes again. The daughter took + White Plume to her father’s tent and upon hearing the story he at once + sent for his warriors and had them form a circle around Unktomi’s tent, + and if he attempted to escape to catch him and tie him to a tree, as he + (the chief) had determined to settle accounts with him for his treatment + of White Plume, and the deception employed in winning the chief’s eldest + daughter. About midnight the guard noticed something crawling along close + to the ground, and seizing him found it was Unktomi trying to make his + escape before daylight, whereupon they tied him to a tree. “Why do you + treat me thus,” cried Unktomi, “I was just going out in search of medicine + to rub on my arrows, so I can kill the witches.” “You will need medicine + to rub on yourself when the chief gets through with you,” said the young + man who had discovered that Unktomi was impersonating White Plume. + </p> + <p> + In the morning the herald announced that the real White Plume had arrived, + and the chief desired the whole nation to witness his marksmanship. Then + came the cry: “The White Buffalo comes.” Taking his red arrow, White Plume + stood ready. When the buffalo got about opposite him, he let his arrow + fly. The buffalo bounded high in the air and came down with all four feet + drawn together under its body, the red arrow having passed clear through + the animal, piercing the buffalo’s heart. A loud cheer went up from the + village. + </p> + <p> + “You shall use the hide for your bed,” said the chief to White Plume. Next + came a cry, “the eagle, the eagle.” From the north came an enormous red + eagle. So strong was he, that as he soared through the air his wings made + a humming sound as the rumble of distant thunder. On he came, and just as + he circled the tent of the chief, White Plume bent his bow, with all his + strength drew the arrow back to the flint point, and sent the blue arrow + on its mission of death. So swiftly had the arrow passed through the + eagle’s body that, thinking White Plume had missed, a great wail went up + from the crowd, but when they saw the eagle stop in his flight, give a few + flaps of his wings, and then fall with a heavy thud into the center of the + village, there was a greater cheer than before. “The red eagle shall be + used to decorate the seat of honor in your tepee,” said the chief to White + Plume. Last came the white rabbit. “Aim good, aim good, son-in-law,” said + the chief. “If you kill him you will have his skin for a rug.” Along came + the white rabbit, and White Plume sent his arrow in search of rabbit’s + heart, which it found, and stopped Mr. Rabbit’s tricks forever. + </p> + <p> + The chief then called all of the people together and before them all took + a hundred willows and broke them one at a time over Unktomi’s back. Then + he turned him loose. Unktomi, being so ashamed, ran off into the woods and + hid in the deepest and darkest corner he could find. This is why Unktomis + (spiders) are always found in dark corners, and anyone who is deceitful or + untruthful is called a descendant of the Unktomi tribe. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0037" id="link2H_4_0037"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STORY OF PRETTY FEATHERED FOREHEAD + </h2> + <p> + There was once a baby boy who came into the world with a small cluster of + different colored feathers grown fast to his forehead. From this he + derived his name, “Pretty Feathered Forehead.” He was a very pleasant boy + as well as handsome, and he had the respect of the whole tribe. When he + had grown up to be a young man, he never, like other young men, made love + to any of the tribe’s beauties. Although they were madly in love with him, + he never noticed any of them. There were many handsome girls in the + different camps, but he passed them by. + </p> + <p> + One day he said: “Father, I am going on a visit to the Buffalo nation.” + The father gave his consent, and away went the son. The father and mother + suspected the object of their son’s visit to the Buffalo nation, and + forthwith commenced preparing a fine reception for their intended + daughter-in-law. The mother sewed together ten buffalo hides and painted + the brave deeds of her husband on them. This she made into a commodious + tent, and had work bags and fine robes and blankets put inside. This was + to be the tent of their son and daughter-in-law. In a few weeks the son + returned, bringing with him a beautiful Buffalo girl. The parents of the + boy gave a big feast in honor of the occasion, and the son and his wife + lived very happily together. + </p> + <p> + In the course of time a son came to the young couple, and the father was + very proud of his boy. When the boy became a year old, the father said to + his wife: “I am going for a visit to the Elk nation.” The mother was very + sad, as she knew her husband was going after another wife. He returned, + bringing with him a very beautiful elk girl. When the Buffalo woman saw + the elk girl she was very downcast and sad, but the husband said: “Don’t + be sad; she will do all the heavy work for you.” + </p> + <p> + They lived quite happily together for a long time. The Elk girl also + became the mother of a fine boy. The two boys had grown up large enough to + play around. One day the Elk woman was tanning hides outside and the two + boys were playing around near their mothers, when all at once the buffalo + boy ran across the robe, leaving his tracks on the white robe which his + step-mother had nearly completed. This provoked the elk woman and she gave + vent to her feelings by scolding the boy: “You clumsy flat mouth, why + couldn’t you run around my work, instead of across it?” The buffalo cow + standing in the door, heard every word that the elk woman had said, and + when she heard her son called flat mouth it made her very angry, although + she did not say a word to any one. She hurriedly gathered some of her + belongings and, calling her son, she started off in a westerly direction. + </p> + <p> + The husband being absent on a hunting expedition did not return until late + in the afternoon. Upon his return his oldest boy always ran out to meet + him, but this time as the boy did not put in an appearance, the father + feared that something had happened to the boy. So hurriedly going to his + tent he looked around, but failing to see the boy or his mother, he asked + his elk wife, where the boy and his mother were. The elk wife answered: + “She took her boy on her back and started off in that direction,” + (pointing towards the west). “How long has she been gone?” “Since early + morning.” The husband hurriedly caught a fresh horse and, without eating + anything, rode off in the direction taken by his buffalo wife and boy. + Near dark he ascended a high hill and noticed a small tent down in the + valley. It was a long distance down to the tent, so it was very late when + he arrived there. He tethered his horse and went into the tent and found + the boy and his mother fast asleep. Upon lying down beside them the boy + awoke, and upon seeing his father, motioned to him to go outside with him. + </p> + <p> + On going outside the boy told his father that it would be useless for him + to try and coax his mother to return, as she was too highly insulted by + the elk wife to ever return. Then the boy told about what the elk wife had + said and that she had called him flat mouth. “My mother is determined to + return to her people, but if you want to follow us you may, and perhaps, + after she has visited with her relatives a little while, you may induce + her to return with you. In the morning we are going to start very early, + and as the country we will travel through is very hard soil, I will stamp + my feet hard so as to leave my tracks imprinted in the softest places, + then you will be able to follow the direction we will take.” + </p> + <p> + The two went into the tent and were soon fast asleep. The father, being + very much fatigued, slept very soundly, and when he awoke the sun was + beating down upon him. The mother and boy were nowhere to be seen. The + tent had been taken down from over him so carefully that he had not been + awakened. Getting his horse, he mounted and rode after the two who had + left him sleeping. He had no trouble in following the trail, as the boy + had stamped his feet hard and left his little tracks in the soft places. + </p> + <p> + That evening he spied the little tent again and on getting to it found + them both asleep. The boy awoke and motioned for his father to go outside. + He again told his father that the next day’s travel would be the hardest + of all. “We will cross a great plain, but before we get there we will + cross a sandy hollow. When you get to the hollow, look at my tracks; they + will be deep into the sand, and in each track you will see little pools of + water. Drink as much as you can, as this is the only chance you will get + to have a drink, there being no water from there to the big ridge, and it + will be dark by the time you get to the ridge. The relations of my mother + live at that ridge and I will come and talk to you once more, before I + leave you to join my mother’s people.” + </p> + <p> + Next morning, as before, he awoke to find himself alone. They had left him + and proceeded on their journey. He mounted again and when he arrived at + the sandy hollow, sure enough, there, deep in the sand, were the tracks of + his son filled to the top with water. He drank and drank until he had + drained the last one. Then he arose and continued on the trail, and near + sundown he came in sight of their little tent away up on the side of the + ridge. His horse suddenly staggered and fell forward dead, having died of + thirst. + </p> + <p> + From there he proceeded on foot. When he got to where the tent stood he + entered, only to find it empty. “I guess my son intends to come here and + have his last talk with me,” thought the father. He had eaten nothing for + three days, and was nearly famished. He lay down, but the pangs of hunger + kept sleep away. He heard footsteps outside and lay in readiness, thinking + it might be an enemy. Slowly opening the covering of the door, his son + looked in and seeing his father lying awake, drew back and ran off up the + ridge, but soon returned bringing a small parcel with him. When he entered + he gave the parcel to his father and said: “Eat, father; I stole this food + for you, so I could not get very much.” The father soon ate what his son + had brought. When he had finished, the son said: “Tomorrow morning the + relatives of my mother will come over here and take you down to the + village. My mother has three sisters who have their work bags made + identically the same as mother’s. Were they to mix them up they could not + each pick out her own without looking inside so as to identify them by + what they have in them. You will be asked to pick out mother’s work bag, + and if you fail they will trample you to death. Next they will tell you to + pick out my mother from among her sisters, and you will be unable to + distinguish her from the other three, and if you fail they will bury you + alive. The last they will try you on, in case you meet the first and + second tests successfully, will be to require you to pick me out from my + three cousins, who are as much like me as my reflection in the water. The + bags you can tell by a little pebble I will place on my mother’s. You can + pick my mother out by a small piece of grass which I will put in her hair, + and you can pick me out from my cousins, for when we commence to dance, I + will shake my head, flop my ears and switch my tail. You must choose + quickly, as they will be very angry at your success, and if you lose any + time they will make the excuse that you did not know, that they may have + an excuse to trample you to death.” + </p> + <p> + The boy then left, after admonishing his father to remember all that he + had told him. Early next morning the father heard a great rumbling noise, + and going outside, he saw the whole hillside covered with buffalo. When he + appeared they set up a loud bellowing and circled around him. One old bull + came up and giving a loud snort, passed on by, looking back every few + steps. The man, thinking he was to follow this one, did so, and the whole + herd, forming a half circle around him, escorted him down the west side of + the range out on to a large plain, where there stood a lone tree. To this + tree the old bull led him and stopped when he reached the tree. A large + rock at the foot of the tree served as a seat for the man. As soon as he + was seated there came four female buffaloes, each bearing a large work + box. They set the boxes down in a row in front of the man, and the herd + crowded around closer in order to get a good view. The old bull came to + the front and stood close to the bags, which had been taken out of the + four boxes. + </p> + <p> + The man stood up, and looking at the bags, noticed a small pebble resting + on the one next to the left end. Stepping over he pulled the bag towards + him and secretly pushed the little pebble off the bag, so that no one + would notice it. When they saw that he had selected the right one, they + set up a terrific bellow. + </p> + <p> + Then came the four sisters and stood in a line before the man. Glancing + along from the one on the right to the last one on the left, he stepped + forward and placed his hand on the one next to the right. Thanks to his + boy, if he hadn’t put that little stem of grass on his mother’s hair, the + father could never have picked out his wife, as the four looked as much + alike as four peas. Next came the four boy calves, and as they advanced + they commenced dancing, and his son was shaking his head and flopping his + ears and switching his tail. The father was going to pick out his boy, + when a fainting spell took him, and as he sank to the ground the old bull + sprang forward on top of him, and instantly they rushed upon him and he + was soon trampled to a jelly. The herd then moved to other parts. + </p> + <p> + The elk wife concluded that something had happened to her husband and + determined upon going in search of him. As she was very fleet of foot it + did not take her long to arrive at the lone tree. She noticed the blood + splashed on the base of the tree, and small pieces of flesh stamped into + the earth. Looking closer, she noticed something white in the dust. + Stooping and picking it out of the dust, she drew forth the cluster of + different colored feathers which had been fastened to her husband’s + forehead. She at once took the cluster of feathers, and going to the east + side of the ridge, heated stones and erected a wickieup, placed the + feathers inside, and getting water, she sprinkled the stones, and this + caused a thick vapor in the wickieup. She continued this for a long time, + when she heard something moving inside the wickieup. Then a voice spoke + up, saying: “Whoever you are, pour some more water on and I will be all + right.” So the woman got more water and poured it on the rocks. “That will + do now, I want to dry off.” She plucked a pile of sage and in handing it + in to him, he recognized his elk wife’s hand. + </p> + <p> + They went back home and shortly after the buffalo, hearing about him + coming back to life, decided to make war on him and kill him and his wife, + she being the one who brought him back to life. The woman, hearing of + this, had posts set in the ground and a strong platform placed on top. + When the buffalo came, her husband, her son and herself, were seated upon + the bough platform, and the buffalo could not reach them. She flouted her + red blanket in their faces, which made the buffalo wild with rage. The + hunter’s friends came to his rescue, and so fast were they killing the + buffalo that they took flight and rushed away, never more to bother Pretty + Feather Forehead. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0038" id="link2H_4_0038"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE FOUR BROTHERS OR INYANHOKSILA (STONE BOY) + </h2> + <p> + Alone and apart from their tribe dwelt four orphan brothers. They had + erected a very comfortable hut, although the materials used were only + willows, hay, birch bark, and adobe mud. After the completion of their + hut, the oldest brother laid out the different kinds of work to be done by + the four of them. He and the second and third brothers were to do all the + hunting, and the youngest brother was to do the house work, cook the + meals, and keep plenty of wood on hand at all times. + </p> + <p> + As his older brothers would leave for their hunting very early every + morning, and would not return till late at night, the little fellow always + found plenty of spare time to gather into little piles fine dry wood for + their winter use. + </p> + <p> + Thus the four brothers lived happily for a long time. One day while out + gathering and piling up wood, the boy heard a rustling in the leaves and + looking around he saw a young woman standing in the cherry bushes, smiling + at him. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you, and where did you come from?” asked the boy, in surprise. “I + am an orphan girl and have no relatives living. I came from the village + west of here. I learned from rabbit that there were four orphan brothers + living here all alone, and that the youngest was keeping house for his + older brothers, so I thought I would come over and see if I couldn’t have + them adopt me as their sister, so that I might keep house for them, as I + am very poor and have no relations, neither have I a home.” + </p> + <p> + She looked so pitiful and sad that the boy thought to himself, “I will + take her home with me, poor girl, no matter what my brothers think or + say.” Then he said to her: “Come on, tanke (sister). You may go home with + me; I am sure my older brothers will be glad to have you for our sister.” + </p> + <p> + When they arrived at the hut, the girl hustled about and cooked up a fine + hot supper, and when the brothers returned they were surprised to see a + girl sitting by the fire in their hut. After they had entered the youngest + brother got up and walked outside, and a short time after the oldest + brother followed him out. “Who is that girl, and where did she come from?” + he asked his brother. Whereupon the brother told him the whole story. Upon + hearing this the oldest brother felt very sorry for the poor orphan girl + and going back into the hut he spoke to the girl, saying: “Sister, you are + an orphan, the same as we; you have no relatives, no home. We will be your + brothers, and our poor hut shall be your home. Henceforth call us + brothers, and you will be our sister.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, how happy I am now that you take me as your sister. I will be to you + all as though we were of the same father and mother,” said the girl. And + true to her word, she looked after everything of her brothers and kept the + house in such fine shape that the brothers blessed the day that she came + to their poor little hut. She always had an extra buckskin suit and two + pairs of moccasins hanging at the head of each one’s bed. Buffalo, deer, + antelope, bear, wolf, wildcat, mountain lion and beaver skins she tanned + by the dozen, and piled nicely in one corner of the hut. + </p> + <p> + When the Indians have walked a great distance and are very tired, they + have great faith in painting their feet, claiming that paint eases the + pain and rests their feet. + </p> + <p> + After their return from a long day’s journey, when they would be lying + down resting, the sister would get her paint and mix it with the deer + tallow and rub the paint on her brother’s feet, painting them up to their + ankles. The gentle touch of her hands, and the soothing qualities of the + tallow and paint soon put them into a deep, dreamless steep. + </p> + <p> + Many such kind actions on her part won the hearts of the brothers, and + never was a full blood sister loved more than was this poor orphan girl, + who had been taken as their adopted sister. In the morning when they + arose, the sister always combed their long black silken scalp locks and + painted the circle around the scalp lock a bright vermillion. + </p> + <p> + When the hunters would return with a goodly supply of beef, the sister + would hurry and relieve them of their packs, hanging each one high enough + from the ground so the prowling dogs and coyotes could not reach them. The + hunters each had a post on which to hang his bow and flint head arrows. + (Good hunters never laid their arrows on the ground, as it was considered + unlucky to the hunter who let his arrows touch the earth after they had + been out of the quiver). They were all perfectly happy, until one day the + older brother surprised them all by saying: “We have a plentiful supply of + meat on hand at present to last us for a week or so. I am going for a + visit to the village west of us, so you boys all stay at home and help + sister. Also gather as much wood as you can and I will be back again in + four days. On my return we will resume our hunting and commence getting + our year’s supply of meat.” + </p> + <p> + He left the next morning, and the last they saw of him was while he stood + at the top of the long range of hills west of their home. Four days had + come and gone and no sign of the oldest brother. + </p> + <p> + “I am afraid that our brother has met with some accident,” said the + sister. “I am afraid so, too,” said the next oldest. “I must go and search + for him; he may be in some trouble where a little help would get him out.” + The second brother followed the direction his brother had taken, and when + he came to the top of the long range of hills he sat down and gazed long + and steadily down into the long valley with a beautiful creek winding + through it. Across the valley was a long plain stretching for miles beyond + and finally ending at the foot of another range of hills, the counterpart + of the one upon which he sat. + </p> + <p> + After noting the different landmarks carefully, he arose and slowly + started down the slope and soon came to the creek he had seen from the top + of the range. Great was his surprise on arriving at the creek to find what + a difference there was in the appearance of it from the range and where he + stood. From the range it appeared to be a quiet, harmless, laughing + stream. Now he saw it to be a muddy, boiling, bubbling torrent, with high + perpendicular banks. For a long time he stood, thinking which way to go, + up or down stream. He had just decided to go down stream, when, on + chancing to look up, he noticed a thin column of smoke slowly ascending + from a little knoll. He approached the place cautiously and noticed a door + placed into the creek bank on the opposite side of the stream. As he stood + looking at the door, wondering who could be living in a place like that, + it suddenly opened and a very old appearing woman came out and stood + looking around her. Soon she spied the young man, and said to him: “My + grandchild, where did you come from and whither are you bound?” The young + man answered: “I came from east of this ridge and am in search of my + oldest brother, who came over in this direction five days ago and who has + not yet returned.” + </p> + <p> + “Your brother stopped here and ate his dinner with me, and then left, + traveling towards the west,” said the old witch, for such she was. “Now, + grandson, come across on that little log bridge up the stream there and + have your dinner with me. I have it all cooked now and just stepped + outside to see if there might not be some hungry traveler about, whom I + could invite in to eat dinner with me.” The young man went up the stream a + little distance and found a couple of small logs which had been placed + across the stream to serve as a bridge. He crossed over and went down to + the old woman’s dugout hut. “Come in grandson, and eat. I know you must be + hungry.” + </p> + <p> + The young man sat down and ate a real hearty meal. On finishing he arose + and said: “Grandmother, I thank you for your meal and kindness to me. I + would stay and visit with you awhile, as I know it must be very lonely + here for you, but I am very anxious to find my brother, so I must be + going. On my return I will stop with my brother and we will pay you a + little visit.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, grandson, but before you go, I wish you would do me a little + favor. Your brother did it for me before he left, and cured me, but it has + come back on me again. I am subject to very severe pains along the left + side of my backbone, all the way from my shoulder blade down to where my + ribs attach to my backbone, and the only way I get any relief from the + pain is to have some one kick me along the side.” (She was a witch, and + concealed in her robe a long sharp steel spike. It was placed so that the + last kick they would give her, their foot would hit the spike and they + would instantly drop off into a swoon, as if dead.) + </p> + <p> + “If I won’t hurt you too much, grandmother, I certainly will be glad to do + it for you,” said the young man, little thinking he would be the one to + get hurt. + </p> + <p> + “No, grandson, don’t be afraid of hurting me; the harder you kick the + longer the pain stays away.” She laid down on the floor and rolled over on + to her right side, so he could get a good chance to kick the left side + where she said the pain was located. + </p> + <p> + As he moved back to give the first kick, he glanced along the floor and he + noticed a long object wrapped in a blanket, lying against the opposite + wall. He thought it looked strange and was going to stop and investigate, + but just then the witch cried out as if in pain. “Hurry up, grandson, I am + going to die if you don’t hurry and start in kicking.” “I can investigate + after I get through with her,” thought he, so he started in kicking and + every kick he would give her she would cry: “Harder, kick harder.” He had + to kick seven times before he would get to the end of the pain, so he let + out as hard as he could drive, and when he came to the last kick he hit + the spike, and driving it through his foot, fell down in a dead swoon, and + was rolled up in a blanket by the witch and placed beside his brother at + the opposite side of the room. + </p> + <p> + When the second brother failed to return, the third went in search of the + two missing ones. He fared no better than the second one, as he met the + old witch who served him in a similar manner as she had his two brothers. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! Ha!” she laughed, when she caught the third, “I have only one more of + them to catch, and when I get them I will keep them all here a year, and + then I will turn them into horses and sell them back to their sister. I + hate her, for I was going to try and keep house for them and marry the + oldest one, but she got ahead of me and became their sister, so now I will + get my revenge on her. Next year she will be riding and driving her + brothers and she won’t know it.” + </p> + <p> + When the third brother failed to return, the sister cried and begged the + last one not to venture out in search of them. But go he must, and go he + did, only to do as his three brothers had done. + </p> + <p> + Now the poor sister was nearly distracted. Day and night she wandered over + hills and through woods in hopes she might find or hear of some trace of + them. Her wanderings were in vain. The hawks had not seen them after they + had crossed the little stream. The wolves and coyotes told her that they + had seen nothing of her brothers out on the broad plains, and she had + given them up for dead. + </p> + <p> + One day, as she was sitting by the little stream that flowed past their + hut, throwing pebbles into the water and wondering what she should do, she + picked up a pure white pebble, smooth and round, and after looking at it + for a long time, threw it into the water. No sooner had it hit the water + than she saw it grow larger. She took it out and looked at it and threw it + in again. This time it had assumed the form of a baby. She took it out and + threw it in the third time and the form took life and began to cry: “Ina, + ina” (mother, mother). She took the baby home and fed it soup, and it + being an unnatural baby, quickly grew up to a good sized boy. At the end + of three months he was a good big, stout youth. One day he said: “Mother, + why are you living here alone? To whom do all these fine clothes and + moccasins belong?” She then told him the story of her lost brothers. “Oh, + I know now where they are. You make me lots of arrows. I am going to find + my uncles.” She tried to dissuade him from going, but he was determined + and said: “My father sent me to you so that I could find my uncles for + you, and nothing can harm me, because I am stone and my name is ‘Stone + Boy’.” + </p> + <p> + The mother, seeing that he was determined to go, made a whole quiver full + of arrows for him, and off he started. When he came to the old witch’s + hut, she was nowhere to be seen, so he pushed the door in and entered. The + witch was busily engaged cooking dinner. + </p> + <p> + “Why, my dear grandchild, you are just in time for dinner. Sit down and we + will eat before you continue your journey.” Stone boy sat down and ate + dinner with the old witch. She watched him very closely, but when she + would be drinking her soup he would glance hastily around the room. + Finally he saw the four bundles on the opposite side of the room, and he + guessed at once that there lay his four uncles. When he had finished + eating he took out his little pipe and filled it with “kini-kinic,” and + commenced to smoke, wondering how the old woman had managed to fool his + smart uncles. He couldn’t study it out, so when he had finished his smoke + he arose to pretend to go. When the old woman saw him preparing to leave, + she said: “Grandson, will you kick me on the left side of my backbone. I + am nearly dead with pain and if you kick me good and hard it will cure + me.” “All right, grandma,” said the boy. The old witch lay down on the + floor and the boy started in to kick. At the first kick he barely touched + her. “Kick as hard as you can, grandson; don’t be afraid you will hurt me, + because you can’t.” With that Stone Boy let drive and broke two ribs. She + commenced to yell and beg him to stop, but he kept on kicking until he had + kicked both sides of her ribs loose from the backbone. Then he jumped on + her backbone and broke it and killed the old witch. + </p> + <p> + He built a big fire outside and dragged her body to it, and threw her into + the fire. Thus ended the old woman who was going to turn his uncles into + horses. + </p> + <p> + Next he cut willows and stuck them into the ground in a circle. The tops + he pulled together, making a wickieup. He then took the old woman’s robes + and blankets and covered the wickieup so that no air could get inside. He + then gathered sage brush and covered the floor with a good thick bed of + sage; got nice round stones and got them red hot in the fire, and placed + them in the wickieup and proceeded to carry his uncles out of the hut and + lay them down on the soft bed of sage. Having completed carrying and + depositing them around the pile of rocks, he got a bucket of water and + poured it on the hot rocks, which caused a great vapor in the little + wickieup. He waited a little while and then listened and heard some + breathing inside, so he got another bucket and poured that on also. After + awhile he could hear noises inside as though some one were moving about. + He went again and got the third bucket and after he had poured that on the + rocks, one of the men inside said: “Whoever you are, good friend, don’t + bring us to life only to scald us to death again.” Stone boy then said: + “Are all of you alive?” “Yes,” said the voice. “Well, come out,” said the + boy. And with that he threw off the robes and blankets, and a great cloud + of vapor arose and settled around the top of the highest peak on the long + range, and from that did Smoky Range derive its name. + </p> + <p> + The uncles, when they heard who the boy was, were very happy, and they all + returned together to the anxiously waiting sister. As soon as they got + home, the brothers worked hard to gather enough wood to last them all + winter. Game they could get at all times of the year, but the heavy fall + of snow covered most of the dry wood and also made it very difficult to + drag wood through the deep snow. So they took advantage of the nice fall + weather and by the time the snow commenced falling they had enough wood + gathered to last them throughout the winter. After the snow fell a party + of boys swiftly coasted down the big hill west of the brothers’ hut. The + Stone boy used to stand and watch them for hours at a time. His youngest + uncle said: “Why don’t you go up and coast with them?” The boy said: “They + may be afraid of me, but I guess I will try once, anyway.” So the next + morning when the crowd came coasting, Stone boy started for the hill. When + he had nearly reached the bottom of the coasting hill all of the boys ran + off excepting two little fellows who had a large coaster painted in + different colors and had little bells tied around the edges, so when the + coaster was in motion the bells made a cheerful tinkling sound. As Stone + boy started up the hill the two little fellows started down and went past + him as though shot from a hickory bow. + </p> + <p> + When they got to the end of their slide, they got off and started back up + the hill. It being pretty steep, Stone boy waited for them, so as to lend + a hand to pull the big coaster up the hill. As the two little fellows came + up with him he knew at once that they were twins, as they looked so much + alike that the only way one could be distinguished from the other was by + the scarfs they wore. One wore red, the other black. He at once offered to + help them drag their coaster to the top of the hill. When they got to the + top the twins offered their coaster to him to try a ride. At first he + refused, but they insisted on his taking it, as they said they would + sooner rest until he came back. So he got on the coaster and flew down the + hill, only he was such an expert he made a zigzag course going down and + also jumped the coaster off a bank about four feet high, which none of the + other coasters dared to tackle. Being very heavy, however, he nearly + smashed the coaster. Upon seeing this wonderful jump, and the zigzag + course he had taken going down, the twins went wild with excitement and + decided that they would have him take them down when he got back. So upon + his arrival at the starting point, they both asked him at once to give + them the pleasure of the same kind of a ride he had taken. He refused, + saying: “We will break your coaster. I alone nearly smashed it, and if we + all get on and make the same kind of a jump, I am afraid you will have to + go home without your coaster.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, take us down anyway, and if we break it our father will make us + another one.” So he finally consented. When they were all seated ready to + start, he told them that when the coaster made the jump they must look + straight ahead. “By no means look down, because if you do we will go over + the cut bank and land in a heap at the bottom of the gulch.” + </p> + <p> + They said they would obey what he said, so off they started swifter than + ever, on account of the extra weight, and so swiftly did the sleigh glide + over the packed, frozen snow, that it nearly took the twins’ breath away. + Like an arrow they approached the jump. The twins began to get a little + nervous. “Sit steady and look straight ahead,” yelled Stone boy. The twin + next to Stone boy, who was steering behind, sat upright and looked far + ahead, but the one in front crouched down and looked into the coulee. Of + course, Stone boy, being behind, fell on top of the twins, and being so + heavy, killed both of them instantly, crushing them to a jelly. + </p> + <p> + The rest of the boys, seeing what had happened, hastened to the edge of + the bank, and looking down, saw the twins laying dead, and Stone boy + himself knocked senseless, lying quite a little distance from the twins. + The boys, thinking that all three were killed, and that Stone boy had + purposely steered the sleigh over the bank in such a way that it would tip + and kill the twins, returned to the village with this report. Now, these + twins were the sons of the head chief of the Buffalo Nation. So at once + the chief and his scouts went over to the hill to see if the boys had told + the truth. + </p> + <p> + When they arrived at the bank they saw the twins lying dead, but where was + Stone boy? They looked high and low through the gulch, but not a sign of + him could they find. Tenderly they picked up the dead twins and carried + them home, then held a big council and put away the bodies of the dead in + Buffalo custom. + </p> + <p> + A few days after this the uncles were returning from a long journey. When + they drew near their home they noticed large droves of buffalo gathered on + their side of the range. Hardly any buffalo ever ranged on this east side + of the range before, and the brothers thought it strange that so many + should so suddenly appear there now. + </p> + <p> + When they arrived at home their sister told them what had happened to the + chief’s twins, as her son had told her the whole story upon his arrival at + home after the accident. + </p> + <p> + “Well, probably all the buffalo we saw were here for the council and + funeral,” said the older brother. “But where is my nephew?” (Stone boy) he + asked his sister. “He said he had noticed a great many buffalo around + lately and he was going to learn, if possible, what their object was,” + said the sister. “Well, we will wait until his return.” + </p> + <p> + When Stone boy left on his trip that morning, before the return of his + uncles, he was determined to ascertain what might be the meaning of so + many buffalo so near the home of himself and uncles. He approached several + bunches of young buffalo, but upon seeing him approaching they would + scamper over the hills. Thus he wandered from bunch to bunch, scattering + them all. Finally he grew tired of their cowardice and started for home. + When he had come to within a half mile or so of home he saw an old shaggy + buffalo standing by a large boulder, rubbing on it first one horn and then + the other. On coming up close to him, the boy saw that the bull was so old + he could hardly see, and his horns so blunt that he could have rubbed them + for a year on that boulder and not sharpened them so as to hurt anyone. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing here, grandfather?” asked the boy. + </p> + <p> + “I am sharpening my horns for the war,” said the bull. + </p> + <p> + “What war?” asked the boy. + </p> + <p> + “Haven’t you heard,” said the old bull, who was so near sighted he did not + recognize Stone boy. “The chief’s twins were killed by Stone boy, who ran + them over a cut bank purposely, and the chief has ordered all of his + buffalo to gather here, and when they arrive we are going to kill Stone + boy and his mother and his uncles.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that so? When is the war to commence?” + </p> + <p> + “In five days from now we will march upon the uncles and trample and gore + them all to death.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, grandfather, I thank you for your information, and in return will + do you a favor that will save you so much hard work on your blunt horns.” + So saying he drew a long arrow from his quiver and strung his bow, + attached the arrow to the string and drew the arrow half way back. The old + bull, not seeing what was going on, and half expecting some kind of + assistance in his horn sharpening process, stood perfectly still. Thus + spoke Stone boy: + </p> + <p> + “Grandfather, you are too old to join in a war now, and besides if you got + mixed up in that big war party you might step in a hole or stumble and + fall and be trampled to death. That would be a horrible death, so I will + save you all that suffering by just giving you this.” At this word he + pulled the arrow back to the flint head and let it fly. True to his aim, + the arrow went in behind the old bull’s foreleg, and with such force was + it sent that it went clear through the bull and stuck into a tree two + hundred feet away. + </p> + <p> + Walking over to the tree, he pulled out his arrow. Coolly straightening + his arrow between his teeth and sighting it for accuracy, he shoved it + back into the quiver with its brothers, exclaiming: “I guess, grandpa, you + won’t need to sharpen your horns for Stone boy and his uncles.” + </p> + <p> + Upon his arrival home he told his uncles to get to work building three + stockades with ditches between and make the ditches wide and deep so they + will hold plenty of buffalo. “The fourth fence I will build myself,” he + said. + </p> + <p> + The brothers got to work early and worked until very late at night. They + built three corrals and dug three ditches around the hut, and it took them + three days to complete the work. Stone boy hadn’t done a thing towards + building his fence yet, and there were only two days more left before the + charge of the buffalo would commence. Still the boy didn’t seem to bother + himself about the fence. Instead he had his mother continually cutting + arrow sticks, and as fast as she could bring them he would shape them, + feather and head them. So by the time his uncles had their fences and + corrals finished he had a thousand arrows finished for each of his uncles. + The last two days they had to wait, the uncles joined him and they + finished several thousand more arrows. The evening before the fifth day he + told his uncles to put up four posts, so they could use them as seats from + which to shoot. + </p> + <p> + While they were doing this, Stone boy went out to scout and see how things + looked. At daylight he came hurriedly in saying, “You had better get to + the first corral; they are coming.” “You haven’t built your fence, + nephew.” Whereupon Stone boy said: “I will build it in time; don’t worry, + uncle.” The dust on the hillsides rose as great clouds of smoke from a + forest fire. Soon the leaders of the charge came in sight, and upon seeing + the timber stockade they gave forth a great snort or roar that fairly + shook the earth. Thousands upon thousands of mad buffalo charged upon the + little fort. The leaders hit the first stockade and it soon gave way. The + maddened buffalo pushed forward by the thousands behind them; plunged + forward, only to fall into the first ditch and be trampled to death by + those behind them. The brothers were not slow in using their arrows, and + many a noble beast went down before their deadly aim with a little flint + pointed arrow buried deep in his heart. + </p> + <p> + The second stockade stood their charge a little longer than did the first, + but finally this gave way, and the leaders pushed on through, only to fall + into the second ditch and meet a similar fate to those in the first. The + brothers commenced to look anxiously towards their nephew, as there was + only one more stockade left, and the second ditch was nearly bridged over + with dead buffalo, with the now thrice maddened buffalo attacking the last + stockade more furiously than before, as they could see the little hut + through the openings in the corral. + </p> + <p> + “Come in, uncles,” shouted Stone boy. They obeyed him, and stepping to the + center he said: “Watch me build my fence.” Suiting the words, he took from + his belt an arrow with a white stone fastened to the point and fastening + it to his bow, he shot it high in the air. Straight up into the air it + went, for two or three thousand feet, then seemed to stop suddenly and + turned with point down and descended as swiftly as it had ascended. Upon + striking the ground a high stone wall arose, enclosing the hut and all who + were inside. Just then the buffalo broke the last stockade only to fill + the last ditch up again. In vain did the leaders butt the stone wall. They + hurt themselves, broke their horns and mashed their snouts, but could not + even scar the wall. + </p> + <p> + The uncles and Stone boy in the meantime rained arrows of death into their + ranks. + </p> + <p> + When the buffalo chief saw what they had to contend with, he ordered the + fight off. The crier or herald sang out: “Come away, come away, Stone boy + and his uncles will kill all of us.” + </p> + <p> + So the buffalo withdrew, leaving over two thousand of their dead and + wounded on the field, only to be skinned and put away for the feasts of + Stone boy and his uncles, who lived to be great chiefs of their own tribe, + and whose many relations soon joined them on the banks of Stone Boy Creek. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0039" id="link2H_4_0039"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER), TWO WIDOWS, AND THE RED PLUMS + </h2> + <p> + There once lived, in a remote part of a great forest, two widowed sisters, + with their little babies. One day there came to their tent a visitor who + was called Unktomi (spider). He had found some nice red plums during his + wanderings in the forest, and he said to himself, “I will keep these plums + and fool the two widows with them.” After the widows had bidden him be + seated, he presented them with the plums. + </p> + <p> + On seeing them they exclaimed “hi nu, hi nu (an exclamation of surprise), + where did you get those fine plums?” Unktomi arose and pointing to a + crimson tipped cloud, said: “You see that red cloud? Directly underneath + it is a patch of plums. So large is the patch and so red and beautiful are + the plums that it is the reflection of them on the cloud that you see.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, how we wish some one would take care of our babies, while we go over + there and pick some,” said the sisters. “Why, I am not in any particular + hurry, so if you want to go I will take care of my little nephews until + you return.” (Unktomi always claimed relationship with everyone he met). + “Well brother,” said the older widow, “take good care of them and we will + be back as soon as possible.” + </p> + <p> + The two then took a sack in which to gather the plums, and started off + towards the cloud with the crimson lining. Scarcely had they gone from + Unktomi’s sight when he took the babies out of their swinging hammocks and + cut off first one head and then the other. He then took some old blankets + and rolled them in the shape of a baby body and laid one in each hammock. + Then he took the heads and put them in place in their different hammocks. + The bodies he cut up and threw into a large kettle. This he placed over a + rousing fire. Then he mixed Indian turnips and arikara squash with the + baby meat and soon had a kettle of soup. Just about the time the soup was + ready to serve the widows returned. They were tired and hungry and not a + plum had they. Unktomi, hearing the approach of the two, hurriedly dished + out the baby soup in two wooden dishes and then seated himself near the + door so that he could get out easily. Upon the entrance of the widows, + Unktomi exclaimed: “Sisters, I had brought some meat with me and I cooked + some turnips and squash with it and made a pot of fine soup. The babies + have just fallen asleep, so don’t waken them until you have finished + eating, for I know that you are nearly starved.” The two fell to at once + and after they had somewhat appeased their appetites, one of them arose + and went over to see how her baby was resting. Noting an unnatural color + on her baby’s face, she raised him up only to have his head roll off from + the bundle of blankets. “‘My son! my son!” she cried out. At once the + other hastened to her baby and grabbed it up, only to have the same thing + happen. At once they surmised who had done this, and caught up sticks from + the fire with which to beat Unktomi to death. He, expecting something like + this to happen, lost very little time in getting outside and down into a + hole at the roots of a large tree. The two widows not being able to follow + Unktomi down into the hole, had to give up trying to get him out, and + passed the rest of the day and night crying for their beloved babies. In + the meantime Unktomi had gotten out by another opening, and fixing himself + up in an entirely different style, and painting his face in a manner that + they would not recognize him, he cautiously approached the weeping women + and inquired the cause of their tears. + </p> + <p> + Thus they answered him: “Unktomi came here and fooled us about some plums, + and while we were absent killed our babies and made soup out of their + bodies. Then he gave us the soup to eat, which we did, and when we found + out what he had done we tried to kill him, but he crawled down into that + hole and we could not get him out.” + </p> + <p> + “I will get him out,” said the mock stranger, and with that he crawled + down into the hole and scratched his own face all over to make the widows + believe he had been fighting with Unktomi. “I have killed him, and that + you may see him I have enlarged the hole so you can crawl in and see for + yourselves, also to take some revenge on his dead body.” The two foolish + widows, believing him, crawled into the hole, only to be blocked up by + Unktomi, who at once gathered great piles of wood and stuffing it into the + hole, set it on fire, and thus ended the last of the family who were + foolish enough to let Unktomi tempt them with a few red plums. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + Transcriber’s Note: I have made the following changes to the text: + PAGE PARA. LINE ORIGINALLY CHANGED TO + 12 3 3 one? one?” + 23 2 1 men man + 26 11 4 me, me,” + 42 7 5 earth. earth.” + 117 1 12 scorceress. sorceress. + 130 2 8 horse tide horse tied + 130 2 14 parflesh parfleche + 131 1 10 parflesh parfleche + 154 12 party than an party that an + 177 1 13 wickie-up wickieup + 177 1 15 wickee-up wickieup + 178 2 wickee-up wickieup +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by +Marie L. McLaughlin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + +***** This file should be named 341-h.htm or 341-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/341/ + +Produced by Judith Boss, and David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> @@ -0,0 +1,5001 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by Marie L. McLaughlin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Myths and Legends of the Sioux + +Author: Marie L. McLaughlin + +Posting Date: July 11, 2008 [EBook #341] +Release Date: October, 1995 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + + + + +Produced by Judith Boss + + + + + +MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX + +By Mrs. Marie L. Mclaughlin + + + In loving memory of my mother, + MARY GRAHAM BUISSON, + at whose knee most of the stories + contained in this little volume + were told to me, this book is + affectionately dedicated + + + + + TABLE OF CONTENTS + + Dedication + Foreword + The Forgotten Ear of Corn + The Little Mice + The Pet Rabbit + The Pet Donkey + The Rabbit and the Elk + The Rabbit and the Grouse Girls + The Faithful Lovers + The Artichoke and the Muskrat + The Rabbit, and the Bear with the Flint Body + Story of the Lost Wife + The Raccoon and the Crawfish + Legend of Standing Rock + Story of the Peace Pipe + A Bashful Courtship + The Simpleton's Wisdom + Little Brave and the Medicine Woman + The Bound Children + The Signs of Corn + Story of the Rabbits + How the Rabbit Lost His Tail + Unktomi and the Arrowheads + The Bear and the Rabbit Hunt Buffalo + The Brave Who Went on the Warpath Alone and + Won the Name of the Lone Warrior + The Sioux Who Married the Crow Chief's + Daughter + The Boy and the Turtles + The Hermit, or the Gift of Corn + The Mysterious Butte + The Wonderful Turtle + The Man and the Oak + Story of the Two Young Friends + The Story of the Pet Crow + The "Wasna" (Pemmican Man) and the Unktomi (Spider) + The Resuscitation of the Only Daughter + The Story of the Pet Crane + White Plume + Story of Pretty Feathered Forehead + The Four Brothers or Inyanhoksila (Stone Boy) + The Unktomi (Spider), Two Widows and the Red Plums + + + + +FOREWORD + +In publishing these "Myths of the Sioux," I deem it proper to state that +I am of one-fourth Sioux blood. My maternal grandfather, Captain Duncan +Graham, a Scotchman by birth, who had seen service in the British Army, +was one of a party of Scotch Highlanders who in 1811 arrived in the +British Northwest by way of York Factory, Hudson Bay, to found what was +known as the Selkirk Colony, near Lake Winnipeg, now within the +province of Manitoba, Canada. Soon after his arrival at Lake Winnipeg he +proceeded up the Red River of the North and the western fork thereof +to its source, and thence down the Minnesota River to Mendota, the +confluence of the Minnesota and Mississippi Rivers, where he located. My +grandmother, Ha-za-ho-ta-win, was a full-blood of the Medawakanton Band +of the Sioux Tribe of Indians. My father, Joseph Buisson, born near +Montreal, Canada, was connected with the American Fur Company, with +headquarters at Mendota, Minnesota, which point was for many years the +chief distributing depot of the American Fur Company, from which the +Indian trade conducted by that company on the upper Mississippi was +directed. + +I was born December 8, 1842, at Wabasha, Minnesota, then Indian country, +and resided thereat until fourteen years of age, when I was sent to +school at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. + +I was married to Major James McLaughlin at Mendota, Minnesota, +January 28, 1864, and resided in Minnesota until July 1, 1871, when I +accompanied my husband to Devils Lake Agency, North Dakota, then Dakota +Territory, where I remained ten years in most friendly relations with +the Indians of that agency. My husband was Indian agent at Devils Lake +Agency, and in 1881 was transferred to Standing Rock, on the Missouri +River, then a very important agency, to take charge of the Sioux who +had then but recently surrendered to the military authorities, and been +brought by steamboat from various points on the upper Missouri, to be +permanently located on the Standing Rock reservation. + +Having been born and reared in an Indian community, I at an early age +acquired a thorough knowledge of the Sioux language, and having lived on +Indian reservations for the past forty years in a position which brought +me very near to the Indians, whose confidence I possessed, I have, +therefore, had exceptional opportunities of learning the legends and +folk-lore of the Sioux. + +The stories contained in this little volume were told me by the older +men and women of the Sioux, of which I made careful notes as related, +knowing that, if not recorded, these fairy tales would be lost to +posterity by the passing of the primitive Indian. + +The notes of a song or a strain of music coming to us through the night +not only give us pleasure by the melody they bring, but also give us +knowledge of the character of the singer or of the instrument from which +they proceed. There is something in the music which unerringly tells us +of its source. I believe musicians call it the "timbre" of the sound. It +is independent of, and different from, both pitch and rhythm; it is the +texture of the music itself. + +The "timbre" of a people's stories tells of the qualities of that +people's heart. It is the texture of the thought, independent of its +form or fashioning, which tells the quality of the mind from which it +springs. + +In the "timbre" of these stories of the Sioux, told in the lodges and +at the camp fires of the past, and by the firesides of the Dakotas of +today, we recognize the very texture of the thought of a simple, grave, +and sincere people, living in intimate contact and friendship with the +big out-of-doors that we call Nature; a race not yet understanding all +things, not proud and boastful, but honest and childlike and fair; a +simple, sincere, and gravely thoughtful people, willing to believe that +there may be in even the everyday things of life something not yet fully +understood; a race that can, without any loss of native dignity, gravely +consider the simplest things, seeking to fathom their meaning and to +learn their lesson--equally without vain-glorious boasting and trifling +cynicism; an earnest, thoughtful, dignified, but simple and primitive +people. + +To the children of any race these stories can not fail to give pleasure +by their vivid imaging of the simple things and creatures of the great +out-of-doors and the epics of their doings. They will also give an +intimate insight into the mentality of an interesting race at a most +interesting stage of development, which is now fast receding into the +mists of the past. + + +MARIE L. McLAUGHLIN (Mrs. James McLaughlin). + +McLaughlin, S. D., May 1, 1913. + + + + +THE FORGOTTEN EAR OF CORN + +An Arikara woman was once gathering corn from the field to store away +for winter use. She passed from stalk to stalk, tearing off the ears and +dropping them into her folded robe. When all was gathered she started to +go, when she heard a faint voice, like a child's, weeping and calling: + +"Oh, do not leave me! Do not go away without me." + +The woman was astonished. "What child can that be?" she asked herself. +"What babe can be lost in the cornfield?" + +She set down her robe in which she had tied up her corn, and went back +to search; but she found nothing. + +As she started away she heard the voice again: + +"Oh, do not leave me. Do not go away without me." + +She searched for a long time. At last in one corner of the field, hidden +under the leaves of the stalks, she found one little ear of corn. This +it was that had been crying, and this is why all Indian women have since +garnered their corn crop very carefully, so that the succulent food +product should not even to the last small nubbin be neglected or wasted, +and thus displease the Great Mystery. + + + + + +THE LITTLE MICE + +Once upon a time a prairie mouse busied herself all fall storing away a +cache of beans. Every morning she was out early with her empty cast-off +snake skin, which she filled with ground beans and dragged home with her +teeth. + +The little mouse had a cousin who was fond of dancing and talk, but who +did not like to work. She was not careful to get her cache of beans and +the season was already well gone before she thought to bestir herself. +When she came to realize her need, she found she had no packing bag. So +she went to her hardworking cousin and said: + +"Cousin, I have no beans stored for winter and the season is nearly +gone. But I have no snake skin to gather the beans in. Will you lend me +one?" + +"But why have you no packing bag? Where were you in the moon when the +snakes cast off their skins?" + +"I was here." + +"What were you doing?" + +"I was busy talking and dancing." + +"And now you are punished," said the other. "It is always so with lazy, +careless people. But I will let you have the snake skin. And now go, and +by hard work and industry, try to recover your wasted time." + + + + + + +THE PET RABBIT + +A little girl owned a pet rabbit which she loved dearly. She carried it +on her back like a babe, made for it a little pair of moccasins, and at +night shared with it her own robe. + +Now the little girl had a cousin who loved her very dearly and wished to +do her honor; so her cousin said to herself: + +"I love my little cousin well and will ask her to let me carry her pet +rabbit around;" (for thus do Indian women when they wish to honor a +friend; they ask permission to carry about the friend's babe). + +She then went to the little girl and said: + +"Cousin, let me carry your pet rabbit about on my back. Thus shall I +show you how I love you." + +Her mother, too, said to her: "Oh no, do not let our little grandchild +go away from our tepee." + +But the cousin answered: "Oh, do let me carry it. I do so want to show +my cousin honor." At last they let her go away with the pet rabbit on +her back. + +When the little girl's cousin came home to her tepee, some rough boys +who were playing about began to make sport of her. To tease the little +girl they threw stones and sticks at the pet rabbit. At last a stick +struck the little rabbit upon the head and killed it. + +When her pet was brought home dead, the little rabbit's adopted mother +wept bitterly. She cut off her hair for mourning and all her little girl +friends wailed with her. Her mother, too, mourned with them. + +"Alas!" they cried, "alas, for the little rabbit. He was always kind and +gentle. Now your child is dead and you will be lonesome." + +The little girl's mother called in her little friends and made a great +mourning feast for the little rabbit. As he lay in the tepee his adopted +mother's little friends brought many precious things and covered his +body. At the feast were given away robes and kettles and blankets and +knives and great wealth in honor of the little rabbit. Him they wrapped +in a robe with his little moccasins on and buried him in a high place +upon a scaffold. + + + + + + +THE PET DONKEY + +There was a chief's daughter once who had a great many relations so that +everybody knew she belonged to a great family. + +When she grew up she married and there were born to her twin sons. This +caused great rejoicing in her father's camp, and all the village women +came to see the babes. She was very happy. + +As the babes grew older, their grandmother made for them two saddle bags +and brought out a donkey. + +"My two grandchildren," said the old lady, "shall ride as is becoming +to children having so many relations. Here is this donkey. He is patient +and surefooted. He shall carry the babes in the saddle bags, one on +either side of his back." + +It happened one day that the chief's daughter and her husband were +making ready to go on a camping journey. The father, who was quite proud +of his children, brought out his finest pony, and put the saddle bags on +the pony's back. + +"There," he said, "my sons shall ride on the pony, not on a donkey; let +the donkey carry the pots and kettles." + +So his wife loaded the donkey with the household things. She tied the +tepee poles into two great bundles, one on either side of the donkey's +back; across them she put the travois net and threw into it the pots and +kettles and laid the skin tent across the donkey's back. + +But no sooner done than the donkey began to rear and bray and kick. He +broke the tent poles and kicked the pots and kettles into bits and tore +the skin tent. The more he was beaten the more he kicked. + +At last they told the grandmother. She laughed. "Did I not tell you the +donkey was for the children," she cried. "He knows the babies are +the chief's children. Think you he will be dishonored with pots and +kettles?" and she fetched the children and slung them over the donkey's +back, when he became at once quiet again. + +The camping party left the village and went on their journey. But the +next day as they passed by a place overgrown with bushes, a band of +enemies rushed out, lashing their ponies and sounding their war whoop. +All was excitement. The men bent their bows and seized their lances. +After a long battle the enemy fled. But when the camping party came +together again--where were the donkey and the two babes? No one knew. +For a long time they searched, but in vain. At last they turned to go +back to the village, the father mournful, the mother wailing. When they +came to the grandmother's tepee, there stood the good donkey with the +two babes in the saddle bags. + + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE ELK + +The little rabbit lived with his old grandmother, who needed a new +dress. "I will go out and trap a deer or an elk for you," he said. "Then +you shall have a new dress." + +When he went out hunting he laid down his bow in the path while he +looked at his snares. An elk coming by saw the bow. + +"I will play a joke on the rabbit," said the elk to himself. "I will +make him think I have been caught in his bow string." He then put one +foot on the string and lay down as if dead. + +By and by the rabbit returned. When he saw the elk he was filled with +joy and ran home crying: "Grandmother, I have trapped a fine elk. You +shall have a new dress from his skin. Throw the old one in the fire!" + +This the old grandmother did. + +The elk now sprang to his feet laughing. "Ho, friend rabbit," he called, +"You thought to trap me; now I have mocked you." And he ran away into +the thicket. + +The rabbit who had come back to skin the elk now ran home again. +"Grandmother, don't throw your dress in the fire," he cried. But it was +too late. The old dress was burned. + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE GROUSE GIRLS + +The rabbit once went out on the prairie in winter time. On the side of a +hill away from the wind he found a great company of girls all with grey +and speckled blankets over their backs. They were the grouse girls and +they were coasting down hill on a board. When the rabbit saw them, he +called out: + +"Oh, maidens, that is not a good way to coast down hill. Let me get you +a fine skin with bangles on it that tinkle as you slide." And away he +ran to the tepee and brought a skin bag. It had red stripes on it and +bangles that tinkled. "Come and get inside," he said to the grouse +girls. "Oh, no, we are afraid," they answered. "Don't be afraid, I can't +hurt you. Come, one of you," said the rabbit. Then as each hung back he +added coaxingly: "If each is afraid alone, come all together. I can't +hurt you _all_." And so he coaxed the whole flock into the bag. This +done, the rabbit closed the mouth of the bag, slung it over his back and +came home. "Grandmother," said he, as he came to the tepee, "here is a +bag full of game. Watch it while I go for willow sticks to make spits." + +But as soon as the rabbit had gone out of the tent, the grouse girls +began to cry out: + +"Grandmother, let us out." + +"Who are you?" asked the old woman. + +"Your dear grandchildren," they answered. + +"But how came you in the bag?" asked the old woman. + +"Oh, our cousin was jesting with us. He coaxed us in the bag for a joke. +Please let us out." + +"Certainly, dear grandchildren, I will let you out," said the old +woman as she untied the bag: and lo, the grouse flock with +achuck-a-chuck-achuck flew up, knocking over the old grandmother and +flew out of the square smoke opening of the winter lodge. The old woman +caught only one grouse as it flew up and held it, grasping a leg with +each hand. + +When the rabbit came home with the spits she called out to him: + +"Grandson, come quick. They got out but I have caught two." + +When he saw what had happened he was quite angry, yet could not keep +from laughing. + +"Grandmother, you have but one grouse," he cried, "and it is a very +skinny one at that." + + + + + + +THE FAITHFUL LOVERS + +There once lived a chief's daughter who had many relations. All the +young men in the village wanted to have her for wife, and were all eager +to fill her skin bucket when she went to the brook for water. + +There was a young man in the village who was industrious and a good +hunter; but he was poor and of a mean family. He loved the maiden +and when she went for water, he threw his robe over her head while he +whispered in her ear: + +"Be my wife. I have little but I am young and strong. I will treat you +well, for I love you." + +For a long time the maiden did not answer, but one day she whispered +back. + +"Yes, you may ask my father's leave to marry me. But first you must do +something noble. I belong to a great family and have many relations. You +must go on a war party and bring back the scalp of an enemy." + +The young man answered modestly, "I will try to do as you bid me. I am +only a hunter, not a warrior. Whether I shall be brave or not I do not +know. But I will try to take a scalp for your sake." + +So he made a war party of seven, himself and six other young men. They +wandered through the enemy's country, hoping to get a chance to strike a +blow. But none came, for they found no one of the enemy. + +"Our medicine is unfavorable," said their leader at last. "We shall have +to return home." + +Before they started they sat down to smoke and rest beside a beautiful +lake at the foot of a green knoll that rose from its shore. The knoll +was covered with green grass and somehow as they looked at it they had +a feeling that there was something about it that was mysterious or +uncanny. + +But there was a young man in the party named the jester, for he was +venturesome and full of fun. Gazing at the knoll he said: "Let's run and +jump on its top." + +"No," said the young lover, "it looks mysterious. Sit still and finish +your smoke." + +"Oh, come on, who's afraid," said the jester, laughing. "Come on +you--come on!" and springing to his feet he ran up the side of the +knoll. + +Four of the young men followed. Having reached the top of the knoll all +five began to jump and stamp about in sport, calling, "Come on, come +on," to the others. Suddenly they stopped--the knoll had begun to move +toward the water. It was a gigantic turtle. The five men cried out in +alarm and tried to run--too late! Their feet by some power were held +fast to the monster's back. + +"Help us--drag us away," they cried; but the others could do nothing. In +a few moments the waves had closed over them. + +The other two men, the lover and his friend, went on, but with heavy +hearts, for they had forebodings of evil. After some days, they came to +a river. Worn with fatigue the lover threw himself down on the bank. + +"I will sleep awhile," he said, "for I am wearied and worn out." + +"And I will go down to the water and see if I can chance upon a dead +fish. At this time of the year the high water may have left one stranded +on the seashore," said his friend. + +And as he had said, he found a fish which he cleaned, and then called to +the lover. + +"Come and eat the fish with me. I have cleaned it and made a fire and it +is now cooking." + +"No, you eat it; let me rest," said the lover. + +"Oh, come on." + +"No, let me rest." + +"But you are my friend. I will not eat unless you share it with me." + +"Very well," said the lover, "I will eat the fish with you, but you must +first make me a promise. If I eat the fish, you must promise, pledge +yourself, to fetch me all the water that I can drink." + +"I promise," said the other, and the two ate the fish out of their +war-kettle. For there had been but one kettle for the party. + +When they had eaten, the kettle was rinsed out and the lover's friend +brought it back full of water. This the lover drank at a draught. + +"Bring me more," he said. + +Again his friend filled the kettle at the river and again the lover +drank it dry. + +"More!" he cried. + +"Oh, I am tired. Cannot you go to the river and drink your fill from the +stream?" asked his friend. + +"Remember your promise." + +"Yes, but I am weary. Go now and drink." + +"Ek-hey, I feared it would be so. Now trouble is coming upon us," said +the lover sadly. He walked to the river, sprang in, and lying down in +the water with his head toward land, drank greedily. By and by he called +to his friend. + +"Come hither, you who have been my sworn friend. See what comes of your +broken promise." + +The friend came and was amazed to see that the lover was now a fish from +his feet to his middle. + +Sick at heart he ran off a little way and threw himself upon the ground +in grief. By and by he returned. The lover was now a fish to his neck. + +"Cannot I cut off the part and restore you by a sweat bath?" the friend +asked. + +"No, it is too late. But tell the chief's daughter that I loved her to +the last and that I die for her sake. Take this belt and give it to her. +She gave it to me as a pledge of her love for me," and he being then +turned to a great fish, swam to the middle of the river and there +remained, only his great fin remaining above the water. + +The friend went home and told his story. There was great mourning over +the death of the five young men, and for the lost lover. In the river +the great fish remained, its fin just above the surface, and was called +by the Indians "Fish that Bars," because it bar'd navigation. Canoes had +to be portaged at great labor around the obstruction. + +The chief's daughter mourned for her lover as for a husband, nor would +she be comforted. "He was lost for love of me, and I shall remain as his +widow," she wailed. + +In her mother's tepee she sat, with her head covered with her robe, +silent, working, working. "What is my daughter doing," her mother asked. +But the maiden did not reply. + +The days lengthened into moons until a year had passed. And then the +maiden arose. In her hands were beautiful articles of clothing, enough +for three men. There were three pairs of moccasins, three pairs of +leggings, three belts, three shirts, three head dresses with beautiful +feathers, and sweet smelling tobacco. + +"Make a new canoe of bark," she said, which was made for her. + +Into the canoe she stepped and floated slowly down the river toward the +great fish. + +"Come back my daughter," her mother cried in agony. "Come back. The +great fish will eat you." + +She answered nothing. Her canoe came to the place where the great fin +arose and stopped, its prow grating on the monster's back. The maiden +stepped out boldly. One by one she laid her presents on the fish's back, +scattering the feathers and tobacco over his broad spine. + +"Oh, fish," she cried, "Oh, fish, you who were my lover, I shall not +forget you. Because you were lost for love of me, I shall never marry. +All my life I shall remain a widow. Take these presents. And now leave +the river, and let the waters run free, so my people may once more +descend in their canoes." + +She stepped into her canoe and waited. Slowly the great fish sank, his +broad fin disappeared, and the waters of the St. Croix (Stillwater) were +free. + + + + + + +THE ARTICHOKE AND THE MUSKRAT + +On the shore of a lake stood an artichoke with its green leaves waving +in the sun. Very proud of itself it was, and well satisfied with the +world. In the lake below lived a muskrat in his tepee, and in the +evening as the sun set he would come out upon the shore and wander over +the bank. One evening he came near the place where the artichoke stood. + +"Ho, friend," he said, "you seem rather proud of yourself. Who are you?" +"I am the artichoke," answered the other, "and I have many handsome +cousins. But who are you?" + +"I am the muskrat, and I, too, belong to a large family. I live in the +water. I don't stand all day in one place like a stone." + +"If I stand in one place all day," retorted the artichoke, "at least I +don't swim around in stagnant water, and build my lodge in the mud." + +"You are jealous of my fine fur," sneered the muskrat. "I may build +my lodge in the mud, but I always have a clean coat. But you are half +buried in the ground, and when men dig you up, you are never clean." + +"And your fine coat always smells of musk," jeered the artichoke. + +"That is true," said the muskrat. "But men think well of me, +nevertheless. They trap me for the fine sinew in my tail; and handsome +young women bite off my tail with their white teeth and make it into +thread." + +"That's nothing," laughed the artichoke. "Handsome young warriors, +painted and splendid with feathers, dig me up, brush me off with their +shapely hands and eat me without even taking the trouble to wash me +off." + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE BEAR WITH THE FLINT BODY + +The Rabbit and his grandmother were in dire straits, because the rabbit +was out of arrows. The fall hunt would soon be on and his quiver was all +but empty. Arrow sticks he could cut in plenty, but he had nothing with +which to make arrowheads. + +"You must make some flint arrowheads," said his grandmother. "Then you +will be able to kill game." + +"Where shall I get the flint?" asked the rabbit. + +"From the old bear chief," said his old grandmother. For at that time +all the flint in the world was in the bear's body. + +So the rabbit set out for the village of the Bears. It was winter time +and the lodges of the bears were set under the shelter of a hill where +the cold wind would not blow on them and where they had shelter among +the trees and bushes. + +He came at one end of the village to a hut where lived an old woman. He +pushed open the door and entered. Everybody who came for flint always +stopped there because it was the first lodge on the edge of the village. +Strangers were therefore not unusual in the old woman's hut, and she +welcomed the rabbit. She gave him a seat and at night he lay with his +feet to the fire. + +The next morning the rabbit went to the lodge of the bear chief. They +sat together awhile and smoked. At last the bear chief spoke. + +"What do you want, my grandson?" + +"I have come for some flint to make arrows," answered the rabbit. + +The bear chief grunted, and laid aside his pipe. Leaning back he pulled +off his robe and, sure enough, one half of his body was flesh and the +other half hard flint. + +"Bring a stone hammer and give it to our guest," he bade his wife. Then +as the rabbit took the hammer he said: "Do not strike too hard." + +"Grandfather, I shall be careful," said the rabbit. With a stroke he +struck off a little flake of flint from the bear's body. + +"Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?" he asked. + +"Harder, grandson; strike off bigger pieces," said the bear. + +The rabbit struck a little harder. + +"Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?" he asked. + +The bear grew impatient. "No, no, strike off bigger pieces. I can't be +here all day. Tanka kaksa wo! Break off a big piece." + +The rabbit struck again--hard! "Ni-sko-ke-cha?" he cried, as the hammer +fell. But even as he spoke the bear's body broke in two, the flesh part +fell away and only the flint part remained. Like a flash the rabbit +darted out of the hut. + +There was a great outcry in the village. Openmouthed, all the bears +gave chase. But as he ran the rabbit cried: "Wa-hin-han-yo (snow, snow) +Ota-po, Ota-po--lots more, lots more," and a great storm of snow swept +down from the sky. + +The rabbit, light of foot, bounded over the top of the snow. The bears +sunk in and floundered about helpless. Seeing this, the rabbit turned +back and killed them one by one with his club. That is why we now have +so few bears. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE LOST WIFE + +A Dakota girl married a man who promised to treat her kindly, but he did +not keep his word. He was unreasonable, fault-finding, and often beat +her. Frantic with his cruelty, she ran away. The whole village turned +out to search for her, but no trace of the missing wife was to be found. + +Meanwhile, the fleeing woman had wandered about all that day and the +next night. The next day she met a man, who asked her who she was. +She did not know it, but he was not really a man, but the chief of the +wolves. + +"Come with me," he said, and he led her to a large village. She was +amazed to see here many wolves--gray and black, timber wolves and +coyotes. It seemed as if all the wolves in the world were there. + +The wolf chief led the young woman to a great tepee and invited her in. +He asked her what she ate for food. + +"Buffalo meat," she answered. + +He called two coyotes and bade them bring what the young woman wanted. +They bounded away and soon returned with the shoulder of a fresh-killed +buffalo calf. + +"How do you prepare it for eating?" asked the wolf chief. + +"By boiling," answered the young woman. + +Again he called the two coyotes. Away they bounded and soon brought into +the tent a small bundle. In it were punk, flint and steel--stolen, it +may be, from some camp of men. + +"How do you make the meat ready?" asked the wolf chief. + +"I cut it into slices," answered the young woman. + +The coyotes were called and in a short time fetched in a knife in its +sheath. The young woman cut up the calf's shoulder into slices and ate +it. + +Thus she lived for a year, all the wolves being very kind to her. At the +end of that time the wolf chief said to her: + +"Your people are going off on a buffalo hunt. Tomorrow at noon they will +be here. You must then go out and meet them or they will fall on us and +kill us." + +The next day at about noon the young woman went to the top of a +neighboring knoll. Coming toward her were some young men riding on their +ponies. She stood up and held her hands so that they could see her. They +wondered who she was, and when they were close by gazed at her closely. + +"A year ago we lost a young woman; if you are she, where have you been," +they asked. + +"I have been in the wolves' village. Do not harm them," she answered. + +"We will ride back and tell the people," they said. "Tomorrow again at +noon, we shall meet you." + +The young woman went back to the wolf village, and the next day went +again to a neighboring knoll, though to a different one. Soon she +saw the camp coming in a long line over the prairie. First were the +warriors, then the women and tents. + +The young woman's father and mother were overjoyed to see her. But when +they came near her the young woman fainted, for she could not now bear +the smell of human kind. When she came to herself she said: + +"You must go on a buffalo hunt, my father and all the hunters. Tomorrow +you must come again, bringing with you the tongues and choice pieces of +the kill." + +This he promised to do; and all the men of the camp mounted their ponies +and they had a great hunt. The next day they returned with their ponies +laden with the buffalo meat. The young woman bade them pile the meat in +a great heap between two hills which she pointed out to them. There was +so much meat that the tops of the two hills were bridged level between +by the meat pile. In the center of the pile the young woman planted a +pole with a red flag. She then began to howl like a wolf, loudly. + +In a moment the earth seemed covered with wolves. They fell greedily on +the meat pile and in a short time had eaten the last scrap. + +The young woman then joined her own people. + +Her husband wanted her to come and live with him again. For a long time +she refused. However, at last they became reconciled. + + + + + + +THE RACCOON AND THE CRAWFISH + +Sharp and cunning is the raccoon, say the Indians, by whom he is named +Spotted Face. + +A crawfish one evening wandered along a river bank, looking for +something dead to feast upon. A raccoon was also out looking for +something to eat. He spied the crawfish and formed a plan to catch him. + +He lay down on the bank and feigned to be dead. By and by the crawfish +came near by. "Ho," he thought, "here is a feast indeed; but is he +really dead. I will go near and pinch him with my claws and find out." + +So he went near and pinched the raccoon on the nose and then on his soft +paws. The raccoon never moved. The crawfish then pinched him on the ribs +and tickled him so that the raccoon could hardly keep from laughing. The +crawfish at last left him. "The raccoon is surely dead," he thought. +And he hurried back to the crawfish village and reported his find to the +chief. + +All the villagers were called to go down to the feast. The chief bade +the warriors and young men to paint their faces and dress in their +gayest for a dance. + +So they marched in a long line--first the warriors, with their weapons +in hand, then the women with their babies and children--to the place +where the raccoon lay. They formed a great circle about him and danced, +singing: + +"We shall have a great feast + +"On the spotted-faced beast, with soft smooth paws: + +"He is dead! + +"He is dead! + +"We shall dance! + +"We shall have a good time! + +"We shall feast on his flesh." + +But as they danced, the raccoon suddenly sprang to his feet. + +"Who is that you say you are going to eat? He has a spotted face, has +he? He has soft, smooth paws, has he? I'll break your ugly backs. I'll +break your rough bones. I'll crunch your ugly, rough paws." And he +rushed among the crawfish, killing them by scores. The crawfish warriors +fought bravely and the women ran screaming, all to no purpose. They did +not feast on the raccoon; the raccoon feasted _on them!_ + + + + + + +LEGEND OF STANDING ROCK + +A Dakota had married an Arikara woman, and by her had one child. By and +by he took another wife. The first wife was jealous and pouted. When +time came for the village to break camp she refused to move from her +place on the tent floor. The tent was taken down but she sat on the +ground with her babe on her back The rest of the camp with her husband +went on. + +At noon her husband halted the line. "Go back to your sister-in-law," +he said to his two brothers. "Tell her to come on and we will await you +here. But hasten, for I fear she may grow desperate and kill herself." + +The two rode off and arrived at their former camping place in the +evening. The woman still sat on the ground. The elder spoke: + +"Sister-in-law, get up. We have come for you. The camp awaits you." + +She did not answer, and he put out his hand and touched her head. She +had turned to stone! + +The two brothers lashed their ponies and came back to camp. They told +their story, but were not believed. "The woman has killed herself and my +brothers will not tell me," said the husband. However, the whole village +broke camp and came back to the place where they had left the woman. +Sure enough, she sat there still, a block of stone. + +The Indians were greatly excited. They chose out a handsome pony, made +a new travois and placed the stone in the carrying net. Pony and travois +were both beautifully painted and decorated with streamers and colors. +The stone was thought _"wakan"_ (holy), and was given a place of honor +in the center of the camp. Whenever the camp moved the stone and travois +were taken along. Thus the stone woman was carried for years, and +finally brought to Standing Rock Agency, and now rests upon a brick +pedestal in front of the Agency office. From this stone Standing Rock +Agency derives its name. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE PEACE PIPE + +Two young men were out strolling one night talking of love affairs. They +passed around a hill and came to a little ravine or coulee. Suddenly +they saw coming up from the ravine a beautiful woman. She was painted +and her dress was of the very finest material. + +"What a beautiful girl!" said one of the young men. "Already I love her. +I will steal her and make her my wife." + +"No," said the other. "Don't harm her. She may be holy." + +The young woman approached and held out a pipe which she first offered +to the sky, then to the earth and then advanced, holding it out in her +extended hands. + +"I know what you young men have been saying; one of you is good; the +other is wicked," she said. + +She laid down the pipe on the ground and at once became a buffalo cow. +The cow pawed the ground, stuck her tail straight out behind her and +then lifted the pipe from the ground again in her hoofs; immediately she +became a young woman again. + +"I am come to give you this gift," she said. "It is the peace pipe. +Hereafter all treaties and ceremonies shall be performed after smoking +it. It shall bring peaceful thoughts into your minds. You shall offer it +to the Great Mystery and to mother earth." + +The two young men ran to the village and told what they had seen and +heard. All the village came out where the young woman was. + +She repeated to them what she had already told the young men and added: + +"When you set free the ghost (the spirit of deceased persons) you must +have a white buffalo cow skin." + +She gave the pipe to the medicine men of the village, turned again to a +buffalo cow and fled away to the land of buffaloes. + + + + + + +A BASHFUL COURTSHIP + +A young man lived with his grandmother. He was a good hunter and wished +to marry. He knew a girl who was a good moccasin maker, but she belonged +to a great family. He wondered how he could win her. + +One day she passed the tent on her way to get water at the river. His +grandmother was at work in the tepee with a pair of old worn-out sloppy +moccasins. The young man sprang to his feet. "Quick, grandmother--let me +have those old sloppy moccasins you have on your feet!" he cried. + +"My old moccasins, what do you want of them?" cried the astonished +woman. + +"Never mind! Quick! I can't stop to talk," answered the grandson as he +caught up the old moccasins the old lady had doffed, and put them on. He +threw a robe over his shoulders, slipped through the door, and hastened +to the watering place. The girl had just arrived with her bucket. + +"Let me fill your bucket for you," said the young man. + +"Oh, no, I can do it." + +"Oh, let me, I can go in the mud. You surely don't want to soil your +moccasins," and taking the bucket he slipped in the mud, taking care +to push his sloppy old moccasins out so the girl could see them. She +giggled outright. + +"My, what old moccasins you have," she cried. + +"Yes, I have nobody to make me a new pair," he answered. + +"Why don't you get your grandmother to make you a new pair?" + +"She's old and blind and can't make them any longer. That's why I want +you," he answered. + +"Oh, you're fooling me. You aren't speaking the truth." + +"Yes, I am. If you don't believe--come with me _now!_" + +The girl looked down; so did the youth. At last he said softly: + +"Well, which is it? Shall I take up your bucket, or will you go with +me?" + +And she answered, still more softly: "I guess I'll go with you!" + +The girl's aunt came down to the river, wondering what kept her niece so +long. In the mud she found two pairs of moccasin tracks close together; +at the edge of the water stood an empty keg. + + + + + + +THE SIMPLETON'S WISDOM + +There was a man and his wife who had one daughter. Mother and daughter +were deeply attached to one another, and when the latter died the mother +was disconsolate. She cut off her hair, cut gashes in her cheeks and sat +before the corpse with her robe drawn over her head, mourning for her +dead. Nor would she let them touch the body to take it to a burying +scaffold. She had a knife in her hand, and if anyone offered to come +near the body the mother would wail: + +"I am weary of life. I do not care to live. I will stab myself with this +knife and join my daughter in the land of spirits." + +Her husband and relatives tried to get the knife from her, but could +not. They feared to use force lest she kill herself. They came together +to see what they could do. + +"We must get the knife away from her," they said. + +At last they called a boy, a kind of simpleton, yet with a good deal of +natural shrewdness. He was an orphan and very poor. His moccasins were +out at the sole and he was dressed in wei-zi (coarse buffalo skin, +smoked). + +"Go to the tepee of the mourning mother," they told the simpleton, "and +in some way contrive to make her laugh and forget her grief. Then try to +get the knife away from her." + +The boy went to the tent and sat down at the door as if waiting to be +given something. The corpse lay in the place of honor where the dead +girl had slept in life. The body was wrapped in a rich robe and wrapped +about with ropes. Friends had covered it with rich offerings out of +respect to the dead. + +As the mother sat on the ground with her head covered she did not at +first see the boy, who sat silent. But when his reserve had worn away +a little he began at first lightly, then more heavily, to drum on the +floor with his hands. After a while he began to sing a comic song. +Louder and louder he sang until carried away with his own singing he +sprang up and began to dance, at the same time gesturing and making all +manner of contortions with his body, still singing the comic song. As he +approached the corpse he waved his hands over it in blessing. The mother +put her head out of the blanket and when she saw the poor simpleton +with his strange grimaces trying to do honor to the corpse by his solemn +waving, and at the same time keeping up his comic song, she burst out +laughing. Then she reached over and handed her knife to the simpleton. + +"Take this knife," she said. "You have taught me to forget my grief. If +while I mourn for the dead I can still be mirthful, there is no reason +for me to despair. I no longer care to die. I will live for my husband." + +The simpleton left the tepee and brought the knife to the astonished +husband and relatives. + +"How did you get it? Did you force it away from her, or did you steal +it?" they said. + +"She gave it to me. How could I force it from her or steal it when she +held it in her hand, blade uppermost? I sang and danced for her and she +burst out laughing. Then she gave it to me," he answered. + +When the old men of the village heard the orphan's story they were very +silent. It was a strange thing for a lad to dance in a tepee where there +was mourning. It was stranger that a mother should laugh in a tepee +before the corpse of her dead daughter. The old men gathered at last in +a council. They sat a long time without saying anything, for they did +not want to decide hastily. The pipe was filled and passed many times. +At last an old man spoke. + +"We have a hard question. A mother has laughed before the corpse of her +daughter, and many think she has done foolishly, but I think the woman +did wisely. The lad was simple and of no training, and we cannot expect +him to know how to do as well as one with good home and parents to teach +him. Besides, he did the best that he knew. He danced to make the mother +forget her grief, and he tried to honor the corpse by waving over it his +hands." + +"The mother did right to laugh, for when one does try to do us good, +even if what he does causes us discomfort, we should always remember +rather the motive than the deed. And besides, the simpleton's dancing +saved the woman's life, for she gave up her knife. In this, too, she did +well, for it is always better to live for the living than to die for the +dead." + + + + + +A LITTLE BRAVE AND THE MEDICINE WOMAN + +A village of Indians moved out of winter camp and pitched their tents +in a circle on high land overlooking a lake. A little way down the +declivity was a grave. Choke cherries had grown up, hiding the grave +from view. But as the ground had sunk somewhat, the grave was marked by +a slight hollow. + +One of the villagers going out to hunt took a short cut through the +choke cherry bushes. As he pushed them aside he saw the hollow grave, +but thought it was a washout made by the rains. But as he essayed to +step over it, to his great surprise he stumbled and fell. Made curious +by his mishap, he drew back and tried again; but again he fell. When he +came back to the village he told the old men what had happened to him. +They remembered then that a long time before there had been buried there +a medicine woman or conjurer. Doubtless it was her medicine that made +him stumble. + +The story of the villager's adventure spread thru the camp and made many +curious to see the grave. Among others were six little boys who were, +however, rather timid, for they were in great awe of the dead medicine +woman. But they had a little playmate named Brave, a mischievous little +rogue, whose hair was always unkempt and tossed about and who was never +quiet for a moment. + +"Let us ask Brave to go with us," they said; and they went in a body to +see him. + +"All right," said Brave; "I will go with you. But I have something to +do first. You go on around the hill _that_ way, and I will hasten around +_this_ way, and meet you a little later near the grave." + +So the six little boys went on as bidden until they came to a place near +the grave. There they halted. + +"Where is Brave?" they asked. + +Now Brave, full of mischief, had thought to play a jest on his little +friends. As soon as they were well out of sight he had sped around the +hill to the shore of the lake and sticking his hands in the mud had +rubbed it over his face, plastered it in his hair, and soiled his hands +until he looked like a new risen corpse with the flesh rotting from his +bones. He then went and lay down in the grave and awaited the boys. + +When the six little boys came they were more timid than ever when they +did not find Brave; but they feared to go back to the village without +seeing the grave, for fear the old men would call them cowards. + +So they slowly approached the grave and one of them timidly called out: + +"Please, grandmother, we won't disturb your grave. We only want to see +where you lie. Don't be angry." + +At once a thin quavering voice, like an old woman's, called out: + +"Han, han, takoja, hechetuya, hechetuya! Yes, yes, that's right, that's +right." + +The boys were frightened out of their senses, believing the old woman +had come to life. + +"Oh, grandmother," they gasped, "don't hurt us; please don't, we'll go." + +Just then Brave raised his muddy face and hands up thru the choke cherry +bushes. With the oozy mud dripping from his features he looked like some +very witch just raised from the grave. The boys screamed outright. One +fainted. The rest ran yelling up the hill to the village, where each +broke at once for his mother's tepee. + +As all the tents in a Dakota camping circle face the center, the boys as +they came tearing into camp were in plain view from the tepees. Hearing +the screaming, every woman in camp ran to her tepee door to see what +had happened. Just then little Brave, as badly scared as the rest, came +rushing in after them, his hair on end and covered with mud and crying +out, all forgetful of his appearance: + +"It's me, it's me!" + +The women yelped and bolted in terror from the village. Brave dashed +into his mother's tepee, scaring her out of her wits. Dropping pots and +kettles, she tumbled out of the tent to run screaming with the rest. Nor +would a single villager come near poor little Brave until he had gone +down to the lake and washed himself. + + + + + + +THE BOUND CHILDREN + +There once lived a widow with two children--the elder a daughter and the +younger a son. The widow went in mourning for her husband a long time. +She cut off her hair, let her dress lie untidy on her body and kept her +face unpainted and unwashed. + +There lived in the same village a great chief. He had one son just come +old enough to marry. The chief had it known that he wished his son to +take a wife, and all of the young women in the village were eager to +marry the young man. However, he was pleased with none of them. + +Now the widow thought, "I am tired of mourning for my husband and caring +for my children. Perhaps if I lay aside my mourning and paint myself +red, the chief's son may marry me." + +So she slipped away from her two children, stole down to the river and +made a bathing place thru the ice. When she had washed away all signs of +mourning, she painted and decked herself and went to the chief's tepee. +When his son saw her, he loved her, and a feast was made in honor of her +wedding. + +When the widow's daughter found herself forsaken, she wept bitterly. +After a day or two she took her little brother in her arms and went to +the tepee of an old woman who lived at one end of the village. The old +woman's tumble down tepee was of bark and her dress and clothing was of +old smoke-dried tent cover. But she was kind to the two waifs and took +them in willingly. + +The little girl was eager to find her mother. The old woman said to her: +"I suspect your mother has painted her face red. Do not try to find her. +If the chief's son marries her she will not want to be burdened with +you." + +The old woman was right. The girl went down to the river, and sure +enough found a hole cut in the ice and about it lay the filth that the +mother had washed from her body. The girl gathered up the filth and went +on. By and by she came to a second hole in the ice. Here too was filth, +but not so much as at the previous place. At the third hole the ice was +clean. + +The girl knew now that her mother had painted her face red. She went at +once to the chief's tepee, raised the door flap and went in. There sat +her mother with the chief's son at their wedding feast. + +The girl walked up to her mother and hurled the filth in her mother's +face. + +"There," she cried, "you who forsake your helpless children and forget +your husband, take that!" + +And at once her mother became a hideous old woman. + +The girl then went back to the lodge of the old woman, leaving the camp +in an uproar. The chief soon sent some young warriors to seize the girl +and her brother, and they were brought to his tent. He was furious with +anger. + +"Let the children be bound with lariats wrapped about their bodies and +let them be left to starve. Our camp will move on," he said. The chief's +son did not put away his wife, hoping she might be cured in some way and +grow young again. + +Everybody in camp now got ready to move; but the old woman came close to +the girl and said: + +"In my old tepee I have dug a hole and buried a pot with punk and steel +and flint and packs of dried meat. They will tie you up like a corpse. +But before we go I will come with a knife and pretend to stab you, but +I will really cut the rope that binds you so that you can unwind it from +your body as soon as the camp is out of sight and hearing." + +And so, before the camp started, the old woman came to the place where +the two children were bound. She had in her hand a knife bound to the +end of a stick which she used as a lance. She stood over the children +and cried aloud: + +"You wicked girl, who have shamed your own mother, you deserve all the +punishment that is given you. But after all I do not want to let you lie +and starve. Far better kill you at once and have done with it!" and +with her stick she stabbed many times, as if to kill, but she was really +cutting the rope. + +The camp moved on; but the children lay on the ground until noon the +next day. Then they began to squirm about. Soon the girl was free, and +she then set loose her little brother. They went at once to the old +woman's hut where they found the flint and steel and the packs of dried +meat. + +The girl made her brother a bow and arrows and with these he killed +birds and other small game. + +The boy grew up a great hunter. They became rich. They built three great +tepees, in one of which were stored rows upon rows of parfleche bags of +dried meat. + +One day as the brother went out to hunt, he met a handsome young +stranger who greeted him and said to him: + +"I know you are a good hunter, for I have been watching you; your +sister, too, is industrious. Let me have her for a wife. Then you and I +will be brothers and hunt together." + +The girl's brother went home and told her what the young stranger had +said. + +"Brother, I do not care to marry," she answered. "I am now happy with +you." + +"But you will be yet happier married," he answered, "and the young +stranger is of no mean family, as one can see by his dress and manners." + +"Very well, I will do as you wish," she said. So the stranger came into +the tepee and was the girl's husband. + +One day as they were in their tent, a crow flew overhead, calling out +loudly, + + "Kaw, Kaw, + +"They who forsook the children have no meat." + +The girl and her husband and brother looked up at one another. + +"What can it mean?" they asked. "Let us send for Unktomi (the spider). +He is a good judge and he will know." + +"And I will get ready a good dinner for him, for Unktomi is always +hungry," added the young wife. + +When Unktomi came, his yellow mouth opened with delight at the fine +feast spread for him. After he had eaten he was told what the crow had +said. + +"The crow means," said Unktomi, "that the villagers and chief who bound +and deserted you are in sad plight. They have hardly anything to eat and +are starving." + +When the girl heard this she made a bundle of choicest meat and called +the crow. + +"Take this to the starving villagers," she bade him. + +He took the bundle in his beak, flew away to the starving village and +dropped the bundle before the chief's tepee. The chief came out and the +crow called loudly: + +"Kaw, Kaw! + +"The children who were forsaken have much meat; those who forsook them +have none." + +"What can he mean," cried the astonished villagers. + +"Let us send for Unktomi," said one, "he is a great judge; he will tell +us." + +They divided the bundle of meat among the starving people, saving the +biggest piece for Unktomi. + +When Unktomi had come and eaten, the villagers told him of the crow and +asked what the bird's words meant. + +"He means," said Unktomi, "that the two children whom you forsook have +tepees full of dried meat enough for all the village." + +The villagers were filled with astonishment at this news. To find +whether or not it was true, the chief called seven young men and sent +them out to see. They came to the three tepees and there met the girl's +brother and husband just going out to hunt (which they did now only for +sport). + +The girl's brother invited the seven young men into the third or sacred +lodge, and after they had smoked a pipe and knocked out the ashes on a +buffalo bone the brother gave them meat to eat, which the seven devoured +greedily. The next day he loaded all seven with packs of meat, saying: + +"Take this meat to the villagers and lead them hither." + +While they awaited the return of the young men with the villagers, the +girl made two bundles of meat, one of the best and choicest pieces, and +the other of liver, very dry and hard to eat. After a few days the camp +arrived. The young woman's mother opened the door and ran in crying: +"Oh, my dear daughter, how glad I am to see you." But the daughter +received her coldly and gave her the bundle of dried liver to eat. But +when the old woman who had saved the children's lives came in, the +young girl received her gladly, called her grandmother, and gave her the +package of choice meat with marrow. + +Then the whole village camped and ate of the stores of meat all the +winter until spring came; and withal they were so many, there was such +abundance of stores that there was still much left. + + + + + + +THE SIGNS OF CORN + +When corn is to be planted by the Indians, it is the work of the women +folk to see to the sorting and cleaning of the best seed. It is also the +women's work to see to the planting. (This was in olden times.) + +After the best seed has been selected, the planter measures the corn, +lays down a layer of hay, then a layer of corn. Over this corn they +sprinkle warm water and cover it with another layer of hay, then bind +hay about the bundle and hang it up in a spot where the warm rays of the +sun can strike it. + +While the corn is hanging in the sun, the ground is being prepared to +receive it. Having finished the task of preparing the ground, the woman +takes down her seed corn which has by this time sprouted. Then she +proceeds to plant the corn. + +Before she plants the first hill, she extends her hoe heavenwards and +asks the Great Spirit to bless her work, that she may have a good yield. +After her prayer she takes four kernels and plants one at the north, +one at the south, one at the east and one at the west sides of the first +hill. This is asking the Great Spirit to give summer rain and sunshine +to bring forth a good crop. + +For different growths of the corn, the women have an interpretation as +to the character of the one who planted it. + +1st. Where the corn grows in straight rows and the cob is full of +kernels to the end, this signifies that the planter of this corn is of +an exemplary character, and is very truthful and thoughtful. + +2nd. If the rows on the ears of corn are irregular and broken, the +planter is considered careless and unthoughtful. Also disorderly and +slovenly about her house and person. + +3rd. When an ear of corn bears a few scattering kernels with spaces +producing no corn, it is said that is a good sign that the planter will +live to a ripe old age. So old will they be that like the corn, their +teeth will be few and far between. + +4th. When a stalk bears a great many nubbins, or small ears growing +around the large one, it is a sign that the planter is from a large and +respectable family. + +After the corn is gathered, it is boiled into sweet corn and made into +hominy; parched and mixed with buffalo tallow and rolled into round +balls, and used at feasts, or carried by the warriors on the warpath as +food. + +When there has been a good crop of corn, an ear is always tied at the +top of the medicine pole, of the sun dance, in thanks to the Great +Spirit for his goodness to them in sending a bountiful crop. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE RABBITS + +The Rabbit nation were very much depressed in spirits on account of +being run over by all other nations. They, being very obedient to their +chief, obeyed all his orders to the letter. One of his orders was, +that upon the approach of any other nation that they should follow the +example of their chief and run up among the rocks and down into their +burrows, and not show themselves until the strangers had passed. + +This they always did. Even the chirp of a little cricket would send them +all scampering to their dens. + +One day they held a great council, and after talking over everything for +some time, finally left it to their medicine man to decide. The medicine +man arose and said: + +"My friends, we are of no use on this earth. There isn't a nation +on earth that fears us, and we are so timid that we cannot defend +ourselves, so the best thing for us to do is to rid the earth of our +nation, by all going over to the big lake and drowning ourselves." + +This they decided to do; so going to the lake they were about to jump +in, when they heard a splashing in the water. Looking, they saw a lot of +frogs jumping into the lake. + +"We will not drown ourselves," said the medicine man, "we have found a +nation who are afraid of us. It is the frog nation." Had it not been for +the frogs we would have had no rabbits, as the whole nation would have +drowned themselves and the rabbit race would have been extinct. + + + + + + +HOW THE RABBIT LOST HIS TAIL + +Once upon a time there were two brothers, one a great Genie and the +other a rabbit. Like all genie, the older could change himself into any +kind of an animal, bird, fish, cloud, thunder and lightning, or in fact +anything that he desired. + +The younger brother (the rabbit) was very mischievous and was +continually getting into all kinds of trouble. His older brother was +kept busy getting Rabbit out of all kinds of scrapes. + +When Rabbit had attained his full growth he wanted to travel around and +see something of the world. When he told his brother what he intended to +do, the brother said: "Now, Rabbit, you are Witkotko (mischievous), so +be very careful, and keep out of trouble as much as possible. In case +you get into any serious trouble, and can't get out by yourself, just +call on me for assistance, and no matter where you are, I will come to +you." + +Rabbit started out and the first day he came to a very high house, +outside of which stood a very high pine tree. So high was the tree that +Rabbit could hardly see the top. Outside the door, on an enormous stool, +sat a very large giant fast asleep. Rabbit (having his bow and arrows +with him) strung up his bow, and, taking an arrow from his quiver, said: + +"I want to see how big this man is, so I guess I will wake him up." So +saying he moved over to one side and took good aim, and shot the giant +upon the nose. This stung like fire and awoke the giant, who jumped up, +crying: "Who had the audacity to shoot me on the nose?" "I did," said +Rabbit. + +The giant, hearing a voice, looked all around, but saw nothing, until he +looked down at the corner of the house, and there sat a rabbit. + +"I had hiccoughs this morning and thought that I was going to have a +good big meal, and here is nothing but a toothful." + +"I guess you won't make a toothful of me," said Rabbit, "I am as strong +as you, though I am little." "We will see," said the giant. He went into +the house and came out, bringing a hammer that weighed many tons. + +"Now, Mr. Rabbit, we will see who can throw this hammer over the top of +that tree." "Get something harder to do," said Rabbit. + +"Well, we will try this first," said the giant. With that he grasped the +hammer in both hands, swung it three times around his head and sent it +spinning thru the air. Up, up, it went, skimming the top of the tree, +and came down, shaking the ground and burying itself deep into the +earth. + +"Now," said the giant, "if you don't accomplish this same feat, I am +going to swallow you at one mouthful." Rabbit said, "I always sing to my +brother before I attempt things like this." So he commenced singing and +calling his brother. "Cinye! Cinye!" (brother, brother) he sang. The +giant grew nervous, and said: "Boy, why do you call your brother?" + +Pointing to a small black cloud that was approaching very swiftly, +Rabbit said: "That is my brother; he can destroy you, your house, and +pine tree in one breath." + +"Stop him and you can go free," said the giant. Rabbit waved his paws +and the cloud disappeared. + +From this place Rabbit continued on his trip towards the west. The next +day, while passing thru a deep forest, he thought he heard some one +moaning, as though in pain. He stopped and listened; soon the wind blew +and the moaning grew louder. Following the direction from whence came +the sound, he soon discovered a man stripped of his clothing, and caught +between two limbs of a tall elm tree. When the wind blew the limbs would +rub together and squeeze the man, who would give forth the mournful +groans. + +"My, you have a fine place up there. Let us change. You can come down +and I will take your place." (Now this man had been placed up there for +punishment, by Rabbit's brother, and he could not get down unless some +one came along and proposed to take his place on the tree). "Very well," +said the man. "Take off your clothes and come up. I will fasten you in +the limbs and you can have all the fun you want." + +Rabbit disrobed and climbed up. The man placed him between the limbs and +slid down the tree. He hurriedly got into Rabbit's clothes, and just as +he had completed his toilet, the wind blew very hard. Rabbit was nearly +crazy with pain, and screamed and cried. Then he began to cry "Cinye, +Cinye" (brother, brother). "Call your brother as much as you like, he +can never find me." So saying the man disappeared in the forest. + +Scarcely had he disappeared, when the brother arrived, and seeing Rabbit +in the tree, said: "Which way did he go?" Rabbit pointed the direction +taken by the man. The brother flew over the top of the trees, soon found +the man and brought him back, making him take his old place between the +limbs, and causing a heavy wind to blow and continue all afternoon and +night, for punishment to the man for having placed his brother up there. + +After Rabbit got his clothes back on, his brother gave him a good +scolding, and wound up by saying: "I want you to be more careful in the +future. I have plenty of work to keep me as busy as I want to be, and I +can't be stopping every little while to be making trips to get you out +of some foolish scrape. It was only yesterday that I came five hundred +miles to help you from the giant, and today I have had to come a +thousand miles, so be more careful from this on." + +Several days after this the Rabbit was traveling along the banks of a +small river, when he came to a small clearing in the woods, and in the +center of the clearing stood a nice little log hut. Rabbit was wondering +who could be living here when the door slowly opened and an old man +appeared in the doorway, bearing a tripe water pail in his right hand. +In his left hand he held a string which was fastened to the inside of +the house. He kept hold of the string and came slowly down to the river. +When he got to the water he stooped down and dipped the pail into it and +returned to the house, still holding the string for guidance. + +Soon he reappeared holding on to another string, and, following this +one, went to a large pile of wood and returned to the house with it. +Rabbit wanted to see if the old man would come out again, but he came +out no more. Seeing smoke ascending from the mud chimney, he thought +he would go over and see what the old man was doing. He knocked at the +door, and a weak voice bade him enter. He noticed that the old man was +cooking dinner. + +"Hello Tunkasina (grandfather), you must have a nice time, living here +alone. I see that you have everything handy. You can get wood and water, +and that is all you have to do. How do you get your provisions?" + +"The wolves bring my meat, the mice my rice and ground beans, and the +birds bring me the cherry leaves for my tea. Yet it is a hard life, as I +am all alone most of the time and have no one to talk to, and besides, I +am blind." + +"Say, grandfather," said Rabbit, "let us change places. I think I would +like to live here." + +"If we exchange clothes," said the other, "you will become old and +blind, while I will assume your youth and good looks." (Now, this old +man was placed here for punishment by Rabbit's brother. He had killed +his wife, so the genie made him old and blind, and he would remain so +until some one came who would exchange places with him). + +"I don't care for youth and good looks," said Rabbit, "let us make the +change." + +They changed clothes, and Rabbit became old and blind, whilst the old +man became young and handsome. + +"Well, I must go," said the man. He went out and cutting the strings +close to the door, ran off laughing. "You will get enough of your living +alone, you crazy boy," and saying this he ran into the woods. + +Rabbit thought he would like to get some fresh water and try the string +paths so that he would get accustomed to it. He bumped around the room +and finally found the tripe water bucket. He took hold of the string and +started out. When he had gotten a short distance from the door he came +to the end of the string so suddenly, that he lost the end which he +had in his hand, and he wandered about, bumping against the trees, and +tangling himself up in plum bushes and thorns, scratching his face +and hands so badly that the blood ran from them. Then it was that he +commenced again to cry, "Cinye! Cinye!" (brother, brother). Soon his +brother arrived, and asked which way the old man had gone. + +"I don't know," said Rabbit, "I couldn't see which path he took, as I +was blind." + +The genie called the birds, and they came flying from every direction. +As fast as they arrived the brother asked them if they had seen the man +whom he had placed here for punishment, but none had seen him. The owl +came last, and when asked if he had seen the man, he said "hoo-hoo." +"The man who lived here," said the brother. "Last night I was hunting +mice in the woods south of here and I saw a man sleeping beneath a plum +tree. I thought it was your brother, Rabbit, so I didn't awaken him," +said the owl. + +"Good for you, owl," said the brother, "for this good news, you shall +hereafter roam around only at night, and I will fix your eyes, so the +darker the night the better you will be able to see. You will always +have the fine cool nights to hunt your food. You other birds can hunt +your food during the hot daylight." (Since then the owl has been the +night bird). + +The brother flew to the woods and brought the man back and cut the +strings short, and said to him: "Now you can get a taste of what you +gave my brother." + +To Rabbit he said: "I ought not to have helped you this time. Any one +who is so crazy as to change places with a blind man should be left +without help, so be careful, as I am getting tired of your foolishness, +and will not help you again if you do anything as foolish as you did +this time." + +Rabbit started to return to his home. When he had nearly completed his +journey he came to a little creek, and being thirsty took a good long +drink. While he was drinking he heard a noise as though a wolf or cat +was scratching the earth. Looking up to a hill which overhung the creek, +he saw four wolves, with their tails intertwined, pulling with all their +might. As Rabbit came up to them one pulled loose, and Rabbit saw that +his tail was broken. + +"Let me pull tails with you. My tail is long and strong," said Rabbit, +and the wolves assenting, Rabbit interlocked his long tail with those +of the three wolves and commenced pulling and the wolves pulled so +hard that they pulled Rabbit's tail off at the second joint. The wolves +disappeared. + +"Cinye! Cinye! (Brother, brother.) I have lost my tail," cried Rabbit. +The genie came and seeing his brother Rabbit's tail missing, said: "You +look better without a tail anyway." + +From that time on rabbits have had no tails. + + + + + + +UNKTOMI AND THE ARROWHEADS + +There were once upon a time two young men who were very great friends, +and were constantly together. One was a very thoughtful young man, the +other very impulsive, who never stopped to think before he committed an +act. + +One day these two friends were walking along, telling each other of +their experiences in love making. They ascended a high hill, and on +reaching the top, heard a ticking noise as if small stones or pebbles +were being struck together. + +Looking around they discovered a large spider sitting in the midst of +a great many flint arrowheads. The spider was busily engaged making the +flint rocks into arrow heads. They looked at the spider, but he never +moved, but continued hammering away on a piece of flint which he had +nearly completed into another arrowhead. + +"Let's hit him," said the thoughtless one. "No," said the other, "he is +not harming any one; in fact, he is doing a great good, as he is making +the flint arrowheads which we use to point our arrows." + +"Oh, you are afraid," said the first young man. "He can't harm you, just +watch me hit him." So saying, he picked up an arrowhead and throwing it +at "Unktomi," hit him on the side. As Unktomi rolled over on his side, +got up and stood looking at them, the young man laughed and said: "Well, +let us be going, as your grandfather, "Unktomi," doesn't seem to like +our company." They started down the hill, when suddenly the one who had +hit Unktomi took a severe fit of coughing. He coughed and coughed, and +finally small particles of blood came from his mouth. The blood kept +coming thicker and in great gushes. Finally it came so thick and fast +that the man could not get his breath and fell upon the ground dead. + +The thoughtful young man, seeing that his friend was no more, hurried +to the village and reported what had happened. The relatives and friends +hurried to the hill, and sure enough, there lay the thoughtless young +man still and cold in death. They held a council and sent for the chief +of the Unktomi tribe. When he heard what had happened, he told the +council that he could do nothing to his Unktomi, as it had only defended +itself. + +Said he: "My friends, seeing that your tribe was running short of +arrowheads, I set a great many of my tribe to work making flint +arrowheads for you. When my men are thus engaged they do not wish to +be disturbed, and your young man not only disturbed my man, but grossly +insulted him by striking him with one of the arrowheads which he had +worked so hard to make. My man could not sit and take this insult, so +as the young man walked away the Unktomi shot him with a very tiny +arrowhead. This produced a hemorrhage, which caused his death. So now, +my friends, if you will fill and pass the peace pipe, we will part +good friends and my tribe shall always furnish you with plenty of flint +arrowheads." So saying, Unktomi Tanka finished his peace smoke and +returned to his tribe. + +Ever after that, when the Indians heard a ticking in the grass, they +would go out of their way to get around the sound, saying, Unktomi is +making arrowheads; we must not disturb him. + +Thus it was that Unktomi Tanka (Big Spider) had the respect of this +tribe, and was never after disturbed in his work of making arrowheads. + + + + + +THE BEAR AND THE RABBIT HUNT BUFFALO + +Once upon a time there lived as neighbors, a bear and a rabbit. The +rabbit was a good shot, and the bear being very clumsy could not use the +arrow to good advantage. The bear was very unkind to the rabbit. Every +morning, the bear would call over to the rabbit and say: "Take your bow +and arrows and come with me to the other side of the hill. A large herd +of buffalo are grazing there, and I want you to shoot some of them for +me, as my children are crying for meat." + +The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear's anger by refusing, consented, +and went with the bear, and shot enough buffalo to satisfy the hungry +family. Indeed, he shot and killed so many that there was lots of meat +left after the bear and his family had loaded themselves, and packed all +they could carry home. The bear being very gluttonous, and not wanting +the rabbit to get any of the meat, said: "Rabbit, you come along home +with us and we will return and get the remainder of the meat." + +The poor rabbit could not even taste the blood from the butchering, as +the bear would throw earth on the blood and dry it up. Poor Rabbit would +have to go home hungry after his hard day's work. + +The bear was the father of five children. The youngest boy was very kind +to the rabbit. The mother bear, knowing that her youngest was a very +hearty eater, always gave him an extra large piece of meat. What the +baby bear did not eat, he would take outside with him and pretend to +play ball with it, kicking it toward the rabbit's house, and when he +got close to the door he would give the meat such a great kick, that it +would fly into the rabbit's house, and in this way poor Rabbit would get +his meal unknown to the papa bear. + +Baby bear never forgot his friend Rabbit. Papa bear often wondered why +his baby would go outside after each meal. He grew suspicious and asked +the baby where he had been. "Oh, I always play ball outside, around the +house, and when I get tired playing I eat up my meat ball and then come +in." + +The baby bear was too cunning to let papa bear know that he was keeping +his friend rabbit from starving to death. Nevertheless, papa bear +suspected baby and said: "Baby, I think you go over to the rabbit's +after every meal." + +The four older brothers were very handsome, but baby bear was a little +puny fellow, whose coat couldn't keep out much cold, as it was short and +shaggy, and of a dirty brown color. The three older brothers were very +unkind to baby bear, but the fourth one always took baby's part, and was +always kind to his baby brother. + +Rabbit was getting tired of being ordered and bullied around by papa +bear. He puzzled his brain to scheme some way of getting even with Mr. +Bear for abusing him so much. He studied all night long, but no scheme +worth trying presented itself. Early one morning Mr. Bear presented +himself at Rabbit's door. + +"Say, Rabbit, my meat is all used up, and there is a fine herd of +buffalo grazing on the hillside. Get your bow and arrows and come with +me. I want you to shoot some of them for me." + +"Very well," said Rabbit, and he went and killed six buffalo for Bear. +Bear got busy butchering and poor Rabbit, thinking he would get a chance +to lick up one mouthful of blood, stayed very close to the bear while he +was cutting up the meat. The bear was very watchful lest the rabbit get +something to eat. Despite bear's watchfulness, a small clot of blood +rolled past and behind the bear's feet. At once Rabbit seized the clot +and hid it in his bosom. By the time Rabbit got home, the blood clot +was hardened from the warmth of his body, so, being hungry, it put Mr. +Rabbit out of sorts to think that after all his trouble he could not eat +the blood. + +Very badly disappointed, he lay down on his floor and gazed up into the +chimney hole. Disgusted with the way things had turned out, he grabbed +up the blood clot and threw it up through the hole. Scarcely had it +hit the ground when he heard the voice of a baby crying, "Ate! Ate!" +(father, father). He went outside and there he found a big baby boy. He +took the baby into his house and threw him out through the hole again. +This time the boy was large enough to say "Ate, Ate, he-cun-sin-lo." +(Father, father, don't do that). But nevertheless, he threw him up and +out again. On going out the third time, there stood a handsome youth +smiling at him. Rabbit at once adopted the youth and took him into his +house, seating him in the seat of honor (which is directly opposite +the entrance), and saying: "My son, I want you to be a good, honest, +straightforward man. Now, I have in my possession a fine outfit, and +you, my son, shall wear it." + +Suiting his action to his words, he drew out a bag from a hollow tree +and on opening it, drew out a fine buckskin shirt (tanned white as +snow), worked with porcupine quills. Also a pair of red leggings worked +with beads. Moccasins worked with colored hair. A fine otter skin robe. +White weasel skins to intertwine with his beautiful long black locks. A +magnificent center eagle feather. A rawhide covered bow, accompanied by +a quiver full of flint arrowheads. + +The rabbit, having dressed his son in all the latest finery, sat back +and gazed long and lovingly at his handsome son. Instinctively +Rabbit felt that his son had been sent him for the purpose of being +instrumental in the downfall of Mr. Bear. Events will show. + +The morning following the arrival of Rabbit's son, Mr. Bear again +presents himself at the door, crying out: "You lazy, ugly rabbit, get up +and come out here. I want you to shoot some more buffalo for me." + +"Who is this, who speaks so insultingly to you, father?" asked the son. + +"It is a bear who lives near here, and makes me kill buffalo for his +family, and he won't let me take even one little drop of blood from the +killing, and consequently, my son, I have nothing in my house for you to +eat." + +The young man was anxious to meet Mr. Bear but Rabbit advised him to +wait a little until he and Bear had gone to the hunt. So the son obeyed, +and when he thought it time that the killing was done, he started out +and arrived on the scene just as Mr. Bear was about to proceed with his +butchering. + +Seeing a strange shadow on the ground beside him, Mr. Bear looked up and +gazed into the fearless eyes of rabbit's handsome son. + +"Who is this?" asked Mr. Bear of poor little Rabbit. + +"I don't know," answered Rabbit. + +"Who are you?" asked the bear of Rabbit's son. "Where did you come +from?" + +The rabbit's son not replying, the bear spoke thus to him: "Get out of +here, and get out quick, too." + +At this speech the rabbit's son became angered, and fastened an arrow to +his bow and drove the arrow through the bear's heart. Then he turned on +Mrs. Bear and served her likewise. During the melee, Rabbit shouted: +"My son, my son, don't kill the two youngest. The baby has kept me from +starving and the other one is good and kind to his baby brother." + +So the three older brothers who were unkind to their baby brother met a +similar fate to that of their selfish parents. + +This (the story goes) is the reason that bears travel only in pairs. + + + + + + +THE BRAVE WHO WENT ON THE WARPATH ALONE AND WON THE NAME OF THE LONE +WARRIOR + +There was once a young man whose parents were not overburdened with the +riches of this world, and consequently could not dress their only son in +as rich a costume as the other young men of the tribe, and on account of +not being so richly clad as they, he was looked down upon and shunned by +them. He was never invited to take part in any of their sports; nor was +he ever asked to join any of the war parties. + +In the village lived an old man with an only daughter. Like the other +family, they were poor, but the daughter was the belle of the tribe. She +was the most sought after by the young men of the village, and warriors +from tribes far distant came to press their suit at winning her for +their bride. All to no purpose; she had the same answer for them as she +had for the young men of the village. + +The poor young man was also very handsome despite his poor clothes, but +having never killed an enemy nor brought home any enemies' horses he was +not (according to Indian rules) allowed to make love to any young or old +woman. He tried in vain to join some of the war parties, that he might +get the chance to win his spurs as a warrior. To all his pleadings, +came the same answer: "You are not fit to join a war party. You have no +horses, and if you should get killed our tribe would be laughed at and +be made fun of as you have such poor clothes, and we don't want the +enemy to know that we have any one of our tribe who dresses so poorly as +you do." + +Again, and again, he tried different parties, only to be made fun of and +insulted. + +One night he sat in the poor tepee of his parents. He was in deep study +and had nothing to say. His father, noticing his melancholy mood, asked +him what had happened to cause him to be so quiet, as he was always of a +jolly disposition. The son answered and said: + +"Father, I am going on the warpath alone. In vain I have tried to be +a member of one of the war parties. To all of my pleadings I have got +nothing but insults in return." + +"But my son, you have no gun nor ammunition. Where can you get any and +how can you get it? We have nothing to buy one for you with," said the +father. + +"I don't need any weapons. I am going to bring back some of the enemies' +horses, and I don't need a gun for that." + +Early the next morning (regardless of the old couple's pleadings not +to go unarmed) the young man left the village and headed northwest, the +direction always taken by the war parties. + +For ten days he traveled without seeing any signs of a camp. The evening +of the tenth day, he reached a very high butte, thickly wooded at the +summit. He ascended this butte, and as he sat there between two large +boulders, watching the beautiful rays of the setting sun, he was +suddenly startled to hear the neigh of a horse. Looking down into the +beautiful valley which was threaded by a beautiful creek fringed with +timber, he noticed close to the base of the butte upon which he sat, a +large drove of horses grazing peacefully and quietly. Looking closer, he +noticed at a little distance from the main drove, a horse with a saddle +on his back. This was the one that had neighed, as the drove drifted +further away from him. He was tied by a long lariat to a large sage +bush. + +Where could the rider be, he said to himself. As if in answer to his +question, there appeared not more than twenty paces from him a middle +aged man coming up through a deep ravine. The man was evidently in +search of some kind of game, as he held his gun in readiness for instant +use, and kept his eyes directed at every crevice and clump of bush. +So intent was he on locating the game he was trailing, that he never +noticed the young man who sat like a statue not twenty paces away. +Slowly and cautiously the man approached, and when he had advanced to +within a few paces of the young man he stopped and turning around, stood +looking down into the valley. This was the only chance that our brave +young friend had. Being unarmed, he would stand no show if the enemy +ever got a glimpse of him. Slowly and noiselessly he drew his hunting +knife (which his father had given him on his departure from home) and +holding it securely in his right hand, gathered himself and gave a leap +which landed him upon the unsuspecting enemy's shoulders. The force with +which he landed on the enemy caused him (the enemy) to lose his hold on +his gun, and it went rattling down into the chasm, forty feet below. + +Down they came together, the young man on top. No sooner had they struck +the ground than the enemy had out his knife, and then commenced a hand +to hand duel. The enemy, having more experience, was getting the best of +our young friend. Already our young friend had two ugly cuts, one across +his chest and the other through his forearm. + +He was becoming weak from the loss of blood, and could not stand the +killing pace much longer. Summoning all his strength for one more trial +to overcome his antagonist, he rushed him toward the chasm, and in his +hurry to get away from this fierce attack, the enemy stepped back one +step too far, and down they both went into the chasm. Interlocked in +each other's arms, the young man drove his knife into the enemy's +side and when they struck the bottom the enemy relaxed his hold and +straightened out stiff and dead. + +Securing his scalp and gun, the young man proceeded down to where the +horse was tied to the sage bush, and then gathering the drove of horses +proceeded on his return to his own village. Being wounded severely he +had to ride very slowly. All the long hours of the night he drove the +horses towards his home village. + +In the meantime, those at the enemies' camp wondered at the long absence +of the herder who was watching their drove of horses, and finally seven +young men went to search for the missing herder. All night long they +searched the hillsides for the horses and herder, and when it had grown +light enough in the morning they saw by the ground where there had been +a fierce struggle. + +Following the tracks in the sand and leaves, they came to the chasm +where the combatants had fallen over, and there, lying on his back +staring up at them in death, was their herder. They hastened to the camp +and told what they had found. Immediately the warriors mounted their war +ponies (these ponies are never turned loose, but kept tied close to the +tepee of the owner), and striking the trail of the herd driven off by +our young friend, they urged forth their ponies and were soon far from +their camp on the trail of our young friend. All day long they traveled +on his trail, and just as the sun was sinking they caught sight of him +driving the drove ahead over a high hill. Again they urged forth their +tired ponies. The young man, looking back along the trail, saw some dark +objects coming along, and, catching a fresh horse, drove the rest ahead +at a great rate. Again all night he drove them, and when daylight came +he looked back (from a high butte) over his trail and saw coming over a +distant raise, two horsemen. These two undoubtedly rode the best ponies, +as he saw nothing of the others. Driving the horses into a thick belt +of timber, he concealed himself close to the trail made by the drove of +horses, and lay in ambush for the two daring horsemen who had followed +him so far. Finally they appeared on the butte from where he had looked +back and saw them following him. For a long time they sat there scouring +the country before them in hopes that they might see some signs of their +stolen horses. Nothing could they see. Had they but known, their horses +were but a few hundred yards from them, but the thick timber securely +hid them from view. Finally one of them arose and pointed to the timber. +Then leaving his horse in charge of his friend, he descended the butte +and followed the trail of the drove to where they had entered the +timber. Little did he think that he was standing on the brink of +eternity. The young man hiding not more than a hundred yards from him +could have shot him there where he stood, but wanting to play fair, he +stepped into sight. When he did, the enemy took quick aim and fired. He +was too hasty. Had he taken more careful aim he might have killed our +young friend, but his bullet whizzed harmlessly over the young man's +head and buried itself in a tree. The young man took good aim and fired. +The enemy threw up both hands and fell forward on his face. The other +one on the hill, seeing his friend killed, hastily mounted his horse +and leading his friend's horse, made rapidly off down the butte in the +direction from whence he had come. Waiting for some time to be sure the +one who was alive did not come up and take a shot at him, he finally +advanced upon the fallen enemy and securing his gun, ammunition and +scalp, went to his horse and drove the herd on through the woods and +crossing a long flat prairie, ascended a long chain of hills and sat +looking back along his trail in search of any of the enemy who might +continue to follow him. + +Thus he sat until the long shadows of the hills reminded him that it +would soon be sunset, and as he must get some sleep, he wanted to find +some creek bend where he could drive the bunch of ponies and feel safe +as to their not straying off during the night. He found a good place for +the herd, and catching a fresh horse, he picketed him close to where he +was going to sleep, and wrapping himself in his blanket, was soon fast +asleep. So tired and sleepy was he that a heavy rain which had come up, +during the night, soaked him through and through, but he never awakened +until the sun was high in the east. + +He awoke and going to the place where he had left the herd, he was +glad to find them all there. He mounted his horse and started his herd +homeward again. For two days he drove them, and on the evening of the +second day he came in sight of the village. + +The older warriors, hearing of the young man going on this trip alone +and unarmed, told the parents to go in mourning for their son, as he +would never come back alive. When the people of the village saw this +large drove of horses advancing towards them, they at first thought +it was a war party of the enemy, and so the head men called the young +warriors together and fully prepared for a great battle. They advanced +upon the supposed enemy. When they got close enough to discern a lone +horseman driving this large herd, they surrounded the horses and lone +warrior, and brought him triumphantly into camp. On arriving in the camp +(or village) the horses were counted and the number counted up to one +hundred and ten head. + +The chief and his criers (or heralds) announced through the whole +village that there would be a great war dance given in honor of the Lone +Warrior. + +The whole village turned out and had a great war dance that was kept +up three days and three nights. The two scalps which the young man had +taken were tied to a pole which was placed in the center of the dance +circle. At this dance, the Lone Warrior gave to each poor family five +head of horses. + +Being considered eligible now to pay his respects to any girl who took +his fancy, he at once went to the camp of the beautiful girl of the +tribe, and as he was always her choice, she at once consented to marry +him. + +The news spread through the village that Lone Warrior had won the belle +of the nation for his bride, and this with the great feat which he had +accomplished alone in killing two enemies and bringing home a great herd +of horses, raised him to the rank of chief, which he faithfully filled +to the end of his days. And many times he had to tell his grandchildren +the story of how he got the name of the Lone Warrior. + + + + + + +THE SIOUX WHO MARRIED THE CROW CHIEF'S DAUGHTER + +A war party of seven young men, seeing a lone tepee standing on the edge +of a heavy belt of timber, stopped and waited for darkness, in order to +send one of their scouts ahead to ascertain whether the camp which they +had seen was the camp of friend or enemy. + +When darkness had settled down on them, and they felt secure in not +being detected, they chose one of their scouts to go on alone and find +out what would be the best direction for them to advance upon the camp, +should it prove to be an enemy. + +Among the scouts was one who was noted for his bravery, and many were +the brave acts he had performed. His name was Big Eagle. This man they +selected to go to the lone camp and obtain the information for which +they were waiting. + +Big Eagle was told to look carefully over the ground and select the best +direction from which they should make the attack. The other six would +await his return. He started on his mission, being careful not to make +any noise. He stealthily approached the camp. As he drew near to the +tent he was surprised to note the absence of any dogs, as these animals +are always kept by the Sioux to notify the owners by their barking of +the approach of anyone. He crawled up to the tepee door, and peeping +through a small aperture, he saw three persons sitting inside. An +elderly man and woman were sitting at the right of the fireplace, and a +young woman at the seat of honor, opposite the door. + +Big Eagle had been married and his wife had died five winters previous +to the time of this episode. He had never thought of marrying again, but +when he looked upon this young woman he thought he was looking upon the +face of his dead wife. He removed his cartridge belts and knife, and +placing them, along with his rifle, at the side of the tent, he at once +boldly stepped inside the tepee, and going over to the man, extended his +hand and shook first the man's hand, then the old woman's, and lastly +the young woman's. Then he seated himself by the side of the girl, and +thus they sat, no one speaking. + +Finally, Big Eagle made signs to the man, explaining as well as possible +by signs, that his wife had died long ago, and when he saw the girl she +so strongly resembled his dead wife that he wished to marry her, and +he would go back to the enemy's camp and live with them, if they would +consent to the marriage of their daughter. + +The old man seemed to understand, and Big Eagle again made signs to him +that a party were lying in wait just a short distance from his camp. +Noiselessly they brought in the horses, and taking down the tent, they +at once moved off in the direction from whence they had come. The war +party waited all night, and when the first rays of dawn disclosed to +them the absence of the tepee, they at once concluded that Big Eagle had +been discovered and killed, so they hurriedly started on their trail for +home. + +In the meantime, the hunting party, for this it was that Big Eagle +had joined, made very good time in putting a good distance between +themselves and the war party. All day they traveled, and when evening +came they ascended a high hill, looking down into the valley on the +other side. There stretched for two miles, along the banks of a small +stream, an immense camp. The old man made signs for Big Eagle to remain +with the two women where he was, until he could go to the camp and +prepare them to receive an enemy into their village. + +The old man rode through the camp and drew up at the largest tepee in +the village. Soon Big Eagle could see men gathering around the tepee. +The crowd grew larger and larger, until the whole village had assembled +at the large tepee. Finally they dispersed, and catching their horses, +mounted and advanced to the hill on which Big Eagle and the two women +were waiting. They formed a circle around them and slowly they returned +to the village, singing and riding in a circle around them. + +When they arrived at the village they advanced to the large tepee, and +motioned Big Eagle to the seat of honor in the tepee. In the village was +a man who understood and spoke the Sioux language. He was sent for, and +through him the oath of allegiance to the Crow tribe was taken by Big +Eagle. This done he was presented with the girl to wife, and also with +many spotted ponies. + +Big Eagle lived with his wife among her people for two years, and during +this time he joined in four different battles between his own people +(the Sioux) and the Crow people, to whom his wife belonged. + +In no battle with his own people would he carry any weapons, only a long +willow coup-stick, with which he struck the fallen Sioux. + +At the expiration of two years he concluded to pay a visit to his own +tribe, and his father-in-law, being a chief of high standing, at once +had it heralded through the village that his son-in-law would visit his +own people, and for them to show their good will and respect for him by +bringing ponies for his son-in-law to take back to his people. + +Hearing this, the herds were all driven in and all day long horses were +brought to the tent of Big Eagle, and when he was ready to start on his +homeward trip, twenty young men were elected to accompany him to within +a safe distance of his village. The twenty young men drove the gift +horses, amounting to two hundred and twenty head, to within one day's +journey of the village of Big Eagle, and fearing for their safety from +his people, Big Eagle sent them back to their own village. + +On his arrival at his home village, they received him as one returned +from the dead, as they were sure he had been killed the night he had +been sent to reconnoiter the lone camp. There was great feasting and +dancing in honor of his return, and the horses were distributed among +the needy ones of the village. + +Remaining at his home village for a year, he one day made up his mind +to return to his wife's people. A great many fancy robes, dresses, war +bonnets, moccasins, and a great drove of horses were given him, and his +wife, and he bade farewell to his people for good, saying, "I will never +return to you again, as I have decided to live the remainder of my days +with my wife's people." + +On his arrival at the village of the Crows, he found his father-in-law +at the point of death. A few days later the old man died, and Big Eagle +was appointed to fill the vacancy of chief made by the death of his +father-in-law. + +Subsequently he took part in battles against his own people, and in the +third battle was killed on the field. Tenderly the Crow warriors bore +him back to their camp, and great was the mourning in the Crow village +for the brave man who always went into battle unarmed, save only the +willow wand which he carried. + +Thus ended the career of one of the bravest of Sioux warriors who ever +took the scalp of an enemy, and who for the love of his dead wife, gave +up home, parents, and friends, to be killed on the field of battle by +his own tribe. + + + + + + +THE BOY AND THE TURTLES + +A boy went on a turtle hunt, and after following the different streams +for hours, finally came to the conclusion that the only place he would +find any turtles would be at the little lake, where the tribe always +hunted them. + +So, leaving the stream he had been following, he cut across country to +the lake. On drawing near the lake he crawled on his hands and knees in +order not to be seen by the turtles, who were very watchful, as they had +been hunted so much. Peeping over the rock he saw a great many out on +the shore sunning themselves, so he very cautiously undressed, so +he could leap into the water and catch them before they secreted +themselves. But on pulling off his shirt one of his hands was held up +so high that the turtles saw it and jumped into the lake with a great +splash. + +The boy ran to the shore, but saw only bubbles coming up from the +bottom. Directly the boy saw something coming to the surface, and soon +it came up into sight. It was a little man, and soon others, by the +hundreds, came up and swam about, splashing the water up into the air to +a great height. So scared was the boy that he never stopped to gather +up his clothes but ran home naked and fell into his grandmother's tent +door. + +"What is the trouble, grandchild," cried the old woman. But the boy +could not answer. "Did you see anything unnatural?" He shook his head, +"no." He made signs to the grandmother that his lungs were pressing so +hard against his sides that he could not talk. He kept beating his side +with his clenched hands. The grandmother got out her medicine bag, +made a prayer to the Great Spirit to drive out the evil spirit that had +entered her grandson's body, and after she had applied the medicine, the +prayer must have been heard and answered, as the boy commenced telling +her what he had heard and seen. + +The grandmother went to the chief's tent and told what her grandson had +seen. The chief sent two brave warriors to the lake to ascertain whether +it was true or not. The two warriors crept to the little hill close to +the lake, and there, sure enough, the lake was swarming with little men +swimming about, splashing the water high up into the air. The warriors, +too, were scared and hurried home, and in the council called on their +return told what they had seen. The boy was brought to the council +and given the seat of honor (opposite the door), and was named "Wankan +Wanyanka" (sees holy). + +The lake had formerly borne the name of Truth Lake, but from this time +on was called "Wicasa-bde"--Man Lake. + + + + + + + +THE HERMIT, OR THE GIFT OF CORN + +In a deep forest, far from the villages of his people, lived a hermit. +His tent was made of buffalo skins, and his dress was made of deer skin. +Far from the haunts of any human being this old hermit was content to +spend his days. + +All day long he would wander through the forest studying the different +plants of nature and collecting precious roots, which he used as +medicine. At long intervals some warrior would arrive at the tent of +the old hermit and get medicine roots from him for the tribe, the old +hermit's medicine being considered far superior to all others. + +After a long day's ramble in the woods, the hermit came home late, and +being very tired, at once lay down on his bed and was just dozing off +to sleep, when he felt something rub against his foot. Awakening with a +start, he noticed a dark object and an arm was extended to him, holding +in its hand a flint pointed arrow. + +The hermit thought, "This must be a spirit, as there is no human being +around here but myself!" A voice then said: "Hermit, I have come to +invite you to my home." "How (yes), I will come," said the old hermit. +Wherewith he arose, wrapped his robe about him and followed. + +Outside the door he stopped and looked around, but could see no signs of +the dark object. + +"Whoever you are, or whatever you be, wait for me, as I don't know +where to go to find your house," said the hermit. Not an answer did +he receive, nor could he hear any noises as though anyone was walking +through the brush. Re-entering his tent he retired and was soon fast +asleep. The next night the same thing occurred again, and the hermit +followed the object out, only to be left as before. + +He was very angry to think that anyone should be trying to make sport of +him, and he determined to find out who this could be who was disturbing +his night's rest. + +The next evening he cut a hole in the tent large enough to stick an +arrow through, and stood by the door watching. Soon the dark object came +and stopped outside of the door, and said: "Grandfather, I came to--," +but he never finished the sentence, for the old man let go his arrow, +and he heard the arrow strike something which produced a sound as though +he had shot into a sack of pebbles. He did not go out that night to see +what his arrow had struck, but early next morning he went out and looked +at the spot about where he thought the object had stood. There on the +ground lay a little heap of corn, and from this little heap a small line +of corn lay scattered along a path. This he followed far into the woods. +When he came to a very small knoll the trail ended. At the end of the +trail was a large circle, from which the grass had been scraped off +clean. + +"The corn trail stops at the edge of this circle," said the old man, "so +this must be the home of whoever it was that invited me." He took his +bone knife and hatchet and proceeded to dig down into the center of the +circle. When he had got down to the length of his arm, he came to a sack +of dried meat. Next he found a sack of Indian turnips, then a sack of +dried cherries; then a sack of corn, and last of all another sack, empty +except that there was about a cupful of corn in one corner of it, and +that the sack had a hole in the other corner where his arrow had pierced +it. From this hole in the sack the corn was scattered along the trail, +which guided the old man to the cache.* + +From this the hermit taught the tribes how to keep their provisions when +traveling and were overloaded. He explained to them how they should dig +a pit and put their provisions into it and cover them with earth. By +this method the Indians used to keep provisions all summer, and when +fall came they would return to their cache, and on opening it would find +everything as fresh as the day they were placed there. + +The old hermit was also thanked as the discoverer of corn, which had +never been known to the Indians until discovered by the old hermit. + +*Hiding place. + + + + + + +THE MYSTERIOUS BUTTE + +A young man was once hunting and came to a steep hill. The east side +of the hill suddenly dropped off to a very steep bank. He stood on +this bank, and at the base he noticed a small opening. On going down to +examine it more closely, he found it was large enough to admit a horse +or buffalo. On either side of the door were figures of different animals +engraved into the wall. + +He entered the opening and there, scattered about on the floor, lay many +bracelets, pipes and many other things of ornament, as though they had +been offerings to some great spirit. He passed through this first room +and on entering the second it was so dark that he could not see his +hands before his face, so becoming scared, he hurriedly left the place, +and returning home told what he had seen. + +Upon hearing this the chief selected four of his most daring warriors to +go with this young man and investigate and ascertain whether the young +man was telling the truth or not. The five proceeded to the butte, and +at the entrance the young man refused to go inside, as the figures on +either side of the entrance had been changed. + +The four entered and seeing that all in the first chamber was as the +young man had told, they went on to the next chamber and found it so +dark that they could not see anything. They continued on, however, +feeling their way along the walls. They finally found an entrance that +was so narrow that they had to squeeze into it sideways. They felt their +way around the walls and found another entrance, so low down that +they had to crawl on their hands and knees to go through into the next +chamber. + +On entering the last chamber they found a very sweet odor coming from +the opposite direction. Feeling around and crawling on their hands and +knees, they discovered a hole in the floor leading downward. From this +hole came up the sweet odor. They hurriedly held a council, and decided +to go no further, but return to the camp and report what they had found. +On getting to the first chamber one of the young men said: "I am going +to take these bracelets to show that we are telling the truth." "No," +said the other three, "this being the abode of some Great Spirit, you +may have some accident befall you for taking what is not yours." "Ah! +You fellows are like old women," said he, taking a fine bracelet and +encircling his left wrist with it. + +When they reached the village they reported what they had seen. The +young man exhibited the bracelet to prove that it was the truth they had +told. + +Shortly after this, these four young men were out fixing up traps for +wolves. They would raise one end of a heavy log and place a stick under, +bracing up the log. A large piece of meat was placed about five feet +away from the log and this space covered with poles and willows. At +the place where the upright stick was put, a hole was left open, large +enough to admit the body of a wolf. The wolf, scenting the meat and +unable to get at it through the poles and willows, would crowd into the +hole and working his body forward, in order to get the meat, would push +down the brace and the log thus released would hold the wolf fast under +its weight. + +The young man with the bracelet was placing his bait under the log when +he released the log by knocking down the brace, and the log caught his +wrist on which he wore the bracelet. He could not release himself and +called loud and long for assistance. His friends, hearing his call, came +to his assistance, and on lifting the log found the young man's wrist +broken. "Now," said they, "you have been punished for taking the +wristlet out of the chamber of the mysterious butte." + +Some time after this a young man went to the butte and saw engraved on +the wall a woman holding in her hand a pole, with which she was holding +up a large amount of beef which had been laid across another pole, which +had broken in two from the weight of so much meat. + +He returned to the camp and reported what he had seen. All around the +figure he saw marks of buffalo hoofs, also marked upon the wall. + +The next day an enormous herd of buffalo came near to the village, and +a great many were killed. The women were busy cutting up and drying the +meat. At one camp was more meat than at any other. The woman was hanging +meat upon a long tent pole, when the pole broke in two and she was +obliged to hold the meat up with another pole, just as the young man saw +on the mysterious butte. + +Ever after that the Indians paid weekly visits to this butte, and +thereon would read the signs that were to govern their plans. + +This butte was always considered the prophet of the tribe. + + + + + + +THE WONDERFUL TURTLE + +Near to a Chippewa village lay a large lake, and in this lake there +lived an enormous turtle. This was no ordinary turtle, as he would often +come out of his home in the lake and visit with his Indian neighbors. +He paid the most of his visits to the head chief, and on these occasions +would stay for hours, smoking and talking with him. + +The chief, seeing that the turtle was very smart and showed great +wisdom in his talk, took a great fancy to him, and whenever any puzzling +subject came up before the chief, he generally sent for Mr. Turtle to +help him decide. + +One day there came a great misunderstanding between different parties of +the tribe, and so excited became both sides that it threatened to cause +bloodshed. The chief was unable to decide for either faction, so he +said, "I will call Mr. Turtle. He will judge for you." + +Sending for the turtle, the chief vacated his seat for the time being, +until the turtle should hear both sides, and decide which was in the +right. The turtle came, and taking the chief's seat, listened very +attentively to both sides, and thought long before he gave his decision. +After thinking long and studying each side carefully, he came to the +conclusion to decide in favor of both. This would not cause any hard +feelings. So he gave them a lengthy speech and showed them where they +were both in the right, and wound up by saying: + +"You are both in the right in some ways and wrong in others. Therefore, +I will say that you both are equally in the right." + +When they heard this decision, they saw that the turtle was right, and +gave him a long cheer for the wisdom displayed by him. The whole tribe +saw that had it not been for this wise decision there would have been a +great shedding of blood in the tribe. So they voted him as their judge, +and the chief, being so well pleased with him, gave to him his only +daughter in marriage. + +The daughter of the chief was the most beautiful maiden of the Chippewa +nation, and young men from other tribes traveled hundreds of miles for +an opportunity to make love to her, and try to win her for a wife. It +was all to no purpose. She would accept no one, only him whom her father +would select for her. The turtle was very homely, but as he was prudent +and wise, the father chose him, and she accepted him. + +The young men of the tribe were very jealous, but their jealousy was all +to no purpose. She married the turtle. The young men would make sport of +the chief's son-in-law. They would say to him: "How did you come to have +so flat a stomach?" The turtle answered them, saying: + +"My friends, had you been in my place, you too would have flat stomachs. +I came by my flat stomach in this way: The Chippewas and Sioux had +a great battle, and the Sioux, too numerous for the Chippewas, were +killing them off so fast that they had to run for their lives. I was on +the Chippewa side and some of the Sioux were pressing five of us, and +were gaining on us very fast. Coming to some high grass, I threw myself +down flat on my face, and pressed my stomach close to the ground, so +the pursuers could not see me. They passed me and killed the four I was +with. After they had gone back, I arose and lo! my stomach was as you +see it now. So hard had I pressed to the ground that it would not assume +its original shape again." + +After he had explained the cause of his deformity to them, they said: +"The Turtle is brave. We will bother him no more." Shortly after this +the Sioux made an attack upon the Chippewas, and every one deserted the +village. The Turtle could not travel as fast as the rest and was left +behind. It being an unusually hot day in the fall, the Turtle grew very +thirsty and sleepy. Finally scenting water, he crawled towards the point +from whence the scent came, and coming to a large lake jumped in and +had a bath, after which he swam towards the center and dived down, and +finding some fine large rocks at the bottom, he crawled in among them +and fell asleep. He had his sleep out and arose to the top. + +Swimming to shore he found it was summer. He had slept all winter. The +birds were singing, and the green grass and leaves gave forth a sweet +odor. + +He crawled out and started out looking for the Chippewa camp. He came +upon the camp several days after he had left his winter quarters, and +going around in search of his wife, found her at the extreme edge of the +village. She was nursing her baby, and as he asked to see it, she showed +it to him. When he saw that it was a lovely baby and did not resemble +him in any respect, he got angry and went off to a large lake, where he +contented himself with catching flies and insects and living on seaweed +the remainder of his life. + + + + + +THE MAN AND THE OAK + +There once lived a Sioux couple who had two children, a boy and a girl. +Every fall this family would move away from the main camp and take +up their winter quarters in a grove of timber some distance from the +principal village. The reason they did this was that he was a great +hunter and where a village was located for the winter the game was +usually very scarce. Therefore, he always camped by himself in order to +have an abundance of game adjacent to his camp. + +All summer he had roamed around following the tribe to wherever their +fancy might take them. During their travels this particular year there +came to the village a strange girl who had no relatives there. No one +seemed very anxious to take her into their family, so the great hunter's +daughter, taking a fancy to the poor girl, took her to their home and +kept her. She addressed her as sister, and the parents, on account of +their daughter, addressed her as daughter. + +This strange girl became desperately in love with the young man of the +family, but being addressed as daughter by the parents, she could not +openly show her feelings as the young man was considered her brother. + +In the fall when the main village moved into a large belt of timber for +their winter quarters, the hunter moved on to another place two days' +travel from the main winter camp, where he would not be disturbed by any +other hunters. + +The young man had a tent by himself, and it was always kept nice and +clean by his sister, who was very much attached to him. After a long +day's hunt in the woods, he would go into his tent and lie down to rest, +and when his supper was ready his sister would say, "My brother is so +tired. I will carry his supper to him." + +Her friend, whom she addressed as sister, would never go into the young +man's tent. Along towards spring there came one night into the young +man's tent a woman. She sat down by the door and kept her face covered +so that it was hidden from view. She sat there a long time and finally +arose and went away. The young man could not imagine who this could be. +He knew that it was a long distance from the village and could not make +out where the woman could have come from. The next night the woman came +again and this time she came a little nearer to where the young man lay. +She sat down and kept her face covered as before. Neither spoke a word. +She sat there for a long time and then arose and departed. He was very +much puzzled over the actions of this woman and decided to ascertain on +her next visit who she was. + +He kindled a small fire in his tent and had some ash wood laid on it so +as to keep fire a long time, as ash burns very slowly and holds fire a +long time. + +The third night the woman came again and sat down still nearer his bed. +She held her blanket open just a trifle, and he, catching up one of the +embers, flashed it in her face; jumping up she ran hurriedly out of the +tent. The next morning he noticed that his adopted sister kept her face +hidden with her blanket. She chanced to drop her blanket while in the +act of pouring out some soup, and when she did so he noticed a large +burned spot on her cheek. + +He felt so sorry for what he had done that he could eat no breakfast, +but went outside and lay down under an oak tree. All day long he lay +there gazing up into the tree, and when he was called for supper he +refused, saying that he was not hungry, and for them not to bother him, +as he would soon get up and go to bed. Far into the night he lay thus, +and when he tried to arise he could not, as a small oak tree grew +through the center of his body and held him fast to the ground. + +In the morning when the family awoke they found the girl had +disappeared, and on going outside the sister discovered her brother held +fast to the earth by an oak tree which grew very rapidly. In vain were +the best medicine men of the tribe sent for. Their medicine was of no +avail. They said: "If the tree is cut down the young man will die." + +The sister was wild with grief, and extending her hands to the sun, she +cried: "Great Spirit, relieve my suffering brother. Any one who releases +him I will marry, be he young, old, homely or deformed." + +Several days after the young man had met with the mishap, there came to +the tent a very tall man, who had a bright light encircling his body. +"Where is the girl who promised to marry any one who would release +her brother?" "I am the one," said the young man's sister. "I am the +all-powerful lightning and thunder. I see all things and can kill at one +stroke a whole tribe. When I make my voice heard the rocks shake loose +and go rattling down the hillsides. The brave warriors cower shivering +under some shelter at the sound of my voice. The girl whom you had +adopted as your sister was a sorceress. She bewitched your brother +because he would not let her make love to him. On my way here I met her +traveling towards the west, and knowing what she had done, I struck her +with one of my blazing swords, and she lies there now a heap of ashes. I +will now release your brother." + +So saying he placed his hand on the tree and instantly it crumbled to +ashes. The young man arose, and thanked his deliverer. + +Then they saw a great black cloud approaching, and the man said: "Make +ready, we shall go home on that cloud." As the cloud approached near to +the man who stood with his bride, it suddenly lowered and enveloped them +and with a great roar and amidst flashes of lightning and loud peals of +thunder the girl ascended and disappeared into the west with her Thunder +and Lightning husband. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE TWO YOUNG FRIENDS + +There were once in a very large Indian camp two little boys who were +fast friends. One of the boys, "Chaske" (meaning first born), was the +son of a very rich family, and was always dressed in the finest of +clothes of Indian costume. The other boy, "Hake" (meaning last +born), was an orphan and lived with his old grandmother, who was very +destitute, and consequently could not dress the boy in fine raiment. +So poorly was the boy dressed that the boys who had good clothes always +tormented him and would not play in his company. + +Chaske did not look at the clothes of any boy whom he chose as a friend, +but mingled with all boys regardless of how they were clad, and would +study their dispositions. The well dressed he found were vain and +conceited. The fairly well dressed he found selfish and spiteful. The +poorly clad he found to be generous and truthful, and from all of them +he chose "Hake" for his "Koda" (friend). As Chaske was the son of the +leading war chief he was very much sought after by the rest of the boys, +each one trying to gain the honor of being chosen for the friend and +companion of the great chief's son; but, as I have before said, Chaske +carefully studied them all and finally chose the orphan Hake. + +It was a lucky day for Hake when he was chosen for the friend and +companion of Chaske. The orphan boy was taken to the lodge of his +friend's parents and dressed up in fine clothes and moccasins. (When the +Indians' sons claim any one as their friend, the friend thus chosen is +adopted into the family as their own son). + +Chaske and Hake were inseparable. Where one was seen the other was not +far distant. They played, hunted, trapped, ate and slept together. They +would spend most of the long summer days hunting in the forests. + +Time went on and these two fast friends grew up to be fine specimens of +their tribe. When they became the age to select a sweetheart they would +go together and make love to a girl. Each helping the other to win the +affection of the one of his choice. Chaske loved a girl who was the +daughter of an old medicine man. She was very much courted by the other +young men of the tribe, and many a horse loaded with robes and fine +porcupine work was tied at the medicine man's tepee in offering for the +hand of his daughter, but the horses, laden as when tied there, were +turned loose, signifying that the offer was not accepted. + +The girl's choice was Chaske's friend Hake. Although he had never made +love to her for himself, he had always used honeyed words to her and +was always loud in his praises for his friend Chaske. One night the two +friends had been to see the girl, and on their return Chaske was very +quiet, having nothing to say and seemingly in deep study. Always of +a bright, jolly and amiable disposition, his silence and moody spell +grieved his friend very much, and he finally spoke to Chaske, saying: +"Koda, what has come over you? You who were always so jolly and full of +fun? Your silence makes me grieve for you and I do not know what you are +feeling so downhearted about. Has the girl said anything to you to make +you feel thus?" + +"Wait, friend," said Chaske, "until morning, and then I will know how to +answer your inquiry. Don't ask me anything more tonight, as my heart is +having a great battle with my brain." + +Hake bothered his friend no more that night, but he could not sleep. He +kept wondering what "Pretty Feather" (the girl whom his friend loved) +could have said to Chaske to bring such a change over him. Hake never +suspected that he himself was the cause of his friend's sorrow, for +never did he have a thought that it was himself that Pretty Feather +loved. + +The next morning after they had eaten breakfast, Chaske proposed that +they should go out on the prairies, and see if they would have the good +luck to kill an antelope. Hake went out and got the band of horses, of +which there were over a hundred. They selected the fleetest two in the +herd, and taking their bows and arrows, mounted and rode away towards +the south. + +Hake was overjoyed to note the change in his friend. His oldtime jollity +had returned. They rode out about five miles, and scaring up a drove +of antelope they started in hot pursuit, and as their horses were very +fleet of foot soon caught up to the drove, and each singling out his +choice quickly dispatched him with an arrow. They could easily have +killed more of the antelope, but did not want to kill them just for +sport, but for food, and knowing that they had now all that their horses +could pack home, they dismounted and proceeded to dress their kill. + +After each had finished packing the kill on his horse, Chaske said: +"Let us sit down and have a smoke before we start back. Besides, I have +something to tell you which I can tell better sitting still than I can +riding along." Hake came and sat down opposite his friend, and while +they smoked Chaske said: + +"My friend, we have been together for the last twenty years and I +have yet the first time to deceive you in any way, and I know I can +truthfully say the same of you. Never have I known you to deceive me nor +tell me an untruth. I have no brothers or sisters. The only brother's +love I know is yours. The only sister's love I will know will be Pretty +Feather's, for brother, last night she told me she loved none but you +and would marry you and you only. So, brother, I am going to take my +antelope to my sister-in-law's tent and deposit it at her door. Then she +will know that her wish will be fulfilled. I thought at first that +you had been playing traitor to me and had been making love to her for +yourself, but when she explained it all to me and begged me to intercede +for her to you, I then knew that I had judged you wrongfully, and that, +together with my lost love, made me so quiet and sorrowful last night. +So now, brother, take the flower of the nation for your wife, and I will +be content to continue through life a lonely bachelor, as never again +can I give any woman the place which Pretty Feather had in my heart." + +Their pipes being smoked out they mounted their ponies and Chaske +started up in a clear, deep voice the beautiful love song of Pretty +Feather and his friend Hake. + +Such is the love between two friends, who claim to be as brothers among +the Indians. Chaske gave up his love of a beautiful woman for a man who +was in fact no relation to him. + +Hake said, "I will do as you say, my friend, but before I can marry the +medicine man's daughter, I will have to go on the warpath and do +some brave deed, and will start in ten days." They rode towards home, +planning which direction they would travel, and as it was to be their +first experience on the warpath, they would seek advice from the old +warriors of the tribe. + +On their arrival at the village Hake took his kill to their own tent, +while Chaske took his to the tent of the Medicine Man, and deposited it +at the door and rode off towards home. + +The mother of Pretty Feather did not know whether to take the offering +or not, but Pretty Feather, seeing by this offering that her most +cherished wish was to be granted, told her mother to take the meat and +cook it and invite the old women of the camp to a feast in honor of the +son-in-law who was soon to keep them furnished with plenty of meat. Hake +and his friend sought out all of the old warriors and gained all the +information they desired. Every evening Hake visited his intended wife +and many happy evenings they spent together. + +The morning of the tenth day the two friends left the village and +turned their faces toward the west where the camps of the enemy are +more numerous than in any other direction. They were not mounted and +therefore traveled slowly, so it took about ten days of walking before +they saw any signs of the enemy. The old warriors had told them of a +thickly wooded creek within the enemies' bounds. The old men said, "That +creek looks the ideal place to camp, but don't camp there by any means, +because there is a ghost who haunts that creek, and any one who camps +there is disturbed all through the night, and besides they never return, +because the ghost is Wakan (holy), and the enemies conquer the travelers +every time." The friends had extra moccasins with them and one extra +blanket, as it was late in the fall and the nights were very cold. + +They broke camp early one morning and walked all day. Along towards +evening, the clouds which had been threatening all day, hurriedly opened +their doors and down came the snowflakes thick and fast. Just before it +started snowing the friends had noticed a dark line about two miles in +advance of them. Chaske spoke to his friend and said: "If this storm +continues we will be obliged to stay overnight at Ghost Creek, as +I noticed it not far ahead of us, just before the storm set in." "I +noticed it also," said Hake. "We might as well entertain a ghost all +night as to lie out on these open prairies and freeze to death." So they +decided to run the risk and stay in the sheltering woods of Ghost Creek. +When they got to the creek it seemed as if they had stepped inside a big +tepee, so thick was the brush and timber that the wind could not be felt +at all. They hunted and found a place where the brush was very thick and +the grass very tall. They quickly pulled the tops of the nearest willows +together and by intertwining the ends made them fast, and throwing +their tent robe over this, soon had a cosy tepee in which to sleep. +They started their fire and cooked some dried buffalo meat and buffalo +tallow, and were just about to eat their supper when a figure of a man +came slowly in through the door and sat down near where he had entered. +Hake, being the one who was doing the cooking, poured out some tea into +his own cup, and putting a piece of pounded meat and marrow into a small +plate, placed it before the stranger, saying: "Eat, my friend, we are +on the warpath and do not carry much of a variety of food with us, but I +give you the best we have." + +The stranger drew the plate towards him, and commenced eating +ravenously. He soon finished his meal and handed the dish and cup back. +He had not uttered a word so far. Chaske filled the pipe and handed it +to him. He smoked for a few minutes, took one last draw from the pipe +and handed it back to Chaske, and then he said: "Now, my friends, I am +not a living man, but the wandering spirit of a once great warrior, who +was killed in these woods by the enemy whom you two brave young men are +now seeking to make war upon. For years I have been roaming these woods +in hopes that I might find some one brave enough to stop and listen +to me, but all who have camped here in the past have run away at my +approach or fired guns or shot arrows at me. For such cowards as these +I have always found a grave. They never returned to their homes. Now I +have found two brave men whom I can tell what I want done, and if you +accomplish what I tell you to do, you will return home with many horses +and some scalps dangling from your belts. Just over this range of hills +north of us, a large village is encamped for the winter. In that camp is +the man who laid in ambush and shot me, killing me before I could get +a chance to defend myself. I want that man's scalp, because he has been +the cause of my wanderings for a great many years. Had he killed me on +the battlefield my spirit would have at once joined my brothers in the +happy hunting grounds, but being killed by a coward, my spirit is doomed +to roam until I can find some brave man who will kill this coward and +bring me his scalp. This is why I have tried every party who have camped +here to listen to me, but as I have said before, they were all cowards. +Now, I ask you two brave young men, will you do this for me?" + +"We will," said the friends in one voice. "Thank you, my boys. Now, I +know why you came here, and that one of you came to earn his feathers by +killing an enemy, before he would marry; the girl he is to marry is +my granddaughter, as I am the father of the great Medicine Man. In the +morning there will pass by in plain sight of here a large party. They +will chase the buffalo over on that flat. After they have passed an old +man leading a black horse and riding a white one will come by on the +trail left by the hunting party. He will be driving about a hundred +horses, which he will leave over in the next ravine. He will then +proceed to the hunting grounds and get meat from the different hunters. +After the hunters have all gone home he will come last, singing the +praises of the ones who gave him the meat. This man you must kill and +scalp, as he is the one I want killed. Then take the white and black +horse and each mount and go to the hunting grounds. There you will see +two of the enemy riding about picking up empty shells. Kill and scalp +these two and each take a scalp and come over to the high knoll and I +will show you where the horses are, and as soon as you hand me the old +man's scalp I will disappear and you will see me no more. As soon as I +disappear, it will start in snowing. Don't be afraid as the snow will +cover your trail, but nevertheless, don't stop traveling for three days +and nights, as these people will suspect that some of your tribe have +done this, and they will follow you until you cross your own boundary +lines." + +When morning came, the two friends sat in the thick brush and watched +a large party pass by their hiding place. So near were they that the +friends could hear them laughing and talking. After the hunting party +had passed, as the spirit had told them, along came the old man, driving +a large band of horses and leading a fine looking coal black horse. The +horse the old man was riding was as white as snow. The friends crawled +to a little brush covered hill and watched the chase after the shooting +had ceased. The friends knew it would not be long before the return of +the party, so they crawled back to their camp and hurriedly ate some +pounded meat and drank some cherry tea. Then they took down their robe +and rolled it up and got everything in readiness for a hurried flight +with the horses. Scarcely had they got everything in readiness when the +party came by, singing their song of the chase. When they had all gone +the friends crawled down to the trail and lay waiting for the old man. +Soon they heard him singing. Nearer and nearer came the sounds of the +song until at last at a bend in the road, the old man came into view. +The two friends arose and advanced to meet him. On he came still +singing. No doubt he mistook them for some of his own people. When +he was very close to them they each stepped to either side of him and +before he could make an outcry they pierced his cowardly old heart with +two arrows. He had hardly touched the ground when they both struck him +with their bows, winning first and second honors by striking an enemy +after he has fallen. Chaske having won first honors, asked his friend to +perform the scalping deed, which he did. And wanting to be sure that the +spirit would get full revenge, took the whole scalp, ears and all, and +tied it to his belt. The buffalo beef which the old man had packed upon +the black horse, they threw on the top of the old man. Quickly mounting +the two horses, they hastened out across the long flat towards the +hunting grounds. When they came in sight of the grounds there they saw +two men riding about from place to place. Chaske took after the one +on the right, Hake the one on the left. When the two men saw these two +strange men riding like the wind towards them, they turned their horses +to retreat towards the hills, but the white and the black were the +swiftest of the tribe's horses, and quickly overtook the two fleeing +men. When they came close to the enemy they strung their arrows onto the +bowstring and drove them through the two fleeing hunters. As they were +falling they tried to shoot, but being greatly exhausted, their bullets +whistled harmlessly over the heads of the two friends. They scalped the +two enemies and took their guns and ammunition, also secured the two +horses and started for the high knoll. When they arrived at the place, +there stood the spirit. Hake presented him with the old man's scalp and +then the spirit showed them the large band of horses, and saying, "Ride +hard and long," disappeared and was seen no more by any war parties, +as he was thus enabled to join his forefathers in the happy hunting +grounds. + +The friends did as the spirit had told them. For three days and three +nights they rode steadily. On the fourth morning they came into their +own boundary. From there on they rode more slowly, and let the band +of horses rest and crop the tops of long grass. They would stop +occasionally, and while one slept the other kept watch. Thus they got +fairly well rested before they came in sight of where their camp had +stood when they had left. All that they could see of the once large +village was the lone tent of the great Medicine Man. They rode up on to +a high hill and farther on towards the east they saw smoke from a great +many tepees. They then knew that something had happened and that the +village had moved away. + +"My friend," said Chaske, "I am afraid something has happened to the +Medicine Man's lodge, and rather than have you go there, I will go alone +and you follow the trail of our party and go on ahead with the horses. +I will take the black and the white horses with me and I will follow on +later, after I have seen what the trouble is." + +"Very well, my friend, I will do as you say, but I am afraid something +has happened to Pretty Feather." Hake started on with the horses, +driving them along the broad trail left by the hundreds of travois. +Chaske made slowly towards the tepee, and stopping outside, stood and +listened. Not a sound could he hear. The only living thing he saw was +Pretty Feather's spotted horse tied to the side of the tent. Then he +knew that she must be dead. He rode off into the thick brush and tied +his two horses securely. Then he came back and entered the tepee. There +on a bed of robes lay some one apparently dead. The body was wrapped +in blankets and robes and bound around and around with parfleche ropes. +These he carefully untied and unwound. Then he unwrapped the robes and +blankets and when he uncovered the face, he saw, as he had expected +to, the face of his lost love, Pretty Feather. As he sat gazing on her +beautiful young face, his heart ached for his poor friend. He himself +had loved and lost this beautiful maiden, and now his friend who had won +her would have to suffer the untold grief which he had suffered. + +What was that? Could it have been a slight quivering of the nostrils +that he had seen, or was it mad fancy playing a trick on him? Closer +he drew to her face, watching intently for another sign. There it was +again, only this time it was a long, deep drawn breath. He arose, got +some water and taking a small stick slowly forced open her mouth and +poured some into it. Then he took some sage, dipped it into the water +and sprinkled a little on her head and face. There were many parfleche +bags piled around the tepee, and thinking he might find some kind of +medicine roots which he could use to revive her he started opening +them one after the other. He had opened three and was just opening +the fourth, when a voice behind him asked: "What are you looking for?" +Turning quickly, he saw Pretty Feather looking at him. Overjoyed, he +cried, "What can I do so that you can get up and ride to the village +with me? My friend and I just returned with a large band of horses and +two scalps. We saw this tent and recognized it. My friend wanted to +come, but I would not let him, as I feared if he found anything had +happened to you he would do harm to himself, but now he will be anxious +for my return, so if you will tell me what you need in order to revive +you, I will get it, and we can then go to my friend in the village." "At +the foot of my bed you will find a piece of eagle fat. Build a fire and +melt it for me. I will drink it and then we can go." + +Chaske quickly started a fire, got out the piece of fat and melted it. +She drank it at one draught, and was about to arise when she suddenly +said: "Roll me up quick and take the buffalo hair rope and tie it about +my spotted horse's neck; tie his tail in a knot and tie him to the door. +Then run and hide behind the trees. There are two of the enemy coming +this way." + +Chaske hurriedly obeyed her orders, and had barely concealed himself +behind the trees, when there came into view two of the enemy. They saw +the horse tied to the door of the deserted tent, and knew that some dead +person occupied the tepee, so through respect for the dead, they turned +out and started to go through the brush and trees, so as not to pass the +door. (The Indians consider it a bad omen to pass by the door of a tepee +occupied by a dead body, that is, while in the enemy's country). So +by making this detour they traveled directly towards where Chaske was +concealed behind the tree. Knowing that he would be discovered, and +there being two of them, he knew the only chance he had was for him +to kill one of them before they discovered him, then he stood a better +chance at an even combat. On they came, little thinking that one of them +would in a few minutes be with his forefathers. + +Chaske noiselessly slipped a cartridge into the chamber of his gun, +threw it into action and took deliberate aim at the smaller one's +breast. A loud report rang out and the one he had aimed at threw up his +arms and fell heavily forward, shot through the heart. + +Reloading quickly Chaske stepped out from behind the tree. He could +easily have killed the other from his concealed position, but, being a +brave young man, he wanted to give his opponent a fair chance. The other +had unslung his gun and a duel was then fought between the two lone +combatants. They would spring from side to side like two great cats. +Then advance one or two steps and fire. Retreat a few steps, spring to +one side and fire again. The bullets whistled past their heads, tore up +the earth beneath their feet, and occasionally one would hit its mark, +only to cause a flesh wound. + +Suddenly the enemy aimed his gun and threw it upon the ground. His +ammunition was exhausted, and slowly folding his arms he stood facing +his opponent, with a fearless smile upon his face, expecting the next +moment to fall dead from a bullet from the rifle of Chaske. Not +so. Chaske was too honorable and noble to kill an unarmed man, and +especially one who had put up such a brave fight as had this man. Chaske +advanced and picked up the empty gun. The Toka (enemy) drew from a +scabbard at his belt a long bowie knife, and taking it by the point +handed it, handle first, to Chaske. This signified surrender. Chaske +scalped the dead Toka and motioned for his prisoner to follow him. In +the meantime Pretty Feather had gotten up and stood looking at the duel. +When she heard the first shot she jumped up and cut a small slit in the +tent from which she saw the whole proceedings. Knowing that one or both +of them must be wounded, she hurriedly got water and medicine roots, and +when they came to the tent she was prepared to dress their wounds. + +Chaske had a bullet through his shoulder and one through his hand. They +were very painful but not dangerous. The prisoner had a bullet through +his leg, also one through the muscle of his left arm. Pretty Feather +washed and dressed their wounds, and Chaske went and brought the black +and white horses and mounting Pretty Feather upon the white horse, and +the prisoner on her spotted one, the three soon rode into the village, +and there was a great cry of joy when it was known that Pretty Feather +had come back to them again. + +Hake, who was in his tent grieving, was told that his friend had +returned and with him Pretty Feather. Hearing this good news he at +once went to the Medicine Man's tent and found the Medicine Man busily +dressing the wounds of his friend and a stranger. The old Medicine Man +turned to Hake and said: + +"Son-in-law, take your wife home with you. It was from grief at your +absence that she went into a trance, and we, thinking she was dead, left +her for such. Hadn't it been for your friend here, she would surely have +been a corpse now. So take her and keep her with you always, and take as +a present from me fifty of my best horses." + +Hake and his beautiful bride went home, where his adopted mother had a +fine large tent put up for them. Presents of cooking utensils, horses, +robes and finely worked shawls and moccasins came from every direction, +and last of all Chaske gave as a present to his friend the Toka man whom +he had taken as prisoner. On presenting him with this gift, Chaske spoke +thus: + +"My friend, I present to you, that you may have him as a servant to +look after your large band of horses, this man with whom I fought a +two hours' duel, and had his ammunition lasted he would probably have +conquered me, and who gave me the second hardest fight of my life. +The hardest fight of my life was when I gave up Pretty Feather. You +have them both. To the Toka (enemy) be kind, and he will do all your +biddings. To Pretty Feather be a good husband." + +So saying, Chaske left them, and true to his word, lived the remainder +of his days a confirmed bachelor. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CROW + +Once upon a time there came to a large village a plague of crows. So +thick were they that the poor women were sorely tried keeping them out +of their tepees and driving them away from their lines of jerked buffalo +meat. Indeed they got so numerous and were such a great nuisance that +the Chief finally gave orders to his camp criers or heralds to go out +among the different camps and announce the orders of their Chief, that +war should be made upon the crows to extermination; that their nests +were to be destroyed and all eggs broken. The war of extermination was +to continue until not a crow remained, except the youngest found was to +be brought to him alive. + +For a week the war on the crows continued. Thousands of dead crows were +brought in daily, and at the end of the week not a bird of that species +could be seen in the neighborhood. Those that escaped the deadly arrow +of the warriors, flew away, never to return to those parts again. + +At the end of the war made upon the crows, there was brought to the +Chief's tepee the youngest found. Indeed, so young was the bird that it +was only the great medicine of the Chief that kept him alive until he +could hop about and find his own food. The Chief spent most of his time +in his lodge teaching the young crow to understand and talk the language +of the tribe. After the crow had mastered this, the Chief then taught +him the languages of the neighboring tribes. When the crow had mastered +these different languages the chief would send him on long journeys to +ascertain the location of the camps of the different enemies. + +When the crow would find a large Indian camp he would alight and hop +about, pretending to be picking up scraps, but really keeping his ears +open for anything he might hear. He would hang around all day, and at +night when they would all gather in the large council tent (which always +stood in the center of the village) to determine upon their next raid, +and plan for a horse stealing trip, Mr. Crow was always nearby to hear +all their plans discussed. He would then fly away to his master (the +Chief) and tell him all that he had learned. + +The Chief would then send a band of his warriors to lie in ambush for +the raiding party, and, as the enemy would not suspect anything they +would go blindly into the pitfall of death thus set for them. Thus the +crow was the scout of this chief, whose reputation as a Wakan (Holy man) +soon reached all of the different tribes. The Chief's warriors would +intercept, ambush and annihilate every war party headed for his camp. + +So, finally learning that they could not make war on this chief's people +unbeknown to them, they gave up making war on this particular band. When +meat was running low in the camp this chief would send the crow out to +look for buffalo. When he discovered a herd he would return and report +to his master; then the chief would order out the hunters and they +would return laden with meat. Thus the crow kept the camp all the time +informed of everything that would be of benefit to them. + +One day the crow disappeared, over which there was great grief among the +tribe. A week had passed away, when Mr. Crow reappeared. There was +great rejoicing upon his return, but the crow was downcast and would not +speak, but sat with a drooping head perched at the top of the chief's +tepee, and refused all food that was offered to him. + +In vain did the chief try to get the crow to tell him the cause of his +silence and seeming grief. The crow would not speak until the chief +said: "Well, I will take a few of my warriors and go out and try to +ascertain what has happened to cause you to act as you do." + +Upon hearing this, the crow said: "Don't go. I dreaded to tell you what +I know to be a fact, as I have heard it from some great medicine men. +I was traveling over the mountains west of here, when I spied three old +men sitting at the top of the highest peak. I very cautiously dropped +down behind a rock and listened to their talk. I heard your name +mentioned by one of them, then your brother's name was mentioned. Then +the third, who was the oldest, said: 'in three days from today the +lightning will kill those two brothers whom all the nations fear.'" + +Upon hearing what the crow stated the tribe became grief stricken. On +the morning of the third day the chief ordered a nice tepee placed upon +the highest point, far enough away from the village, so that the peals +of thunder would not alarm the babies of the camp. + +A great feast was given, and after the feasting was over there came in +six young maidens leading the war horses of the two brothers. The horses +were painted and decorated as if for a charge on the enemy. One maiden +walked ahead of the chief's horse bearing in her hands the bow and +arrows of the great warrior. Next came two maidens, one on either side +of the prancing war steed, each holding a rein. Behind the chief's horse +came the fourth maiden. Like the first, she bore in her hands the bow +and arrows of the chief's brother. Then the fifth and sixth maidens +each holding a rein, walked on either side of the prancing horse of +the chief's brother. They advanced and circled the large gathering and +finally stopped directly in front of the two brothers, who immediately +arose and taking their bows and arrows vaulted lightly upon their war +steeds, and singing their death song, galloped off amid a great cry of +grief from the people who loved them most dearly. + +Heading straight for the tepee that had been placed upon the highest +point, adjacent to the village, they soon arrived at their destination +and, dismounting from their horses, turned, waved their hands to their +band, and disappeared within the tepee. Scarcely had they entered the +lodge when the rumblings of distant thunder could be heard. Nearer, and +nearer, came the sound, until at last the storm overspread the locality +in all its fury. Flash upon flash of lightning burst forth from the +heavens. Deafening peals of thunder followed each flash. Finally, one +flash brighter than any of the others, one peal more deafening than +those preceding it, and the storm had passed. + +Sadly the warriors gathered together, mounted their horses and slowly +rode to the tepee on the high point. Arriving there they looked inside +the lodge and saw the two brothers lying cold and still in death, each +holding the lariat of his favorite war horse. The horses also lay dead +side by side in front of the tent. (From this came the custom of killing +the favorite horse of a dead warrior at the burial of the owner). + +As the Indians sadly left the hill to return home, they heard a noise at +the top of the tepee, and looking up they saw the crow sitting on one +of the splintered tepee poles. He was crying most pitifully, and as they +rode off he flew up high in the air and his pitiful "caw" became fainter +and fainter till at last they heard it no more. And from that day, the +story goes, no crow ever goes near the village of that band of Indians. + + + + + + +THE "WASNA" (PEMMICAN) MAN AND THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER) + +Once upon a time there appeared from out of a large belt of timber a +man attired in the fat of the buffalo. On his head he wore the honeycomb +part of the stomach. To this was attached small pieces of fat. The fat +which covered the stomach he wore as a cloak. The large intestines he +wore as leggings, and the kidney fat as his moccasins. + +As he appeared he had the misfortune to meet "Unktomi" (spider) with +his hundreds of starving children. Upon seeing the fat, Unktomi and his +large family at once attacked the man, who, in order to save his life, +started to run away, but so closely did Unktomi and his family pursue +him that in order to make better time and also get a little better +start, he threw off his head covering, which the Unktomi family hastily +devoured, and were again closing in upon him. He then threw off his +cloak and they devoured that, and were close upon him again, when he +threw off his leggings. These were hastily eaten up, and, as they drew +near to a lake, the man threw off the kidney fat, and, running to +the edge of the lake, dived down into the water and kept beneath the +surface, swimming to the opposite shore. After the Unktomi family had +eaten the kidney fat they came to the water's edge, and the grease was +floating on the surface of the water which they lapped up, until there +was not a grease spot left floating on the surface. + +The small morsels had only sharpened their appetites, and as they saw +the man sitting on the opposite shore, Unktomi and his family proceeded +around the lake and came upon two men sitting on the shore. Unktomi saw +that the other man was "Wakapapi" (pounded beef). The family surrounded +the two and Unktomi ordered them to fight. Fearing Unktomi and his +large family, they at once commenced to fight and Pounded Meat was soon +killed. The hungry family at once fell to eating him. So busy were they +that none noticed the fat man sneak off and disappear. + +When they had finished the pounded beef man they looked around to fall +upon the fat man, but nowhere could he be seen. Unktomi said, "I will +track him and when I find him, I will return for you, so stay here and +await my return." + +He followed the fat man's tracks until farther east on the shore of the +lake he found the fat man in the act of skinning a deer, which he had +killed. (He had held on to his bow and arrows when he jumped into the +lake). "My," said Unktomi, "this will make a fine meal for my hungry +children. I will go after them, so hurry and cut the meat up into small +pieces so they each can have a piece." + +"All right, go ahead and get your family," said Fat Man. During +Unktomi's absence, the fat man hurriedly cut the meat up into small +pieces and carried them up into a tree that stood near to the shore. +When he had carried it all up he threw sand and dirt upon the blood, and +so left no trace of the deer. + +On the arrival of Unktomi and his family, no signs of the fat man or +the deer could be found. They wandered about the spot looking for tracks +which might lead them to where the fat man had cached the meat, as +Unktomi said he could not have carried it very far. Now the fat man was +up in the tree and sat watching them. The reflection of the tree was in +the water, and some of the children going close to the shore, discovered +it as they looked at the reflection. The fat man cut a piece of meat and +extending it towards them, drew back his hand and put the meat into his +mouth. + +"Come quick, father, here he is eating the meat," said the children. +Unktomi came and seeing the reflection, thought the fat man was down in +the lake. "Wait, I will bring him up for you." So saying, he dived down, +but soon arose without anything. Again and again he tried, but could not +reach the bottom. He told the children to gather rock for him. These +he tied around his neck and body, and dived down for the last time. The +last the children saw of their father was the bubbles which arose to the +surface of the lake. The rocks being too heavy for him, held him fast +to the bottom, and some hungry fish soon made a feast out of the body of +poor "Unktomi." + + + + + + +THE RESUSCITATION OF THE ONLY DAUGHTER + +There once lived an old couple who had an only daughter. She was a +beautiful girl, and was very much courted by the young men of the +tribe, but she said that she preferred single life, and to all their +heart-touching tales of deep affection for her she always had one +answer. That was "No." + +One day this maiden fell ill and day after day grew worse. All the best +medicine men were called in, but their medicines were of no avail, and +in two weeks from the day that she was taken ill she lay a corpse. Of +course there was great mourning in the camp. They took her body several +miles from camp and rolled it in fine robes and blankets, then they laid +her on a scaffold which they had erected. (This was the custom of burial +among the Indians). They placed four forked posts into the ground and +then lashed strong poles lengthwise and across the ends and made a bed +of willows and stout ash brush. This scaffold was from five to seven +feet from the ground. After the funeral the parents gave away all of +their horses, fine robes and blankets and all of the belongings of +the dead girl. Then they cut their hair off close to their heads, and +attired themselves in the poorest apparel they could secure. + +When a year had passed the friends and relatives of the old couple tried +in vain to have them set aside their mourning. "You have mourned long +enough," they would say. "Put aside your mourning and try and enjoy a +few more pleasures of this life while you live. You are both growing old +and can't live very many more years, so make the best of your time." The +old couple would listen to their advice and then shake their heads and +answer: "We have nothing to live for. Nothing we could join in would be +any amusement to us, since we have lost the light of our lives." + +So the old couple continued their mourning for their lost idol. Two +years had passed since the death of the beautiful girl, when one evening +a hunter and his wife passed by the scaffold which held the dead girl. +They were on their return trip and were heavily loaded down with game, +and therefore could not travel very fast. About half a mile from the +scaffold a clear spring burst forth from the side of a bank, and from +this trickled a small stream of water, moistening the roots of the +vegetation bordering its banks, and causing a growth of sweet green +grass. At this spring the hunter camped and tethering his horses, at +once set about helping his wife to erect the small tepee which they +carried for convenience in traveling. + +When it became quite dark, the hunter's dogs set up a great barking +and growling. "Look out and see what the dogs are barking at," said the +hunter to his wife. She looked out through the door and then drew back +saying: "There is the figure of a woman advancing from the direction of +the girl's scaffold." "I expect it is the dead girl; let her come, +and don't act as if you were afraid," said the hunter. Soon they heard +footsteps advancing and the steps ceased at the door. Looking down at +the lower part of the door the hunter noticed a pair of small moccasins, +and knowing that it was the visitor, said: "Whoever you are, come in and +have something to eat." + +At this invitation the figure came slowly in and sat down by the door +with head covered and with a fine robe drawn tightly over the face. The +woman dished up a fine supper and placing it before the visitor, said: +"Eat, my friend, you must be hungry." The figure never moved, nor +would it uncover to eat. "Let us turn our back towards the door and our +visitor may eat the food," said the hunter. So his wife turned her back +towards the visitor and made herself very busy cleaning the small pieces +of meat that were hanging to the back sinews of the deer which had been +killed. (This the Indians use as thread.) The hunter, filling his pipe, +turned away and smoked in silence. Finally the dish was pushed back to +the woman, who took it and after washing it, put it away. The figure +still sat at the door, not a sound coming from it, neither was it +breathing. The hunter at last said: "Are you the girl that was placed +upon that scaffold two years ago?" It bowed its head two or three times +in assent. "Are you going to sleep here tonight; if you are, my wife +will make down a bed for you." The figure shook its head. "Are you going +to come again tomorrow night to us?" It nodded assent. + +For three nights in succession the figure visited the hunter's camp. The +third night the hunter noticed that the figure was breathing. He saw one +of the hands protruding from the robe. The skin was perfectly black and +was stuck fast to the bones of the hand. On seeing this the hunter arose +and going over to his medicine sack which hung on a pole, took down the +sack and, opening it, took out some roots and mixing them with skunk oil +and vermillion, said to the figure: + +"If you will let us rub your face and hands with this medicine it will +put new life into the skin and you will assume your complexion again and +it will put flesh on you." The figure assented and the hunter rubbed the +medicine on her hands and face. Then she arose and walked back to the +scaffold. The next day the hunter moved camp towards the home village. +That night he camped within a few miles of the village. When night came, +the dogs, as usual, set up a great barking, and looking out, the wife +saw the girl approaching. + +When the girl had entered and sat down, the hunter noticed that the girl +did not keep her robe so closely together over her face. When the wife +gave her something to eat, the girl reached out and took the dish, thus +exposing her hands, which they at once noticed were again natural. After +she had finished her meal, the hunter said: "Did my medicine help you?" +She nodded assent. "Do you want my medicine rubbed all over your body?" +Again she nodded. "I will mix enough to rub your entire body, and I will +go outside and let my wife rub it on for you." He mixed a good supply +and going out left his wife to rub the girl. When his wife had completed +the task she called to her husband to come in, and when he came in he +sat down and said to the girl: "Tomorrow we will reach the village. Do +you want to go with us?" She shook her head. "Will you come again to our +camp tomorrow night after we have camped in the village?" She nodded +her head in assent. "Then do you want to see your parents?" She nodded +again, and arose and disappeared into the darkness. + +Early the next morning the hunter broke camp and traveled far into the +afternoon, when he arrived at the village. He instructed his wife to go +at once and inform the old couple of what had happened. The wife did +so and at sunset the old couple came to the hunter's tepee. They were +invited to enter and a fine supper was served them. Soon after they had +finished their supper the dogs of the camp set up a great barking. "Now +she is coming, so be brave and you will soon see your lost daughter," +said the hunter. Hardly had he finished speaking when she entered the +tent as natural as ever she was in life. Her parents clung to her and +smothered her with kisses. + +They wanted her to return home with them, but she would stay with the +hunter who had brought her back to life, and she married him, becoming +his second wife. A short time after taking the girl for his wife, the +hunter joined a war party and never returned, as he was killed on the +battlefield. + +A year after her husband's death she married again. This husband was +also killed by a band of enemies whom the warriors were pursuing for +stealing some of their horses. The third husband also met a similar fate +to the first. He was killed on the field of battle. + +She was still a handsome woman at the time of the third husband's death, +but never again married, as the men feared her, saying she was holy, and +that any one who married her would be sure to be killed by the enemy. + +So she took to doctoring the sick and gained the reputation of being the +most skilled doctor in the nation. She lived to a ripe old age and when +she felt death approaching she had them take her to where she had rested +once before, and crawling to the top of the newly erected scaffold, +wrapped her blankets and robes about her, covered her face carefully, +and fell into that sleep from which there is no more awakening. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CRANE + +There was once upon a time a man who did not care to live with his tribe +in a crowded village, but preferred a secluded spot in the deep forest, +there to live with his wife and family of five children. The oldest of +the children (a boy) was twelve years of age, and being the son of a +distinguished hunter, soon took to roaming through the forest in search +of small game. + +One day during his ramblings, he discovered a crane's nest, with only +one young crane occupying it. No doubt some fox or traveling weasel +had eaten the rest of the crane's brothers and sisters. The boy said to +himself, "I will take this poor little crane home and will raise him as +a pet for our baby. If I leave him here some hungry fox will be sure to +eat the poor little fellow." He carried the young crane home and it grew +to be nearly as tall as the boy's five-year-old sister. + +Being brought up in a human circle, it soon grew to understand all the +family said. Although it could not speak it took part in all the games +played by the children. The father of the family was, as I have before +mentioned, a great hunter. He always had a plentiful supply of deer, +antelope, buffalo and beaver meats on hand, but there came a change. +The game migrated to some other locality, where no deadly shot like +"Kutesan" (Never Miss) would be around to annihilate their fast +decreasing droves. The hunter started out early one morning in hopes of +discovering some of the game which had disappeared as suddenly as though +the earth had swallowed them. The hunter traveled the whole day, all to +no purpose. It was late in the evening when he staggered into camp. He +was nearly dead with fatigue. Hastily swallowing a cup of cherry bark +tea (the only article of food they had in store), he at once retired +and was soon in the sweet land of dreams. The children soon joined their +father and the poor woman sat thinking how they could save their dear +children from starvation. Suddenly out upon the night air rang the cry +of a crane. Instantly the pet crane awoke, stepped outside and answered +the call. The crane which had given the cry was the father of the pet +crane, and learning from Mr. Fox of the starving condition of his son +and his friends, he flew to the hunting grounds of the tribe, and as +there had been a good kill that day, the crane found no trouble in +securing a great quantity of fat. This he carried to the tent of the +hunter and, hovering over the tent he suddenly let the fat drop to +the earth and at once the pet crane picked it up and carried it to the +woman. + +Wishing to surprise the family on their awakening in the morning she +got a good stick for a light, heaped up sticks on the dying embers, and +started up a rousing fire and proceeded to melt or try out the fat, as +melted fat is considered a favorite dish. Although busily occupied she +kept her ears open for any strange noises coming out of the forest, +there being usually some enemies lurking around. She held her pan in +such a position that after the fat started to melt and quite a lot of +the hot grease accumulated in the pan, she could plainly see the tent +door reflected in the hot grease, as though she used a mirror. + +When she had nearly completed her task, she heard a noise as though some +footsteps were approaching. Instantly her heart began to beat a tattoo +on her ribs, but she sat perfectly quiet, calling all her self-control +into play to keep from making an outcry. This smart woman had already +studied out a way in which to best this enemy, in case an enemy it +should be. The footsteps, or noise, continued to advance, until at last +the woman saw reflected in the pan of grease a hand slowly protruding +through the tent door, and the finger pointed, as if counting, to the +sleeping father, then to each one of the sleeping children, then to her +who sat at the fire. Little did Mr. Enemy suppose that the brave woman +who sat so composed at her fire, was watching every motion he was +making. The hand slowly withdrew, and as the footsteps slowly died +away, there rang out on the still night air the deep fierce howl of the +prairie wolf. (This imitation of a prairie wolf is the signal to the war +party that an enemy has been discovered by the scout whom they have sent +out in advance). At once she aroused her husband and children. Annoyed +at being so unceremoniously disturbed from his deep sleep, the husband +crossly asked why she had awakened him so roughly. The wife explained +what she had seen and heard. She at once pinned an old blanket around +the crane's shoulders and an old piece of buffalo hide on his head for a +hat or head covering. Heaping piles of wood onto the fire she instructed +him to run around outside of the hut until the family returned, as they +were going to see if they could find some roots to mix up with the fat. +Hurriedly she tied her blanket around her middle, put her baby inside of +it, and then grabbed her three year old son and packed him on her back. +The father also hurriedly packed the next two and the older boy took +care of himself. + +Immediately upon leaving the tent they took three different directions, +to meet again on the high hill west of their home. The reflection from +the fire in the tent disclosed to them the poor pet crane running around +the tent. It looked exactly like a child with its blanket and hat on. + +Suddenly there rang out a score of shots and war whoops of the dreaded +Crow Indians. Finding the tent deserted they disgustedly filed off and +were swallowed up in the darkness of the deep forest. + +The next morning the family returned to see what had become of their pet +crane. There, riddled to pieces, lay the poor bird who had given up his +life to save his dear friends. + + + + + + +WHITE PLUME + +There once lived a young couple who were very happy. The young man was +noted throughout the whole nation for his accuracy with the bow and +arrow, and was given the title of "Dead Shot," or "He who never +misses his mark," and the young woman, noted for her beauty, was named +Beautiful Dove. + +One day a stork paid this happy couple a visit and left them a fine big +boy. The boy cried "Ina, ina" (mother, mother). "Listen to our son," +said the mother, "he can speak, and hasn't he a sweet voice?" "Yes," +said the father, "it will not be long before he will be able to walk." +He set to work making some arrows, and a fine hickory bow for his son. +One of the arrows he painted red, one blue, and another yellow. The rest +he left the natural color of the wood. When he had completed them, the +mother placed them in a fine quiver, all worked in porcupine quills, +and hung them up over where the boy slept in his fine hammock of painted +moose hide. + +At times when the mother would be nursing her son, she would look up at +the bow and arrows and talk to her baby, saying: "My son, hurry up and +grow fast so you can use your bow and arrows. You will grow up to be +as fine a marksman as your father." The baby would coo and stretch his +little arms up towards the bright colored quiver as though he understood +every word his mother had uttered. Time passed and the boy grew up to a +good size, when one day his father said: "Wife, give our son the bow and +arrows so that he may learn how to use them." The father taught his son +how to string and unstring the bow, and also how to attach the arrow to +the string. The red, blue and yellow arrows, he told the boy, were to be +used only whenever there was any extra good shooting to be done, so the +boy never used these three until he became a master of the art. Then he +would practice on eagles and hawks, and never an eagle or hawk continued +his flight when the boy shot one of the arrows after him. + +One day the boy came running into the tent, exclaiming: "Mother, mother, +I have shot and killed the most beautiful bird I ever saw." "Bring +it in, my son, and let me look at it." He brought the bird and upon +examining it she pronounced it a different type of bird from any she had +ever seen. Its feathers were of variegated colors and on its head was +a topknot of pure white feathers. The father, returning, asked the boy +with which arrow he had killed the bird. "With the red one," answered +the boy. "I was so anxious to secure the pretty bird that, although I +know I could have killed it with one of my common arrows, I wanted to +be certain, so I used the red one." "That is right, my son," said the +father. "When you have the least doubt of your aim, always use one of +the painted arrows, and you will never miss your mark." + +The parents decided to give a big feast in honor of their son killing +the strange, beautiful bird. So a great many elderly women were called +to the tent of Pretty Dove to assist her in making ready for the big +feast. For ten days these women cooked and pounded beef and cherries, +and got ready the choicest dishes known to the Indians. Of buffalo, +beaver, deer, antelope, moose, bear, quail, grouse, duck of all kinds, +geese and plover meats there was an abundance. Fish of all kinds, and +every kind of wild fruit were cooked, and when all was in readiness, the +heralds went through the different villages, crying out: "Ho-po, ho-po" +(now all, now all), "Dead Shot and his wife, Beautiful Dove, invite all +of you, young and old, to their tepee to partake of a great feast, given +by them in honor of a great bird which their son has killed, and also to +select for their son some good name which he will bear through life. So +all bring your cups and wooden dishes along with your horn spoons, as +there will be plenty to eat. Come, all you council men and chiefs, +as they have also a great tent erected for you in which you hold your +council." + +Thus crying, the heralds made the circle of the village. The guests soon +arrived. In front of the tent was a pole stuck in the ground and painted +red, and at the top of the pole was fastened the bird of variegated +colors; its wings stretched out to their full length and the beautiful +white waving so beautifully from its topknot, it was the center of +attraction. Half way up the pole was tied the bow and arrow of the young +marksman. Long streamers of fine bead and porcupine work waved from +the pole and presented a very striking appearance. The bird was faced +towards the setting sun. The great chief and medicine men pronounced the +bird "Wakan" (something holy). + +When the people had finished eating they all fell in line and marched in +single file beneath the bird, in order to get a close view of it. By the +time this vast crowd had fully viewed the wonderful bird, the sun was +just setting clear in the west, when directly over the rays of the +sun appeared a cloud in the shape of a bird of variegated colors. The +councilmen were called out to look at the cloud, and the head medicine +man said that it was a sign that the boy would grow up to be a great +chief and hunter, and would have a great many friends and followers. + +This ended the feast, but before dispersing, the chief and councilmen +bestowed upon the boy the title of White Plume. + +One day a stranger came to the village, who was very thin and nearly +starved. So weak was he that he could not speak, but made signs for +something to eat. Luckily the stranger came to Dead Shot's tent, and as +there was always a plentiful supply in his lodge, the stranger soon had +a good meal served him. After he had eaten and rested he told his story. + +"I came from a very great distance," said he. "The nations where I came +from are in a starving condition. No place can they find any buffalo, +deer nor antelope. A witch or evil spirit in the shape of a white +buffalo has driven all the large game out of the country. Every day this +white buffalo comes circling the village, and any one caught outside of +their tent is carried away on its horns. In vain have the best marksmen +of the tribe tried to shoot it. Their arrows fly wide off the mark, and +they have given up trying to kill it as it bears a charmed life. Another +evil spirit in the form of a red eagle has driven all the birds of the +air out of our country. Every day this eagle circles above the village, +and so powerful is it that anyone being caught outside of his tent +is descended upon and his skull split open to the brain by the sharp +breastbone of the Eagle. Many a marksman has tried his skill on this +bird, all to no purpose. + +"Another evil spirit in the form of a white rabbit has driven out all +the animals which inhabit the ground, and destroyed the fields of corn +and turnips, so the nation is starving, as the arrows of the marksmen +have also failed to touch the white rabbit. Any one who can kill these +three witches will receive as his reward, the choice of two of the most +beautiful maidens of our nation. The younger one is the handsomer of the +two and has also the sweetest disposition. Many young, and even old men, +hearing of this (our chief's) offer, have traveled many miles to try +their arrows on the witches, but all to no purpose. Our chief, hearing +of your great marksmanship, sent me to try and secure your services to +have you come and rid us of these three witches." + +Thus spoke the stranger to the hunter. The hunter gazed long and +thoughtfully into the dying embers of the camp fire. Then slowly his +eyes raised and looked lovingly on his wife who sat opposite to him. +Gazing on her beautiful features for a full minute he slowly dropped his +gaze back to the dying embers and thus answered his visitor: + +"My friend, I feel very much honored by your chief having sent such +a great distance for me, and also for the kind offer of his lovely +daughter in marriage, if I should succeed, but I must reject the great +offer, as I can spare none of my affections to any other woman than to +my queen whom you see sitting there." + +White Plume had been listening to the conversation and when his father +had finished speaking, said: "Father, I am a child no more. I have +arrived at manhood. I am not so good a marksman as you, but I will go to +this suffering tribe and try to rid them of their three enemies. If this +man will rest for a few days and return to his village and inform them +of my coming, I will travel along slowly on his trail and arrive at the +village a day or two after he reaches there." + +"Very well, my son," said the father, "I am sure you will succeed, as +you fear nothing, and as to your marksmanship, it is far superior to +mine, as your sight is much clearer and aim quicker than mine." + +The man rested a few days and one morning started off, after having +instructed White Plume as to the trail. White Plume got together what +he would need on the trip and was ready for an early start the next +morning. That night Dead Shot and his wife sat up away into the night +instructing their son how to travel and warning him as to the different +kinds of people he must avoid in order to keep out of trouble. "Above +all," said the father, "keep a good look out for Unktomi (spider); he is +the most tricky of all, and will get you into trouble if you associate +with him." + +White Plume left early, his father accompanying him for several miles. +On parting, the father's last words were: "Look out for Unktomi, my son, +he is deceitful and treacherous." "I'll look out for him, father;" so +saying he disappeared over a hill. On the way he tried his skill on +several hawks and eagles and he did not need to use his painted arrows +to kill them, but so skillful was he with the bow and arrows that he +could bring down anything that flew with his common arrows. He was +drawing near to the end of his destination when he had a large tract of +timber to pass through. When he had nearly gotten through the timber he +saw an old man sitting on a log, looking wistfully up into a big tree, +where sat a number of prairie chickens. + +"Hello, grandfather, why are you sitting there looking so downhearted?" +asked White Plume. "I am nearly starved, and was just wishing some one +would shoot one of those chickens for me, so I could make a good meal on +it," said the old man. "I will shoot one for you," said the young man. +He strung his bow, placed an arrow on the string, simply seemed to raise +the arrow in the direction of the chicken (taking no aim). Twang went +out the bow, zip went the arrow and a chicken fell off the limb, only +to get caught on another in its descent. "There is your chicken, +grandfather." "Oh, my grandson, I am too weak to climb up and get it. +Can't you climb up and get it for me?" The young man, pitying the old +fellow, proceeded to climb the tree, when the old man stopped him, +saying: "Grandson, you have on such fine clothes, it is a pity to spoil +them; you had better take them off so as not to spoil the fine porcupine +work on them." The young man took off his fine clothes and climbed up +into the tree, and securing the chicken, threw it down to the old +man. As the young man was scaling down the tree, the old man said: +"Iyashkapa, iyashkapa," (stick fast, stick fast). Hearing him say +something, he asked, "What did you say, old man?" He answered, "I was +only talking to myself." The young man proceeded to descend, but he +could not move. His body was stuck fast to the bark of the tree. In vain +did he beg the old man to release him. The old Unktomi, for he it was, +only laughed and said: "I will go now and kill the evil spirits, I have +your wonderful bow and arrows and I cannot miss them. I will marry the +chief's daughter, and you can stay up in that tree and die there." + +So saying, he put on White Plume's fine clothes, took his bow and arrows +and went to the village. As White Plume was expected at any minute, the +whole village was watching for him, and when Unktomi came into sight the +young men ran to him with a painted robe, sat him down on it and slowly +raising him up they carried him to the tent of the chief. So certain +were they that he would kill the evil spirits that the chief told him to +choose one of the daughters at once for his wife. (Before the arrival +of White Plume, hearing of him being so handsome, the two girls had +quarreled over which should marry him, but upon seeing him the younger +was not anxious to become his wife.) So Unktomi chose the older one of +the sisters, and was given a large tent in which to live. The younger +sister went to her mother's tent to live, and the older was very proud, +as she was married to the man who would save the nation from starvation. +The next morning there was a great commotion in camp, and there came the +cry that the white buffalo was coming. "Get ready, son-in-law, and kill +the buffalo," said the chief. + +Unktomi took the bow and arrows and shot as the buffalo passed, but the +arrow went wide off its mark. Next came the eagle, and again he shot and +missed. Then came the rabbit, and again he missed. + +"Wait until tomorrow, I will kill them all. My blanket caught in my bow +and spoiled my aim." The people were very much disappointed, and the +chief, suspecting that all was not right, sent for the young man who had +visited Dead Shot's tepee. When the young man arrived, the chief asked: +"Did you see White Plume when you went to Dead Shot's camp?" "Yes, I +did, and ate with him many times. I stayed at his father's tepee all the +time I was there," said the young man. "Would you recognize him if you +saw him again?" asked the chief. "Any one who had but one glimpse of +White Plume would surely recognize him when he saw him again, as he is +the most handsome man I ever saw," said the young man. + +"Come with me to the tent of my son-in-law and take a good look at him, +but don't say what you think until we come away." The two went to the +tent of Unktomi, and when the young man saw him he knew it was not White +Plume, although it was White Plume's bow and arrows that hung at the +head of the bed, and he also recognized the clothes as belonging to +White Plume. When they had returned to the chief's tent, the young man +told what he knew and what he thought. "I think this is some Unktomi who +has played some trick on White Plume and has taken his bow and arrows +and also his clothes, and hearing of your offer, is here impersonating +White Plume. Had White Plume drawn the bow on the buffalo, eagle and +rabbit today, we would have been rid of them, so I think we had better +scare this Unktomi into telling us where White Plume is," said the young +man. + +"Wait until he tries to kill the witches again tomorrow," said the +chief. + +In the meantime the younger daughter had taken an axe and gone into the +woods in search of dry wood. She went quite a little distance into the +wood and was chopping a dry log. Stopping to rest a little she heard +some one saying: "Whoever you are, come over here and chop this tree +down so that I may get loose." Going to where the big tree stood, she +saw a man stuck onto the side of the tree. "If I chop it down the fall +will kill you," said the girl. "No, chop it on the opposite side from +me, and the tree will fall that way. If the fall kills me, it will be +better than hanging up here and starving to death," said White Plume, +for it was he. + +The girl chopped the tree down and when she saw that it had not killed +the man, she said: "What shall I do now?" "Loosen the bark from the tree +and then get some stones and heat them. Get some water and sage and put +your blanket over me." She did as told and when the steam arose from +the water being poured upon the heated rocks, the bark loosened from his +body and he arose. When he stood up, she saw how handsome he was. "You +have saved my life," said he. "Will you be my wife?" "I will," said she. +He then told her how the old man had fooled him into this trap and took +his bow and arrows, also his fine porcupine worked clothes, and had gone +off, leaving him to die. She, in turn, told him all that had happened +in camp since a man, calling himself White Plume, came there and married +her sister before he shot at the witches, and when he came to shoot at +them, missed every shot. "Let us make haste, as the bad Unktomi may +ruin my arrows." They approached the camp and whilst White Plume waited +outside, his promised wife entered Unktomi's tent and said: "Unktomi, +White Plume is standing outside and he wants his clothes and bow and +arrows." "Oh, yes, I borrowed them and forgot to return them; make haste +and give them to him." + +Upon receiving his clothes, he was very much provoked to find his fine +clothes wrinkled and his bow twisted, while the arrows were twisted +out of shape. He laid the clothes down, also the bows and arrows, and +passing his hand over them, they assumed their right shapes again. The +daughter took White Plume to her father's tent and upon hearing the +story he at once sent for his warriors and had them form a circle around +Unktomi's tent, and if he attempted to escape to catch him and tie him +to a tree, as he (the chief) had determined to settle accounts with him +for his treatment of White Plume, and the deception employed in winning +the chief's eldest daughter. About midnight the guard noticed something +crawling along close to the ground, and seizing him found it was Unktomi +trying to make his escape before daylight, whereupon they tied him to a +tree. "Why do you treat me thus," cried Unktomi, "I was just going out +in search of medicine to rub on my arrows, so I can kill the witches." +"You will need medicine to rub on yourself when the chief gets through +with you," said the young man who had discovered that Unktomi was +impersonating White Plume. + +In the morning the herald announced that the real White Plume had +arrived, and the chief desired the whole nation to witness his +marksmanship. Then came the cry: "The White Buffalo comes." Taking his +red arrow, White Plume stood ready. When the buffalo got about opposite +him, he let his arrow fly. The buffalo bounded high in the air and came +down with all four feet drawn together under its body, the red arrow +having passed clear through the animal, piercing the buffalo's heart. A +loud cheer went up from the village. + +"You shall use the hide for your bed," said the chief to White Plume. +Next came a cry, "the eagle, the eagle." From the north came an enormous +red eagle. So strong was he, that as he soared through the air his wings +made a humming sound as the rumble of distant thunder. On he came, and +just as he circled the tent of the chief, White Plume bent his bow, with +all his strength drew the arrow back to the flint point, and sent the +blue arrow on its mission of death. So swiftly had the arrow passed +through the eagle's body that, thinking White Plume had missed, a great +wail went up from the crowd, but when they saw the eagle stop in his +flight, give a few flaps of his wings, and then fall with a heavy thud +into the center of the village, there was a greater cheer than before. +"The red eagle shall be used to decorate the seat of honor in your +tepee," said the chief to White Plume. Last came the white rabbit. "Aim +good, aim good, son-in-law," said the chief. "If you kill him you will +have his skin for a rug." Along came the white rabbit, and White Plume +sent his arrow in search of rabbit's heart, which it found, and stopped +Mr. Rabbit's tricks forever. + +The chief then called all of the people together and before them all +took a hundred willows and broke them one at a time over Unktomi's back. +Then he turned him loose. Unktomi, being so ashamed, ran off into the +woods and hid in the deepest and darkest corner he could find. This is +why Unktomis (spiders) are always found in dark corners, and anyone who +is deceitful or untruthful is called a descendant of the Unktomi tribe. + + + + + + +STORY OF PRETTY FEATHERED FOREHEAD + +There was once a baby boy who came into the world with a small cluster +of different colored feathers grown fast to his forehead. From this he +derived his name, "Pretty Feathered Forehead." He was a very pleasant +boy as well as handsome, and he had the respect of the whole tribe. When +he had grown up to be a young man, he never, like other young men, made +love to any of the tribe's beauties. Although they were madly in love +with him, he never noticed any of them. There were many handsome girls +in the different camps, but he passed them by. + +One day he said: "Father, I am going on a visit to the Buffalo nation." +The father gave his consent, and away went the son. The father and +mother suspected the object of their son's visit to the Buffalo nation, +and forthwith commenced preparing a fine reception for their intended +daughter-in-law. The mother sewed together ten buffalo hides and painted +the brave deeds of her husband on them. This she made into a commodious +tent, and had work bags and fine robes and blankets put inside. This was +to be the tent of their son and daughter-in-law. In a few weeks the son +returned, bringing with him a beautiful Buffalo girl. The parents of the +boy gave a big feast in honor of the occasion, and the son and his wife +lived very happily together. + +In the course of time a son came to the young couple, and the father was +very proud of his boy. When the boy became a year old, the father said +to his wife: "I am going for a visit to the Elk nation." The mother +was very sad, as she knew her husband was going after another wife. He +returned, bringing with him a very beautiful elk girl. When the Buffalo +woman saw the elk girl she was very downcast and sad, but the husband +said: "Don't be sad; she will do all the heavy work for you." + +They lived quite happily together for a long time. The Elk girl also +became the mother of a fine boy. The two boys had grown up large enough +to play around. One day the Elk woman was tanning hides outside and the +two boys were playing around near their mothers, when all at once the +buffalo boy ran across the robe, leaving his tracks on the white robe +which his step-mother had nearly completed. This provoked the elk woman +and she gave vent to her feelings by scolding the boy: "You clumsy flat +mouth, why couldn't you run around my work, instead of across it?" The +buffalo cow standing in the door, heard every word that the elk woman +had said, and when she heard her son called flat mouth it made her +very angry, although she did not say a word to any one. She hurriedly +gathered some of her belongings and, calling her son, she started off in +a westerly direction. + +The husband being absent on a hunting expedition did not return until +late in the afternoon. Upon his return his oldest boy always ran out +to meet him, but this time as the boy did not put in an appearance, the +father feared that something had happened to the boy. So hurriedly going +to his tent he looked around, but failing to see the boy or his mother, +he asked his elk wife, where the boy and his mother were. The elk +wife answered: "She took her boy on her back and started off in that +direction," (pointing towards the west). "How long has she been gone?" +"Since early morning." The husband hurriedly caught a fresh horse and, +without eating anything, rode off in the direction taken by his buffalo +wife and boy. Near dark he ascended a high hill and noticed a small tent +down in the valley. It was a long distance down to the tent, so it was +very late when he arrived there. He tethered his horse and went into +the tent and found the boy and his mother fast asleep. Upon lying down +beside them the boy awoke, and upon seeing his father, motioned to him +to go outside with him. + +On going outside the boy told his father that it would be useless for +him to try and coax his mother to return, as she was too highly insulted +by the elk wife to ever return. Then the boy told about what the elk +wife had said and that she had called him flat mouth. "My mother is +determined to return to her people, but if you want to follow us you +may, and perhaps, after she has visited with her relatives a little +while, you may induce her to return with you. In the morning we are +going to start very early, and as the country we will travel through +is very hard soil, I will stamp my feet hard so as to leave my tracks +imprinted in the softest places, then you will be able to follow the +direction we will take." + +The two went into the tent and were soon fast asleep. The father, being +very much fatigued, slept very soundly, and when he awoke the sun was +beating down upon him. The mother and boy were nowhere to be seen. The +tent had been taken down from over him so carefully that he had not been +awakened. Getting his horse, he mounted and rode after the two who had +left him sleeping. He had no trouble in following the trail, as the boy +had stamped his feet hard and left his little tracks in the soft places. + +That evening he spied the little tent again and on getting to it found +them both asleep. The boy awoke and motioned for his father to go +outside. He again told his father that the next day's travel would be +the hardest of all. "We will cross a great plain, but before we get +there we will cross a sandy hollow. When you get to the hollow, look at +my tracks; they will be deep into the sand, and in each track you will +see little pools of water. Drink as much as you can, as this is the only +chance you will get to have a drink, there being no water from there to +the big ridge, and it will be dark by the time you get to the ridge. The +relations of my mother live at that ridge and I will come and talk to +you once more, before I leave you to join my mother's people." + +Next morning, as before, he awoke to find himself alone. They had left +him and proceeded on their journey. He mounted again and when he arrived +at the sandy hollow, sure enough, there, deep in the sand, were the +tracks of his son filled to the top with water. He drank and drank until +he had drained the last one. Then he arose and continued on the trail, +and near sundown he came in sight of their little tent away up on the +side of the ridge. His horse suddenly staggered and fell forward dead, +having died of thirst. + +From there he proceeded on foot. When he got to where the tent stood he +entered, only to find it empty. "I guess my son intends to come here and +have his last talk with me," thought the father. He had eaten nothing +for three days, and was nearly famished. He lay down, but the pangs of +hunger kept sleep away. He heard footsteps outside and lay in readiness, +thinking it might be an enemy. Slowly opening the covering of the door, +his son looked in and seeing his father lying awake, drew back and ran +off up the ridge, but soon returned bringing a small parcel with him. +When he entered he gave the parcel to his father and said: "Eat, father; +I stole this food for you, so I could not get very much." The father +soon ate what his son had brought. When he had finished, the son said: +"Tomorrow morning the relatives of my mother will come over here and +take you down to the village. My mother has three sisters who have their +work bags made identically the same as mother's. Were they to mix them +up they could not each pick out her own without looking inside so as to +identify them by what they have in them. You will be asked to pick out +mother's work bag, and if you fail they will trample you to death. Next +they will tell you to pick out my mother from among her sisters, and you +will be unable to distinguish her from the other three, and if you fail +they will bury you alive. The last they will try you on, in case you +meet the first and second tests successfully, will be to require you +to pick me out from my three cousins, who are as much like me as my +reflection in the water. The bags you can tell by a little pebble I will +place on my mother's. You can pick my mother out by a small piece of +grass which I will put in her hair, and you can pick me out from my +cousins, for when we commence to dance, I will shake my head, flop my +ears and switch my tail. You must choose quickly, as they will be very +angry at your success, and if you lose any time they will make the +excuse that you did not know, that they may have an excuse to trample +you to death." + +The boy then left, after admonishing his father to remember all that +he had told him. Early next morning the father heard a great rumbling +noise, and going outside, he saw the whole hillside covered with +buffalo. When he appeared they set up a loud bellowing and circled +around him. One old bull came up and giving a loud snort, passed on by, +looking back every few steps. The man, thinking he was to follow this +one, did so, and the whole herd, forming a half circle around him, +escorted him down the west side of the range out on to a large plain, +where there stood a lone tree. To this tree the old bull led him and +stopped when he reached the tree. A large rock at the foot of the tree +served as a seat for the man. As soon as he was seated there came four +female buffaloes, each bearing a large work box. They set the boxes +down in a row in front of the man, and the herd crowded around closer in +order to get a good view. The old bull came to the front and stood close +to the bags, which had been taken out of the four boxes. + +The man stood up, and looking at the bags, noticed a small pebble +resting on the one next to the left end. Stepping over he pulled the bag +towards him and secretly pushed the little pebble off the bag, so that +no one would notice it. When they saw that he had selected the right +one, they set up a terrific bellow. + +Then came the four sisters and stood in a line before the man. Glancing +along from the one on the right to the last one on the left, he stepped +forward and placed his hand on the one next to the right. Thanks to his +boy, if he hadn't put that little stem of grass on his mother's hair, +the father could never have picked out his wife, as the four looked +as much alike as four peas. Next came the four boy calves, and as they +advanced they commenced dancing, and his son was shaking his head and +flopping his ears and switching his tail. The father was going to pick +out his boy, when a fainting spell took him, and as he sank to the +ground the old bull sprang forward on top of him, and instantly they +rushed upon him and he was soon trampled to a jelly. The herd then moved +to other parts. + +The elk wife concluded that something had happened to her husband and +determined upon going in search of him. As she was very fleet of foot it +did not take her long to arrive at the lone tree. She noticed the blood +splashed on the base of the tree, and small pieces of flesh stamped +into the earth. Looking closer, she noticed something white in the dust. +Stooping and picking it out of the dust, she drew forth the cluster +of different colored feathers which had been fastened to her husband's +forehead. She at once took the cluster of feathers, and going to the +east side of the ridge, heated stones and erected a wickieup, placed the +feathers inside, and getting water, she sprinkled the stones, and this +caused a thick vapor in the wickieup. She continued this for a long +time, when she heard something moving inside the wickieup. Then a voice +spoke up, saying: "Whoever you are, pour some more water on and I will +be all right." So the woman got more water and poured it on the rocks. +"That will do now, I want to dry off." She plucked a pile of sage and in +handing it in to him, he recognized his elk wife's hand. + +They went back home and shortly after the buffalo, hearing about him +coming back to life, decided to make war on him and kill him and his +wife, she being the one who brought him back to life. The woman, hearing +of this, had posts set in the ground and a strong platform placed on +top. When the buffalo came, her husband, her son and herself, were +seated upon the bough platform, and the buffalo could not reach them. +She flouted her red blanket in their faces, which made the buffalo wild +with rage. The hunter's friends came to his rescue, and so fast were +they killing the buffalo that they took flight and rushed away, never +more to bother Pretty Feather Forehead. + + + + + + +THE FOUR BROTHERS OR INYANHOKSILA (STONE BOY) + +Alone and apart from their tribe dwelt four orphan brothers. They had +erected a very comfortable hut, although the materials used were only +willows, hay, birch bark, and adobe mud. After the completion of their +hut, the oldest brother laid out the different kinds of work to be done +by the four of them. He and the second and third brothers were to do all +the hunting, and the youngest brother was to do the house work, cook the +meals, and keep plenty of wood on hand at all times. + +As his older brothers would leave for their hunting very early every +morning, and would not return till late at night, the little fellow +always found plenty of spare time to gather into little piles fine dry +wood for their winter use. + +Thus the four brothers lived happily for a long time. One day while out +gathering and piling up wood, the boy heard a rustling in the leaves +and looking around he saw a young woman standing in the cherry bushes, +smiling at him. + +"Who are you, and where did you come from?" asked the boy, in surprise. +"I am an orphan girl and have no relatives living. I came from the +village west of here. I learned from rabbit that there were four orphan +brothers living here all alone, and that the youngest was keeping house +for his older brothers, so I thought I would come over and see if I +couldn't have them adopt me as their sister, so that I might keep house +for them, as I am very poor and have no relations, neither have I a +home." + +She looked so pitiful and sad that the boy thought to himself, "I will +take her home with me, poor girl, no matter what my brothers think or +say." Then he said to her: "Come on, tanke (sister). You may go home +with me; I am sure my older brothers will be glad to have you for our +sister." + +When they arrived at the hut, the girl hustled about and cooked up a +fine hot supper, and when the brothers returned they were surprised to +see a girl sitting by the fire in their hut. After they had entered the +youngest brother got up and walked outside, and a short time after the +oldest brother followed him out. "Who is that girl, and where did she +come from?" he asked his brother. Whereupon the brother told him the +whole story. Upon hearing this the oldest brother felt very sorry for +the poor orphan girl and going back into the hut he spoke to the +girl, saying: "Sister, you are an orphan, the same as we; you have no +relatives, no home. We will be your brothers, and our poor hut shall be +your home. Henceforth call us brothers, and you will be our sister." + +"Oh, how happy I am now that you take me as your sister. I will be to +you all as though we were of the same father and mother," said the girl. +And true to her word, she looked after everything of her brothers and +kept the house in such fine shape that the brothers blessed the day that +she came to their poor little hut. She always had an extra buckskin +suit and two pairs of moccasins hanging at the head of each one's bed. +Buffalo, deer, antelope, bear, wolf, wildcat, mountain lion and beaver +skins she tanned by the dozen, and piled nicely in one corner of the +hut. + +When the Indians have walked a great distance and are very tired, they +have great faith in painting their feet, claiming that paint eases the +pain and rests their feet. + +After their return from a long day's journey, when they would be lying +down resting, the sister would get her paint and mix it with the deer +tallow and rub the paint on her brother's feet, painting them up to +their ankles. The gentle touch of her hands, and the soothing qualities +of the tallow and paint soon put them into a deep, dreamless steep. + +Many such kind actions on her part won the hearts of the brothers, and +never was a full blood sister loved more than was this poor orphan girl, +who had been taken as their adopted sister. In the morning when they +arose, the sister always combed their long black silken scalp locks and +painted the circle around the scalp lock a bright vermillion. + +When the hunters would return with a goodly supply of beef, the sister +would hurry and relieve them of their packs, hanging each one high +enough from the ground so the prowling dogs and coyotes could not reach +them. The hunters each had a post on which to hang his bow and flint +head arrows. (Good hunters never laid their arrows on the ground, as it +was considered unlucky to the hunter who let his arrows touch the earth +after they had been out of the quiver). They were all perfectly happy, +until one day the older brother surprised them all by saying: "We have a +plentiful supply of meat on hand at present to last us for a week or so. +I am going for a visit to the village west of us, so you boys all stay +at home and help sister. Also gather as much wood as you can and I will +be back again in four days. On my return we will resume our hunting and +commence getting our year's supply of meat." + +He left the next morning, and the last they saw of him was while he +stood at the top of the long range of hills west of their home. Four +days had come and gone and no sign of the oldest brother. + +"I am afraid that our brother has met with some accident," said the +sister. "I am afraid so, too," said the next oldest. "I must go and +search for him; he may be in some trouble where a little help would +get him out." The second brother followed the direction his brother had +taken, and when he came to the top of the long range of hills he sat +down and gazed long and steadily down into the long valley with a +beautiful creek winding through it. Across the valley was a long plain +stretching for miles beyond and finally ending at the foot of another +range of hills, the counterpart of the one upon which he sat. + +After noting the different landmarks carefully, he arose and slowly +started down the slope and soon came to the creek he had seen from the +top of the range. Great was his surprise on arriving at the creek to +find what a difference there was in the appearance of it from the range +and where he stood. From the range it appeared to be a quiet, harmless, +laughing stream. Now he saw it to be a muddy, boiling, bubbling torrent, +with high perpendicular banks. For a long time he stood, thinking which +way to go, up or down stream. He had just decided to go down stream, +when, on chancing to look up, he noticed a thin column of smoke slowly +ascending from a little knoll. He approached the place cautiously and +noticed a door placed into the creek bank on the opposite side of the +stream. As he stood looking at the door, wondering who could be living +in a place like that, it suddenly opened and a very old appearing woman +came out and stood looking around her. Soon she spied the young man, and +said to him: "My grandchild, where did you come from and whither are you +bound?" The young man answered: "I came from east of this ridge and am +in search of my oldest brother, who came over in this direction five +days ago and who has not yet returned." + +"Your brother stopped here and ate his dinner with me, and then left, +traveling towards the west," said the old witch, for such she was. "Now, +grandson, come across on that little log bridge up the stream there +and have your dinner with me. I have it all cooked now and just stepped +outside to see if there might not be some hungry traveler about, whom I +could invite in to eat dinner with me." The young man went up the stream +a little distance and found a couple of small logs which had been placed +across the stream to serve as a bridge. He crossed over and went down to +the old woman's dugout hut. "Come in grandson, and eat. I know you must +be hungry." + +The young man sat down and ate a real hearty meal. On finishing he arose +and said: "Grandmother, I thank you for your meal and kindness to me. I +would stay and visit with you awhile, as I know it must be very lonely +here for you, but I am very anxious to find my brother, so I must be +going. On my return I will stop with my brother and we will pay you a +little visit." + +"Very well, grandson, but before you go, I wish you would do me a little +favor. Your brother did it for me before he left, and cured me, but it +has come back on me again. I am subject to very severe pains along the +left side of my backbone, all the way from my shoulder blade down to +where my ribs attach to my backbone, and the only way I get any relief +from the pain is to have some one kick me along the side." (She was a +witch, and concealed in her robe a long sharp steel spike. It was placed +so that the last kick they would give her, their foot would hit the +spike and they would instantly drop off into a swoon, as if dead.) + +"If I won't hurt you too much, grandmother, I certainly will be glad to +do it for you," said the young man, little thinking he would be the one +to get hurt. + +"No, grandson, don't be afraid of hurting me; the harder you kick the +longer the pain stays away." She laid down on the floor and rolled over +on to her right side, so he could get a good chance to kick the left +side where she said the pain was located. + +As he moved back to give the first kick, he glanced along the floor +and he noticed a long object wrapped in a blanket, lying against the +opposite wall. He thought it looked strange and was going to stop and +investigate, but just then the witch cried out as if in pain. "Hurry up, +grandson, I am going to die if you don't hurry and start in kicking." "I +can investigate after I get through with her," thought he, so he started +in kicking and every kick he would give her she would cry: "Harder, kick +harder." He had to kick seven times before he would get to the end of +the pain, so he let out as hard as he could drive, and when he came to +the last kick he hit the spike, and driving it through his foot, fell +down in a dead swoon, and was rolled up in a blanket by the witch and +placed beside his brother at the opposite side of the room. + +When the second brother failed to return, the third went in search of +the two missing ones. He fared no better than the second one, as he +met the old witch who served him in a similar manner as she had his two +brothers. + +"Ha! Ha!" she laughed, when she caught the third, "I have only one more +of them to catch, and when I get them I will keep them all here a +year, and then I will turn them into horses and sell them back to their +sister. I hate her, for I was going to try and keep house for them and +marry the oldest one, but she got ahead of me and became their sister, +so now I will get my revenge on her. Next year she will be riding and +driving her brothers and she won't know it." + +When the third brother failed to return, the sister cried and begged the +last one not to venture out in search of them. But go he must, and go he +did, only to do as his three brothers had done. + +Now the poor sister was nearly distracted. Day and night she wandered +over hills and through woods in hopes she might find or hear of some +trace of them. Her wanderings were in vain. The hawks had not seen them +after they had crossed the little stream. The wolves and coyotes told +her that they had seen nothing of her brothers out on the broad plains, +and she had given them up for dead. + +One day, as she was sitting by the little stream that flowed past their +hut, throwing pebbles into the water and wondering what she should do, +she picked up a pure white pebble, smooth and round, and after looking +at it for a long time, threw it into the water. No sooner had it hit the +water than she saw it grow larger. She took it out and looked at it and +threw it in again. This time it had assumed the form of a baby. She took +it out and threw it in the third time and the form took life and began +to cry: "Ina, ina" (mother, mother). She took the baby home and fed it +soup, and it being an unnatural baby, quickly grew up to a good sized +boy. At the end of three months he was a good big, stout youth. One day +he said: "Mother, why are you living here alone? To whom do all these +fine clothes and moccasins belong?" She then told him the story of +her lost brothers. "Oh, I know now where they are. You make me lots of +arrows. I am going to find my uncles." She tried to dissuade him from +going, but he was determined and said: "My father sent me to you so that +I could find my uncles for you, and nothing can harm me, because I am +stone and my name is 'Stone Boy'." + +The mother, seeing that he was determined to go, made a whole quiver +full of arrows for him, and off he started. When he came to the old +witch's hut, she was nowhere to be seen, so he pushed the door in and +entered. The witch was busily engaged cooking dinner. + +"Why, my dear grandchild, you are just in time for dinner. Sit down and +we will eat before you continue your journey." Stone boy sat down and +ate dinner with the old witch. She watched him very closely, but when +she would be drinking her soup he would glance hastily around the room. +Finally he saw the four bundles on the opposite side of the room, and +he guessed at once that there lay his four uncles. When he had finished +eating he took out his little pipe and filled it with "kini-kinic," and +commenced to smoke, wondering how the old woman had managed to fool +his smart uncles. He couldn't study it out, so when he had finished his +smoke he arose to pretend to go. When the old woman saw him preparing +to leave, she said: "Grandson, will you kick me on the left side of my +backbone. I am nearly dead with pain and if you kick me good and hard +it will cure me." "All right, grandma," said the boy. The old witch lay +down on the floor and the boy started in to kick. At the first kick he +barely touched her. "Kick as hard as you can, grandson; don't be afraid +you will hurt me, because you can't." With that Stone Boy let drive and +broke two ribs. She commenced to yell and beg him to stop, but he kept +on kicking until he had kicked both sides of her ribs loose from the +backbone. Then he jumped on her backbone and broke it and killed the old +witch. + +He built a big fire outside and dragged her body to it, and threw her +into the fire. Thus ended the old woman who was going to turn his uncles +into horses. + +Next he cut willows and stuck them into the ground in a circle. The +tops he pulled together, making a wickieup. He then took the old woman's +robes and blankets and covered the wickieup so that no air could get +inside. He then gathered sage brush and covered the floor with a good +thick bed of sage; got nice round stones and got them red hot in the +fire, and placed them in the wickieup and proceeded to carry his +uncles out of the hut and lay them down on the soft bed of sage. Having +completed carrying and depositing them around the pile of rocks, he got +a bucket of water and poured it on the hot rocks, which caused a great +vapor in the little wickieup. He waited a little while and then listened +and heard some breathing inside, so he got another bucket and poured +that on also. After awhile he could hear noises inside as though some +one were moving about. He went again and got the third bucket and after +he had poured that on the rocks, one of the men inside said: "Whoever +you are, good friend, don't bring us to life only to scald us to death +again." Stone boy then said: "Are all of you alive?" "Yes," said the +voice. "Well, come out," said the boy. And with that he threw off the +robes and blankets, and a great cloud of vapor arose and settled around +the top of the highest peak on the long range, and from that did Smoky +Range derive its name. + +The uncles, when they heard who the boy was, were very happy, and they +all returned together to the anxiously waiting sister. As soon as they +got home, the brothers worked hard to gather enough wood to last them +all winter. Game they could get at all times of the year, but the +heavy fall of snow covered most of the dry wood and also made it very +difficult to drag wood through the deep snow. So they took advantage of +the nice fall weather and by the time the snow commenced falling they +had enough wood gathered to last them throughout the winter. After the +snow fell a party of boys swiftly coasted down the big hill west of the +brothers' hut. The Stone boy used to stand and watch them for hours at +a time. His youngest uncle said: "Why don't you go up and coast with +them?" The boy said: "They may be afraid of me, but I guess I will try +once, anyway." So the next morning when the crowd came coasting, Stone +boy started for the hill. When he had nearly reached the bottom of the +coasting hill all of the boys ran off excepting two little fellows who +had a large coaster painted in different colors and had little bells +tied around the edges, so when the coaster was in motion the bells made +a cheerful tinkling sound. As Stone boy started up the hill the two +little fellows started down and went past him as though shot from a +hickory bow. + +When they got to the end of their slide, they got off and started back +up the hill. It being pretty steep, Stone boy waited for them, so as +to lend a hand to pull the big coaster up the hill. As the two little +fellows came up with him he knew at once that they were twins, as they +looked so much alike that the only way one could be distinguished from +the other was by the scarfs they wore. One wore red, the other black. He +at once offered to help them drag their coaster to the top of the hill. +When they got to the top the twins offered their coaster to him to try +a ride. At first he refused, but they insisted on his taking it, as they +said they would sooner rest until he came back. So he got on the coaster +and flew down the hill, only he was such an expert he made a zigzag +course going down and also jumped the coaster off a bank about four +feet high, which none of the other coasters dared to tackle. Being +very heavy, however, he nearly smashed the coaster. Upon seeing this +wonderful jump, and the zigzag course he had taken going down, the twins +went wild with excitement and decided that they would have him take them +down when he got back. So upon his arrival at the starting point, they +both asked him at once to give them the pleasure of the same kind of a +ride he had taken. He refused, saying: "We will break your coaster. I +alone nearly smashed it, and if we all get on and make the same kind of +a jump, I am afraid you will have to go home without your coaster." + +"Well, take us down anyway, and if we break it our father will make us +another one." So he finally consented. When they were all seated ready +to start, he told them that when the coaster made the jump they must +look straight ahead. "By no means look down, because if you do we will +go over the cut bank and land in a heap at the bottom of the gulch." + +They said they would obey what he said, so off they started swifter +than ever, on account of the extra weight, and so swiftly did the sleigh +glide over the packed, frozen snow, that it nearly took the twins' +breath away. Like an arrow they approached the jump. The twins began to +get a little nervous. "Sit steady and look straight ahead," yelled Stone +boy. The twin next to Stone boy, who was steering behind, sat upright +and looked far ahead, but the one in front crouched down and looked +into the coulee. Of course, Stone boy, being behind, fell on top of the +twins, and being so heavy, killed both of them instantly, crushing them +to a jelly. + +The rest of the boys, seeing what had happened, hastened to the edge +of the bank, and looking down, saw the twins laying dead, and Stone boy +himself knocked senseless, lying quite a little distance from the twins. +The boys, thinking that all three were killed, and that Stone boy had +purposely steered the sleigh over the bank in such a way that it would +tip and kill the twins, returned to the village with this report. Now, +these twins were the sons of the head chief of the Buffalo Nation. So at +once the chief and his scouts went over to the hill to see if the boys +had told the truth. + +When they arrived at the bank they saw the twins lying dead, but where +was Stone boy? They looked high and low through the gulch, but not a +sign of him could they find. Tenderly they picked up the dead twins and +carried them home, then held a big council and put away the bodies of +the dead in Buffalo custom. + +A few days after this the uncles were returning from a long journey. +When they drew near their home they noticed large droves of buffalo +gathered on their side of the range. Hardly any buffalo ever ranged on +this east side of the range before, and the brothers thought it strange +that so many should so suddenly appear there now. + +When they arrived at home their sister told them what had happened to +the chief's twins, as her son had told her the whole story upon his +arrival at home after the accident. + +"Well, probably all the buffalo we saw were here for the council and +funeral," said the older brother. "But where is my nephew?" (Stone boy) +he asked his sister. "He said he had noticed a great many buffalo around +lately and he was going to learn, if possible, what their object was," +said the sister. "Well, we will wait until his return." + +When Stone boy left on his trip that morning, before the return of his +uncles, he was determined to ascertain what might be the meaning of +so many buffalo so near the home of himself and uncles. He approached +several bunches of young buffalo, but upon seeing him approaching they +would scamper over the hills. Thus he wandered from bunch to bunch, +scattering them all. Finally he grew tired of their cowardice and +started for home. When he had come to within a half mile or so of home +he saw an old shaggy buffalo standing by a large boulder, rubbing on it +first one horn and then the other. On coming up close to him, the boy +saw that the bull was so old he could hardly see, and his horns so +blunt that he could have rubbed them for a year on that boulder and not +sharpened them so as to hurt anyone. + +"What are you doing here, grandfather?" asked the boy. + +"I am sharpening my horns for the war," said the bull. + +"What war?" asked the boy. + +"Haven't you heard," said the old bull, who was so near sighted he did +not recognize Stone boy. "The chief's twins were killed by Stone boy, +who ran them over a cut bank purposely, and the chief has ordered all +of his buffalo to gather here, and when they arrive we are going to kill +Stone boy and his mother and his uncles." + +"Is that so? When is the war to commence?" + +"In five days from now we will march upon the uncles and trample and +gore them all to death." + +"Well, grandfather, I thank you for your information, and in return +will do you a favor that will save you so much hard work on your blunt +horns." So saying he drew a long arrow from his quiver and strung his +bow, attached the arrow to the string and drew the arrow half way back. +The old bull, not seeing what was going on, and half expecting some kind +of assistance in his horn sharpening process, stood perfectly still. +Thus spoke Stone boy: + +"Grandfather, you are too old to join in a war now, and besides if you +got mixed up in that big war party you might step in a hole or stumble +and fall and be trampled to death. That would be a horrible death, so I +will save you all that suffering by just giving you this." At this word +he pulled the arrow back to the flint head and let it fly. True to his +aim, the arrow went in behind the old bull's foreleg, and with such +force was it sent that it went clear through the bull and stuck into a +tree two hundred feet away. + +Walking over to the tree, he pulled out his arrow. Coolly straightening +his arrow between his teeth and sighting it for accuracy, he shoved it +back into the quiver with its brothers, exclaiming: "I guess, grandpa, +you won't need to sharpen your horns for Stone boy and his uncles." + +Upon his arrival home he told his uncles to get to work building three +stockades with ditches between and make the ditches wide and deep +so they will hold plenty of buffalo. "The fourth fence I will build +myself," he said. + +The brothers got to work early and worked until very late at night. They +built three corrals and dug three ditches around the hut, and it took +them three days to complete the work. Stone boy hadn't done a thing +towards building his fence yet, and there were only two days more left +before the charge of the buffalo would commence. Still the boy didn't +seem to bother himself about the fence. Instead he had his mother +continually cutting arrow sticks, and as fast as she could bring them he +would shape them, feather and head them. So by the time his uncles had +their fences and corrals finished he had a thousand arrows finished +for each of his uncles. The last two days they had to wait, the uncles +joined him and they finished several thousand more arrows. The evening +before the fifth day he told his uncles to put up four posts, so they +could use them as seats from which to shoot. + +While they were doing this, Stone boy went out to scout and see how +things looked. At daylight he came hurriedly in saying, "You had better +get to the first corral; they are coming." "You haven't built your +fence, nephew." Whereupon Stone boy said: "I will build it in time; +don't worry, uncle." The dust on the hillsides rose as great clouds of +smoke from a forest fire. Soon the leaders of the charge came in sight, +and upon seeing the timber stockade they gave forth a great snort +or roar that fairly shook the earth. Thousands upon thousands of mad +buffalo charged upon the little fort. The leaders hit the first stockade +and it soon gave way. The maddened buffalo pushed forward by the +thousands behind them; plunged forward, only to fall into the first +ditch and be trampled to death by those behind them. The brothers were +not slow in using their arrows, and many a noble beast went down before +their deadly aim with a little flint pointed arrow buried deep in his +heart. + +The second stockade stood their charge a little longer than did the +first, but finally this gave way, and the leaders pushed on through, +only to fall into the second ditch and meet a similar fate to those +in the first. The brothers commenced to look anxiously towards their +nephew, as there was only one more stockade left, and the second ditch +was nearly bridged over with dead buffalo, with the now thrice maddened +buffalo attacking the last stockade more furiously than before, as they +could see the little hut through the openings in the corral. + +"Come in, uncles," shouted Stone boy. They obeyed him, and stepping to +the center he said: "Watch me build my fence." Suiting the words, he +took from his belt an arrow with a white stone fastened to the point and +fastening it to his bow, he shot it high in the air. Straight up into +the air it went, for two or three thousand feet, then seemed to stop +suddenly and turned with point down and descended as swiftly as it had +ascended. Upon striking the ground a high stone wall arose, enclosing +the hut and all who were inside. Just then the buffalo broke the last +stockade only to fill the last ditch up again. In vain did the leaders +butt the stone wall. They hurt themselves, broke their horns and mashed +their snouts, but could not even scar the wall. + +The uncles and Stone boy in the meantime rained arrows of death into +their ranks. + +When the buffalo chief saw what they had to contend with, he ordered the +fight off. The crier or herald sang out: "Come away, come away, Stone +boy and his uncles will kill all of us." + +So the buffalo withdrew, leaving over two thousand of their dead and +wounded on the field, only to be skinned and put away for the feasts +of Stone boy and his uncles, who lived to be great chiefs of their own +tribe, and whose many relations soon joined them on the banks of Stone +Boy Creek. + + + + + + +THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER), TWO WIDOWS, AND THE RED PLUMS + +There once lived, in a remote part of a great forest, two widowed +sisters, with their little babies. One day there came to their tent +a visitor who was called Unktomi (spider). He had found some nice red +plums during his wanderings in the forest, and he said to himself, "I +will keep these plums and fool the two widows with them." After the +widows had bidden him be seated, he presented them with the plums. + +On seeing them they exclaimed "hi nu, hi nu (an exclamation of +surprise), where did you get those fine plums?" Unktomi arose and +pointing to a crimson tipped cloud, said: "You see that red cloud? +Directly underneath it is a patch of plums. So large is the patch and so +red and beautiful are the plums that it is the reflection of them on the +cloud that you see." + +"Oh, how we wish some one would take care of our babies, while we go +over there and pick some," said the sisters. "Why, I am not in any +particular hurry, so if you want to go I will take care of my little +nephews until you return." (Unktomi always claimed relationship with +everyone he met). "Well brother," said the older widow, "take good care +of them and we will be back as soon as possible." + +The two then took a sack in which to gather the plums, and started off +towards the cloud with the crimson lining. Scarcely had they gone from +Unktomi's sight when he took the babies out of their swinging hammocks +and cut off first one head and then the other. He then took some old +blankets and rolled them in the shape of a baby body and laid one in +each hammock. Then he took the heads and put them in place in their +different hammocks. The bodies he cut up and threw into a large kettle. +This he placed over a rousing fire. Then he mixed Indian turnips and +arikara squash with the baby meat and soon had a kettle of soup. Just +about the time the soup was ready to serve the widows returned. They +were tired and hungry and not a plum had they. Unktomi, hearing the +approach of the two, hurriedly dished out the baby soup in two wooden +dishes and then seated himself near the door so that he could get out +easily. Upon the entrance of the widows, Unktomi exclaimed: "Sisters, I +had brought some meat with me and I cooked some turnips and squash with +it and made a pot of fine soup. The babies have just fallen asleep, so +don't waken them until you have finished eating, for I know that you +are nearly starved." The two fell to at once and after they had somewhat +appeased their appetites, one of them arose and went over to see how +her baby was resting. Noting an unnatural color on her baby's face, +she raised him up only to have his head roll off from the bundle of +blankets. "'My son! my son!" she cried out. At once the other hastened +to her baby and grabbed it up, only to have the same thing happen. At +once they surmised who had done this, and caught up sticks from the fire +with which to beat Unktomi to death. He, expecting something like this +to happen, lost very little time in getting outside and down into a hole +at the roots of a large tree. The two widows not being able to follow +Unktomi down into the hole, had to give up trying to get him out, and +passed the rest of the day and night crying for their beloved babies. +In the meantime Unktomi had gotten out by another opening, and fixing +himself up in an entirely different style, and painting his face in a +manner that they would not recognize him, he cautiously approached the +weeping women and inquired the cause of their tears. + +Thus they answered him: "Unktomi came here and fooled us about some +plums, and while we were absent killed our babies and made soup out of +their bodies. Then he gave us the soup to eat, which we did, and when +we found out what he had done we tried to kill him, but he crawled down +into that hole and we could not get him out." + +"I will get him out," said the mock stranger, and with that he crawled +down into the hole and scratched his own face all over to make the +widows believe he had been fighting with Unktomi. "I have killed him, +and that you may see him I have enlarged the hole so you can crawl in +and see for yourselves, also to take some revenge on his dead body." +The two foolish widows, believing him, crawled into the hole, only to +be blocked up by Unktomi, who at once gathered great piles of wood and +stuffing it into the hole, set it on fire, and thus ended the last of +the family who were foolish enough to let Unktomi tempt them with a few +red plums. + + + Note: I have made the following changes to the text: + PAGE PARA. LINE ORIGINALLY CHANGED TO + 12 3 3 one? one?" + 23 2 1 men man + 26 11 4 me, me," + 42 7 5 earth. earth." + 117 1 12 scorceress. sorceress. + 130 2 8 horse tide horse tied + 130 2 14 parflesh parfleche + 131 1 10 parflesh parfleche + 154 12 party than an party that an + 177 1 13 wickie-up wickieup + 177 1 15 wickee-up wickieup + 178 2 wickee-up wickieup + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Myths and Legends of the Sioux, by +Marie L. McLaughlin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF THE SIOUX *** + +***** This file should be named 341.txt or 341.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/341/ + +Produced by Judith Boss + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. Binary files differdiff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f6b945 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #341 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/341) diff --git a/old/sioux10.txt b/old/sioux10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee189a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/sioux10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5182 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Myths and Legends of the Sioux, +by Marie L. McLaughlin. + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + + +Myths and Legends of the Sioux + +by Marie L. McLaughlin + +October, 1995 [Etext #341] + + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Myths and Legends of the Sioux +by Marie L. McLaughlin. +*****This file should be named sioux10.txt or sioux10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, sioux11.txt. +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, sioux10a.txt. + + +This etext was created by Judith Boss, Omaha, Nebraska. +The equipment: an IBM-compatible 486/50, a Hewlett-Packard +ScanJet IIc flatbed scanner, and Calera Recognition Systems' +M/600 Series Professional OCR software and RISC accelerator board +donated by Calera Recognition Systems. + + +We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance +of the official release dates, for time for better editing. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an +up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes +in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has +a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a +look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a +new copy has at least one byte more or less. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $4 +million dollars per hour this year as we release some eight text +files per month: thus upping our productivity from $2 million. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is 10% of the expected number of computer users by the end +of the year 2001. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/IBC", and are +tax deductible to the extent allowable by law ("IBC" is Illinois +Benedictine College). (Subscriptions to our paper newsletter go +to IBC, too) + +For these and other matters, please mail to: + +Project Gutenberg +P. O. Box 2782 +Champaign, IL 61825 + +When all other email fails try our Michael S. Hart, Executive +Director: +hart@vmd.cso.uiuc.edu (internet) hart@uiucvmd (bitnet) + +We would prefer to send you this information by email +(Internet, Bitnet, Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail). + +****** +If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please +FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: +[Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type] + +ftp mrcnext.cso.uiuc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd etext/etext90 through /etext95 +or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information] +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET INDEX?00.GUT +for a list of books +and +GET NEW GUT for general information +and +MGET GUT* for newsletters. + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** +(Three Pages) + + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG- +tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor +Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at +Illinois Benedictine College (the "Project"). Among other +things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + net profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Association / Illinois + Benedictine College" within the 60 days following each + date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare) + your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution +you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Illinois Benedictine College". + +This "Small Print!" by Charles B. Kramer, Attorney +Internet (72600.2026@compuserve.com); TEL: (212-254-5093) +*END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* + + + + + +Note: I have made the following changes to the text: +PAGE PARA. LINE ORIGINALLY CHANGED TO + 12 3 3 one? one?" + 23 2 1 men man + 26 11 4 me, me," + 42 7 5 earth. earth." + 117 1 12 scorceress. sorceress. + 130 2 8 horse tide horse tied + 130 2 14 parflesh parfleche + 131 1 10 parflesh parfleche + 154 12 party than an party that an + 177 1 13 wickie-up wickieup + 177 1 15 wickee-up wickieup + 178 2 wickee-up wickieup + + +Myths and Legends of the Sioux + + + + +MYTHS AND LEGENDS +OF THE SIOUX + +MRS. MARIE L. MCLAUGHLIN + + + + +In loving memory of my mother, +MARY GRAHAM BUISSON, +at whose knee most of the stories +contained in this little volume +were told to me, this book is affec- +tionately dedicated + + + + + TABLE OF CONTENTS + +Dedication +Foreword +The Forgotten Ear of Corn +The Little Mice +The Pet Rabbit +The Pet Donkey +The Rabbit and the Elk +The Rabbit and the Grouse Girls +The Faithful Lovers +The Artichoke and the Muskrat +The Rabbit, and the Bear with the Flint Body +Story of the Lost Wife +The Raccoon and the Crawfish +Legend of Standing Rock +Story of the Peace Pipe +A Bashful Courtship +The Simpleton's Wisdom +Little Brave and the Medicine Woman +The Bound Children +The Signs of Corn +Story of the Rabbits +How the Rabbit Lost His Tail +Unktomi and the Arrowheads +The Bear and the Rabbit Hunt Buffalo +The Brave Who Went on the Warpath Alone and + Won the Name of the Lone Warrior +The Sioux Who Married the Crow Chief's + Daughter +The Boy and the Turtles +The Hermit, or the Gift of Corn +The Mysterious Butte +The Wonderful Turtle +The Man and the Oak +Story of the Two Young Friends +The Story of the Pet Crow +The "Wasna" (Pemmican Man) and the Unktomi (Spider) +The Resuscitation of the Only Daughter +The Story of the Pet Crane +White Plume +Story of Pretty Feathered Forehead +The Four Brothers or Inyanhoksila (Stone Boy) +The Unktomi (Spider), Two Widows and the Red Plums + + + +FOREWORD + +In publishing these "Myths of the Sioux," I deem it proper to state +that I am of one-fourth Sioux blood. My maternal grandfather, +Captain Duncan Graham, a Scotchman by birth, who had seen service +in the British Army, was one of a party of Scotch Highlanders who +in 1811 arrived in the British Northwest by way of York Factory, +Hudson Bay, to found what was known as the Selkirk Colony, near +Lake Winnipeg, now within the province of Manitoba, Canada. Soon +after his arrival at Lake Winnipeg he proceeded up the Red River of +the North and the western fork thereof to its source, and thence +down the Minnesota River to Mendota, the confluence of the +Minnesota and Mississippi Rivers, where he located. My +grandmother, Ha-za-ho-ta-win, was a full-blood of the Medawakanton +Band of the Sioux Tribe of Indians. My father, Joseph Buisson, +born near Montreal, Canada, was connected with the American Fur +Company, with headquarters at Mendota, Minnesota, which point was +for many years the chief distributing depot of the American Fur +Company, from which the Indian trade conducted by that company on +the upper Mississippi was directed. + +I was born December 8, 1842, at Wabasha, Minnesota, then Indian +country, and resided thereat until fourteen years of age, when I +was sent to school at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. + +I was married to Major James McLaughlin at Mendota, Minnesota, +January 28, 1864, and resided in Minnesota until July 1, 1871, when +I accompanied my husband to Devils Lake Agency, North Dakota, then +Dakota Territory, where I remained ten years in most friendly +relations with the Indians of that agency. My husband was Indian +agent at Devils Lake Agency, and in 1881 was transferred to +Standing Rock, on the Missouri River, then a very important agency, +to take charge of the Sioux who had then but recently surrendered +to the military authorities, and been brought by steamboat from +various points on the upper Missouri, to be permanently located on +the Standing Rock reservation. + +Having been born and reared in an Indian community, I at an early +age acquired a thorough knowledge of the Sioux language, and having +lived on Indian reservations for the past forty years in a position +which brought me very near to the Indians, whose confidence I +possessed, I have, therefore, had exceptional opportunities of +learning the legends and folk-lore of the Sioux. + +The stories contained in this little volume were told me by the +older men and women of the Sioux, of which I made careful notes as +related, knowing that, if not recorded, these fairy tales would be +lost to posterity by the passing of the primitive Indian. + +The notes of a song or a strain of music coming to us through the +night not only give us pleasure by the melody they bring, but also +give us knowledge of the character of the singer or of the +instrument from which they proceed. There is something in the +music which unerringly tells us of its source. I believe musicians +call it the "timbre" of the sound. It is independent of, and +different from, both pitch and rhythm; it is the texture of the +music itself. + +The "timbre" of a people's stories tells of the qualities of that +people's heart. It is the texture of the thought, independent of +its form or fashioning, which tells the quality of the mind from +which it springs. + +In the "timbre" of these stories of the Sioux, told in the lodges +and at the camp fires of the past, and by the firesides of the +Dakotas of today, we recognize the very texture of the thought of +a simple, grave, and sincere people, living in intimate contact and +friendship with the big out-of-doors that we call Nature; a race +not yet understanding all things, not proud and boastful, but +honest and childlike and fair; a simple, sincere, and gravely +thoughtful people, willing to believe that there may be in even the +everyday things of life something not yet fully understood; a race +that can, without any loss of native dignity, gravely consider the +simplest things, seeking to fathom their meaning and to learn their +lesson--equally without vain-glorious boasting and trifling +cynicism; an earnest, thoughtful, dignified, but simple and +primitive people. + +To the children of any race these stories can not fail to give +pleasure by their vivid imaging of the simple things and creatures +of the great out-of-doors and the epics of their doings. They will +also give an intimate insight into the mentality of an interesting +race at a most interesting stage of development, which is now fast +receding into the mists of the past. + + +MARIE L. McLAUGHLIN (Mrs. James McLaughlin). +McLaughlin, S. D., May 1, 1913. + + + + +THE FORGOTTEN EAR OF CORN + +An Arikara woman was once gathering corn from the field to store +away for winter use. She passed from stalk to stalk, tearing off +the ears and dropping them into her folded robe. When all was +gathered she started to go, when she heard a faint voice, like a +child's, weeping and calling: + +"Oh, do not leave me! Do not go away without me." + +The woman was astonished. "What child can that be?" she asked +herself. "What babe can be lost in the cornfield?" + +She set down her robe in which she had tied up her corn, and went +back to search; but she found nothing. + +As she started away she heard the voice again: + +"Oh, do not leave me. Do not go away without me." + +She searched for a long time. At last in one corner of the field, +hidden under the leaves of the stalks, she found one little ear of +corn. This it was that had been crying, and this is why all Indian +women have since garnered their corn crop very carefully, so that +the succulent food product should not even to the last small nubbin +be neglected or wasted, and thus displease the Great Mystery. + + + + + +THE LITTLE MICE + +Once upon a time a prairie mouse busied herself all fall storing +away a cache of beans. Every morning she was out early with her +empty cast-off snake skin, which she filled with ground beans and +dragged home with her teeth. + +The little mouse had a cousin who was fond of dancing and talk, but +who did not like to work. She was not careful to get her cache of +beans and the season was already well gone before she thought to +bestir herself. When she came to realize her need, +she found she had no packing bag. So she went to her hardworking +cousin and said: + +"Cousin, I have no beans stored for winter and the season is nearly +gone. But I have no snake skin to gather the beans in. Will you +lend me one?" + +"But why have you no packing bag? Where were you in the moon when +the snakes cast off their skins?" + +"I was here." + +"What were you doing?" + +"I was busy talking and dancing." + +"And now you are punished," said the other. "It is always so with +lazy, careless people. But I will let you have the snake skin. +And now go, and by hard work and industry, try to recover your +wasted time." + + + + + + +THE PET RABBIT + +A little girl owned a pet rabbit which she loved dearly. She +carried it on her back like a babe, made for it a little pair of +moccasins, and at night shared with it her own robe. + +Now the little girl had a cousin who loved her very dearly and +wished to do her honor; so her cousin said to herself: + +"I love my little cousin well and will ask her to let me carry her +pet rabbit around;" (for thus do Indian women when they wish to +honor a friend; they ask permission to carry about the friend's +babe). + +She then went to the little girl and said: + +"Cousin, let me carry your pet rabbit about on my back. Thus shall +I show you how I love you." + +Her mother, too, said to her: "Oh no, do not let our little +grandchild go away from our tepee." + +But the cousin answered: "Oh, do let me carry it. I do so want to +show my cousin honor." At last they let her go away with the pet +rabbit on her back. + +When the little girl's cousin came home to her tepee, some rough +boys who were playing about began to make sport of her. To tease +the little girl they threw stones and sticks at the pet rabbit. At +last a stick struck the little rabbit upon the head and +killed it. + +When her pet was brought home dead, the little rabbit's adopted +mother wept bitterly. She cut off her hair for mourning and all +her little girl friends wailed with her. Her mother, too, mourned +with them. + +"Alas!" they cried, "alas, for the little rabbit. He was always +kind and gentle. Now your child is dead and you will be lonesome." + +The little girl's mother called in her little friends and made a +great mourning feast for the little rabbit. As he lay in the tepee +his adopted mother's little friends brought many precious things +and covered his body. At the feast were given away robes and +kettles and blankets and knives and great wealth in honor of the +little rabbit. Him they wrapped in a robe with his little +moccasins on and buried him in a high place upon a scaffold. + + + + + + +THE PET DONKEY + +There was a chief's daughter once who had a great many relations so +that everybody knew she belonged to a great family. + +When she grew up she married and there were born to her twin sons. +This caused great rejoicing in her father's camp, and all the +village women came to see the babes. She was very happy. + +As the babes grew older, their grandmother made for them two saddle +bags and brought out a donkey. + +"My two grandchildren," said the old lady, "shall ride as is +becoming to children having so many relations. Here is this +donkey. He is patient and surefooted. He shall carry the babes in +the saddle bags, one on either side of his back." + +It happened one day that the chief's daughter and her husband were +making ready to go on a camping journey. The father, who was quite +proud of his children, brought out his finest pony, and put the +saddle bags on the pony's back. + +"There," he said, "my sons shall ride on the pony, not on a donkey; +let the donkey carry the pots and kettles." + +So his wife loaded the donkey with the household things. She tied +the tepee poles into two great bundles, one on either side of the +donkey's back; across them she put the travois net and threw into +it the pots and kettles and laid the skin tent across the donkey's +back. + +But no sooner done than the donkey began to rear and bray and kick. +He broke the tent poles and kicked the pots and kettles into bits +and tore the skin tent. The more he was beaten the more he kicked. + +At last they told the grandmother. She laughed. "Did I not tell +you the donkey was for the children," she cried. "He knows the +babies are the chief's children. Think you he will be dishonored +with pots and kettles?" and she fetched the children and slung them +over the donkey's back, when he became at once quiet again. + +The camping party left the village and went on their journey. But +the next day as they passed by a place overgrown with bushes, a +band of enemies rushed out, lashing their ponies and sounding their +war whoop. All was excitement. The men bent their bows and seized +their lances. After a long battle the enemy fled. But when the +camping party came together again--where were the donkey and the +two babes? No one knew. For a long time they searched, but in +vain. At last they turned to go back to the village, the father +mournful, the mother wailing. When they came to the grandmother's +tepee, there stood the good donkey with the two babes in the saddle +bags. + + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE ELK + +The little rabbit lived with his old grandmother, who needed a new +dress. "I will go out and trap a deer or an elk for you," he said. +"Then you shall have a new dress." + +When he went out hunting he laid down his bow in the path while he +looked at his snares. An elk coming by saw the bow. + +"I will play a joke on the rabbit," said the elk to himself. "I +will make him think I have been caught in his bow string." He then +put one foot on the string and lay down as if dead. + +By and by the rabbit returned. When he saw the elk he was filled +with joy and ran home crying: "Grandmother, I have trapped a fine +elk. You shall have a new dress from his skin. Throw the old one +in the fire!" + +This the old grandmother did. + +The elk now sprang to his feet laughing. "Ho, friend rabbit," he +called, "You thought to trap me; now I have mocked you." And he +ran away into the thicket. + +The rabbit who had come back to skin the elk now ran home again. +"Grandmother, don't throw your dress in the fire," he cried. But +it was too late. The old dress was burned. + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE GROUSE GIRLS + +The rabbit once went out on the prairie in winter time. On the +side of a hill away from the wind he found a great company of girls +all with grey and speckled blankets over their backs. They were +the grouse girls and they were coasting down hill on a board. When +the rabbit saw them, he called out: + +"Oh, maidens, that is not a good way to coast down hill. Let me +get you a fine skin with bangles on it that tinkle as you slide." +And away he ran to the tepee and brought a skin bag. It had red +stripes on it and bangles that tinkled. "Come and get inside," he +said to the grouse girls. "Oh, no, we are afraid," they answered. +"Don't be afraid, I can't hurt you. Come, one of you," said the +rabbit. Then as each hung back he added coaxingly: "If each is +afraid alone, come all together. I can't hurt you <i>all</i>." +And so he coaxed the whole flock into the bag. This done, the +rabbit closed the mouth of the bag, slung it over his back and came +home. "Grandmother," said he, as he came to the tepee, "here is a +bag full of game. Watch it while I go for willow sticks to make +spits." + +But as soon as the rabbit had gone out of the tent, the grouse +girls began to cry out: + +"Grandmother, let us out." + +"Who are you?" asked the old woman. + +"Your dear grandchildren," they answered. + +"But how came you in the bag?" asked the old woman. + +"Oh, our cousin was jesting with us. He coaxed us in the bag for +a joke. Please let us out." + +"Certainly, dear grandchildren, I will let you out," said the old +woman as she untied the bag: and lo, the grouse flock with +achuck-a-chuck-achuck flew up, knocking over the old grandmother +and flew out of the square smoke opening of the winter lodge. The +old woman caught only one grouse as it flew up and held it, +grasping a leg with each hand. + +When the rabbit came home with the spits she called out to him: + +"Grandson, come quick. They got out but I have caught two." + +When he saw what had happened he was quite angry, yet could not +keep from laughing. + +"Grandmother, you have but one grouse," he cried, and it is a very +skinny one at that." + + + + + + +THE FAITHFUL LOVERS + +There once lived a chief's daughter who had many relations. All +the young men in the village wanted to have her for wife, and were +all eager to fill her skin bucket when she went to the brook for +water. + +There was a young man in the village who was industrious and a good +hunter; but he was poor and of a mean family. He loved the maiden +and when she went for water, he threw his robe over her head +while he whispered in her ear: + +"Be my wife. I have little but I am young and strong. I will +treat you well, for I love you." + +For a long time the maiden did not answer, but one day she +whispered back. + +"Yes, you may ask my father's leave to marry me. But first you must +do something noble. I belong to a great family and have many +relations. You must go on a war party and bring back the scalp of +an enemy." + +The young man answered modestly, "I will try to do as you bid me. +I am only a hunter, not a warrior. Whether I shall be brave or not +I do not know. But I will try to take a scalp for your sake." + +So he made a war party of seven, himself and six other young men. +They wandered through the enemy's country, hoping to get a chance +to strike a blow. But none came, for they found no one of the +enemy. + +"Our medicine is unfavorable," said their leader at last. "We +shall have to return home." + +Before they started they sat down to smoke and rest beside a +beautiful lake at the foot of a green knoll that rose from its +shore. The knoll was covered with green grass and somehow as they +looked at it they had a feeling that there was something about it +that was mysterious or uncanny. + +But there was a young man in the party named the jester, for he was +venturesome and full of fun. Gazing at the knoll he said: "Let's +run and jump on its top." + +"No," said the young lover, "it looks mysterious. Sit still and +finish your smoke." + +"Oh, come on, who's afraid," said the jester, laughing. "Come on +you--come on!" and springing to his feet he ran up the side of the +knoll. + +Four of the young men followed. Having reached the top of the +knoll all five began to jump and stamp about in sport, calling, +"Come on, come on," to the others. Suddenly they stopped--the +knoll had begun to move toward the water. It was a gigantic +turtle. The five men cried out in alarm and tried to run--too +late! Their feet by some power were held fast to the monster's +back. + +"Help us--drag us away," they cried; but the others could do +nothing. In a few moments the waves had closed over them. + +The other two men, the lover and his friend, went on, but with +heavy hearts, for they had forebodings of evil. After some days, +they came to a river. Worn with fatigue the lover threw himself +down on the bank. + +"I will sleep awhile," he said, "for I am wearied and worn out." + +"And I will go down to the water and see if I can chance upon a +dead fish. At this time of the year the high water may have left +one stranded on the seashore," said his friend. + +And as he had said, he found a fish which he cleaned, and then +called to the lover. + +"Come and eat the fish with me. I have cleaned it and made a fire +and it is now cooking." + +"No, you eat it; let me rest," said the lover. + +"Oh, come on." + +"No, let me rest." + +"But you are my friend. I will not eat unless you share it with +me." + +"Very well," said the lover, "I will eat the fish with you, but you +must first make me a promise. If I eat the fish, you must promise, +pledge yourself, to fetch me all the water that I can drink." + +"I promise," said the other, and the two ate the fish out of their +war-kettle. For there had been but one kettle for the party. + +When they had eaten, the kettle was rinsed out and the lover's +friend brought it back full of water. This the lover drank at a +draught. + +"Bring me more," he said. + +Again his friend filled the kettle at the river and again the lover +drank it dry. + +"More!" he cried. + +"Oh, I am tired. Cannot you go to the river and drink your fill +from the stream?" asked his friend. + +"Remember your promise." + +"Yes, but I am weary. Go now and drink." + +"Ek-hey, I feared it would be so. Now trouble is coming upon us," +said the lover sadly. He walked to the river, sprang in, and lying +down in the water with his head toward land, drank greedily. By +and by he called to his friend. + +"Come hither, you who have been my sworn friend. See what comes of +your broken promise." + +The friend came and was amazed to see that the lover was now a fish +from his feet to his middle. + +Sick at heart he ran off a little way and threw himself upon the +ground in grief. By and by he returned. The lover was now a fish +to his neck. + +"Cannot I cut off the part and restore you by a sweat bath?" the +friend asked. + +"No, it is too late. But tell the chief's daughter that I loved +her to the last and that I die for her sake. Take this belt and +give it to her. She gave it to me as a pledge of her love for me," +and he being then turned to a great fish, swam to the middle of the +river and there remained, only his great fin remaining above +the water. + +The friend went home and told his story. There was great mourning +over the death of the five young men, and for the lost lover. In +the river the great fish remained, its fin just above the surface, +and was called by the Indians "Fish that Bars," because it bar'd +navigation. Canoes had to be portaged at great +labor around the obstruction. + +The chief's daughter mourned for her lover as for a husband, nor +would she be comforted. "He was lost for love of me, and I shall +remain as his widow," she wailed. + +In her mother's tepee she sat, with her head covered with her robe, +silent, working, working. "What is my daughter doing," her mother +asked. But the maiden did not reply. + +The days lengthened into moons until a year had passed. And then +the maiden arose. In her hands were beautiful articles of +clothing, enough for three men. There were three pairs of +moccasins, three pairs of leggings, three belts, three shirts, +three head dresses with beautiful feathers, and sweet smelling +tobacco. + +"Make a new canoe of bark," she said, which was made for her. + +Into the canoe she stepped and floated slowly down the river toward +the great fish. + +"Come back my daughter," her mother cried in agony. "Come back. +The great fish will eat you." + +She answered nothing. Her canoe came to the place where the great +fin arose and stopped, its prow grating on the monster's back. The +maiden stepped out boldly. One by one she laid her presents on the +fish's back, scattering the feathers and tobacco over his broad +spine. + +"Oh, fish," she cried, "Oh, fish, you who were my lover, I shall +not forget you. Because you were lost for love of me, I shall +never marry. All my life I shall remain a widow. Take these +presents. And now leave the river, and let the waters run free, so +my people may once more descend in their canoes." + +She stepped into her canoe and waited. Slowly the great fish sank, +his broad fin disappeared, and the waters of the St. Croix +(Stillwater) were free. + + + + + + +THE ARTICHOKE AND THE MUSKRAT + +On the shore of a lake stood an artichoke with its green leaves +waving in the sun. Very proud of itself it was, and well satisfied +with the world. In the lake below lived a muskrat in his tepee, +and in the evening as the sun set he would come out upon the shore +and wander over the bank. One evening he came near the place where +the artichoke stood. + +"Ho, friend," he said, "you seem rather proud of yourself. Who are +you?" "I am the artichoke," answered the other, "and I have many +handsome cousins. But who are you?" + +"I am the muskrat, and I, too, belong to a large family. I live in +the water. I don't stand all day in one place like a stone." + +"If I stand in one place all day," retorted the artichoke, "at +least I don't swim around in stagnant water, and build my lodge in +the mud." + +"You are jealous of my fine fur," sneered the muskrat. "I may +build my lodge in the mud, but I always have a clean coat. But you +are half buried in the ground, and when men dig you up, you are +never clean." + +"And your fine coat always smells of musk," jeered the artichoke. + +"That is true," said the muskrat. "But men think well of me, +nevertheless. They trap me for the fine sinew in my tail; and +handsome young women bite off my tail with their white teeth and +make it into thread." + +"That's nothing," laughed the artichoke. "Handsome young warriors, +painted and splendid with feathers, dig me up, brush me off with +their shapely hands and eat me without even taking the trouble to +wash me off." + + + + + +THE RABBIT AND THE BEAR WITH THE +FLINT BODY + +The Rabbit and his grandmother were in dire straits, because the +rabbit was out of arrows. The fall hunt would soon be on and his +quiver was all but empty. Arrow sticks he could cut in plenty, but +he had nothing with which to make arrowheads. + +"You must make some flint arrowheads," said his grandmother. "Then +you will be able to kill game." + +"Where shall I get the flint?" asked the rabbit. + +"From the old bear chief," said his old grandmother. For at that +time all the flint in the world was in the bear's body. + +So the rabbit set out for the village of the Bears. It was winter +time and the lodges of the bears were set under the shelter of a +hill where the cold wind would not blow on them and where they had +shelter among the trees and bushes. + +He came at one end of the village to a hut where lived an old +woman. He pushed open the door and entered. Everybody who came +for flint always stopped there because it was the first lodge on +the edge of the village. Strangers were therefore not unusual in +the old woman's hut, and she welcomed the rabbit. She gave him a +seat and at night he lay with his feet to the fire. + +The next morning the rabbit went to the lodge of the bear chief. +They sat together awhile and smoked. At last the bear chief spoke. + +"What do you want, my grandson?" + +"I have come for some flint to make arrows," answered the rabbit. + +The bear chief grunted, and laid aside his pipe. Leaning back he +pulled off his robe and, sure enough, one half of his body was +flesh and the other half hard flint. + +"Bring a stone hammer and give it to our guest," he bade his wife. +Then as the rabbit took the hammer he said: "Do not strike too +hard." + +"Grandfather, I shall be careful," said the rabbit. With a stroke +he struck off a little flake of flint from the bear's body. + +"Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?" he asked. + +"Harder, grandson; strike off bigger pieces," said the bear. + +The rabbit struck a little harder. + +"Ni-sko-ke-cha? So big?" he asked. + +The bear grew impatient. "No, no, strike off bigger pieces. I +can't be here all day. Tanka kaksa wo! Break off a big piece." + +The rabbit struck again--hard! "Ni-sko-ke-cha?" he cried, as the +hammer fell. But even as he spoke the bear's body broke in two, +the flesh part fell away and only the flint part remained. Like a +flash the rabbit darted out of the hut. + +There was a great outcry in the village. Openmouthed, all the +bears gave chase. But as he ran the rabbit cried: "Wa-hin-han-yo +(snow, snow) Ota-po, Ota-po--lots more, lots more," and a great +storm of snow swept down from the sky. + +The rabbit, light of foot, bounded over the top of the snow. The +bears sunk in and floundered about helpless. Seeing this, the +rabbit turned back and killed them one by one with his club. That +is why we now have so few bears. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE LOST WIFE + +A Dakota girl married a man who promised to treat her kindly, but +he did not keep his word. He was unreasonable, fault-finding, and +often beat her. Frantic with his cruelty, she ran away. The whole +village turned out to search for her, but no trace of the missing +wife was to be found. + +Meanwhile, the fleeing woman had wandered about all that day and +the next night. The next day she met a man, who asked her who she +was. She did not know it, but he was not really a man, but the +chief of the wolves. + +"Come with me," he said, and he led her to a large village. She +was amazed to see here many wolves--gray and black, timber wolves +and coyotes. It seemed as if all the wolves in the world were +there. + +The wolf chief led the young woman to a great tepee and invited her +in. He asked her what she ate for food. + +"Buffalo meat," she answered. + +He called two coyotes and bade them bring what the young woman +wanted. They bounded away and soon returned with the shoulder of +a fresh-killed buffalo calf. + +"How do you prepare it for eating?" asked the wolf chief. + +"By boiling," answered the young woman. + +Again he called the two coyotes. Away they bounded and soon +brought into the tent a small bundle. In it were punk, flint and +steel--stolen, it may be, from some camp of men. + +"How do you make the meat ready?" asked the wolf chief. + +"I cut it into slices," answered the young woman. + +The coyotes were called and in a short time fetched in a knife in +its sheath. The young woman cut up the calf's shoulder into slices +and ate it. + +Thus she lived for a year, all the wolves being very kind to her. +At the end of that time the wolf chief said to her: + +"Your people are going off on a buffalo hunt. Tomorrow at noon +they will be here. You must then go out and meet them or they will +fall on us and kill us." + +The next day at about noon the young woman went to the top of a +neighboring knoll. Coming toward her were some young men riding on +their ponies. She stood up and held her hands so that they could +see her. They wondered who she was, and when they were close by +gazed at her closely. + +"A year ago we lost a young woman; if you are she, where have you +been," they asked. + +"I have been in the wolves' village. Do not harm them," she +answered. + +"We will ride back and tell the people," they said. "Tomorrow +again at noon, we shall meet you." + +The young woman went back to the wolf village, and the next day +went again to a neighboring knoll, though to a different one. Soon +she saw the camp coming in a long line over the prairie. First +were the warriors, then the women and tents. + +The young woman's father and mother were overjoyed to see her. But +when they came near her the young woman fainted, for she could not +now bear the smell of human kind. When she came to herself she +said: + +"You must go on a buffalo hunt, my father and all the hunters. +Tomorrow you must come again, bringing with you the tongues and +choice pieces of the kill." + +This he promised to do; and all the men of the camp mounted their +ponies and they had a great hunt. The next day they returned with +their ponies laden with the buffalo meat. The young woman bade +them pile the meat in a great heap between two hills which she +pointed out to them. There was so much meat that the tops of the +two hills were bridged level between by the meat pile. In the +center of the pile the young woman planted a pole with a red flag. +She then began to howl like a wolf, loudly. + +In a moment the earth seemed covered with wolves. They fell +greedily on the meat pile and in a short time had eaten the last +scrap. + +The young woman then joined her own people. + +Her husband wanted her to come and live with him again. For a long +time she refused. However, at last they became reconciled. + + + + + + +THE RACCOON AND THE CRAWFISH + +Sharp and cunning is the raccoon, say the Indians, by whom he is +named Spotted Face. + +A crawfish one evening wandered along a river bank, looking for +something dead to feast upon. A raccoon was also out looking for +something to eat. He spied the crawfish and formed a plan to catch +him. + +He lay down on the bank and feigned to be dead. By and by the +crawfish came near by. "Ho," he thought, "here is a feast indeed; +but is he really dead. I will go near and pinch him with my claws +and find out." + +So he went near and pinched the raccoon on the nose and then on his +soft paws. The raccoon never moved. The crawfish then pinched him +on the ribs and tickled him so that the raccoon could hardly keep +from laughing. The crawfish at last left him. "The +raccoon is surely dead," he thought. And he hurried back to the +crawfish village and reported his find to the chief. + +All the villagers were called to go down to the feast. The chief +bade the warriors and young men to paint their faces and dress in +their gayest for a dance. + +So they marched in a long line--first the warriors, with their +weapons in hand, then the women with their babies and children--to +the place where the raccoon lay. They formed a great circle about +him and danced, singing: + +"We shall have a great feast + +"On the spotted-faced beast, with soft smooth paws: + +"He is dead! + +"He is dead! + +"We shall dance! + +"We shall have a good time; + +"We shall feast on his flesh." + +But as they danced, the raccoon suddenly sprang to his feet. + +"Who is that you say you are going to eat? He has a spotted face, +has he? He has soft, smooth paws, has he? I'll break your ugly +backs. I'll break your rough bones. I'll crunch your ugly, rough +paws." And he rushed among the crawfish, killing them by +scores. The crawfish warriors fought bravely and the women ran +screaming, all to no purpose. They did not feast on the raccoon; +the raccoon feasted <i>on them!</i> + + + + + + +LEGEND OF STANDING ROCK + +A Dakota had married an Arikara woman, and by her had one child. +By and by he took another wife. The first wife was jealous and +pouted. When time came for the village to break camp she refused +to move from her place on the tent floor. The tent was taken down +but she sat on the ground with her babe on her back The rest of the +camp with her husband went on. + +At noon her husband halted the line. "Go back to your +sister-in-law," he said to his two brothers. "Tell her to come on +and we will await you here. But hasten, for I fear she may grow +desperate and kill herself." + +The two rode off and arrived at their former camping place in the +evening. The woman still sat on the ground. The elder spoke: + +"Sister-in-law, get up. We have come for you. The camp awaits +you." + +She did not answer, and he put out his hand and touched her head. +She had turned to stone! + +The two brothers lashed their ponies and came back to camp. They +told their story, but were not believed. "The woman has killed +herself and my brothers will not tell me," said the husband. +However, the whole village broke camp and came back to the place +where they had left the woman. Sure enough, she sat there still, +a block of stone. + +The Indians were greatly excited. They chose out a handsome pony, +made a new travois and placed the stone in the carrying net. Pony +and travois were both beautifully painted and decorated with +streamers and colors. The stone was thought <i>"wakan"</i> (holy), +and was given a place of honor in the center of the camp. Whenever +the camp moved the stone and travois were taken along. Thus the +stone woman was carried for years, and finally brought to Standing +Rock Agency, and now rests upon a brick pedestal in front of the +Agency office. From this stone Standing Rock Agency derives its +name. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE PEACE PIPE + +Two young men were out strolling one night talking of love affairs. +They passed around a hill and came to a little ravine or coulee. +Suddenly they saw coming up from the ravine a beautiful woman. She +was painted and her dress was of the very finest +material. + +"What a beautiful girl!" said one of the young men. "Already I +love her. I will steal her and make her my wife." + +"No," said the other. "Don't harm her. She may be holy." + +The young woman approached and held out a pipe which she first +offered to the sky, then to the earth and then advanced, holding it +out in her extended hands. + +"I know what you young men have been saying; one of you is good; +the other is wicked," she said. + +She laid down the pipe on the ground and at once became a buffalo +cow. The cow pawed the ground, stuck her tail straight out behind +her and then lifted the pipe from the ground again in her hoofs; +immediately she became a young woman again. + +"I am come to give you this gift," she said. "It is the peace +pipe. Hereafter all treaties and ceremonies shall be performed +after smoking it. It shall bring peaceful thoughts into your +minds. You shall offer it to the Great Mystery and to mother +earth." + +The two young men ran to the village and told what they had seen +and heard. All the village came out where the young woman was. + +She repeated to them what she had already told the young men and +added: + +"When you set free the ghost (the spirit of deceased persons) you +must have a white buffalo cow skin." + +She gave the pipe to the medicine men of the village, turned again +to a buffalo cow and fled away to the land of buffaloes. + + + + + + +A BASHFUL COURTSHIP + +A young man lived with his grandmother. He was a good hunter and +wished to marry. He knew a girl who was a good moccasin maker, but +she belonged to a great family. He wondered how he could win +her. + +One day she passed the tent on her way to get water at the river. +His grandmother was at work in the tepee with a pair of old +worn-out sloppy moccasins. The young man sprang to his feet. +"Quick, grandmother--let me have those old sloppy moccasins you +have on your feet!" he cried. + +"My old moccasins, what do you want of them?" cried the astonished +woman. + +"Never mind! Quick! I can't stop to talk," answered the grandson +as he caught up the old moccasins the old lady had doffed, and put +them on. He threw a robe over his shoulders, slipped through the +door, and hastened to the watering place. The girl +had just arrived with her bucket. + +"Let me fill your bucket for you," said the young man. + +"Oh, no, I can do it." + +"Oh, let me, I can go in the mud. You surely don't want to soil +your moccasins," and taking the bucket he slipped in the mud, +taking care to push his sloppy old moccasins out so the girl could +see them. She giggled outright. + +"My, what old moccasins you have," she cried. + +"Yes, I have nobody to make me a new pair," he answered. + +"Why don't you get your grandmother to make you a new pair?" + +"She's old and blind and can't make them any longer. That's why I +want you," he answered. + +"Oh, you're fooling me. You aren't speaking the truth." + +"Yes, I am. If you don't believe--come with me <i>now!</i>" + +The girl looked down; so did the youth. At last he said softly: + +"Well, which is it? Shall I take up your bucket, or will you go +with me?" + +And she answered, still more softly: "I guess I'll go with you!" + +The girl's aunt came down to the river, wondering what kept her +niece so long. In the mud she found two pairs of moccasin tracks +close together; at the edge of the water stood an empty keg. + + + + + + +THE SIMPLETON'S WISDOM + +There was a man and his wife who had one daughter. Mother and +daughter were deeply attached to one another, and when the latter +died the mother was disconsolate. She cut off her hair, cut gashes +in her cheeks and sat before the corpse with her robe drawn over +her head, mourning for her dead. Nor would she let them touch the +body to take it to a burying scaffold. She had a knife in her +hand, and if anyone offered to come near the body the mother would +wail: + +"I am weary of life. I do not care to live. I will stab myself +with this knife and join my daughter in the land of spirits." + +Her husband and relatives tried to get the knife from her, but +could not. They feared to use force lest she kill herself. They +came together to see what they could do. + +"We must get the knife away from her," they said. + +At last they called a boy, a kind of simpleton, yet with a good +deal of natural shrewdness. He was an orphan and very poor. His +moccasins were out at the sole and he was dressed in wei-zi (coarse +buffalo skin, smoked). + +"Go to the tepee of the mourning mother," they told the simpleton, +"and in some way contrive to make her laugh and forget her grief. +Then try to get the knife away from her." + +The boy went to the tent and sat down at the door as if waiting to +be given something. The corpse lay in the place of honor where the +dead girl had slept in life. The body was wrapped in a rich robe +and wrapped about with ropes. Friends had covered it with rich +offerings out of respect to the dead. + +As the mother sat on the ground with her head covered she did not +at first see the boy, who sat silent. But when his reserve had +worn away a little he began at first lightly, then more heavily, to +drum on the floor with his hands. After a while he began to sing +a comic song. Louder and louder he sang until carried away with +his own singing he sprang up and began to dance, at the same time +gesturing and making all manner of contortions with his body, still +singing the comic song. As he approached the corpse he waved his +hands over it in blessing. The mother put her head out of the +blanket and when she saw the poor simpleton with his strange +grimaces trying to do honor to the corpse by his solemn waving, and +at the same time keeping up his comic song, she burst out laughing. +Then she reached over and handed her knife to the simpleton. + +"Take this knife," she said. "You have taught me to forget my +grief. If while I mourn for the dead I can still be mirthful, +there is no reason for me to despair. I no longer care to die. I +will live for my husband." + +The simpleton left the tepee and brought the knife to the +astonished husband and relatives. + +"How did you get it? Did you force it away from her, or did you +steal it?" they said. + +"She gave it to me. How could I force it from her or steal it when +she held it in her hand, blade uppermost? I sang and danced for +her and she burst out laughing. Then she gave it to me," he +answered. + +When the old men of the village heard the orphan's story they were +very silent. It was a strange thing for a lad to dance in a tepee +where there was mourning. It was stranger that a mother should +laugh in a tepee before the corpse of her dead daughter. The old +men gathered at last in a council. They sat a long time without +saying anything, for they did not want to decide hastily. The pipe +was filled and passed many times. At last an old man spoke. + +"We have a hard question. A mother has laughed before the corpse +of her daughter, and many think she has done foolishly, but I think +the woman did wisely. The lad was simple and of no training, and +we cannot expect him to know how to do as well as +one with good home and parents to teach him. Besides, he did the +best that he knew. He danced to make the mother forget her grief, +and he tried to honor the corpse by waving over it his hands." + +"The mother did right to laugh, for when one does try to do us +good, even if what he does causes us discomfort, we should always +remember rather the motive than the deed. And besides, the +simpleton's dancing saved the woman's life, for she gave up her +knife. In this, too, she did well, for it is always better to live +for the living than to die for the dead." + + + + + +A LITTLE BRAVE AND THE MEDICINE +WOMAN + +A village of Indians moved out of winter camp and pitched their +tents in a circle on high land overlooking a lake. A little way +down the declivity was a grave. Choke cherries had grown up, +hiding the grave from view. But as the ground had sunk somewhat, +the grave was marked by a slight hollow. + +One of the villagers going out to hunt took a short cut through the +choke cherry bushes. As he pushed them aside he saw the hollow +grave, but thought it was a washout made by the rains. But as he +essayed to step over it, to his great surprise he stumbled and +fell. Made curious by his mishap, he drew back and tried again; +but again he fell. When he came back to the village he told the +old men what had happened to him. They remembered then that a long +time before there had been buried there a medicine woman or +conjurer. Doubtless it was her medicine that made him stumble. + +The story of the villager's adventure spread thru the camp and made +many curious to see the grave. Among others were six little boys +who were, however, rather timid, for they were in great awe of the +dead medicine woman. But they had a little playmate named Brave, +a mischievous little rogue, whose hair was always unkempt and +tossed about and who was never quiet for a moment. + +"Let us ask Brave to go with us," they said; and they went in a +body to see him. + +"All right," said Brave; "I will go with you. But I have something +to do first. You go on around the hill <i>that</i> way, and I will +hasten around <i>this</i> way, and meet you a little later near the +grave." + +So the six little boys went on as bidden until they came to a place +near the grave. There they halted. + +"Where is Brave?" they asked. + +Now Brave, full of mischief, had thought to play a jest on his +little friends. As soon as they were well out of sight he had sped +around the hill to the shore of the lake and sticking his hands in +the mud had rubbed it over his face, plastered it in his hair, and +soiled his hands until he looked like a new risen corpse with the +flesh rotting from his bones. He then went and lay down in the +grave and awaited the boys. + +When the six little boys came they were more timid than ever when +they did not find Brave; but they feared to go back to the village +without seeing the grave, for fear the old men would call them +cowards. + +So they slowly approached the grave and one of them timidly called +out: + +"Please, grandmother, we won't disturb your grave. We only want to +see where you lie. Don't be angry." + +At once a thin quavering voice, like an old woman's, called out: + +"Han, han, takoja, hechetuya, hechetuya! Yes, yes, that's right, +that's right." + +The boys were frightened out of their senses, believing the old +woman had come to life. + +"Oh, grandmother," they gasped, "don't hurt us; please don't, we'll +go." + +Just then Brave raised his muddy face and hands up thru the choke +cherry bushes. With the oozy mud dripping from his features he +looked like some very witch just raised from the grave. The boys +screamed outright. One fainted. The rest ran yelling up the hill +to the village, where each broke at once for his mother's tepee. + +As all the tents in a Dakota camping circle face the center, the +boys as they came tearing into camp were in plain view from the +tepees. Hearing the screaming, every woman in camp ran to her +tepee door to see what had happened. Just then little Brave, as +badly scared as the rest, came rushing in after them, his hair on +end and covered with mud and crying out, all forgetful of his +appearance: + +"It's me, it's me!" + +The women yelped and bolted in terror from the village. Brave +dashed into his mother's tepee, scaring her out of her wits. +Dropping pots and kettles, she tumbled out of the tent to run +screaming with the rest. Nor would a single villager come near +poor little Brave until he had gone down to the lake and washed +himself. + + + + + + +THE BOUND CHILDREN + +There once lived a widow with two children--the elder a daughter +and the younger a son. The widow went in mourning for her husband +a long time. She cut off her hair, let her dress lie untidy on her +body and kept her face unpainted and unwashed. + +There lived in the same village a great chief. He had one son just +come old enough to marry. The chief had it known that he wished +his son to take a wife, and all of the young women in the village +were eager to marry the young man. However, he was pleased with +none of them. + +Now the widow thought, "I am tired of mourning for my husband and +caring for my children. Perhaps if I lay aside my mourning and +paint myself red, the chief's son may marry me." + +So she slipped away from her two children, stole down to the river +and made a bathing place thru the ice. When she had washed away +all signs of mourning, she painted and decked herself and went to +the chief's tepee. When his son saw her, he loved her, and a feast +was made in honor of her wedding. + +When the widow's daughter found herself forsaken, she wept +bitterly. After a day or two she took her little brother in her +arms and went to the tepee of an old woman who lived at one end of +the village. The old woman's tumble down tepee was of bark and her +dress and clothing was of old smoke-dried tent cover. But she was +kind to the two waifs and took them in willingly. + +The little girl was eager to find her mother. The old woman said +to her: "I suspect your mother has painted her face red. Do not +try to find her. If the chief's son marries her she will not want +to be burdened with you." + +The old woman was right. The girl went down to the river, and sure +enough found a hole cut in the ice and about it lay the filth that +the mother had washed from her body. The girl gathered up the +filth and went on. By and by she came to a second hole in the ice. +Here too was filth, but not so much as at the previous place. At +the third hole the ice was clean. + +The girl knew now that her mother had painted her face red. She +went at once to the chief's tepee, raised the door flap and went +in. There sat her mother with the chief's son at their wedding +feast. + +The girl walked up to her mother and hurled the filth in her +mother's face. + +"There," she cried, "you who forsake your helpless children and +forget your husband, take that!" + +And at once her mother became a hideous old woman. + +The girl then went back to the lodge of the old woman, leaving the +camp in an uproar. The chief soon sent some young warriors to +seize the girl and her brother, and they were brought to his tent. +He was furious with anger. + +"Let the children be bound with lariats wrapped about their bodies +and let them be left to starve. Our camp will move on," he said. +The chief's son did not put away his wife, hoping she might be +cured in some way and grow young again. + +Everybody in camp now got ready to move; but the old woman came +close to the girl and said: + +"In my old tepee I have dug a hole and buried a pot with punk and +steel and flint and packs of dried meat. They will tie you up like +a corpse. But before we go I will come with a knife and pretend to +stab you, but I will really cut the rope that binds you so that you +can unwind it from your body as soon as the camp is out of sight +and hearing." + +And so, before the camp started, the old woman came to the place +where the two children were bound. She had in her hand a knife +bound to the end of a stick which she used as a lance. She stood +over the children and cried aloud: + +"You wicked girl, who have shamed your own mother, you deserve all +the punishment that is given you. But after all I do not want to +let you lie and starve. Far better kill you at once and have done +with it!" and with her stick she stabbed many times, as if to kill, +but she was really cutting the rope. + +The camp moved on; but the children lay on the ground until noon +the next day. Then they began to squirm about. Soon the girl was +free, and she then set loose her little brother. They went at once +to the old woman's hut where they found the flint and steel and the +packs of dried meat. + +The girl made her brother a bow and arrows and with these he killed +birds and other small game. + +The boy grew up a great hunter. They became rich. They built +three great tepees, in one of which were stored rows upon rows of +parfleche bags of dried meat. + +One day as the brother went out to hunt, he met a handsome young +stranger who greeted him and said to him: + +"I know you are a good hunter, for I have been watching you; your +sister, too, is industrious. Let me have her for a wife. Then you +and I will be brothers and hunt together." + +The girl's brother went home and told her what the young stranger +had said. + +"Brother, I do not care to marry," she answered. "I am now happy +with you." + +"But you will be yet happier married," he answered, "and the young +stranger is of no mean family, as one can see by his dress and +manners." + +"Very well, I will do as you wish," she said. So the stranger came +into the tepee and was the girl's husband. + +One day as they were in their tent, a crow flew overhead, calling +out loudly, + + "Kaw, Kaw, + +They who forsook the children have no meat." + +The girl and her husband and brother looked up at one another. + +"What can it mean?" they asked. "Let us send for Unktomi (the +spider). He is a good judge and he will know." + +"And I will get ready a good dinner for him, for Unktomi is always +hungry," added the young wife. + +When Unktomi came, his yellow mouth opened with delight at the fine +feast spread for him. After he had eaten he was told what the crow +had said. + +"The crow means," said Unktomi, "that the villagers and chief who +bound and deserted you are in sad plight. They have hardly +anything to eat and are starving." + +When the girl heard this she made a bundle of choicest meat and +called the crow. + +"Take this to the starving villagers," she bade him. + +He took the bundle in his beak, flew away to the starving village +and dropped the bundle before the chief's tepee. The chief came +out and the crow called loudly: + +"Kaw, Kaw! + +The children who were forsaken have much meat; those who forsook +them have none." + +"What can he mean," cried the astonished villagers. + +"Let us send for Unktomi," said one, "he is a great judge; he will +tell us." + +They divided the bundle of meat among the starving people, saving +the biggest piece for Unktomi. + +When Unktomi had come and eaten, the villagers told him of the crow +and asked what the bird's words meant. + +"He means," said Unktomi, "that the two children whom you forsook +have tepees full of dried meat enough for all the village." + +The villagers were filled with astonishment at this news. To find +whether or not it was true, the chief called seven young men and +sent them out to see. They came to the three tepees and there met +the girl's brother and husband just going out to hunt (which +they did now only for sport). + +The girl's brother invited the seven young men into the third or +sacred lodge, and after they had smoked a pipe and knocked out the +ashes on a buffalo bone the brother gave them meat to eat, which +the seven devoured greedily. The next day he loaded all seven with +packs of meat, saying: + +"Take this meat to the villagers and lead them hither." + +While they awaited the return of the young men with the villagers, +the girl made two bundles of meat, one of the best and choicest +pieces, and the other of liver, very dry and hard to eat. After a +few days the camp arrived. The young woman's mother opened the +door and ran in crying: "Oh, my dear daughter, how glad I am to see +you." But the daughter received her coldly and gave her the bundle +of dried liver to eat. But when the old woman who had saved +the children's lives came in, the young girl received her gladly, +called her grandmother, and gave her the package of choice meat +with marrow. + +Then the whole village camped and ate of the stores of meat all the +winter until spring came; and withal they were so many, there was +such abundance of stores that there was still much left. + + + + + + +THE SIGNS OF CORN + +When corn is to be planted by the Indians, it is the work of the +women folk to see to the sorting and cleaning of the best seed. It +is also the women's work to see to the planting. (This was in olden +times.) + +After the best seed has been selected, the planter measures the +corn, lays down a layer of hay, then a layer of corn. Over this +corn they sprinkle warm water and cover it with another layer of +hay, then bind hay about the bundle and hang it up in a spot +where the warm rays of the sun can strike it. + +While the corn is hanging in the sun, the ground is being prepared +to receive it. Having finished the task of preparing the ground, +the woman takes down her seed corn which has by this time sprouted. +Then she proceeds to plant the corn. + +Before she plants the first hill, she extends her hoe heavenwards +and asks the Great Spirit to bless her work, that she may have a +good yield. After her prayer she takes four kernels and plants one +at the north, one at the south, one at the east and one +at the west sides of the first hill. This is asking the Great +Spirit to give summer rain and sunshine to bring forth a good crop. + +For different growths of the corn, the women have an interpretation +as to the character of the one who planted it. + +1st. Where the corn grows in straight rows and the cob is full of +kernels to the end, this signifies that the planter of this corn is +of an exemplary character, and is very truthful and thoughtful. + +2nd. If the rows on the ears of corn are irregular and broken, the +planter is considered careless and unthoughtful. Also disorderly +and slovenly about her house and person. + +3rd. When an ear of corn bears a few scattering kernels with +spaces producing no corn, it is said that is a good sign that the +planter will live to a ripe old age. So old will they be that like +the corn, their teeth will be few and far between. + +4th. When a stalk bears a great many nubbins, or small ears +growing around the large one, it is a sign that the planter is +from a large and respectable family. + +After the corn is gathered, it is boiled into sweet corn and made +into hominy; parched and mixed with buffalo tallow and rolled into +round balls, and used at feasts, or carried by the warriors on the +warpath as food. + +When there has been a good crop of corn, an ear is always tied at +the top of the medicine pole, of the sun dance, in thanks to the +Great Spirit for his goodness to them in sending a bountiful crop. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE RABBITS + +The Rabbit nation were very much depressed in spirits on account of +being run over by all other nations. They, being very obedient to +their chief, obeyed all his orders to the letter. One of his +orders was, that upon the approach of any other nation that +they should follow the example of their chief and run up among the +rocks and down into their burrows, and not show themselves until +the strangers had passed. + +This they always did. Even the chirp of a little cricket would +send them all scampering to their dens. + +One day they held a great council, and after talking over +everything for some time, finally left it to their medicine man to +decide. The medicine man arose and said: + +"My friends, we are of no use on this earth. There isn't a nation +on earth that fears us, and we are so timid that we cannot defend +ourselves, so the best thing for us to do is to rid the earth of +our nation, by all going over to the big lake and drowning +ourselves." + +This they decided to do; so going to the lake they were about to +jump in, when they heard a splashing in the water. Looking, they +saw a lot of frogs jumping into the lake. + +"We will not drown ourselves," said the medicine man, "we have +found a nation who are afraid of us. It is the frog nation." Had +it not been for the frogs we would have had no rabbits, as the +whole nation would have drowned themselves and the rabbit race +would have been extinct. + + + + + + +HOW THE RABBIT LOST HIS TAIL + +Once upon a time there were two brothers, one a great Genie and the +other a rabbit. Like all genie, the older could change himself +into any kind of an animal, bird, fish, cloud, thunder and +lightning, or in fact anything that he desired. + +The younger brother (the rabbit) was very mischievous and was +continually getting into all kinds of trouble. His older brother +was kept busy getting Rabbit out of all kinds of scrapes. + +When Rabbit had attained his full growth he wanted to travel around +and see something of the world. When he told his brother what he +intended to do, the brother said: "Now, Rabbit, you are Witkotko +(mischievous), so be very careful, and keep out of trouble +as much as possible. In case you get into any serious trouble, and +can't get out by yourself, just call on me for assistance, and no +matter where you are, I will come to you." + +Rabbit started out and the first day he came to a very high house, +outside of which stood a very high pine tree. So high was the tree +that Rabbit could hardly see the top. Outside the door, on an +enormous stool, sat a very large giant fast asleep. Rabbit (having +his bow and arrows with him) strung up his bow, and, taking an +arrow from his quiver, said: + +"I want to see how big this man is, so I guess I will wake him up." +So saying he moved over to one side and took good aim, and shot the +giant upon the nose. This stung like fire and awoke the giant, who +jumped up, crying: "Who had the audacity to shoot me on the nose?" +"I did," said Rabbit. + +The giant, hearing a voice, looked all around, but saw nothing, +until he looked down at the corner of the house, and there sat a +rabbit. + +"I had hiccoughs this morning and thought that I was going to have +a good big meal, and here is nothing but a toothful." + +"I guess you won't make a toothful of me," said Rabbit, "I am as +strong as you, though I am little." "We will see," said the giant. +He went into the house and came out, bringing a hammer that +weighed many tons. + +"Now, Mr. Rabbit, we will see who can throw this hammer over the +top of that tree." "Get something harder to do," said Rabbit. + +"Well, we will try this first," said the giant. With that he +grasped the hammer in both hands, swung it three times around his +head and sent it spinning thru the air. Up, up, it went, skimming +the top of the tree, and came down, shaking the ground and burying +itself deep into the earth. + +"Now," said the giant, "if you don't accomplish this same feat, I +am going to swallow you at one mouthful." Rabbit said, "I always +sing to my brother before I attempt things like this." So he +commenced singing and calling his brother. "Cinye! Cinye!" +(brother, brother) he sang. The giant grew nervous, and said: +"Boy, why do you call your brother?" + +Pointing to a small black cloud that was approaching very swiftly, +Rabbit said: "That is my brother; he can destroy you, your house, +and pine tree in one breath." + +"Stop him and you can go free," said the giant. Rabbit waved his +paws and the cloud disappeared. + +From this place Rabbit continued on his trip towards the west. The +next day, while passing thru a deep forest, he thought he heard +some one moaning, as though in pain. He stopped and listened; soon +the wind blew and the moaning grew louder. Following the direction +from whence came the sound, he soon discovered a man stripped of +his clothing, and caught between two limbs of a tall elm tree. +When the wind blew the limbs would rub together and squeeze the +man, who would give forth the mournful groans. + +"My, you have a fine place up there. Let us change. You can come +down and I will take your place." (Now this man had been placed up +there for punishment, by Rabbit's brother, and he could not get +down unless some one came along and proposed to take his place on +the tree). "Very well," said the man. "Take off your clothes and +come up. I will fasten you in the limbs and you can have all the +fun you want." + +Rabbit disrobed and climbed up. The man placed him between the +limbs and slid down the tree. He hurriedly got into Rabbit's +clothes, and just as he had completed his toilet, the wind blew +very hard. Rabbit was nearly crazy with pain, and screamed and +cried. Then he began to cry "Cinye, Cinye" (brother, brother). +"Call your brother as much as you like, he can never find me." So +saying the man disappeared in the forest. + +Scarcely had he disappeared, when the brother arrived, and seeing +Rabbit in the tree, said: "Which way did he go?" Rabbit pointed +the direction taken by the man. The brother flew over the top of +the trees, soon found the man and brought him back, making him take +his old place between the limbs, and causing a heavy wind to blow +and continue all afternoon and night, for punishment to the man for +having placed his brother up there. + +After Rabbit got his clothes back on, his brother gave him a good +scolding, and wound up by saying: "I want you to be more careful in +the future. I have plenty of work to keep me as busy as I want to +be, and I can't be stopping every little while to be making trips +to get you out of some foolish scrape. It was only yesterday that +I came five hundred miles to help you from the giant, and today I +have had to come a thousand miles, so be more careful from this +on." + +Several days after this the Rabbit was traveling along the banks of +a small river, when he came to a small clearing in the woods, and +in the center of the clearing stood a nice little log hut. Rabbit +was wondering who could be living here when the door slowly opened +and an old man appeared in the doorway, bearing a tripe water pail +in his right hand. In his left hand he held a string which was +fastened to the inside of the house. He kept hold of the string +and came slowly down to the river. When he got to +the water he stooped down and dipped the pail into it and returned +to the house, still holding the string for guidance. + +Soon he reappeared holding on to another string, and, following +this one, went to a large pile of wood and returned to the house +with it. Rabbit wanted to see if the old man would come out again, +but he came out no more. Seeing smoke ascending from +the mud chimney, he thought he would go over and see what the old +man was doing. He knocked at the door, and a weak voice bade him +enter. He noticed that the old man was cooking dinner. + +"Hello Tunkasina (grandfather), you must have a nice time, living +here alone. I see that you have everything handy. You can get +wood and water, and that is all you have to do. How do you get +your provisions?" + +"The wolves bring my meat, the mice my rice and ground beans, and +the birds bring me the cherry leaves for my tea. Yet it is a hard +life, as I am all alone most of the time and have no one to talk +to, and besides, I am blind." + +"Say, grandfather," said Rabbit, "let us change places. I think I +would like to live here." + +"If we exchange clothes," said the other, "you will become old and +blind, while I will assume your youth and good looks." (Now, this +old man was placed here for punishment by Rabbit's brother. He had +killed his wife, so the genie made him old and blind, and he would +remain so until some one came who would exchange places with him). + +"I don't care for youth and good looks," said Rabbit, "let us make +the change." + +They changed clothes, and Rabbit became old and blind, whilst the +old man became young and handsome. + +"Well, I must go," said the man. He went out and cutting the +strings close to the door, ran off laughing. "You will get enough +of your living alone, you crazy boy," and saying this he ran into +the woods. + +Rabbit thought he would like to get some fresh water and try the +string paths so that he would get accustomed to it. He bumped +around the room and finally found the tripe water bucket. He took +hold of the string and started out. When he had gotten a short +distance from the door he came to the end of the string so +suddenly, that he lost the end which he had in his hand, and he +wandered about, bumping against the trees, and tangling himself up +in plum bushes and thorns, scratching his face and hands so badly +that the blood ran from them. Then it was that he commenced again +to cry, "Cinye! Cinye!" (brother, brother). Soon his brother +arrived, and asked which way the old man had gone. + +"I don't know," said Rabbit, "I couldn't see which path he took, as +I was blind." + +The genie called the birds, and they came flying from every +direction. As fast as they arrived the brother asked them if they +had seen the man whom he had placed here for punishment, but none +had seen him. The owl came last, and when asked if he had seen the +man, he said "hoo-hoo." "The man who lived here," said the +brother. "Last night I was hunting mice in the woods south of here +and I saw a man sleeping beneath a plum tree. I thought it was +your brother, Rabbit, so I didn't awaken him," said the owl. + +"Good for you, owl," said the brother, "for this good news, you +shall hereafter roam around only at night, and I will fix your +eyes, so the darker the night the better you will be able to see. +You will always have the fine cool nights to hunt your food. You +other birds can hunt your food during the hot daylight." (Since +then the owl has been the night bird). + +The brother flew to the woods and brought the man back and cut the +strings short, and said to him: "Now you can get a taste of what +you gave my brother." + +To Rabbit he said: "I ought not to have helped you this time. Any +one who is so crazy as to change places with a blind man should be +left without help, so be careful, as I am getting tired of your +foolishness, and will not help you again if you do anything as +foolish as you did this time." + +Rabbit started to return to his home. When he had nearly completed +his journey he came to a little creek, and being thirsty took a +good long drink. While he was drinking he heard a noise as though +a wolf or cat was scratching the earth. Looking up to a hill which +overhung the creek, he saw four wolves, with their tails +intertwined, pulling with all their might. As Rabbit came up to +them one pulled loose, and Rabbit saw that his tail was broken. + +"Let me pull tails with you. My tail is long and strong," said +Rabbit, and the wolves assenting, Rabbit interlocked his long tail +with those of the three wolves and commenced pulling and the wolves +pulled so hard that they pulled Rabbit's tail off at the second +joint. The wolves disappeared. + +"Cinye! Cinye! (Brother, brother.) I have lost my tail," cried +Rabbit. The genie came and seeing his brother Rabbit's tail +missing, said: "You look better without a tail anyway." + +From that time on rabbits have had no tails. + + + + + + +UNKTOMI AND THE ARROWHEADS + +There were once upon a time two young men who were very great +friends, and were constantly together. One was a very thoughtful +young man, the other very impulsive, who never stopped to think +before he committed an act. + +One day these two friends were walking along, telling each other of +their experiences in love making. They ascended a high hill, and +on reaching the top, heard a ticking noise as if small stones or +pebbles were being struck together. + +Looking around they discovered a large spider sitting in the midst +of a great many flint arrowheads. The spider was busily engaged +making the flint rocks into arrow heads. They looked at the +spider, but he never moved, but continued hammering away on a piece +of flint which he had nearly completed into another arrowhead. + +"Let's hit him," said the thoughtless one. "No," said the other, +"he is not harming any one; in fact, he is doing a great good, as +he is making the flint arrowheads which we use to point our +arrows." + +"Oh, you are afraid," said the first young man. "He can't harm +you. just watch me hit him." So saying, he picked up an arrowhead +and throwing it at "Unktomi," hit him on the side. As Unktomi +rolled over on his side, got up and stood looking at them, the +young man laughed and said: "Well, let us be going, as your +grandfather, "Unktomi," doesn't seem to like our company." They +started down the hill, when suddenly the one who had hit Unktomi +took a severe fit of coughing. He coughed and coughed, and finally +small particles of blood came from his mouth. The blood kept +coming thicker and in great gushes. Finally it came so thick and +fast that the man could not get his breath and fell upon the ground +dead. + +The thoughtful young man, seeing that his friend was no more, +hurried to the village and reported what had happened. The +relatives and friends hurried to the hill, and sure enough, there +lay the thoughtless young man still and cold in death. They held +a council and sent for the chief of the Unktomi tribe. When he +heard what had happened, he told the council that he could do +nothing to his Unktomi, as it had only defended itself. + +Said he: "My friends, seeing that your tribe was running short of +arrowheads, I set a great many of my tribe to work making flint +arrowheads for you. When my men are thus engaged they do not wish +to be disturbed, and your young man not only disturbed my man, but +grossly insulted him by striking him with one of the arrowheads +which he had worked so hard to make. My man could not sit and take +this insult, so as the young man walked away the Unktomi shot him +with a very tiny arrowhead. This produced a hemorrhage, which +caused his death. So now, my friends, if you will fill and pass +the peace pipe, we will part good friends and my tribe shall always +furnish you with plenty of flint arrowheads." So saying, Unktomi +Tanka finished his peace smoke and returned to his tribe. + +Ever after that, when the Indians heard a ticking in the grass, +they would go out of their way to get around the sound, saying, +Unktomi is making arrowheads; we must not disturb him. + +Thus it was that Unktomi Tanka (Big Spider) had the respect of this +tribe, and was never after disturbed in his work of making +arrowheads. + + + + + +THE BEAR AND THE RABBIT HUNT +BUFFALO + +Once upon a time there lived as neighbors, a bear and a rabbit. +The rabbit was a good shot, and the bear being very clumsy could +not use the arrow to good advantage. The bear was very unkind to +the rabbit. Every morning, the bear would call over to the rabbit +and say: "Take your bow and arrows and come with me to the other +side of the hill. A large herd of buffalo are grazing there, and +I want you to shoot some of them for me, as my children +are crying for meat." + +The rabbit, fearing to arouse the bear's anger by refusing, +consented, and went with the bear, and shot enough buffalo to +satisfy the hungry family. Indeed, he shot and killed so many that +there was lots of meat left after the bear and his family had +loaded themselves, and packed all they could carry home. The bear +being very gluttonous, and not wanting the rabbit to get any of the +meat, said: "Rabbit, you come along home with us and we will return +and get the remainder of the meat." + +The poor rabbit could not even taste the blood from the butchering, +as the bear would throw earth on the blood and dry it up. Poor +Rabbit would have to go home hungry after his hard day's work. + +The bear was the father of five children. The youngest boy was +very kind to the rabbit. The mother bear, knowing that her +youngest was a very hearty eater, always gave him an extra large +piece of meat. What the baby bear did not eat, he would take +outside with him and pretend to play ball with it, kicking it +toward the rabbit's house, and when he got close to the door he +would give the meat such a great kick, that it would fly into the +rabbit's house, and in this way poor Rabbit would get his meal +unknown to the papa bear. + +Baby bear never forgot his friend Rabbit. Papa bear often wondered +why his baby would go outside after each meal. He grew suspicious +and asked the baby where he had been. "Oh, I always play ball +outside, around the house, and when I get tired playing I eat up my +meat ball and then come in." + +The baby bear was too cunning to let papa bear know that he was +keeping his friend rabbit from starving to death. Nevertheless, +papa bear suspected baby and said: "Baby, I think you go over to +the rabbit's after every meal." + +The four older brothers were very handsome, but baby bear was a +little puny fellow, whose coat couldn't keep out much cold, as it +was short and shaggy, and of a dirty brown color. The three older +brothers were very unkind to baby bear, but the fourth one always +took baby's part, and was always kind to his baby brother. + +Rabbit was getting tired of being ordered and bullied around by +papa bear. He puzzled his brain to scheme some way of getting even +with Mr. Bear for abusing him so much. He studied all night long, +but no scheme worth trying presented itself. Early one morning Mr. +Bear presented himself at Rabbit's door. + +"Say, Rabbit, my meat is all used up, and there is a fine herd of +buffalo grazing on the hillside. Get your bow and arrows and come +with me. I want you to shoot some of them for me." + +"Very well," said Rabbit, and he went and killed six buffalo for +Bear. Bear got busy butchering and poor Rabbit, thinking he would +get a chance to lick up one mouthful of blood, stayed very close to +the bear while he was cutting up the meat. The bear was very +watchful lest the rabbit get something to eat. Despite bear's +watchfulness, a small clot of blood rolled past and behind the +bear's feet. At once Rabbit seized the clot and hid it in his +bosom. By the time Rabbit got home, the blood clot was hardened +from the warmth of his body, so, being hungry, it put Mr. Rabbit +out of sorts to think that after all his trouble he could not eat +the blood. + +Very badly disappointed, he lay down on his floor and gazed up into +the chimney hole. Disgusted with the way things had turned out, he +grabbed up the blood clot and threw it up through the hole. +Scarcely had it hit the ground when he heard the voice of a baby +crying, "Ate! Ate!" (father, father). He went outside and there +he found a big baby boy. He took the baby into his house and threw +him out through the hole again. This time the boy was large enough +to say "Ate, Ate, he-cun-sin-lo." (Father, father, don't do that). +But nevertheless, he threw him up and out again. On going out the +third time, there stood a handsome youth smiling at him. Rabbit at +once adopted the youth and took him into his house, seating him in +the seat of honor (which is directly opposite the entrance), and +saying: "My son, I want you to be a good, honest, straightforward +man. Now, I have in my possession a fine outfit, and you, my son, +shall wear it." + +Suiting his action to his words, he drew out a bag from a hollow +tree and on opening it, drew out a fine buckskin shirt (tanned +white as snow), worked with porcupine quills. Also a pair of red +leggings worked with beads. Moccasins worked with colored hair. +A fine otter skin robe. White weasel skins to intertwine +with his beautiful long black locks. A magnificent center eagle +feather. A rawhide covered bow, accompanied by a quiver full of +flint arrowheads. + +The rabbit, having dressed his son in all the latest finery, sat +back and gazed long and lovingly at his handsome son. +Instinctively Rabbit felt that his son had been sent him for the +purpose of being instrumental in the downfall of Mr. Bear. Events +will show. + +The morning following the arrival of Rabbit's son, Mr. Bear again +presents himself at the door, crying out: "You lazy, ugly rabbit, +get up and come out here. I want you to shoot some more buffalo +for me." + +"Who is this, who speaks so insultingly to you, father?" asked the +son. + +"It is a bear who lives near here, and makes me kill buffalo for +his family, and he won't let me take even one little drop of blood +from the killing, and consequently, my son, I have nothing in my +house for you to eat." + +The young man was anxious to meet Mr. Bear but Rabbit advised him +to wait a little until he and Bear had gone to the hunt. So the +son obeyed, and when he thought it time that the killing was done, +he started out and arrived on the scene just as Mr. Bear was about +to proceed with his butchering. + +Seeing a strange shadow on the ground beside him, Mr. Bear looked +up and gazed into the fearless eyes of rabbit's handsome son. + +"Who is this?" asked Mr. Bear of poor little Rabbit. + +"I don't know," answered Rabbit. + +"Who are you?" asked the bear of Rabbit's son. "Where did you come +from?" + +The rabbit's son not replying, the bear spoke thus to him: "Get out +of here, and get out quick, too." + +At this speech the rabbit's son became angered, and fastened an +arrow to his bow and drove the arrow through the bear's heart. +Then he turned on Mrs. Bear and served her likewise. During the +melee, Rabbit shouted: "My son, my son, don't kill the two +youngest. The baby has kept me from starving and the other one is +good and kind to his baby brother." + +So the three older brothers who were unkind to their baby brother +met a similar fate to that of their selfish parents. + +This (the story goes) is the reason that bears travel only in +pairs. + + + + + + +THE BRAVE WHO WENT ON THE WARPATH +ALONE AND WON THE NAME OF +THE LONE WARRIOR + +There was once a young man whose parents were not overburdened with +the riches of this world, and consequently could not dress their +only son in as rich a costume as the other young men of the tribe, +and on account of not being so richly clad as they, he was +looked down upon and shunned by them. He was never invited to take +part in any of their sports; nor was he ever asked to join any of +the war parties. + +In the village lived an old man with an only daughter. Like the +other family, they were poor, but the daughter was the belle of the +tribe. She was the most sought after by the young men of the +village, and warriors from tribes far distant came to press their +suit at winning her for their bride. All to no purpose; she had +the same answer for them as she had for the young men of the +village. + +The poor young man was also very handsome despite his poor clothes, +but having never killed an enemy nor brought home any enemies' +horses he was not (according to Indian rules) allowed to make love +to any young or old woman. He tried in vain to join some of the +war parties, that he might get the chance to win his spurs as a +warrior. To all his pleadings, came the same answer: "You are not +fit to join a war party. You have no horses, and if you should get +killed our tribe would be laughed at and be made fun of as you have +such poor clothes, and we don't want the enemy to know that we have +any one of our tribe who dresses so poorly as you do." + +Again, and again, he tried different parties, only to be made fun +of and insulted. + +One night he sat in the poor tepee of his parents. He was in deep +study and had nothing to say. His father, noticing his melancholy +mood, asked him what had happened to cause him to be so quiet, as +he was always of a jolly disposition. The son answered and said: + +"Father, I am going on the warpath alone. In vain I have tried to +be a member of one of the war parties. To all of my pleadings I +have got nothing but insults in return." + +"But my son, you have no gun nor ammunition. Where can you get any +and how can you get it? We have nothing to buy one for you with," +said the father. + +"I don't need any weapons. I am going to bring back some of the +enemies' horses, and I don't need a gun for that." + +Early the next morning (regardless of the old couple's pleadings +not to go unarmed) the young man left the village and headed +northwest, the direction always taken by the war parties. + +For ten days he traveled without seeing any signs of a camp. The +evening of the tenth day, he reached a very high butte, thickly +wooded at the summit. He ascended this butte, and as he sat there +between two large boulders, watching the beautiful rays of the +setting sun, he was suddenly startled to hear the neigh of a horse. +Looking down into the beautiful valley which was threaded by a +beautiful creek fringed with timber, he noticed close to the base +of the butte upon which he sat, a large drove of horses grazing +peacefully and quietly. Looking closer, he noticed at a little +distance from the main drove, a horse with a saddle on his back. +This was the one that had neighed, as the drove drifted further +away from him. He was tied by a long lariat to a large sage bush. + +Where could the rider be, he said to himself. As if in answer to +his question, there appeared not more than twenty paces from him a +middle aged man coming up through a deep ravine. The man was +evidently in search of some kind of game, as he held his gun in +readiness for instant use, and kept his eyes directed at every +crevice and clump of bush. So intent was he on locating the game +he was trailing, that he never noticed the young man who sat like +a statue not twenty paces away. Slowly and cautiously the man +approached, and when he had advanced to within a few paces of the +young man he stopped and turning around, stood looking down into +the valley. This was the only chance that our brave young friend +had. Being unarmed, he would stand no show if the enemy ever got +a glimpse of him. Slowly and noiselessly he drew his hunting knife +(which his father had given him on his departure from home) and +holding it securely in his right hand, gathered himself and gave a +leap which landed him upon the unsuspecting enemy's shoulders. The +force with which he landed on the enemy caused him (the enemy) to +lose his hold on his gun, and it went rattling down into the chasm, +forty feet below. + +Down they came together, the young man on top. No sooner had they +struck the ground than the enemy had out his knife, and then +commenced a hand to hand duel. The enemy, having more experience, +was getting the best of our young friend. Already our young friend +had two ugly cuts, one across his chest and the other through his +forearm. + +He was becoming weak from the loss of blood, and could not stand +the killing pace much longer. Summoning all his strength for one +more trial to overcome his antagonist, he rushed him toward the +chasm, and in his hurry to get away from this fierce attack, the +enemy stepped back one step too far, and down they both went into +the chasm. Interlocked in each other's arms, the young man drove +his knife into the enemy's side and when they struck the bottom the +enemy relaxed his hold and straightened out stiff and dead. + +Securing his scalp and gun, the young man proceeded down to where +the horse was tied to the sage bush, and then gathering the drove +of horses proceeded on his return to his own village. Being +wounded severely he had to ride very slowly. All the long hours of +the night he drove the horses towards his home village. + +In the meantime, those at the enemies' camp wondered at the long +absence of the herder who was watching their drove of horses, and +finally seven young men went to search for the missing herder. All +night long they searched the hillsides for the horses and herder, +and when it had grown light enough in the morning they saw by the +ground where there had been a fierce struggle. + +Following the tracks in the sand and leaves, they came to the chasm +where the combatants had fallen over, and there, lying on his back +staring up at them in death, was their herder. They hastened to +the camp and told what they had found. Immediately the warriors +mounted their war ponies (these ponies are never turned loose, but +kept tied close to the tepee of the owner), and striking the trail +of the herd driven off by our young friend, they urged forth their +ponies and were soon far from their camp on the trail of our young +friend. All day long they traveled on his trail, and just as the +sun was sinking they caught sight of him driving the drove ahead +over a high hill. Again they urged forth their tired ponies. The +young man, looking back along the trail, saw some dark objects +coming along, and, catching a fresh horse, drove the rest ahead at +a great rate. Again all night he drove them, and when daylight +came he looked back (from a high butte) over his trail and saw +coming over a distant raise, two horsemen. These two undoubtedly +rode the best ponies, as he saw nothing of the others. Driving the +horses into a thick belt of timber, he concealed himself close to +the trail made by the drove of horses, and lay in ambush for the +two daring horsemen who had followed him so far. Finally they +appeared on the butte from where he had looked back and saw them +following him. For a long time they sat there scouring the country +before them in hopes that they might see some signs of their stolen +horses. Nothing could they see. Had they but known, their horses +were but a few hundred yards from them, but the thick timber +securely hid them from view. Finally one of them arose and pointed +to the timber. Then leaving his horse in charge of his friend, he +descended the butte and followed the trail of the drove to where +they had entered the timber. Little did he think that he was +standing on the brink of eternity. The young man hiding not more +than a hundred yards from him could have shot him there where he +stood, but wanting to play fair, he stepped into sight. When he +did, the enemy took quick aim and fired. He was too hasty. Had he +taken more careful aim he might have killed our young friend, but +his bullet whizzed harmlessly over the young man's head and buried +itself in a tree. The young man took good aim and fired. The +enemy threw up both hands and fell forward on his face. The other +one on the hill, seeing his friend killed, hastily mounted his +horse and leading his friend's horse, made rapidly off down the +butte in the direction from whence he had come. Waiting for some +time to be sure the one who was alive did not come up and take a +shot at him, he finally advanced upon the fallen enemy and securing +his gun, ammunition and scalp, went to his horse and drove the herd +on through the woods and crossing a long flat prairie, ascended a +long chain of hills and sat looking back along his trail in search +of any of the enemy who might continue to follow him. + +Thus he sat until the long shadows of the hills reminded him that +it would soon be sunset, and as he must get some sleep, he wanted +to find some creek bend where he could drive the bunch of ponies +and feel safe as to their not straying off during the night. He +found a good place for the herd, and catching a fresh horse, he +picketed him close to where he was going to sleep, and wrapping +himself in his blanket, was soon fast asleep. So tired and sleepy +was he that a heavy rain which had come up, during the night, +soaked him through and through, but he never awakened until the sun +was high in the east. + +He awoke and going to the place where he had left the herd, he was +glad to find them all there. He mounted his horse and started his +herd homeward again. For two days he drove them, and on the +evening of the second day he came in sight of the village. + +The older warriors, hearing of the young man going on this trip +alone and unarmed, told the parents to go in mourning for their +son, as he would never come back alive. When the people of the +village saw this large drove of horses advancing towards them, they +at first thought it was a war party of the enemy, and so the head +men called the young warriors together and fully prepared for a +great battle. They advanced upon the supposed enemy. When they +got close enough to discern a lone horseman driving this large +herd, they surrounded the horses and lone warrior, and brought him +triumphantly into camp. On arriving in the camp (or village) the +horses were counted and the number counted up to one hundred and +ten head. + +The chief and his criers (or heralds) announced through the whole +village that there would be a great war dance given in honor of the +Lone Warrior. + +The whole village turned out and had a great war dance that was +kept up three days and three nights. The two scalps which the +young man had taken were tied to a pole which was placed in the +center of the dance circle. At this dance, the Lone Warrior gave +to each poor family five head of horses. + +Being considered eligible now to pay his respects to any girl who +took his fancy, he at once went to the camp of the beautiful girl +of the tribe, and as he was always her choice, she at once +consented to marry him. + +The news spread through the village that Lone Warrior had won the +belle of the nation for his bride, and this with the great feat +which he had accomplished alone in killing two enemies and bringing +home a great herd of horses, raised him to the rank of chief, which +he faithfully filled to the end of his days. And many times he had +to tell his grandchildren the story of how he got the name of the +Lone Warrior. + + + + + + +THE SIOUX WHO MARRIED THE CROW +CHIEF'S DAUGHTER + +A war party of seven young men, seeing a lone tepee standing on the +edge of a heavy belt of timber, stopped and waited for darkness, in +order to send one of their scouts ahead to ascertain whether the +camp which they had seen was the camp of friend or enemy. + +When darkness had settled down on them, and they felt secure in not +being detected, they chose one of their scouts to go on alone and +find out what would be the best direction for them to advance upon +the camp, should it prove to be an enemy. + +Among the scouts was one who was noted for his bravery, and many +were the brave acts he had performed. His name was Big Eagle. +This man they selected to go to the lone camp and obtain the +information for which they were waiting. + +Big Eagle was told to look carefully over the ground and select the +best direction from which they should make the attack. The other +six would await his return. He started on his mission, being +careful not to make any noise. He stealthily approached the +camp. As he drew near to the tent he was surprised to note the +absence of any dogs, as these animals are always kept by the Sioux +to notify the owners by their barking of the approach of anyone. +He crawled up to the tepee door, and peeping through a small +aperture, he saw three persons sitting inside. An elderly man and +woman were sitting at the right of the fireplace, and a young woman +at the seat of honor, opposite the door. + +Big Eagle had been married and his wife had died five winters +previous to the time of this episode. He had never thought of +marrying again, but when he looked upon this young woman he thought +he was looking upon the face of his dead wife. He removed his +cartridge belts and knife, and placing them, along with his rifle, +at the side of the tent, he at once boldly stepped inside the +tepee, and going over to the man, extended his hand and shook first +the man's hand, then the old woman's, and lastly the young woman's. +Then he seated himself by the side of the girl, and thus they sat, +no one speaking. + +Finally, Big Eagle made signs to the man, explaining as well as +possible by signs, that his wife had died long ago, and when he saw +the girl she so strongly resembled his dead wife that he wished to +marry her, and he would go back to the enemy's camp and live with +them, if they would consent to the marriage of their daughter. + +The old man seemed to understand, and Big Eagle again made signs to +him that a party were lying in wait just a short distance from his +camp. Noiselessly they brought in the horses, and taking down the +tent, they at once moved off in the direction from whence they had +come. The war party waited all night, and when the first rays of +dawn disclosed to them the absence of the tepee, they at once +concluded that Big Eagle had been discovered and killed, so they +hurriedly started on their trail for home. + +In the meantime, the hunting party, for this it was that Big Eagle +had joined, made very good time in putting a good distance between +themselves and the war party. All day they traveled, and when +evening came they ascended a high hill, looking down into the +valley on the other side. There stretched for two miles, along the +banks of a small stream, an immense camp. The old man made signs +for Big Eagle to remain with the two women where he was, until he +could go to the camp and prepare them to receive an enemy into +their village. + +The old man rode through the camp and drew up at the largest tepee +in the village. Soon Big Eagle could see men gathering around the +tepee. The crowd grew larger and larger, until the whole village +had assembled at the large tepee. Finally they dispersed, and +catching their horses, mounted and advanced to the hill on which +Big Eagle and the two women were waiting. They formed a circle +around them and slowly they returned to the village, singing and +riding in a circle around them. + +When they arrived at the village they advanced to the large tepee, +and motioned Big Eagle to the seat of honor in the tepee. In the +village was a man who understood and spoke the Sioux language. He +was sent for, and through him the oath of allegiance +to the Crow tribe was taken by Big Eagle. This done he was +presented with the girl to wife, and also with many spotted ponies. + +Big Eagle lived with his wife among her people for two years, and +during this time he joined in four different battles between his +own people (the Sioux) and the Crow people, to whom his wife +belonged. + +In no battle with his own people would he carry any weapons, only +a long willow coup-stick, with which he struck the fallen Sioux. + +At the expiration of two years he concluded to pay a visit to his +own tribe, and his father-in-law, being a chief of high standing, +at once had it heralded through the village that his son-in-law +would visit his own people, and for them to show their good will +and respect for him by bringing ponies for his son-in-law to take +back to his people. + +Hearing this, the herds were all driven in and all day long horses +were brought to the tent of Big Eagle, and when he was ready to +start on his homeward trip, twenty young men were elected to +accompany him to within a safe distance of his village. The twenty +young men drove the gift horses, amounting to two hundred and +twenty head, to within one day's journey of the village of Big +Eagle, and fearing for their safety from his people, Big Eagle sent +them back to their own village. + +On his arrival at his home village, they received him as one +returned from the dead, as they were sure he had been killed the +night he had been sent to reconnoiter the lone camp. There was +great feasting and dancing in honor of his return, and the horses +were distributed among the needy ones of the village. + +Remaining at his home village for a year, he one day made up his +mind to return to his wife's people. A great many fancy robes, +dresses, war bonnets, moccasins, and a great drove of horses were +given him, and his wife, and he bade farewell to his people for +good, saying, "I will never return to you again, as I have decided +to live the remainder of my days with my wife's people." + +On his arrival at the village of the Crows, he found his +father-in-law at the point of death. A few days later the old man +died, and Big Eagle was appointed to fill the vacancy of chief made +by the death of his father-in-law. + +Subsequently he took part in battles against his own people, and in +the third battle was killed on the field. Tenderly the Crow +warriors bore him back to their camp, and great was the mourning in +the Crow village for the brave man who always went into battle +unarmed, save only the willow wand which he carried. + +Thus ended the career of one of the bravest of Sioux warriors who +ever took the scalp of an enemy, and who for the love of his dead +wife, gave up home, parents, and friends, to be killed on the field +of battle by his own tribe. + + + + + + +THE BOY AND THE TURTLES + +A boy went on a turtle hunt, and after following the different +streams for hours, finally came to the conclusion that the only +place he would find any turtles would be at the little lake, where +the tribe always hunted them. + +So, leaving the stream he had been following, he cut across country +to the lake. On drawing near the lake he crawled on his hands and +knees in order not to be seen by the turtles, who were very +watchful, as they had been hunted so much. Peeping over the rock +he saw a great many out on the shore sunning themselves, so he very +cautiously undressed, so he could leap into the water and catch +them before they secreted themselves. But on pulling off his +shirt one of his hands was held up so high that the turtles saw it +and jumped into the lake with a great splash. + +The boy ran to the shore, but saw only bubbles coming up from the +bottom. Directly the boy saw something coming to the surface, and +soon it came up into sight. It was a little man, and soon others, +by the hundreds, came up and swam about, splashing the water up +into the air to a great height. So scared was the boy that he +never stopped to gather up his clothes but ran home naked and fell +into his grandmother's tent door. + +"What is the trouble, grandchild," cried the old woman. But the +boy could not answer. "Did you see anything unnatural?" He shook +his head, "no." He made signs to the grandmother that his lungs +were pressing so hard against his sides that he could not +talk. He kept beating his side with his clenched hands. The +grandmother got out her medicine bag, made a prayer to the Great +Spirit to drive out the evil spirit that had entered her grandson's +body, and after she had applied the medicine, the prayer must have +been heard and answered, as the boy commenced telling her what he +had heard and seen. + +The grandmother went to the chief's tent and told what her grandson +had seen. The chief sent two brave warriors to the lake to +ascertain whether it was true or not. The two warriors crept to +the little hill close to the lake, and there, sure enough, the lake +was swarming with little men swimming about, splashing the water +high up into the air. The warriors, too, were scared and hurried +home, and in the council called on their return told what they had +seen. The boy was brought to the council and given the seat of +honor (opposite the door), and was named "Wankan Wanyanka" (sees +holy). + +The lake had formerly borne the name of Truth Lake, but from this +time on was called "Wicasa-bde"--Man Lake. + + + + + + + +THE HERMIT, OR THE GIFT OF CORN + +In a deep forest, far from the villages of his people, lived a +hermit. His tent was made of buffalo skins, and his dress was made +of deer skin. Far from the haunts of any human being this old +hermit was content to spend his days. + +All day long he would wander through the forest studying the +different plants of nature and collecting precious roots, which he +used as medicine. At long intervals some warrior would arrive at +the tent of the old hermit and get medicine roots from him for the +tribe, the old hermit's medicine being considered far superior to +all others. + +After a long day's ramble in the woods, the hermit came home late, +and being very tired, at once lay down on his bed and was just +dozing off to sleep, when he felt something rub against his foot. +Awakening with a start, he noticed a dark object and an arm was +extended to him, holding in its hand a flint pointed arrow. + +The hermit thought, "This must be a spirit, as there is no human +being around here but myself!" A voice then said: "Hermit, I have +come to invite you to my home." "How (yes), I will come," said the +old hermit. Wherewith he arose, wrapped his robe about him and +followed. + +Outside the door he stopped and looked around, but could see no +signs of the dark object. + +"Whoever you are, or whatever you be, wait for me, as I don't know +where to go to find your house," said the hermit. Not an answer +did he receive, nor could he hear any noises as though anyone was +walking through the brush. Re-entering his tent he retired and was +soon fast asleep. The next night the same thing occurred again, +and the hermit followed the object out, only to be left as before. + +He was very angry to think that anyone should be trying to make +sport of him, and he determined to find out who this could be who +was disturbing his night's rest. + +The next evening he cut a hole in the tent large enough to stick an +arrow through, and stood by the door watching. Soon the dark +object came and stopped outside of the door, and said: +"Grandfather, I came to--," but he never finished the sentence, +for the old man let go his arrow, and he heard the arrow strike +something which produced a sound as though he had shot into a sack +of pebbles. He did not go out that night to see what his arrow had +struck, but early next morning he went out and looked at the spot +about where he thought the object had stood. There on the ground +lay a little heap of corn, and from this little heap a small line +of corn lay scattered along a path. This he followed far into the +woods. When he came to a very small knoll the trail ended. At the +end of the trail was a large circle, from which the grass had been +scraped off clean. + +"The corn trail stops at the edge of this circle," said the old +man, "so this must be the home of whoever it was that invited me." +He took his bone knife and hatchet and proceeded to dig down into +the center of the circle. When he had got down to the length +of his arm, he came to a sack of dried meat. Next he found a sack +of Indian turnips, then a sack of dried cherries; then a sack of +corn, and last of all another sack, empty except that there was +about a cupful of corn in one corner of it, and that the sack had +a hole in the other corner where his arrow had pierced it. From +this hole in the sack the corn was scattered along the trail, which +guided the old man to the cache.* + +From this the hermit taught the tribes how to keep their provisions +when traveling and were overloaded. He explained to them how they +should dig a pit and put their provisions into it and cover them +with earth. By this method the Indians used to keep provisions all +summer, and when fall came they would return to their cache, and on +opening it would find everything as fresh as the day they were +placed there. + +The old hermit was also thanked as the discoverer of corn, which +had never been known to the Indians until discovered by the old +hermit. + +*Hiding place. + + + + + + +THE MYSTERIOUS BUTTE + +A young man was once hunting and came to a steep hill. The east +side of the hill suddenly dropped off to a very steep bank. He +stood on this bank, and at the base he noticed a small opening. On +going down to examine it more closely, he found it was large enough +to admit a horse or buffalo. On either side of the door were +figures of different animals engraved into the wall. + +He entered the opening and there, scattered about on the floor, lay +many bracelets, pipes and many other things of ornament, as though +they had been offerings to some great spirit. He passed through +this first room and on entering the second it was so dark +that he could not see his hands before his face, so becoming +scared, he hurriedly left the place, and returning home told what +he had seen. + +Upon hearing this the chief selected four of his most daring +warriors to go with this young man and investigate and ascertain +whether the young man was telling the truth or not. The five +proceeded to the butte, and at the entrance the young man refused +to go inside, as the figures on either side of the entrance had +been changed. + +The four entered and seeing that all in the first chamber was as +the young man had told, they went on to the next chamber and found +it so dark that they could not see anything. They continued on, +however, feeling their way along the walls. They finally +found an entrance that was so narrow that they had to squeeze into +it sideways. They felt their way around the walls and found +another entrance, so low down that they had to crawl on their hands +and knees to go through into the next chamber. + +On entering the last chamber they found a very sweet odor coming +from the opposite direction. Feeling around and crawling on their +hands and knees, they discovered a hole in the floor leading +downward. From this hole came up the sweet odor. They hurriedly +held a council, and decided to go no further, but return to the +camp and report what they had found. On getting to the first +chamber one of the young men said: "I am going to take these +bracelets to show that we are telling the truth." "No," said the +other three, "this being the abode of some Great Spirit, you may +have some accident befall you for taking what is not yours." "Ah! +You fellows are like old women," said he, taking a fine bracelet +and encircling his left wrist with it. + +When they reached the village they reported what they had seen. +The young man exhibited the bracelet to prove that it was the truth +they had told. + +Shortly after this, these four young men were out fixing up traps +for wolves. They would raise one end of a heavy log and place a +stick under, bracing up the log. A large piece of meat was placed +about five feet away from the log and this space covered with poles +and willows. At the place where the upright stick was put, a hole +was left open, large enough to admit the body of a wolf. The wolf, +scenting the meat and unable to get at it through the poles and +willows, would crowd into the hole and working his +body forward, in order to get the meat, would push down the brace +and the log thus released would hold the wolf fast under its +weight. + +The young man with the bracelet was placing his bait under the log +when he released the log by knocking down the brace, and the log +caught his wrist on which he wore the bracelet. He could not +release himself and called loud and long for assistance. His +friends, hearing his call, came to his assistance, and on lifting +the log found the young man's wrist broken. "Now," said they, "you +have been punished for taking the wristlet out of the chamber of +the mysterious butte." + +Some time after this a young man went to the butte and saw engraved +on the wall a woman holding in her hand a pole, with which she was +holding up a large amount of beef which had been laid across +another pole, which had broken in two from the weight of so much +meat. + +He returned to the camp and reported what he had seen. All around +the figure he saw marks of buffalo hoofs, also marked upon the +wall. + +The next day an enormous herd of buffalo came near to the village, +and a great many were killed. The women were busy cutting up and +drying the meat. At one camp was more meat than at any other. The +woman was hanging meat upon a long tent pole, when the pole broke +in two and she was obliged to hold the meat up with another pole, +just as the young man saw on the mysterious butte. + +Ever after that the Indians paid weekly visits to this butte, and +thereon would read the signs that were to govern their plans. + +This butte was always considered the prophet of the tribe. + + + + + + +THE WONDERFUL TURTLE + +Near to a Chippewa village lay a large lake, and in this lake there +lived an enormous turtle. This was no ordinary turtle, as he would +often come out of his home in the lake and visit with his Indian +neighbors. He paid the most of his visits to the head +chief, and on these occasions would stay for hours, smoking and +talking with him. + +The chief, seeing that the turtle was very smart and showed great +wisdom in his talk, took a great fancy to him, and whenever any +puzzling subject came up before the chief, he generally sent for +Mr. Turtle to help him decide. + +One day there came a great misunderstanding between different +parties of the tribe, and so excited became both sides that it +threatened to cause bloodshed. The chief was unable to decide for +either faction, so he said, "I will call Mr. Turtle. He will +judge for you." + +Sending for the turtle, the chief vacated his seat for the time +being, until the turtle should hear both sides, and decide which +was in the right. The turtle came, and taking the chief's seat, +listened very attentively to both sides, and thought long before he +gave his decision. After thinking long and studying each +side carefully, he came to the conclusion to decide in favor of +both. This would not cause any hard feelings. So he gave them a +lengthy speech and showed them where they were both in the right, +and wound up by saying: + +"You are both in the right in some ways and wrong in others. +Therefore, I will say that you both are equally in the right." + +When they heard this decision, they saw that the turtle was right, +and gave him a long cheer for the wisdom displayed by him. The +whole tribe saw that had it not been for this wise decision there +would have been a great shedding of blood in the tribe. So +they voted him as their judge, and the chief, being so well pleased +with him, gave to him his only daughter in marriage. + +The daughter of the chief was the most beautiful maiden of the +Chippewa nation, and young men from other tribes traveled hundreds +of miles for an opportunity to make love to her, and try to win her +for a wife. It was all to no purpose. She would accept no one, +only him whom her father would select for her. The turtle was very +homely, but as he was prudent and wise, the father chose him, and +she accepted him. + +The young men of the tribe were very jealous, but their jealousy +was all to no purpose. She married the turtle. The young men +would make sport of the chief's son-in-law. They would say to him: +"How did you come to have so flat a stomach?" The turtle +answered them, saying: + +"My friends, had you been in my place, you too would have flat +stomachs. I came by my flat stomach in this way: The Chippewas and +Sioux had a great battle, and the Sioux, too numerous for the +Chippewas, were killing them off so fast that they had to run for +their lives. I was on the Chippewa side and some of the Sioux were +pressing five of us, and were gaining on us very fast. Coming to +some high grass, I threw myself down flat on my face, and pressed +my stomach close to the ground, so the pursuers could not see me. +They passed me and killed the four I was with. After they had gone +back, I arose and lo! my stomach was as you see it now. So hard +had I pressed to the ground that it would not assume its original +shape again." + +After he had explained the cause of his deformity to them, they +said: "The Turtle is brave. We will bother him no more." Shortly +after this the Sioux made an attack upon the Chippewas, and every +one deserted the village. The Turtle could not travel as fast as +the rest and was left behind. It being an unusually hot day in the +fall, the Turtle grew very thirsty and sleepy. Finally scenting +water, he crawled towards the point from whence the scent +came, and coming to a large lake jumped in and had a bath, after +which he swam towards the center and dived down, and finding some +fine large rocks at the bottom, he crawled in among them and fell +asleep. He had his sleep out and arose to the top. + +Swimming to shore he found it was summer. He had slept all winter. +The birds were singing, and the green grass and leaves gave forth +a sweet odor. + +He crawled out and started out looking for the Chippewa camp. He +came upon the camp several days after he had left his winter +quarters, and going around in search of his wife, found her at the +extreme edge of the village. She was nursing her baby, and as he +asked to see it, she showed it to him. When he saw that it was a +lovely baby and did not resemble him in any respect, he got angry +and went off to a large lake, where he contented himself with +catching flies and insects and living on seaweed the remainder of +his life. + + + + + +THE MAN AND THE OAK + +There once lived a Sioux couple who had two children, a boy and a +girl. Every fall this family would move away from the main camp +and take up their winter quarters in a grove of timber some +distance from the principal village. The reason they did this was +that he was a great hunter and where a village was located for the +winter the game was usually very scarce. Therefore, he always +camped by himself in order to have an abundance of game adjacent +to his camp. + +All summer he had roamed around following the tribe to wherever +their fancy might take them. During their travels this particular +year there came to the village a strange girl who had no relatives +there. No one seemed very anxious to take her into their +family, so the great hunter's daughter, taking a fancy to the poor +girl, took her to their home and kept her. She addressed her as +sister, and the parents, on account of their daughter, addressed +her as daughter. + +This strange girl became desperately in love with the young man of +the family, but being addressed as daughter by the parents, she +could not openly show her feelings as the young man was considered +her brother. + +In the fall when the main village moved into a large belt of timber +for their winter quarters, the hunter moved on to another place two +days' travel from the main winter camp, where he would not be +disturbed by any other hunters. + +The young man had a tent by himself, and it was always kept nice +and clean by his sister, who was very much attached to him. After +a long day's hunt in the woods, he would go into his tent and lie +down to rest, and when his supper was ready his sister would +say, "My brother is so tired. I will carry his supper to him." + +Her friend, whom she addressed as sister, would never go into the +young man's tent. Along towards spring there came one night into +the young man's tent a woman. She sat down by the door and kept +her face covered so that it was hidden from view. She sat there a +long time and finally arose and went away. The young man could not +imagine who this could be. He knew that it was a long distance +from the village and could not make out where the woman +could have come from. The next night the woman came again and this +time she came a little nearer to where the young man lay. She sat +down and kept her face covered as before. Neither spoke a word. +She sat there for a long time and then arose and departed. He was +very much puzzled over the actions of this woman and decided to +ascertain on her next visit who she was. + +He kindled a small fire in his tent and had some ash wood laid on +it so as to keep fire a long time, as ash burns very slowly and +holds fire a long time. + +The third night the woman came again and sat down still nearer his +bed. She held her blanket open just a trifle, and he, catching up +one of the embers, flashed it in her face; jumping up she ran +hurriedly out of the tent. The next morning he noticed that his +adopted sister kept her face hidden with her blanket. She chanced +to drop her blanket while in the act of pouring out some soup, and +when she did so he noticed a large burned spot on her cheek. + +He felt so sorry for what he had done that he could eat no +breakfast, but went outside and lay down under an oak tree. All +day long he lay there gazing up into the tree, and when he was +called for supper he refused, saying that he was not hungry, and +for them not to bother him, as he would soon get up and go to bed. +Far into the night he lay thus, and when he tried to arise he could +not, as a small oak tree grew through the center of his body and +held him fast to the ground. + +In the morning when the family awoke they found the girl had +disappeared, and on going outside the sister discovered her brother +held fast to the earth by an oak tree which grew very rapidly. In +vain were the best medicine men of the tribe sent for. Their +medicine was of no avail. They said: "If the tree is cut down the +young man will die." + +The sister was wild with grief, and extending her hands to the sun, +she cried: "Great Spirit, relieve my suffering brother. Any one +who releases him I will marry, be he young, old, homely or +deformed." + +Several days after the young man had met with the mishap, there +came to the tent a very tall man, who had a bright light encircling +his body. "Where is the girl who promised to marry any one who +would release her brother?" "I am the one," said the young +man's sister. "I am the all-powerful lightning and thunder. I see +all things and can kill at one stroke a whole tribe. When I make +my voice heard the rocks shake loose and go rattling down the +hillsides. The brave warriors cower shivering under some shelter +at the sound of my voice. The girl whom you had adopted as your +sister was a sorceress. She bewitched your brother because he +would not let her make love to him. On my way here I met her +traveling towards the west, and knowing what she had done, I struck +her with one of my blazing swords, and she lies there now a heap of +ashes. I will now release your brother." + +So saying he placed his hand on the tree and instantly it crumbled +to ashes. The young man arose, and thanked his deliverer. + +Then they saw a great black cloud approaching, and the man said: +"Make ready, we shall go home on that cloud." As the cloud +approached near to the man who stood with his bride, it suddenly +lowered and enveloped them and with a great roar and amidst flashes +of lightning and loud peals of thunder the girl ascended and +disappeared into the west with her Thunder and Lightning husband. + + + + + + +STORY OF THE TWO YOUNG FRIENDS + +There were once in a very large Indian camp two little boys who +were fast friends. One of the boys, "Chaske" (meaning first born), +was the son of a very rich family, and was always dressed in the +finest of clothes of Indian costume. The other boy, "Hake" +(meaning last born), was an orphan and lived with his old +grandmother, who was very destitute, and consequently could not +dress the boy in fine raiment. So poorly was the boy dressed that +the boys who had good clothes always tormented him and would not +play in his company. + +Chaske did not look at the clothes of any boy whom he chose as a +friend, but mingled with all boys regardless of how they were clad, +and would study their dispositions. The well dressed he found were +vain and conceited. The fairly well dressed he found +selfish and spiteful. The poorly clad he found to be generous and +truthful, and from all of them he chose "Hake" for his "Koda" +(friend). As Chaske was the son of the leading war chief he was +very much sought after by the rest of the boys, each one trying to +gain the honor of being chosen for the friend and companion of the +great chief's son; but, as I have before said, Chaske carefully +studied them all and finally chose the orphan Hake. + +It was a lucky day for Hake when he was chosen for the friend and +companion of Chaske. The orphan boy was taken to the lodge of his +friend's parents and dressed up in fine clothes and moccasins. +(When the Indians' sons claim any one as their friend, the friend +thus chosen is adopted into the family as their own son). + +Chaske and Hake were inseparable. Where one was seen the other was +not far distant. They played, hunted, trapped, ate and slept +together. They would spend most of the long summer days hunting in +the forests. + +Time went on and these two fast friends grew up to be fine +specimens of their tribe. When they became the age to select a +sweetheart they would go together and make love to a girl. Each +helping the other to win the affection of the one of his choice. +Chaske loved a girl who was the daughter of an old medicine man. +She was very much courted by the other young men of the tribe, and +many a horse loaded with robes and fine porcupine work was tied at +the medicine man's tepee in offering for the hand of his daughter, +but the horses, laden as when tied there, were turned loose, +signifying that the offer was not accepted. + +The girl's choice was Chaske's friend Hake. Although he had never +made love to her for himself, he had always used honeyed words to +her and was always loud in his praises for his friend Chaske. One +night the two friends had been to see the girl, and +on their return Chaske was very quiet, having nothing to say and +seemingly in deep study. Always of a bright, jolly and amiable +disposition, his silence and moody spell grieved his friend very +much, and he finally spoke to Chaske, saying: "Koda, what has come +over you? You who were always so jolly and full of fun? Your +silence makes me grieve for you and I do not know what you are +feeling so downhearted about. Has the girl said anything to you +to make you feel thus?" + +"Wait, friend," said Chaske, "until morning, and then I will know +how to answer your inquiry. Don't ask me anything more tonight, as +my heart is having a great battle with my brain." + +Hake bothered his friend no more that night, but he could not +sleep. He kept wondering what "Pretty Feather" (the girl whom his +friend loved) could have said to Chaske to bring such a change over +him. Hake never suspected that he himself was the cause of his +friend's sorrow, for never did he have a thought that it was +himself that Pretty Feather loved. + +The next morning after they had eaten breakfast, Chaske proposed +that they should go out on the prairies, and see if they would have +the good luck to kill an antelope. Hake went out and got the band +of horses, of which there were over a hundred. They +selected the fleetest two in the herd, and taking their bows and +arrows, mounted and rode away towards the south. + +Hake was overjoyed to note the change in his friend. His oldtime +jollity had returned. They rode out about five miles, and scaring +up a drove of antelope they started in hot pursuit, and as their +horses were very fleet of foot soon caught up to the drove, +and each singling out his choice quickly dispatched him with an +arrow. They could easily have killed more of the antelope, but did +not want to kill them just for sport, but for food, and knowing +that they had now all that their horses could pack home, they +dismounted and proceeded to dress their kill. + +After each had finished packing the kill on his horse, Chaske said: +"Let us sit down and have a smoke before we start back. Besides, +I have something to tell you which I can tell better sitting still +than I can riding along." Hake came and sat down opposite his +friend, and while they smoked Chaske said: + +"My friend, we have been together for the last twenty years and I +have yet the first time to deceive you in any way, and I know I can +truthfully say the same of you. Never have I known you to deceive +me nor tell me an untruth. I have no brothers or sisters. The +only brother's love I know is yours. The only sister's love I will +know will be Pretty Feather's, for brother, last night she told me +she loved none but you and would marry you and you only. So, +brother, I am going to take my antelope to my sister-in-law's tent +and deposit it at her door. Then she will know that her wish will +be fulfilled. I thought at first that you had been playing traitor +to me and had been making love to her for yourself, but when she +explained it all to me and begged me to intercede for her to you, +I then knew that I had judged you wrongfully, and that, together +with my lost love, made me so quiet and sorrowful last night. So +now, brother, take the flower of the nation for your wife, and I +will be content to continue through life a lonely +bachelor, as never again can I give any woman the place which +Pretty Feather had in my heart." + +Their pipes being smoked out they mounted their ponies and Chaske +started up in a clear, deep voice the beautiful love song of Pretty +Feather and his friend Hake. + +Such is the love between two friends, who claim to be as brothers +among the Indians. Chaske gave up his love of a beautiful woman +for a man who was in fact no relation to him. + +Hake said, "I will do as you say, my friend, but before I can marry +the medicine man's daughter, I will have to go on the warpath and +do some brave deed, and will start in ten days." They rode towards +home, planning which direction they would travel, and as it was to +be their first experience on the warpath, they would seek advice +from the old warriors of the tribe. + +On their arrival at the village Hake took his kill to their own +tent, while Chaske took his to the tent of the Medicine Man, and +deposited it at the door and rode off towards home. + +The mother of Pretty Feather did not know whether to take the +offering or not, but Pretty Feather, seeing by this offering that +her most cherished wish was to be granted, told her mother to take +the meat and cook it and invite the old women of the camp to a +feast in honor of the son-in-law who was soon to keep them +furnished with plenty of meat. Hake and his friend sought out all +of the old warriors and gained all the information they desired. +Every evening Hake visited his intended wife and many happy +evenings they spent together. + +The morning of the tenth day the two friends left the village and +turned their faces toward the west where the camps of the enemy are +more numerous than in any other direction. They were not mounted +and therefore traveled slowly, so it took about ten days of walking +before they saw any signs of the enemy. The old warriors had told +them of a thickly wooded creek within the enemies' bounds. The old +men said, "That creek looks the ideal place to camp, but don't camp +there by any means, because there is a ghost who haunts that creek, +and any one who camps there is disturbed all through the night, and +besides they never return, because the ghost is Wakan (holy), and +the enemies conquer the travelers every time." +The friends had extra moccasins with them and one extra blanket, as +it was late in the fall and the nights were very cold. + +They broke camp early one morning and walked all day. Along +towards evening, the clouds which had been threatening all day, +hurriedly opened their doors and down came the snowflakes thick and +fast. Just before it started snowing the friends had noticed a +dark line about two miles in advance of them. Chaske spoke to his +friend and said: "If this storm continues we will be obliged to +stay overnight at Ghost Creek, as I noticed it not far ahead of us, +just before the storm set in." "I noticed it also," said Hake. +"We might as well entertain a ghost all night as to lie out on +these open prairies and freeze to death." So they decided to run +the risk and stay in the sheltering woods of Ghost Creek. When +they got to the creek it seemed as if they had stepped inside a big +tepee, so thick was the brush and timber that the wind could not be +felt at all. They hunted and found a place where the brush was +very thick and the grass very tall. They quickly pulled the tops +of the nearest willows together and by intertwining the ends made +them fast, and throwing their tent robe over this, soon had a cosy +tepee in which to sleep. They started their fire and cooked some +dried buffalo meat and buffalo tallow, and were just about to eat +their supper when a figure of a man came slowly in through the door +and sat down near where he had entered. Hake, being the one who +was doing the cooking, poured out some tea into his own cup, and +putting a piece of pounded meat and marrow into a small plate, +placed it before the stranger, saying: "Eat, my friend, we are on +the warpath and do not carry much of a variety of food with us, but +I give you the best we have." + +The stranger drew the plate towards him, and commenced eating +ravenously. He soon finished his meal and handed the dish and cup +back. He had not uttered a word so far. Chaske filled the pipe +and handed it to him. He smoked for a few minutes, took one last +draw from the pipe and handed it back to Chaske, and then he said: +"Now, my friends, I am not a living man, but the wandering spirit +of a once great warrior, who was killed in these woods by the enemy +whom you two brave young men are now seeking to make war upon. For +years I have been roaming these woods in hopes that I might find +some one brave enough to stop and listen to me, but all who have +camped here in the past have run away at my approach or fired guns +or shot arrows at me. For such cowards as these I have always +found a grave. They never returned to their homes. Now I have +found two brave men whom I can tell what I want done, and if you +accomplish what I tell you to do, you will return home with many +horses and some scalps dangling from your belts. Just over this +range of hills north of us, a large village is encamped for the +winter. In that camp is the man who laid in ambush and shot me, +killing me before I could get a chance to defend myself. I want +that man's scalp, because he has been the cause of my wanderings +for a great many years. Had he killed me on the battlefield my +spirit would have at once joined my brothers in the happy hunting +grounds, but being killed by a coward, my spirit is doomed to roam +until I can find some brave man who will kill this coward and bring +me his scalp. This is why I have tried every party who have camped +here to listen to me, but as I have said before, they were all +cowards. Now, I ask you two brave young men, will you do this for +me?" + +"We will," said the friends in one voice. "Thank you, my boys. +Now, I know why you came here, and that one of you came to earn his +feathers by killing an enemy, before he would marry; the girl he is +to marry is my granddaughter, as I am the father of the +great Medicine Man. In the morning there will pass by in plain +sight of here a large party. They will chase the buffalo over on +that flat. After they have passed an old man leading a black horse +and riding a white one will come by on the trail left by the +hunting party. He will be driving about a hundred horses, which he +will leave over in the next ravine. He will then proceed to the +hunting grounds and get meat from the different hunters. After the +hunters have all gone home he will come last, singing the praises +of the ones who gave him the meat. This man you must kill and +scalp, as he is the one I want killed. Then take the white and +black horse and each mount and go to the hunting grounds. There +you will see two of the enemy riding about picking up empty shells. +Kill and scalp these two and each take a scalp and come over to the +high knoll and I will show you where the horses are, and as soon as +you hand me the old man's scalp I will disappear and you will see +me no more. As soon as I disappear, it will start in snowing. +Don't be afraid as the snow will cover your trail, but +nevertheless, don't stop traveling for three days and nights, as +these people will suspect that some of your tribe have done this, +and they will follow you until you cross your own boundary lines." + +When morning came, the two friends sat in the thick brush and +watched a large party pass by their hiding place. So near were +they that the friends could hear them laughing and talking. After +the hunting party had passed, as the spirit had told them, along +came the old man, driving a large band of horses and leading a fine +looking coal black horse. The horse the old man was riding was as +white as snow. The friends crawled to a little brush covered hill +and watched the chase after the shooting had ceased. The friends +knew it would not be long before the return of the party, so they +crawled back to their camp and hurriedly ate some pounded meat and +drank some cherry tea. Then they took down their robe and rolled +it up and got everything in readiness for a hurried flight with the +horses. Scarcely had they got everything in readiness when the +party came by, singing their song of the chase. When they had all +gone the friends crawled down to the trail and lay waiting for the +old man. Soon they heard him singing. Nearer and nearer came the +sounds of the song until at last at a bend in the road, the old man +came into view. The two friends arose and advanced to meet him. +On he came still singing. No doubt he mistook them for some of his +own people. When he was very close to them they each stepped to +either side of him and before he could make an outcry they pierced +his cowardly old heart with two arrows. He had hardly touched the +ground when they both struck him with their bows, winning first and +second honors by striking an enemy after he has fallen. Chaske +having won first honors, asked his friend to perform the scalping +deed, which he did. And wanting to be sure that the spirit would +get full revenge, took the whole scalp, ears and all, and tied it +to his belt. The buffalo beef which the old man had packed upon +the black horse, they threw on the top of the old man. Quickly +mounting the two horses, they hastened out across the long flat +towards the hunting grounds. When they came in sight of the +grounds there they saw two men riding about from place to place. +Chaske took after the one on the right, Hake the one on the left. +When the two men saw these two strange men riding like the wind +towards them, they turned their horses to retreat towards the +hills, but the white and the black were the swiftest of the tribe's +horses, and quickly overtook the two fleeing men. When they came +close to the enemy they strung their arrows onto the bowstring and +drove them through the two fleeing hunters. As they were falling +they tried to shoot, but being greatly exhausted, their bullets +whistled harmlessly over the heads of the two friends. They +scalped the two enemies and took their guns and ammunition, also +secured the two horses and started for the high knoll. When they +arrived at the place, there stood the spirit. Hake presented him +with the old man's scalp and then the spirit showed them the large +band of horses, and saying, "Ride hard and long," disappeared and +was seen no more by any war parties, as he was thus enabled to join +his forefathers in the happy hunting grounds. + +The friends did as the spirit had told them. For three days and +three nights they rode steadily. On the fourth morning they came +into their own boundary. From there on they rode more slowly, and +let the band of horses rest and crop the tops of long grass. They +would stop occasionally, and while one slept the other kept watch. +Thus they got fairly well rested before they came in sight of where +their camp had stood when they had left. All that they could see +of the once large village was the lone tent of the great Medicine +Man. They rode up on to a high hill and farther on towards the +east they saw smoke from a great many tepees. They then knew that +something had happened and that the village had moved away. + +"My friend," said Chaske, "I am afraid something has happened to +the Medicine Man's lodge, and rather than have you go there, I will +go alone and you follow the trail of our party and go on ahead +with the horses. I will take the black and the white horses with +me and I will follow on later, after I have seen what the trouble +is." + +"Very well, my friend, I will do as you say, but I am afraid +something has happened to Pretty Feather." Hake started on with +the horses, driving them along the broad trail left by the hundreds +of travois. Chaske made slowly towards the tepee, and stopping +outside, stood and listened. Not a sound could he hear. The only +living thing he saw was Pretty Feather's spotted horse tied to the +side of the tent. Then he knew that she must be dead. He rode off +into the thick brush and tied his two horses securely. Then he came +back and entered the tepee. There on a bed of robes lay some one +apparently dead. The body was wrapped in blankets and robes and +bound around and around with parfleche ropes. These he carefully +untied and unwound. Then he unwrapped the robes and blankets and +when he uncovered the face, he saw, as he had expected to, the face +of his lost love, Pretty Feather. As he sat gazing on her +beautiful young face, his heart ached for his poor friend. He +himself had loved and lost this beautiful maiden, and now his +friend who had won her would have to suffer the untold grief which +he had suffered. + +What was that? Could it have been a slight quivering of the +nostrils that he had seen, or was it mad fancy playing a trick on +him? Closer he drew to her face, watching intently for another +sign. There it was again, only this time it was a long, deep drawn +breath. He arose, got some water and taking a small stick slowly +forced open her mouth and poured some into it. Then he took some +sage, dipped it into the water and sprinkled a little on her head +and face. There were many parfleche bags piled around the tepee, +and thinking he might find some kind of medicine roots which he +could use to revive her he started opening them one after the +other. He had opened three and was just opening the fourth, when +a voice behind him asked: "What are you looking for?" Turning +quickly, he saw Pretty Feather looking at him. Overjoyed, he +cried, "What can I do so that you can get up and ride to the +village with me? My friend and I just returned with a large band +of horses and two scalps. We saw this tent and recognized it. +My friend wanted to come, but I would not let him, as I feared if +he found anything had happened to you he would do harm to himself, +but now he will be anxious for my return, so if you will tell me +what you need in order to revive you, I will get it, and we can +then go to my friend in the village." "At the foot of my bed you +will find a piece of eagle fat. Build a fire and melt it for me. +I will drink it and then we can go." + +Chaske quickly started a fire, got out the piece of fat and melted +it. She drank it at one draught, and was about to arise when she +suddenly said: "Roll me up quick and take the buffalo hair rope and +tie it about my spotted horse's neck; tie his tail in a knot and +tie him to the door. Then run and hide behind the trees. There +are two of the enemy coming this way." + +Chaske hurriedly obeyed her orders, and had barely concealed +himself behind the trees, when there came into view two of the +enemy. They saw the horse tied to the door of the deserted tent, +and knew that some dead person occupied the tepee, so through +respect for the dead, they turned out and started to go through the +brush and trees, so as not to pass the door. (The Indians consider +it a bad omen to pass by the door of a tepee occupied by a dead +body, that is, while in the enemy's country). So by making this +detour they traveled directly towards where Chaske was concealed +behind the tree. Knowing that he would be discovered, and there +being two of them, he knew the only chance he had was for him to +kill one of them before they discovered him, then he stood a better +chance at an even combat. On they came, little thinking that one +of them would in a few minutes be with his forefathers. + +Chaske noiselessly slipped a cartridge into the chamber of his gun, +threw it into action and took deliberate aim at the smaller one's +breast. A loud report rang out and the one he had aimed at threw +up his arms and fell heavily forward, shot through the heart. + +Reloading quickly Chaske stepped out from behind the tree. He +could easily have killed the other from his concealed position, +but, being a brave young man, he wanted to give his opponent a fair +chance. The other had unslung his gun and a duel was then fought +between the two lone combatants. They would spring from side to +side like two great cats. Then advance one or two steps and fire. +Retreat a few steps, spring to one side and fire again. The +bullets whistled past their heads, tore up the earth beneath their +feet, and occasionally one would hit its mark, only to cause a +flesh wound. + +Suddenly the enemy aimed his gun and threw it upon the ground. His +ammunition was exhausted, and slowly folding his arms he stood +facing his opponent, with a fearless smile upon his face, expecting +the next moment to fall dead from a bullet from the rifle of +Chaske. Not so. Chaske was too honorable and noble to kill an +unarmed man, and especially one who had put up such a brave fight +as had this man. Chaske advanced and picked up the empty gun. The +Toka (enemy) drew from a scabbard at his belt a long bowie knife, +and taking it by the point handed it, handle first, to Chaske. +This signified surrender. Chaske scalped the dead Toka and +motioned for his prisoner to follow him. In the meantime Pretty +Feather had gotten up and stood looking at the duel. When she +heard the first shot she jumped up and cut a small slit in the tent +from which she saw the whole proceedings. Knowing that one or both +of them must be wounded, she hurriedly got water and medicine +roots, and when they came to the tent she was prepared to dress +their wounds. + +Chaske had a bullet through his shoulder and one through his hand. +They were very painful but not dangerous. The prisoner had a +bullet through his leg, also one through the muscle of his left +arm. Pretty Feather washed and dressed their wounds, and Chaske +went and brought the black and white horses and mounting Pretty +Feather upon the white horse, and the prisoner on her spotted one, +the three soon rode into the village, and there was a great cry of +joy when it was known that Pretty Feather had come back to them +again. + +Hake, who was in his tent grieving, was told that his friend had +returned and with him Pretty Feather. Hearing this good news he at +once went to the Medicine Man's tent and found the Medicine +Man busily dressing the wounds of his friend and a stranger. The +old Medicine Man turned to Hake and said: + +"Son-in-law, take your wife home with you. It was from grief at +your absence that she went into a trance, and we, thinking she was +dead, left her for such. Hadn't it been for your friend here, she +would surely have been a corpse now. So take her and keep her with +you always, and take as a present from me fifty of my best horses." + +Hake and his beautiful bride went home, where his adopted mother +had a fine large tent put up for them. Presents of cooking +utensils, horses, robes and finely worked shawls and moccasins came +from every direction, and last of all Chaske gave as a present to +his friend the Toka man whom he had taken as prisoner. On +presenting him with this gift, Chaske spoke thus: + +"My friend, I present to you, that you may have him as a servant to +look after your large band of horses, this man with whom I fought +a two hours' duel, and had his ammunition lasted he would probably +have conquered me, and who gave me the second hardest fight of my +life. + +The hardest fight of my life was when I gave up Pretty Feather. +You have them both. To the Toka (enemy) be kind, and he will do +all your biddings. To Pretty Feather be a good husband." + +So saying, Chaske left them, and true to his word, lived the +remainder of his days a confirmed bachelor. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CROW + +Once upon a time there came to a large village a plague of crows. +So thick were they that the poor women were sorely tried keeping +them out of their tepees and driving them away from their lines of +jerked buffalo meat. Indeed they got so numerous and were such a +great nuisance that the Chief finally gave orders to his camp +criers or heralds to go out among the different camps and announce +the orders of their Chief, that war should be made upon +the crows to extermination; that their nests were to be destroyed +and all eggs broken. The war of extermination was to continue +until not a crow remained, except the youngest found was to be +brought to him alive. + +For a week the war on the crows continued. Thousands of dead crows +were brought in daily, and at the end of the week not a bird of +that species could be seen in the neighborhood. Those that escaped +the deadly arrow of the warriors, flew away, never to return to +those parts again. + +At the end of the war made upon the crows, there was brought to the +Chief's tepee the youngest found. Indeed, so young was the bird +that it was only the great medicine of the Chief that kept him +alive until he could hop about and find his own food. The Chief +spent most of his time in his lodge teaching the young crow to +understand and talk the language of the tribe. After the crow had +mastered this, the Chief then taught him the languages of the +neighboring tribes. When the crow had mastered these different +languages the chief would send him on long journeys to ascertain +the location of the camps of the different enemies. + +When the crow would find a large Indian camp he would alight and +hop about, pretending to be picking up scraps, but really keeping +his ears open for anything he might hear. He would hang around all +day, and at night when they would all gather in the large council +tent (which always stood in the center of the village) to determine +upon their next raid, and plan for a horse stealing trip, Mr. Crow +was always nearby to hear all their plans discussed. He would then +fly away to his master (the Chief) and +tell him all that he had learned. + +The Chief would then send a band of his warriors to lie in ambush +for the raiding party, and, as the enemy would not suspect anything +they would go blindly into the pitfall of death thus set for them. +Thus the crow was the scout of this chief, whose +reputation as a Wakan (Holy man) soon reached all of the different +tribes. The Chief's warriors would intercept, ambush and +annihilate every war party headed for his camp. + +So, finally learning that they could not make war on this chief's +people unbeknown to them, they gave up making war on this +particular band. When meat was running low in the camp this chief +would send the crow out to look for buffalo. When he discovered +a herd he would return and report to his master; then the chief +would order out the hunters and they would return laden with meat. +Thus the crow kept the camp all the time informed of everything +that would be of benefit to them. + +One day the crow disappeared, over which there was great grief +among the tribe. A week had passed away, when Mr. Crow reappeared. +There was great rejoicing upon his return, but the crow was +downcast and would not speak, but sat with a drooping head perched +at the top of the chief's tepee, and refused all food that was +offered to him. + +In vain did the chief try to get the crow to tell him the cause of +his silence and seeming grief. The crow would not speak until the +chief said: "Well, I will take a few of my warriors and go out and +try to ascertain what has happened to cause you to act +as you do." + +Upon hearing this, the crow said: "Don't go. I dreaded to tell you +what I know to be a fact, as I have heard it from some great +medicine men. I was traveling over the mountains west of here, +when I spied three old men sitting at the top of the highest +peak. I very cautiously dropped down behind a rock and listened to +their talk. I heard your name mentioned by one of them, then your +brother's name was mentioned. Then the third, who was the oldest, +said: 'in three days from today the lightning will kill those two +brothers whom all the nations fear.'" + +Upon hearing what the crow stated the tribe became grief stricken. +On the morning of the third day the chief ordered a nice tepee +placed upon the highest point, far enough away from the village, so +that the peals of thunder would not alarm the babies of +the camp. + +A great feast was given, and after the feasting was over there came +in six young maidens leading the war horses of the two brothers. +The horses were painted and decorated as if for a charge on the +enemy. One maiden walked ahead of the chief's horse bearing in her +hands the bow and arrows of the great warrior. Next came two +maidens, one on either side of the prancing war steed, each holding +a rein. Behind the chief's horse came the fourth maiden. Like the +first, she bore in her hands the bow and arrows of the chief's +brother. Then the fifth and sixth maidens each holding a rein, +walked on either side of the prancing horse of the chief's brother. +They advanced and circled the large gathering and finally +stopped directly in front of the two brothers, who immediately +arose and taking their bows and arrows vaulted lightly upon their +war steeds, and singing their death song, galloped off amid a great +cry of grief from the people who loved them most dearly. + +Heading straight for the tepee that had been placed upon the +highest point, adjacent to the village, they soon arrived at their +destination and, dismounting from their horses, turned, waved their +hands to their band, and disappeared within the tepee. Scarcely +had they entered the lodge when the rumblings of distant thunder +could be heard. Nearer, and nearer, came the sound, until at last +the storm overspread the locality in all its fury. Flash upon +flash of lightning burst forth from the heavens. Deafening peals +of thunder followed each flash. Finally, one flash brighter than +any of the others, one peal more deafening than those preceding it, +and the storm had passed. + +Sadly the warriors gathered together, mounted their horses and +slowly rode to the tepee on the high point. Arriving there they +looked inside the lodge and saw the two brothers lying cold and +still in death, each holding the lariat of his favorite war horse. +The horses also lay dead side by side in front of the tent. (From +this came the custom of killing the favorite horse of a dead +warrior at the burial of the owner). + +As the Indians sadly left the hill to return home, they heard a +noise at the top of the tepee, and looking up they saw the crow +sitting on one of the splintered tepee poles. He was crying most +pitifully, and as they rode off he flew up high in the air and his +pitiful "caw" became fainter and fainter till at last they heard it +no more. And from that day, the story goes, no crow ever goes near +the village of that band of Indians. + + + + + + +THE "WASNA" (PEMMICAN) MAN AND THE +UNKTOMI (SPIDER) + +Once upon a time there appeared from out of a large belt of timber +a man attired in the fat of the buffalo. On his head he wore the +honeycomb part of the stomach. To this was attached small pieces +of fat. The fat which covered the stomach he wore as a +cloak. The large intestines he wore as leggings, and the kidney +fat as his moccasins. + +As he appeared he had the misfortune to meet "Unktomi" (spider) +with his hundreds of starving children. Upon seeing the fat, +Unktomi and his large family at once attacked the man, who, in +order to save his life, started to run away, but so closely did +Unktomi and his family pursue him that in order to make better time +and also get a little better start, he threw off his head covering, +which the Unktomi family hastily devoured, and were again closing +in upon him. He then threw off his cloak and they devoured that, +and were close upon him again, when he threw off his leggings. +These were hastily eaten up, and, as they drew near to a lake, the +man threw off the kidney fat, and, running to the edge of the lake, +dived down into the water and kept beneath the surface, swimming to +the opposite shore. After the Unktomi family had eaten the kidney +fat they came to the water's edge, and the grease was floating on +the surface of the water which they lapped up, until there was not +a grease spot left floating on the surface. + +The small morsels had only sharpened their appetites, and as they +saw the man sitting on the opposite shore, Unktomi and his family +proceeded around the lake and came upon two men sitting on +the shore. Unktomi saw that the other man was "Wakapapi" (pounded +beef). The family surrounded the two and Unktomi ordered them to +fight. Fearing Unktomi and his large family, they at once +commenced to fight and Pounded Meat was soon killed. The hungry +family at once fell to eating him. So busy were they that none +noticed the fat man sneak off and disappear. + +When they had finished the pounded beef man they looked around to +fall upon the fat man, but nowhere could he be seen. Unktomi said, +"I will track him and when I find him, I will return for you, so +stay here and await my return." + +He followed the fat man's tracks until farther east on the shore of +the lake he found the fat man in the act of skinning a deer, which +he had killed. (He had held on to his bow and arrows when he +jumped into the lake). "My," said Unktomi, "this will make a fine +meal for my hungry children. I will go after them, so hurry and +cut the meat up into small pieces so they each can have a piece." + +"All right, go ahead and get your family," said Fat Man. During +Unktomi's absence, the fat man hurriedly cut the meat up into small +pieces and carried them up into a tree that stood near to the +shore. When he had carried it all up he threw sand and +dirt upon the blood, and so left no trace of the deer. + +On the arrival of Unktomi and his family, no signs of the fat man +or the deer could be found. They wandered about the spot looking +for tracks which might lead them to where the fat man had cached +the meat, as Unktomi said he could not have carried it very far. +Now the fat man was up in the tree and sat watching them. The +reflection of the tree was in the water, and some of the children +going close to the shore, discovered it as they looked at the +reflection. The fat man cut a piece of meat and extending it +towards them, drew back his hand and put the meat into his mouth. + +"Come quick, father, here he is eating the meat," said the +children. Unktomi came and seeing the reflection, thought the fat +man was down in the lake. "Wait, I will bring him up for you." So +saying, he dived down, but soon arose without anything. Again and +again he tried, but could not reach the bottom. He told the +children to gather rock for him. These he tied around his neck and +body, and dived down for the last time. The last the children saw +of their father was the bubbles which arose to the surface of the +lake. The rocks being too heavy for him, held him fast to the +bottom, and some hungry fish soon made a feast out of the body of +poor "Unktomi." + + + + + + +THE RESUSCITATION OF THE ONLY +DAUGHTER + +There once lived an old couple who had an only daughter. She was +a beautiful girl, and was very much courted by the young men of the +tribe, but she said that she preferred single life, and to all +their heart-touching tales of deep affection for her she always had +one answer. That was "No." + +One day this maiden fell ill and day after day grew worse. All the +best medicine men were called in, but their medicines were of no +avail, and in two weeks from the day that she was taken ill she lay +a corpse. Of course there was great mourning in the camp. They +took her body several miles from camp and rolled it in fine robes +and blankets, then they laid her on a scaffold which they had +erected. (This was the custom of burial among the Indians). They +placed four forked posts into the ground and then lashed strong +poles lengthwise and across the ends and made a bed of willows and +stout ash brush. This scaffold was from five to seven feet from +the ground. After the funeral the parents gave away all of their +horses, fine robes and blankets and all of the belongings of the +dead girl. Then they cut their hair off close to their heads, and +attired themselves in the poorest apparel they could secure. + +When a year had passed the friends and relatives of the old couple +tried in vain to have them set aside their mourning. "You have +mourned long enough," they would say. "Put aside your mourning and +try and enjoy a few more pleasures of this life while +you live. You are both growing old and can't live very many more +years, so make the best of your time." The old couple would listen +to their advice and then shake their heads and answer: "We have +nothing to live for. Nothing we could join in would be any +amusement to us, since we have lost the light of our lives." + +So the old couple continued their mourning for their lost idol. +Two years had passed since the death of the beautiful girl, when +one evening a hunter and his wife passed by the scaffold which held +the dead girl. They were on their return trip and were heavily +loaded down with game, and therefore could not travel very fast. +About half a mile from the scaffold a clear spring burst forth from +the side of a bank, and from this trickled a small stream of water, +moistening the roots of the vegetation bordering its banks, and +causing a growth of sweet green grass. At this spring the hunter +camped and tethering his horses, at once set about helping his wife +to erect the small tepee which they carried for convenience in +traveling. + +When it became quite dark, the hunter's dogs set up a great barking +and growling. "Look out and see what the dogs are barking at," +said the hunter to his wife. She looked out through the door and +then drew back saying: "There is the figure of a woman advancing +from the direction of the girl's scaffold." "I expect it is the +dead girl; let her come, and don't act as if you were afraid," said +the hunter. Soon they heard footsteps advancing and the steps +ceased at the door. Looking down at the lower part of the door the +hunter noticed a pair of small moccasins, and knowing that it was +the visitor, said: "Whoever you are, come in and have something to +eat." + +At this invitation the figure came slowly in and sat down by the +door with head covered and with a fine robe drawn tightly over the +face. The woman dished up a fine supper and placing it before the +visitor, said: "Eat, my friend, you must be hungry." The figure +never moved, nor would it uncover to eat. "Let us turn our back +towards the door and our visitor may eat the food," said the +hunter. So his wife turned her back towards the visitor and made +herself very busy cleaning the small pieces of meat that were +hanging to the back sinews of the deer which had been killed. +(This the Indians use as thread.) The hunter, filling his pipe, +turned away and smoked in silence. Finally the dish was pushed +back to the woman, who took it and after washing it, put it away. +The figure still sat at the door, not a sound coming from it, +neither was it breathing. The hunter at last said: "Are you the +girl that was placed upon that scaffold two years ago?" It bowed +its head two or three times in assent. "Are you going to sleep +here tonight; if you are, my wife will make down a bed for you." +The figure shook its head. "Are you going to come again tomorrow +night to us?" It nodded assent. + +For three nights in succession the figure visited the hunter's +camp. The third night the hunter noticed that the figure was +breathing. He saw one of the hands protruding from the robe. The +skin was perfectly black and was stuck fast to the bones of the +hand. On seeing this the hunter arose and going over to his +medicine sack which hung on a pole, took down the sack and, opening +it, took out some roots and mixing them with skunk oil and +vermillion, said to the figure: + +"If you will let us rub your face and hands with this medicine it +will put new life into the skin and you will assume your complexion +again and it will put flesh on you." The figure assented and the +hunter rubbed the medicine on her hands and face. Then she arose +and walked back to the scaffold. The next day the hunter moved +camp towards the home village. That night he camped within a few +miles of the village. When night came, the dogs, as usual, set up +a great barking, and looking out, the wife saw the girl +approaching. + +When the girl had entered and sat down, the hunter noticed that the +girl did not keep her robe so closely together over her face. When +the wife gave her something to eat, the girl reached out and took +the dish, thus exposing her hands, which they at once noticed were +again natural. After she had finished her meal, the hunter said: +"Did my medicine help you?" She nodded assent. "Do you want my +medicine rubbed all over your body?" Again she nodded. "I will +mix enough to rub your entire body, and I will go outside and let +my wife rub it on for you." He mixed a good supply and going out +left his wife to rub the girl. When his wife had completed the +task she called to her husband to come in, and when he came in he +sat down and said to the girl: "Tomorrow we will reach the village. +Do you want to go with us?" She shook her head. "Will you come +again to our camp tomorrow night after we have camped in the +village?" She nodded her head in assent. "Then do you want to see +your parents?" She nodded again, and arose and disappeared into +the darkness. + +Early the next morning the hunter broke camp and traveled far into +the afternoon, when he arrived at the village. He instructed his +wife to go at once and inform the old couple of what had happened. +The wife did so and at sunset the old couple came to the +hunter's tepee. They were invited to enter and a fine supper was +served them. Soon after they had finished their supper the dogs of +the camp set up a great barking. "Now she is coming, so be brave +and you will soon see your lost daughter," said the hunter. Hardly +had he finished speaking when she entered the tent as natural as +ever she was in life. Her parents clung to her and smothered her +with kisses. + +They wanted her to return home with them, but she would stay with +the hunter who had brought her back to life, and she married him, +becoming his second wife. A short time after taking the girl for +his wife, the hunter joined a war party and never returned, as he +was killed on the battlefield. + +A year after her husband's death she married again. This husband +was also killed by a band of enemies whom the warriors were +pursuing for stealing some of their horses. The third husband also +met a similar fate to the first. He was killed on the field of +battle. + +She was still a handsome woman at the time of the third husband's +death, but never again married, as the men feared her, saying she +was holy, and that any one who married her would be sure to be +killed by the enemy. + +So she took to doctoring the sick and gained the reputation of +being the most skilled doctor in the nation. She lived to a ripe +old age and when she felt death approaching she had them take her +to where she had rested once before, and crawling to the top of the +newly erected scaffold, wrapped her blankets and robes about her, +covered her face carefully, and fell into that sleep from which +there is no more awakening. + + + + + + +THE STORY OF THE PET CRANE + +There was once upon a time a man who did not care to live with his +tribe in a crowded village, but preferred a secluded spot in the +deep forest, there to live with his wife and family of five +children. The oldest of the children (a boy) was twelve years of +age, and being the son of a distinguished hunter, soon took to +roaming through the forest in search of small game. + +One day during his ramblings, he discovered a crane's nest, with +only one young crane occupying it. No doubt some fox or traveling +weasel had eaten the rest of the crane's brothers and sisters. The +boy said to himself, "I will take this poor little crane home and +will raise him as a pet for our baby. If I leave him here some +hungry fox will be sure to eat the poor little fellow." He carried +the young crane home and it grew to be nearly as tall as the boy's +five-year-old sister. + +Being brought up in a human circle, it soon grew to understand all +the family said. Although it could not speak it took part in all +the games played by the children. The father of the family was, as +I have before mentioned, a great hunter. He always had a +plentiful supply of deer, antelope, buffalo and beaver meats on +hand, but there came a change. The game migrated to some other +locality, where no deadly shot like "Kutesan" (Never Miss) would be +around to annihilate their fast decreasing droves. The hunter +started out early one morning in hopes of discovering some of the +game which had disappeared as suddenly as though the earth had +swallowed them. The hunter traveled the whole day, all to no +purpose. It was late in the evening when he staggered into camp. +He was nearly dead with fatigue. Hastily swallowing a cup of +cherry bark tea (the only article of food they had in store), he at +once retired and was soon in the sweet land of dreams. The +children soon joined their father and the poor woman sat thinking +how they could save their dear children from starvation. Suddenly +out upon the night air rang the cry of a crane. Instantly the pet +crane awoke, stepped outside and answered the call. The crane +which had given the cry was the father of the pet crane, and +learning from Mr. Fox of the starving condition of his son and his +friends, he flew to the hunting grounds of the tribe, and as there +had been a good kill that day, the crane found no trouble in +securing a great quantity of fat. This he carried to the tent of +the hunter and, hovering over the tent he suddenly let the fat drop +to the earth and at once the pet crane picked it up and carried it +to the woman. + +Wishing to surprise the family on their awakening in the morning +she got a good stick for a light, heaped up sticks on the dying +embers, and started up a rousing fire and proceeded to melt or try +out the fat, as melted fat is considered a favorite dish. +Although busily occupied she kept her ears open for any strange +noises coming out of the forest, there being usually some enemies +lurking around. She held her pan in such a position that after the +fat started to melt and quite a lot of the hot grease accumulated +in the pan, she could plainly see the tent door reflected in the +hot grease, as though she used a mirror. + +When she had nearly completed her task, she heard a noise as though +some footsteps were approaching. Instantly her heart began to beat +a tattoo on her ribs, but she sat perfectly quiet, calling all her +self-control into play to keep from making an outcry. This smart +woman had already studied out a way in which to best this enemy, in +case an enemy it should be. The footsteps, or noise, continued to +advance, until at last the woman saw reflected in the pan of grease +a hand slowly protruding through the tent door, and the finger +pointed, as if counting, to the sleeping father, then to each one +of the sleeping children, then to her who sat at the fire. Little +did Mr. Enemy suppose that the brave woman who sat so composed at +her fire, was watching every motion he was making. The hand slowly +withdrew, and as the footsteps slowly died away, there rang out on +the still night air the deep fierce howl of the prairie wolf. +(This imitation of a prairie wolf is the signal to the war party +that an enemy has been discovered by the scout whom they have sent +out in advance). At once she aroused her husband and children. +Annoyed at being so unceremoniously disturbed from his deep sleep, +the husband crossly asked why she had awakened him so roughly. The +wife explained what she had seen and heard. She at once pinned an +old blanket around the crane's shoulders and an old piece of +buffalo hide on his head for a hat or head covering. Heaping piles +of wood onto the fire she instructed him to run around outside of +the hut until the family returned, as they were going to see if +they could find some roots to mix up with the fat. Hurriedly she +tied her blanket around her middle, put her baby inside of it, and +then grabbed her three year old son and packed him on her back. +The father also hurriedly packed the next two and the older boy +took care of himself. + +Immediately upon leaving the tent they took three different +directions, to meet again on the high hill west of their home. The +reflection from the fire in the tent disclosed to them the poor pet +crane running around the tent. It looked exactly like a child with +its blanket and hat on. + +Suddenly there rang out a score of shots and war whoops of the +dreaded Crow Indians. Finding the tent deserted they disgustedly +filed off and were swallowed up in the darkness of the deep forest. + +The next morning the family returned to see what had become of +their pet crane. There, riddled to pieces, lay the poor bird who +had given up his life to save his dear friends. + + + + + + +WHITE PLUME + +There once lived a young couple who were very happy. The young man +was noted throughout the whole nation for his accuracy with the bow +and arrow, and was given the title of "Dead Shot," or "He who never +misses his mark," and the young woman, noted for her beauty, was +named Beautiful Dove. + +One day a stork paid this happy couple a visit and left them a fine +big boy. The boy cried "Ina, ina" (mother, mother). "Listen to +our son," said the mother, "he can speak, and hasn't he a sweet +voice?" "Yes," said the father, "it will not be long before he +will be able to walk." He set to work making some arrows, and a +fine hickory bow for his son. One of the arrows he painted red, +one blue, and another yellow. The rest he left the natural color +of the wood. When he had completed them, the mother +placed them in a fine quiver, all worked in porcupine quills, and +hung them up over where the boy slept in his fine hammock of +painted moose hide. + +At times when the mother would be nursing her son, she would look +up at the bow and arrows and talk to her baby, saying: "My son, +hurry up and grow fast so you can use your bow and arrows. You +will grow up to be as fine a marksman as your father." The baby +would coo and stretch his little arms up towards the bright colored +quiver as though he understood every word his mother had uttered. +Time passed and the boy grew up to a good size, when one day his +father said: "Wife, give our son the bow and arrows so that he may +learn how to use them." The father taught his son how to string +and unstring the bow, and also how to attach the arrow to the +string. The red, blue and yellow arrows, he told the boy, were to +be used only whenever there was any extra good shooting to be done, +so the boy never used these three until he became a master of +the art. Then he would practice on eagles and hawks, and never an +eagle or hawk continued his flight when the boy shot one of the +arrows after him. + +One day the boy came running into the tent, exclaiming: "Mother, +mother, I have shot and killed the most beautiful bird I ever saw." +"Bring it in, my son, and let me look at it." He brought the bird +and upon examining it she pronounced it a different type of bird +from any she had ever seen. Its feathers were of variegated colors +and on its head was a topknot of pure white feathers. The father, +returning, asked the boy with which arrow he had killed the bird. +"With the red one," answered the +boy. "I was so anxious to secure the pretty bird that, although I +know I could have killed it with one of my common arrows, I wanted +to be certain, so I used the red one." "That is right, my son," +said the father. "When you have the least doubt of your aim, +always use one of the painted arrows, and you will never miss your +mark." + +The parents decided to give a big feast in honor of their son +killing the strange, beautiful bird. So a great many elderly women +were called to the tent of Pretty Dove to assist her in making +ready for the big feast. For ten days these women cooked and +pounded beef and cherries, and got ready the choicest dishes known +to the Indians. Of buffalo, beaver, deer, antelope, moose, bear, +quail, grouse, duck of all kinds, geese and plover meats there was +an abundance. Fish of all kinds, and every kind of wild fruit were +cooked, and when all was in readiness, the heralds went through the +different villages, crying out: "Ho-po, ho-po" (now all, now all), +Dead Shot and his wife, Beautiful Dove, invite all of you, young +and old, to their tepee to partake of a great feast, given by them +in honor of a great bird which their son has killed, and also to +select for their son some good name which he will bear through +life. So all bring your cups and wooden dishes along with your +horn spoons, as there will be plenty to eat. Come, all you council +men and chiefs, as they have also a great tent erected for you in +which you hold your council." + +Thus crying, the heralds made the circle of the village. The +guests soon arrived. In front of the tent was a pole stuck in the +ground and painted red, and at the top of the pole was fastened the +bird of variegated colors; its wings stretched out to their full +length and the beautiful white waving so beautifully from its +topknot, it was the center of attraction. Half way up the pole was +tied the bow and arrow of the young marksman. Long streamers of +fine bead and porcupine work waved from the pole and presented a +very striking appearance. The bird was faced towards the setting +sun. The great chief and medicine men pronounced the bird "Wakan" +(something holy). + +When the people had finished eating they all fell in line and +marched in single file beneath the bird, in order to get a close +view of it. By the time this vast crowd had fully viewed the +wonderful bird, the sun was just setting clear in the west, when +directly over the rays of the sun appeared a cloud in the shape of +a bird of variegated colors. The councilmen were called out to +look at the cloud, and the head medicine man said that it was a +sign that the boy would grow up to be a great chief and hunter, and +would have a great many friends and followers. + +This ended the feast, but before dispersing, the chief and +councilmen bestowed upon the boy the title of White Plume. + +One day a stranger came to the village, who was very thin and +nearly starved. So weak was he that he could not speak, but made +signs for something to eat. Luckily the stranger came to Dead +Shot's tent, and as there was always a plentiful supply in his +lodge, the stranger soon had a good meal served him. After he had +eaten and rested he told his story. + +"I came from a very great distance," said he. "The nations where +I came from are in a starving condition. No place can they find +any buffalo, deer nor antelope. A witch or evil spirit in the +shape of a white buffalo has driven all the large game out of the +country. Every day this white buffalo comes circling the village, +and any one caught outside of their tent is carried away on its +horns. In vain have the best marksmen of the tribe tried to shoot +it. Their arrows fly wide off the mark, and they have given up +trying to kill it as it bears a charmed life. Another evil spirit +in the form of a red eagle has driven all the birds of the air out +of our country. Every day this eagle circles above the village, +and so powerful is it that anyone being caught outside of his tent +is descended upon and his skull split open to the brain by the +sharp breastbone of the Eagle. Many a marksman has tried his skill +on this bird, all to no purpose. + +"Another evil spirit in the form of a white rabbit has driven out +all the animals which inhabit the ground, and destroyed the fields +of corn and turnips, so the nation is starving, as the arrows of +the marksmen have also failed to touch the white rabbit. Any one +who can kill these three witches will receive as his reward, the +choice of two of the most beautiful maidens of our nation. The +younger one is the handsomer of the two and has also the sweetest +disposition. Many young, and even old men, hearing of this (our +chief's) offer, have traveled many miles to try their arrows on the +witches, but all to no purpose. Our chief, hearing of your great +marksmanship, sent me to try and secure your services to have you +come and rid us of these three witches." + +Thus spoke the stranger to the hunter. The hunter gazed long and +thoughtfully into the dying embers of the camp fire. Then slowly +his eyes raised and looked lovingly on his wife who sat opposite to +him. Gazing on her beautiful features for a full minute he slowly +dropped his gaze back to the dying embers and thus answered his +visitor: + +"My friend, I feel very much honored by your chief having sent such +a great distance for me, and also for the kind offer of his lovely +daughter in marriage, if I should succeed, but I must reject the +great offer, as I can spare none of my affections to any other +woman than to my queen whom you see sitting there." + +White Plume had been listening to the conversation and when his +father had finished speaking, said: "Father, I am a child no more. +I have arrived at manhood. I am not so good a marksman as you, but +I will go to this suffering tribe and try to rid them of their +three enemies. If this man will rest for a few days and return to +his village and inform them of my coming, I will travel along +slowly on his trail and arrive at the village a day or two after he +reaches there." + +"Very well, my son," said the father, "I am sure you will succeed, +as you fear nothing, and as to your marksmanship, it is far +superior to mine, as your sight is much clearer and aim quicker +than mine." + +The man rested a few days and one morning started off, after having +instructed White Plume as to the trail. White Plume got together +what he would need on the trip and was ready for an early start the +next morning. That night Dead Shot and his wife sat up +away into the night instructing their son how to travel and warning +him as to the different kinds of people he must avoid in order to +keep out of trouble. "Above all," said the father, "keep a good +look out for Unktomi (spider); he is the most tricky of all, and +will get you into trouble if you associate with him." + +White Plume left early, his father accompanying him for several +miles. On parting, the father's last words were: "Look out for +Unktomi, my son, he is deceitful and treacherous." "I'll look out +for him, father;" so saying he disappeared over a hill. On +the way he tried his skill on several hawks and eagles and he did +not need to use his painted arrows to kill them, but so skillful +was he with the bow and arrows that he could bring down anything +that flew with his common arrows. He was drawing near to the end +of his destination when he had a large tract of timber to pass +through. When he had nearly gotten through the timber he saw an +old man sitting on a log, looking wistfully up into a big tree, +where sat a number of prairie chickens. + +"Hello, grandfather, why are you sitting there looking so +downhearted?" asked White Plume. "I am nearly starved, and was +just wishing some one would shoot one of those chickens for me, so +I could make a good meal on it," said the old man. "I will shoot +one for you," said the young man. He strung his bow, placed an +arrow on the string, simply seemed to raise the arrow in the +direction of the chicken (taking no aim). Twang went out the bow, +zip went the arrow and a chicken fell off the limb, only to get +caught on another in its descent. "There is your chicken, +grandfather." "Oh, my grandson, I am too weak to climb up and get +it. Can't you climb up and get it for me?" The young man, pitying +the old fellow, proceeded to climb the tree, when the old man +stopped him, saying: "Grandson, you have on such fine clothes, it +is a pity to spoil them; you had better take them off so as not to +spoil the fine porcupine work on them." The young man took off his +fine clothes and climbed up into the tree, and securing +the chicken, threw it down to the old man. As the young man was +scaling down the tree, the old man said: "Iyashkapa, iyashkapa," +(stick fast, stick fast). Hearing him say something, he asked, +"What did you say, old man?" He answered, "I was only talking to +myself." The young man proceeded to descend, but he could not +move. His body was stuck fast to the bark of the tree. In vain +did he beg the old man to release him. The old Unktomi, for he it +was, only laughed and said: "I will go now and kill the evil +spirits, I have your wonderful bow and arrows and I cannot miss +them. I will marry the chief's daughter, and you can stay up in +that tree and die there." + +So saying, he put on White Plume's fine clothes, took his bow and +arrows and went to the village. As White Plume was expected at any +minute, the whole village was watching for him, and when Unktomi +came into sight the young men ran to him with a painted robe, sat +him down on it and slowly raising him up they carried him to the +tent of the chief. So certain were they that he would kill the +evil spirits that the chief told him to choose one of the daughters +at once for his wife. (Before the arrival of White Plume, hearing +of him being so handsome, the two girls had quarreled over which +should marry him, but upon seeing him the younger was not anxious +to become his wife.) So Unktomi chose the older one of the +sisters, and was given a large tent in which to live. The younger +sister went to her mother's tent to live, and the older was very +proud, as she was married to the man who would save the nation from +starvation. The next morning there was a great commotion in camp, +and there came the cry that the white buffalo was coming. "Get +ready, son-in-law, and kill the buffalo," said the chief. + +Unktomi took the bow and arrows and shot as the buffalo passed, but +the arrow went wide off its mark. Next came the eagle, and again +he shot and missed. Then came the rabbit, and again he missed. + +"Wait until tomorrow, I will kill them all. My blanket caught in +my bow and spoiled my aim." The people were very much +disappointed, and the chief, suspecting that all was not right, +sent for the young man who had visited Dead Shot's tepee. When the +young man arrived, the chief asked: "Did you see White Plume when +you went to Dead Shot's camp?" "Yes, I did, and ate with him many +times. I stayed at his father's tepee all the time I was there," +said the young man. "Would you recognize him if you saw him +again?" asked the chief. "Any one who had but one glimpse of White +Plume would surely recognize him when he saw him again, as he is +the most handsome man I ever saw," said the young man. + +"Come with me to the tent of my son-in-law and take a good look at +him, but don't say what you think until we come away." The two +went to the tent of Unktomi, and when the young man saw him he knew +it was not White Plume, although it was White Plume's bow and +arrows that hung at the head of the bed, and he also recognized the +clothes as belonging to White Plume. When they had returned to the +chief's tent, the young man told what he knew and what he thought. +"I think this is some Unktomi who has played some trick on White +Plume and has taken his bow and arrows and also his clothes, and +hearing of your offer, is here impersonating White Plume. Had +White Plume drawn the bow on the buffalo, eagle and rabbit today, +we would have been rid of them, so I think we had better scare this +Unktomi into telling us where White Plume is," said the young man. + +"Wait until he tries to kill the witches again tomorrow," said the +chief. + +In the meantime the younger daughter had taken an axe and gone into +the woods in search of dry wood. She went quite a little distance +into the wood and was chopping a dry log. Stopping to rest a +little she heard some one saying: "Whoever you are, come over here +and chop this tree down so that I may get loose." Going to where +the big tree stood, she saw a man stuck onto the side of the tree. +"If I chop it down the fall will kill you," said the girl. "No, +chop it on the opposite side from me, and the tree will fall that +way. If the fall kills me, it will be better than hanging up here +and starving to death," said White Plume, for it was he. + +The girl chopped the tree down and when she saw that it had not +killed the man, she said: "What shall I do now?" "Loosen the bark +from the tree and then get some stones and heat them. Get some +water and sage and put your blanket over me." She did as told and +when the steam arose from the water being poured upon the heated +rocks, the bark loosened from his body and he arose. When he stood +up, she saw how handsome he was. "You have saved my life," said +he. "Will you be my wife?" "I will," said she. He then told her +how the old man had fooled him into this trap and took his bow and +arrows, also his fine porcupine worked clothes, and had gone off, +leaving him to die. She, in turn, told him all that had happened +in camp since a man, calling himself White Plume, came there and +married her sister before he shot at the witches, and when he came +to shoot at them, missed every shot. "Let us +make haste, as the bad Unktomi may ruin my arrows." They +approached the camp and whilst White Plume waited outside, his +promised wife entered Unktomi's tent and said: "Unktomi, White +Plume is standing outside and he wants his clothes and bow and +arrows." "Oh, yes, I borrowed them and forgot to return them; make +haste and give them to him." + +Upon receiving his clothes, he was very much provoked to find his +fine clothes wrinkled and his bow twisted, while the arrows were +twisted out of shape. He laid the clothes down, also the bows and +arrows, and passing his hand over them, they assumed their right +shapes again. The daughter took White Plume to her father's tent +and upon hearing the story he at once sent for his warriors and had +them form a circle around Unktomi's tent, and if he attempted to +escape to catch him and tie him to a tree, as he (the chief) had +determined to settle accounts with him for his treatment of White +Plume, and the deception employed in winning the chief's eldest +daughter. About midnight the guard noticed something crawling +along close to the ground, and seizing him found it was Unktomi +trying to make his escape before daylight, whereupon they tied him +to a tree. "Why do you treat me thus," cried Unktomi, "I was just +going out in search of medicine to rub on my arrows, so I can kill +the witches." "You will need medicine to rub on yourself when the +chief gets through with you," said the young man who had +discovered that Unktomi was impersonating White Plume. + +In the morning the herald announced that the real White Plume had +arrived, and the chief desired the whole nation to witness his +marksmanship. Then came the cry: "The White Buffalo comes." +Taking his red arrow, White Plume stood ready. When the buffalo +got about opposite him, he let his arrow fly. The buffalo bounded +high in the air and came down with all four feet drawn together +under its body, the red arrow having passed clear through the +animal, piercing the buffalo's heart. A loud cheer went up from +the village. + +"You shall use the hide for your bed," said the chief to White +Plume. Next came a cry, "the eagle, the eagle." From the north +came an enormous red eagle. So strong was he, that as he soared +through the air his wings made a humming sound as the rumble of +distant thunder. On he came, and just as he circled the tent of +the chief, White Plume bent his bow, with all his strength drew the +arrow back to the flint point, and sent the blue arrow on its +mission of death. So swiftly had the arrow passed through the +eagle's body that, thinking White Plume had missed, a great wail +went up from the crowd, but when they saw the eagle stop in his +flight, give a few flaps of his wings, and then fall with a heavy +thud into the center of the village, there was a greater cheer than +before. "The red eagle shall be used to decorate the seat of honor +in your tepee," said the chief to White Plume. Last came the white +rabbit. "Aim good, aim good, son-in-law," said the chief. "If you +kill him you will have his skin for a rug." Along came the white +rabbit, and White Plume sent his arrow in search of rabbit's heart, +which it found, and stopped Mr. Rabbit's tricks forever. + +The chief then called all of the people together and before them +all took a hundred willows and broke them one at a time over +Unktomi's back. Then he turned him loose. Unktomi, being so +ashamed, ran off into the woods and hid in the deepest and darkest +corner he could find. This is why Unktomis (spiders) are always +found in dark corners, and anyone who is deceitful or untruthful is +called a descendant of the Unktomi tribe. + + + + + + +STORY OF PRETTY FEATHERED FOREHEAD + +There was once a baby boy who came into the world with a small +cluster of different colored feathers grown fast to his forehead. +From this he derived his name, "Pretty Feathered Forehead." He was +a very pleasant boy as well as handsome, and he had the respect of +the whole tribe. When he had grown up to be a young man, he never, +like other young men, made love to any of the tribe's beauties. +Although they were madly in love with him, he never noticed any of +them. There were many handsome girls in the different camps, but +he passed them by. + +One day he said: "Father, I am going on a visit to the Buffalo +nation." The father gave his consent, and away went the son. The +father and mother suspected the object of their son's visit to the +Buffalo nation, and forthwith commenced preparing a fine reception +for their intended daughter-in-law. The mother sewed together ten +buffalo hides and painted the brave deeds of her husband on them. +This she made into a commodious tent, and had work bags and fine +robes and blankets put inside. This was to be the tent of their +son and daughter-in-law. In a few weeks the son returned, bringing +with him a beautiful Buffalo girl. The parents of the boy gave a +big feast in honor of the occasion, and the son and his wife lived +very happily together. + +In the course of time a son came to the young couple, and the +father was very proud of his boy. When the boy became a year old, +the father said to his wife: "I am going for a visit to the Elk +nation." The mother was very sad, as she knew her husband was +going after another wife. He returned, bringing with him a very +beautiful elk girl. When the Buffalo woman saw the elk girl she +was very downcast and sad, but the husband said: "Don't be sad; she +will do all the heavy work for you." + +They lived quite happily together for a long time. The Elk girl +also became the mother of a fine boy. The two boys had grown up +large enough to play around. One day the Elk woman was tanning +hides outside and the two boys were playing around near their +mothers, when all at once the buffalo boy ran across the robe, +leaving his tracks on the white robe which his step-mother had +nearly completed. This provoked the elk woman and she gave vent to +her feelings by scolding the boy: "You clumsy flat mouth, why +couldn't you run around my work, instead of across it?" The +buffalo cow standing in the door, heard every word that the elk +woman had said, and when she heard her son called flat mouth it +made her very angry, although she did not say a word to any one. +She hurriedly gathered some of her belongings and, calling her son, +she started off in a westerly direction. + +The husband being absent on a hunting expedition did not return +until late in the afternoon. Upon his return his oldest boy always +ran out to meet him, but this time as the boy did not put in an +appearance, the father feared that something had happened to the +boy. So hurriedly going to his tent he looked around, but failing +to see the boy or his mother, he asked his elk wife, where the boy +and his mother were. The elk wife answered: "She took her boy on +her back and started off in that direction," (pointing towards the +west). "How long has she been gone?" "Since early morning." The +husband hurriedly caught a fresh horse and, without eating +anything, rode off in the direction taken by his buffalo wife and +boy. Near dark he ascended a high hill and noticed a small tent +down in the valley. It was a long distance down to the tent, so it +was very late when he arrived there. He tethered his horse and +went into the tent and found the boy and his mother fast asleep. +Upon lying down beside them the boy awoke, and upon seeing his +father, motioned to him to go outside with him. + +On going outside the boy told his father that it would be useless +for him to try and coax his mother to return, as she was too highly +insulted by the elk wife to ever return. Then the boy told about +what the elk wife had said and that she had called him flat mouth. +"My mother is determined to return to her people, but if you want +to follow us you may, and perhaps, after she has visited with her +relatives a little while, you may induce her to return with you. +In the morning we are going to start very early, and as the country +we will travel through is very hard soil, I will stamp my feet hard +so as to leave my tracks imprinted in the softest places, then you +will be able to follow the direction we will take." + +The two went into the tent and were soon fast asleep. The father, +being very much fatigued, slept very soundly, and when he awoke the +sun was beating down upon him. The mother and boy were nowhere to +be seen. The tent had been taken down from over him so carefully +that he had not been awakened. Getting his horse, he mounted and +rode after the two who had left him sleeping. He had no trouble in +following the trail, as the boy had stamped his feet hard and left +his little tracks in the soft places. + +That evening he spied the little tent again and on getting to it +found them both asleep. The boy awoke and motioned for his father +to go outside. He again told his father that the next day's travel +would be the hardest of all. "We will cross a great plain, +but before we get there we will cross a sandy hollow. When you get +to the hollow, look at my tracks; they will be deep into the sand, +and in each track you will see little pools of water. Drink as +much as you can, as this is the only chance you will get to have a +drink, there being no water from there to the big ridge, and it +will be dark by the time you get to the ridge. The relations of my +mother live at that ridge and I will come and talk to you once +more, before I leave you to join my mother's people." + +Next morning, as before, he awoke to find himself alone. They had +left him and proceeded on their journey. He mounted again and when +he arrived at the sandy hollow, sure enough, there, deep in the +sand, were the tracks of his son filled to the top with water. He +drank and drank until he had drained the last one. Then he arose +and continued on the trail, and near sundown he came in sight of +their little tent away up on the side of the ridge. His horse +suddenly staggered and fell forward dead, having died of thirst. + +From there he proceeded on foot. When he got to where the tent +stood he entered, only to find it empty. "I guess my son intends +to come here and have his last talk with me," thought the father. +He had eaten nothing for three days, and was nearly famished. He +lay down, but the pangs of hunger kept sleep away. He heard +footsteps outside and lay in readiness, thinking it might be an +enemy. Slowly opening the covering of the door, his son looked in +and seeing his father lying awake, drew back and ran off up the +ridge, but soon returned bringing a small parcel with him. When he +entered he gave the parcel to his father and said: "Eat, father; I +stole this food for you, so I could not get very much." The father +soon ate what his son had brought. When he had finished, the son +said: "Tomorrow morning the relatives of my mother will come over +here and take you down to the village. My mother has three sisters +who have their work bags made identically the same as mother's. +Were they to mix them up they could not each pick out her own +without looking inside so as to identify them by what they have in +them. You will be asked to pick out mother's work bag, and if you +fail they will trample you to death. Next they will tell you to +pick out my mother from among her sisters, and you will be unable +to distinguish her from the other three, and if you fail they will +bury you alive. The last they will try you on, in case you meet +the first and second tests successfully, will be to require you to +pick me out from my three cousins, who are as much like me as my +reflection in the water. The bags you can tell by a little pebble +I will place on my mother's. You can pick my mother out by a small +piece of grass which I will put in her hair, +and you can pick me out from my cousins, for when we commence to +dance, I will shake my head, flop my ears and switch my tail. You +must choose quickly, as they will be very angry at your success, +and if you lose any time they will make the excuse that you did not +know, that they may have an excuse to trample you to death." + +The boy then left, after admonishing his father to remember all +that he had told him. Early next morning the father heard a great +rumbling noise, and going outside, he saw the whole hillside +covered with buffalo. When he appeared they set up a loud +bellowing and circled around him. One old bull came up and giving +a loud snort, passed on by, looking back every few steps. The man, +thinking he was to follow this one, did so, and the whole herd, +forming a half circle around him, escorted him down the west side +of the range out on to a large plain, where there stood a lone +tree. To this tree the old bull led him and stopped when he +reached the tree. A large rock at the foot of the tree served as +a seat for the man. As soon as he was seated there came four +female buffaloes, each bearing a large work box. They set the +boxes down in a row in front of the man, and the herd crowded +around closer in order to get a good view. The old bull came to +the front and stood close to the bags, which had been taken out of +the four boxes. + +The man stood up, and looking at the bags, noticed a small pebble +resting on the one next to the left end. Stepping over he pulled +the bag towards him and secretly pushed the little pebble off the +bag, so that no one would notice it. When they saw that he had +selected the right one, they set up a terrific bellow. + +Then came the four sisters and stood in a line before the man. +Glancing along from the one on the right to the last one on the +left, he stepped forward and placed his hand on the one next to the +right. Thanks to his boy, if he hadn't put that little stem of +grass on his mother's hair, the father could never have picked out +his wife, as the four looked as much alike as four peas. Next came +the four boy calves, and as they advanced they commenced dancing, +and his son was shaking his head and flopping his ears and +switching his tail. The father was going to pick out his boy, when +a fainting spell took him, and as he sank to the ground the old +bull sprang forward on top of him, and instantly they rushed upon +him and he was soon trampled to a jelly. The herd then moved to +other parts. + +The elk wife concluded that something had happened to her husband +and determined upon going in search of him. As she was very fleet +of foot it did not take her long to arrive at the lone tree. She +noticed the blood splashed on the base of the tree, and small +pieces of flesh stamped into the earth. Looking closer, she +noticed something white in the dust. Stooping and picking it out +of the dust, she drew forth the cluster of different colored +feathers which had been fastened to her husband's forehead. She at +once took the cluster of feathers, and going to the east side of +the ridge, heated stones and erected a wickieup, placed the +feathers inside, and getting water, she sprinkled the stones, and +this caused a thick vapor in the wickieup. She continued this for +a long time, when she heard something moving inside the wickieup. +Then a voice spoke up, saying: "Whoever you are, pour some more +water on and I will be all right." So the woman got more water and +poured it on the rocks. "That will do now, I want to dry off." +She plucked a pile of sage and in handing it in to him, he +recognized his elk wife's hand. + +They went back home and shortly after the buffalo, hearing about +him coming back to life, decided to make war on him and kill him +and his wife, she being the one who brought him back to life. The +woman, hearing of this, had posts set in the ground and a strong +platform placed on top. When the buffalo came, her husband, her +son and herself, were seated upon the bough platform, and the +buffalo could not reach them. She flouted her red blanket in their +faces, which made the buffalo wild with rage. The hunter's friends +came to his rescue, and so fast were they killing the buffalo that +they took flight and rushed away, never more to bother Pretty +Feather Forehead. + + + + + + +THE FOUR BROTHERS +OR +INYANHOKSILA (STONE BOY) + +Alone and apart from their tribe dwelt four orphan brothers. They +had erected a very comfortable hut, although the materials used +were only willows, hay, birch bark, and adobe mud. After the +completion of their hut, the oldest brother laid out the different +kinds of work to be done by the four of them. He and the second +and third brothers were to do all the hunting, and the youngest +brother was to do the house work, cook the meals, and keep plenty +of wood on hand at all times. + +As his older brothers would leave for their hunting very early +every morning, and would not return till late at night, the little +fellow always found plenty of spare time to gather into little +piles fine dry wood for their winter use. + +Thus the four brothers lived happily for a long time. One day +while out gathering and piling up wood, the boy heard a rustling in +the leaves and looking around he saw a young woman standing in the +cherry bushes, smiling at him. + +"Who are you, and where did you come from?" asked the boy, in +surprise. "I am an orphan girl and have no relatives living. I +came from the village west of here. I learned from rabbit that +there were four orphan brothers living here all alone, and that the +youngest was keeping house for his older brothers, so I thought I +would come over and see if I couldn't have them adopt me as their +sister, so that I might keep house for them, as I am very poor and +have no relations, neither have I a home." + +She looked so pitiful and sad that the boy thought to himself, "I +will take her home with me, poor girl, no matter what my brothers +think or say." Then he said to her: "Come on, tanke (sister). You +may go home with me; I am sure my older brothers will be glad to +have you for our sister." + +When they arrived at the hut, the girl hustled about and cooked up +a fine hot supper, and when the brothers returned they were +surprised to see a girl sitting by the fire in their hut. After +they had entered the youngest brother got up and walked outside, +and a short time after the oldest brother followed him +out. "Who is that girl, and where did she come from?" he asked his +brother. Whereupon the brother told him the whole story. Upon +hearing this the oldest brother felt very sorry for the poor orphan +girl and going back into the hut he spoke to the girl, saying: +"Sister, you are an orphan, the same as we; you have no relatives, +no home. We will be your brothers, and our poor hut shall be your +home. Henceforth call us brothers, and you will be our sister." + +"Oh, how happy I am now that you take me as your sister. I will be +to you all as though we were of the same father and mother," said +the girl. And true to her word, she looked after everything of her +brothers and kept the house in such fine shape that the brothers +blessed the day that she came to their poor little hut. She always +had an extra buckskin suit and two pairs of moccasins hanging at +the head of each one's bed. Buffalo, deer, antelope, bear, wolf, +wildcat, mountain lion and beaver skins she tanned by the dozen, +and piled nicely in one corner of the hut. + +When the Indians have walked a great distance and are very tired, +they have great faith in painting their feet, claiming that paint +eases the pain and rests their feet. + +After their return from a long day's journey, when they would be +lying down resting, the sister would get her paint and mix it with +the deer tallow and rub the paint on her brother's feet, painting +them up to their ankles. The gentle touch of her hands, and the +soothing qualities of the tallow and paint soon put them into a +deep, dreamless steep. + +Many such kind actions on her part won the hearts of the brothers, +and never was a full blood sister loved more than was this poor +orphan girl, who had been taken as their adopted sister. In the +morning when they arose, the sister always combed their long black +silken scalp locks and painted the circle around the scalp lock a +bright vermillion. + +When the hunters would return with a goodly supply of beef, the +sister would hurry and relieve them of their packs, hanging each +one high enough from the ground so the prowling dogs and coyotes +could not reach them. The hunters each had a post on which to hang +his bow and flint head arrows. (Good hunters never laid their +arrows on the ground, as it was considered unlucky to the hunter +who let his arrows touch the earth after they had been out +of the quiver). They were all perfectly happy, until one day the +older brother surprised them all by saying: "We have a plentiful +supply of meat on hand at present to last us for a week or so. I +am going for a visit to the village west of us, so you boys all +stay at home and help sister. Also gather as much wood as you can +and I will be back again in four days. On my return we will resume +our hunting and commence getting our year's supply of meat." + +He left the next morning, and the last they saw of him was while he +stood at the top of the long range of hills west of their home. +Four days had come and gone and no sign of the oldest brother. + +"I am afraid that our brother has met with some accident," said the +sister. "I am afraid so, too," said the next oldest. "I must go +and search for him; he may be in some trouble where a little help +would get him out." The second brother followed the direction his +brother had taken, and when he came to the top of the long range of +hills he sat down and gazed long and steadily down into the long +valley with a beautiful creek winding through it. Across the +valley was a long plain stretching for miles beyond and +finally ending at the foot of another range of hills, the +counterpart of the one upon which he sat. + +After noting the different landmarks carefully, he arose and slowly +started down the slope and soon came to the creek he had seen from +the top of the range. Great was his surprise on arriving at the +creek to find what a difference there was in the appearance +of it from the range and where he stood. From the range it +appeared to be a quiet, harmless, laughing stream. Now he saw it +to be a muddy, boiling, bubbling torrent, with high perpendicular +banks. For a long time he stood, thinking which way to go, up or +down stream. He had just decided to go down stream, when, on +chancing to look up, he noticed a thin column of smoke slowly +ascending from a little knoll. He approached the place cautiously +and noticed a door placed into the creek bank on the opposite side +of the stream. As he stood looking at the door, wondering who +could be living in a place like that, it suddenly opened and a very +old appearing woman came out and stood looking around her. Soon +she spied the young man, and said to him: "My grandchild, where did +you come from and whither are you bound?" The young man answered: +"I came from east of this ridge and am in search of my oldest +brother, who came over in this direction five days ago and who has +not yet returned." + +"Your brother stopped here and ate his dinner with me, and then +left, traveling towards the west," said the old witch, for such she +was. "Now, grandson, come across on that little log bridge up the +stream there and have your dinner with me. I have +it all cooked now and just stepped outside to see if there might +not be some hungry traveler about, whom I could invite in to eat +dinner with me." The young man went up the stream a little +distance and found a couple of small logs which had been placed +across the stream to serve as a bridge. He crossed over and went +down to the old woman's dugout hut. "Come in grandson, and eat. +I know you must be hungry." + +The young man sat down and ate a real hearty meal. On finishing he +arose and said: "Grandmother, I thank you for your meal and +kindness to me. I would stay and visit with you awhile, as I know +it must be very lonely here for you, but I am very anxious to find +my brother, so I must be going. On my return I will stop with my +brother and we will pay you a little visit." + +"Very well, grandson, but before you go, I wish you would do me a +little favor. Your brother did it for me before he left, and cured +me, but it has come back on me again. I am subject to very severe +pains along the left side of my backbone, all the way from my +shoulder blade down to where my ribs attach to my backbone, and the +only way I get any relief from the pain is to have some one kick me +along the side." (She was a witch, and concealed in her robe a +long sharp steel spike. It was placed so that the last kick they +would give her, their foot would hit the spike and they would +instantly drop off into a swoon, as if dead.) + +"If I won't hurt you too much, grandmother, I certainly will be +glad to do it for you," said the young man, little thinking he +would be the one to get hurt. + +"No, grandson, don't be afraid of hurting me; the harder you kick +the longer the pain stays away." She laid down on the floor and +rolled over on to her right side, so he could get a good chance to +kick the left side where she said the pain was located. + +As he moved back to give the first kick, he glanced along the floor +and he noticed a long object wrapped in a blanket, lying against +the opposite wall. He thought it looked strange and was going to +stop and investigate, but just then the witch cried out as if in +pain. "Hurry up, grandson, I am going to die if you don't hurry +and start in kicking." "I can investigate after I get through with +her," thought he, so he started in kicking and every kick he would +give her she would cry: "Harder, kick harder." He had to kick +seven times before he would get to the end of the pain, so he let +out as hard as he could drive, and when he came to the last kick he +hit the spike, and driving it through his foot, fell down in a dead +swoon, and was rolled up in a blanket by the witch +and placed beside his brother at the opposite side of the room. + +When the second brother failed to return, the third went in search +of the two missing ones. He fared no better than the second one, +as he met the old witch who served him in a similar manner as she +had his two brothers. + +"Ha! Ha!" she laughed, when she caught the third, "I have only one +more of them to catch, and when I get them I will keep them all +here a year, and then I will turn them into horses and sell them +back to their sister. I hate her, for I was going to +try and keep house for them and marry the oldest one, but she got +ahead of me and became their sister, so now I will get my revenge +on her. Next year she will be riding and driving her brothers and +she won't know it." + +When the third brother failed to return, the sister cried and +begged the last one not to venture out in search of them. But go +he must, and go he did, only to do as his three brothers had done. + +Now the poor sister was nearly distracted. Day and night she +wandered over hills and through woods in hopes she might find or +hear of some trace of them. Her wanderings were in vain. The +hawks had not seen them after they had crossed the little stream. +The wolves and coyotes told her that they had seen nothing of her +brothers out on the broad plains, and she had given them up for +dead. + +One day, as she was sitting by the little stream that flowed past +their hut, throwing pebbles into the water and wondering what she +should do, she picked up a pure white pebble, smooth and round, and +after looking at it for a long time, threw it into the water. No +sooner had it hit the water than she saw it grow larger. She took +it out and looked at it and threw it in again. This time it had +assumed the form of a baby. She took it out and threw it in the +third time and the form took life and began to cry: "Ina, ina" +(mother, mother). She took the baby home and fed it soup, and it +being an unnatural baby, quickly grew up to a good sized boy. At +the end of three months he was a good big, stout youth. One day he +said: "Mother, why are you living here alone? To whom do all these +fine clothes and moccasins belong?" She then told him the story of +her lost brothers. "Oh, I know now where they are. You make me +lots of arrows. I am going to find my uncles." She tried to +dissuade him from going, but he was determined and said: "My father +sent me to you so that I could find my uncles for you, and nothing +can harm me, because I am stone and my name is "Stone Boy." + +The mother, seeing that he was determined to go, made a whole +quiver full of arrows for him, and off he started. When he came to +the old witch's hut, she was nowhere to be seen, so he pushed the +door in and entered. The witch was busily engaged cooking dinner. + +"Why, my dear grandchild, you are just in time for dinner. Sit +down and we will eat before you continue your journey." Stone boy +sat down and ate dinner with the old witch. She watched him very +closely, but when she would be drinking her soup he would glance +hastily around the room. Finally he saw the four bundles on the +opposite side of the room, and he guessed at once that there lay +his four uncles. When he had finished eating he took out his +little pipe and filled it with "kini-kinic," and commenced to +smoke, wondering how the old woman had managed to fool his smart +uncles. He couldn't study it out, so when he had finished his +smoke he arose to pretend to go. When the old woman saw him +preparing to leave, she said: "Grandson, will you kick me on the +left side of my backbone. I am nearly dead with pain and if you +kick me good and hard it will cure me." "All right, grandma," said +the boy. The old witch lay down on the floor and the boy started +in to kick. At the first kick he barely touched her. "Kick as +hard as you can, grandson; don't be afraid you will hurt me, +because you can't." With that Stone Boy let drive and broke two +ribs. She commenced to yell and beg him to stop, but he kept on +kicking until he had kicked both sides of her ribs loose from the +backbone. Then he jumped on her backbone and broke it and killed +the old witch. + +He built a big fire outside and dragged her body to it, and threw +her into the fire. Thus ended the old woman who was going to turn +his uncles into horses. + +Next he cut willows and stuck them into the ground in a circle. +The tops he pulled together, making a wickieup. He then took the +old woman's robes and blankets and covered the wickieup so that no +air could get inside. He then gathered sage brush and covered the +floor with a good thick bed of sage; got nice round stones and got +them red hot in the fire, and placed them in the wickieup and +proceeded to carry his uncles out of the hut and lay them down on +the soft bed of sage. Having completed carrying and depositing +them around the pile of rocks, he got a bucket of water and poured +it on the hot rocks, which caused a great vapor in the little +wickieup. He waited a little while and then listened and +heard some breathing inside, so he got another bucket and poured +that on also. After awhile he could hear noises inside as though +some one were moving about. He went again and got the third bucket +and after he had poured that on the rocks, one of the men inside +said: "Whoever you are, good friend, don't bring us to life only to +scald us to death again." Stone boy then said: "Are all of you +alive?" "Yes," said the voice. "Well, come out," said the boy. +And with that he threw off the robes and blankets, and a great +cloud of vapor arose and settled around the top of the highest peak +on the long range, and from that did Smoky Range derive its name. + +The uncles, when they heard who the boy was, were very happy, and +they all returned together to the anxiously waiting sister. As +soon as they got home, the brothers worked hard to gather enough +wood to last them all winter. Game they could get at all times of +the year, but the heavy fall of snow covered most of the dry wood +and also made it very difficult to drag wood through the deep snow. +So they took advantage of the nice fall weather and by the time the +snow commenced falling they had enough wood gathered to last them +throughout the winter. After the snow fell a party of boys swiftly +coasted down the big hill west of the brothers' hut. The Stone boy +used to stand and watch them for hours at a time. His youngest +uncle said: "Why don't you go up and coast with them?" The boy +said: "They may be afraid of me, but I guess I will try once, +anyway." So the next morning when the crowd came coasting, Stone +boy started for the hill. When he had nearly reached the bottom of +the coasting hill all of the boys ran off excepting two little +fellows who had a large coaster painted in different colors and had +little bells tied around the edges, so when the coaster was in +motion the bells made a cheerful tinkling sound. As Stone boy +started up the hill the two little fellows started down and went +past him as though shot from a hickory bow. + +When they got to the end of their slide, they got off and started +back up the hill. It being pretty steep, Stone boy waited for +them, so as to lend a hand to pull the big coaster up the hill. As +the two little fellows came up with him he knew at once that they +were twins, as they looked so much alike that the only way one +could be distinguished from the other was by the scarfs they wore. +One wore red, the other black. He at once offered to help them +drag their coaster to the top of the hill. When they got to the +top the twins offered their coaster to him to try a ride. At first +he refused, but they insisted on his taking it, as they said they +would sooner rest until he came back. So he got on the coaster and +flew down the hill, only he was such an expert he made a zigzag +course going down and also jumped the coaster off a bank about four +feet high, which none of the other coasters dared to tackle. Being +very heavy, however, he nearly smashed the coaster. Upon seeing +this wonderful jump, and the zigzag course he had taken going down, +the twins went wild with excitement and decided that they would +have him take them down when he got back. So upon his arrival at +the starting point, they both asked him at once to give them the +pleasure of the same kind of a ride he had taken. He refused, +saying: "We will break your coaster. I alone nearly smashed it, +and if we all get on and make the same kind of a jump, I am afraid +you will have to go home without your coaster." + +"Well, take us down anyway, and if we break it our father will make +us another one." So he finally consented. When they were all +seated ready to start, he told them that when the coaster made the +jump they must look straight ahead. "By no means look down, +because if you do we will go over the cut bank and land in a heap +at the bottom of the gulch." + +They said they would obey what he said, so off they started swifter +than ever, on account of the extra weight, and so swiftly did the +sleigh glide over the packed, frozen snow, that it nearly took the +twins' breath away. Like an arrow they approached the +jump. The twins began to get a little nervous. "Sit steady and +look straight ahead," yelled Stone boy. The twin next to Stone +boy, who was steering behind, sat upright and looked far ahead, but +the one in front crouched down and looked into the coulee. Of +course, Stone boy, being behind, fell on top of the twins, and +being so heavy, killed both of them instantly, crushing them to a +jelly. + +The rest of the boys, seeing what had happened, hastened to the +edge of the bank, and looking down, saw the twins laying dead, and +Stone boy himself knocked senseless, lying quite a little distance +from the twins. The boys, thinking that all three were +killed, and that Stone boy had purposely steered the sleigh over +the bank in such a way that it would tip and kill the twins, +returned to the village with this report. Now, these twins were +the sons of the head chief of the Buffalo Nation. So at once the +chief and his scouts went over to the hill to see if the boys had +told the truth. + +When they arrived at the bank they saw the twins lying dead, but +where was Stone boy? They looked high and low through the gulch, +but not a sign of him could they find. Tenderly they picked up the +dead twins and carried them home, then held a big council and put +away the bodies of the dead in Buffalo custom. + +A few days after this the uncles were returning from a long +journey. When they drew near their home they noticed large droves +of buffalo gathered on their side of the range. Hardly any buffalo +ever ranged on this east side of the range before, and the brothers +thought it strange that so many should so suddenly appear there +now. + +When they arrived at home their sister told them what had happened +to the chief's twins, as her son had told her the whole story upon +his arrival at home after the accident. + +"Well, probably all the buffalo we saw were here for the council +and funeral," said the older brother. "But where is my nephew?" +(Stone boy) he asked his sister. "He said he had noticed a great +many buffalo around lately and he was going to learn, if possible, +what their object was," said the sister. "Well, we will +wait until his return." + +When Stone boy left on his trip that morning, before the return of +his uncles, he was determined to ascertain what might be the +meaning of so many buffalo so near the home of himself and uncles. +He approached several bunches of young buffalo, but upon +seeing him approaching they would scamper over the hills. Thus he +wandered from bunch to bunch, scattering them all. Finally he grew +tired of their cowardice and started for home. When he had come to +within a half mile or so of home he saw an old shaggy buffalo +standing by a large boulder, rubbing on it first one horn and then +the other. On coming up close to him, the boy saw that the bull +was so old he could hardly see, and his horns so blunt that he +could have rubbed them for a year on that boulder and not sharpened +them so as to hurt anyone. + +"What are you doing here, grandfather?" asked the boy. + +"I am sharpening my horns for the war," said the bull. + +"What war?" asked the boy. + +"Haven't you heard," said the old bull, who was so near sighted he +did not recognize Stone boy. "The chief's twins were killed by +Stone boy, who ran them over a cut bank purposely, and the chief +has ordered all of his buffalo to gather here, and when they arrive +we are going to kill Stone boy and his mother and his uncles." + +"Is that so? When is the war to commence?" + +"In five days from now we will march upon the +uncles and trample and gore them all to death." + +"Well, grandfather, I thank you for your information, and in return +will do you a favor that will save you so much hard work on your +blunt horns." So saying he drew a long arrow from his quiver and +strung his bow, attached the arrow to the string and drew the arrow +half way back. The old bull, not seeing what was going on, and +half expecting some kind of assistance in his horn sharpening +process, stood perfectly still. Thus spoke Stone boy: + +"Grandfather, you are too old to join in a war now, and besides if +you got mixed up in that big war party you might step in a hole or +stumble and fall and be trampled to death. That would be a +horrible death, so I will save you all that suffering by just +giving you this." At this word he pulled the arrow back to the +flint head and let it fly. True to his aim, the arrow went in +behind the old bull's foreleg, and with such force was it sent that +it went clear through the bull and stuck into a tree two hundred +feet away. + +Walking over to the tree, he pulled out his arrow. Coolly +straightening his arrow between his teeth and sighting it for +accuracy, he shoved it back into the quiver with its brothers, +exclaiming: "I guess, grandpa, you won't need to sharpen your horns +for Stone boy and his uncles." + +Upon his arrival home he told his uncles to get to work building +three stockades with ditches between and make the ditches wide and +deep so they will hold plenty of buffalo. "The fourth fence I will +build myself," he said. + +The brothers got to work early and worked until very late at night. +They built three corrals and dug three ditches around the hut, and +it took them three days to complete the work. Stone boy hadn't +done a thing towards building his fence yet, and there were +only two days more left before the charge of the buffalo would +commence. Still the boy didn't seem to bother himself about the +fence. Instead he had his mother continually cutting arrow sticks, +and as fast as she could bring them he would shape them, feather +and head them. So by the time his uncles had their fences and +corrals finished he had a thousand arrows finished for each of his +uncles. The last two days they had to wait, the uncles joined him +and they finished several thousand more arrows. The evening before +the fifth day he told his uncles to put up four posts, so they +could use them as seats from which to shoot. + +While they were doing this, Stone boy went out to scout and see how +things looked. At daylight he came hurriedly in saying, "You had +better get to the first corral; they are coming." "You haven't +built your fence, nephew." Whereupon Stone boy said: "I will build +it in time; don't worry, uncle." The dust on the hillsides rose as +great clouds of smoke from a forest fire. Soon the leaders of the +charge came in sight, and upon seeing the timber stockade they gave +forth a great snort or roar that fairly shook the earth. Thousands +upon thousands of mad buffalo charged upon the little fort. The +leaders hit the first stockade and it soon gave way. The maddened +buffalo pushed forward by the thousands behind them; plunged +forward, only to fall into the first ditch and be trampled to death +by those behind them. The brothers were not slow in using their +arrows, and many a noble beast went down before their deadly aim +with a little flint pointed arrow buried deep in his heart. + +The second stockade stood their charge a little longer than did the +first, but finally this gave way, and the leaders pushed on +through, only to fall into the second ditch and meet a similar fate +to those in the first. The brothers commenced to look anxiously +towards their nephew, as there was only one more stockade left, and +the second ditch was nearly bridged over with dead buffalo, with +the now thrice maddened buffalo attacking the last stockade more +furiously than before, as they could see the little hut through the +openings in the corral. + +"Come in, uncles," shouted Stone boy. They obeyed him, and +stepping to the center he said: "Watch me build my fence." Suiting +the words, he took from his belt an arrow with a white stone +fastened to the point and fastening it to his bow, he shot it high +in the air. Straight up into the air it went, for two or three +thousand feet, then seemed to stop suddenly and turned with point +down and descended as swiftly as it had ascended. Upon striking +the ground a high stone wall arose, enclosing the hut and all who +were inside. Just then the buffalo broke the last stockade only to +fill the last ditch up again. In vain did the leaders butt the +stone wall. They hurt themselves, broke their horns and mashed +their snouts, but could not even scar the wall. + +The uncles and Stone boy in the meantime rained arrows of death +into their ranks. + +When the buffalo chief saw what they had to contend with, he +ordered the fight off. The crier or herald sang out: "Come away, +come away, Stone boy and his uncles will kill all of us." + +So the buffalo withdrew, leaving over two thousand of their dead +and wounded on the field, only to be skinned and put away for the +feasts of Stone boy and his uncles, who lived to be great chiefs of +their own tribe, and whose many relations soon joined them on the +banks of Stone Boy Creek. + + + + + + +THE UNKTOMI (SPIDER), TWO WIDOWS, +AND THE RED PLUMS + +There once lived, in a remote part of a great forest, two widowed +sisters, with their little babies. One day there came to their +tent a visitor who was called Unktomi (spider). He had found some +nice red plums during his wanderings in the forest, and he said to +himself, "I will keep these plums and fool the two widows with +them." After the widows had bidden him be seated, he presented +them with the plums. + +On seeing them they exclaimed "hi nu, hi nu (an exclamation of +surprise), where did you get those fine plums?" Unktomi arose and +pointing to a crimson tipped cloud, said: "You see that red cloud? +Directly underneath it is a patch of plums. So large is the patch +and so red and beautiful are the plums that it is the reflection of +them on the cloud that you see." + +"Oh, how we wish some one would take care of our babies, while we +go over there and pick some," said the sisters. "Why, I am not in +any particular hurry, so if you want to go I will take care of my +little nephews until you return." (Unktomi always claimed +relationship with everyone he met). "Well brother," said the older +widow, "take good care of them and we will be back as soon as +possible." + +The two then took a sack in which to gather the plums, and started +off towards the cloud with the crimson lining. Scarcely had they +gone from Unktomi's sight when he took the babies out of their +swinging hammocks and cut off first one head and then the other. +He then took some old blankets and rolled them in the shape of a +baby body and laid one in each hammock. Then he took the heads and +put them in place in their different hammocks. The bodies he cut +up and threw into a large kettle. This he placed over a rousing +fire. Then he mixed Indian turnips and arikara squash with the +baby meat and soon had a kettle of soup. Just about the time the +soup was ready to serve the widows returned. They were tired and +hungry and not a plum had they. Unktomi, hearing the approach of +the two, hurriedly dished out the baby soup in two wooden dishes +and then seated himself near the door so that he could get out +easily. Upon the entrance of the widows, Unktomi exclaimed: +"Sisters, I had brought some meat with me and I cooked some turnips +and squash with it and made a pot of fine soup. The babies have +just fallen asleep, so don't waken them until you have +finished eating, for I know that you are nearly starved." The two +fell to at once and after they had somewhat appeased their +appetites, one of them arose and went over to see how her baby was +resting. Noting an unnatural color on her baby's face, she raised +him up only to have his head roll off from the bundle of blankets. +"'My son! my son!" she cried out. At once the other hastened to +her baby and grabbed it up, only to have the same thing happen. At +once they surmised who had done this, and caught up sticks from the +fire with which to beat Unktomi to death. He, expecting something +like this to happen, lost very little time in getting outside and +down into a hole at the roots of a large tree. The two widows not +being able to follow Unktomi down into the hole, had to give up +trying to get him out, and passed the rest of the day and night +crying for their beloved babies. In the meantime Unktomi had +gotten out by another opening, and fixing himself up in an entirely +different style, and painting his face in a manner that they would +not recognize him, he cautiously approached the weeping women and +inquired the cause of their tears. + +Thus they answered him: "Unktomi came here and fooled us about some +plums, and while we were absent killed our babies and made soup out +of their bodies. Then he gave us the soup to eat, which we did, +and when we found out what he had done we tried to kill him, but he +crawled down into that hole and we could not get him out." + +"I will get him out," said the mock stranger, and with that he +crawled down into the hole and scratched his own face all over to +make the widows believe he had been fighting with Unktomi. "I have +killed him, and that you may see him I have enlarged the hole so +you can crawl in and see for yourselves, also to take some revenge +on his dead body." The two foolish widows, believing him, crawled +into the hole, only to be blocked up by Unktomi, who at once +gathered great piles of wood and stuffing it into the hole, set it +on fire, and thus ended the last of the family who were foolish +enough to let Unktomi tempt them with a few red plums. + + + + + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Myths and Legends of the Sioux + +by Marie L. McLaughlin. + + diff --git a/old/sioux10.zip b/old/sioux10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63c9378 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/sioux10.zip |